SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM 6-K
Report of
Foreign Issuer
Pursuant to Rule 13a-16 or 15d-16 of
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
For the month of February, 2018
Commission File Number: 001-12518
Banco Santander, S.A.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
Ciudad Grupo
Santander
28660 Boadilla del Monte (Madrid) Spain
(Address of principal executive office)
Indicate by check mark whether
the registrant files or will file annual reports under cover of Form 20-F or Form 40-F:
Form 20-F ☒ Form 40-F ☐
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is submitting the Form 6-K in paper as permitted by Regulation S-T Rule
101(b)(1): Yes ☐ No ☒
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is submitting the Form 6-K in paper as permitted by Regulation S-T Rule
101(b)(7): Yes ☐ No ☒
Banco Santander, S.A.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Item 1
CAPITAL MANAGEMENT AND ADEQUACY Pillar 3 Disclosures 2017 #Santander_Pillar3
Pillar 3
Disclosures
2017
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY |
|
CAPITAL |
|
|
|
|
7 |
|
Executive summary |
|
25 |
|
Capital |
|
|
|
|
12 |
|
Overview of Pillar 3 at Santander Group |
|
27 |
|
Capital function |
20 |
|
Regulatory framework |
|
28 |
|
Capital management and adequacy |
|
|
29 |
|
Capital management priorities in 2017 |
|
|
|
|
30 |
|
Capital buffers and eligible capital requirements |
|
|
|
33 |
|
Pillar 1 regulatory capital |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
82 |
|
Pillar 2 economic capital |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
86 |
|
Recovery and resolution plans and special
situations response framework |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2 |
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures
|
|
3 |
A report that is constantly evolving and prepared in line with EBA principles of market disclosure and transparency CONSISTENCY over
time CLARITY improved navigability SIGNIFICANCE COMPARABILITY LINKS to other sections of this report. QR CODES linked to other public documents. EASY-TO-LOCATE INFORMATION Find the information required under part VIII of the Capital Requirements
Regulation. INCLUDES EVERY IMPROVEMENT From the different international bodies applicable in 2017. Go to Table 1 EXCEL TABLES Can be edited to make the information easier to analyse.
1. INTRODUCTION
1 EXECUTIVE SUMMARY 1.1. Executive summary 7 1.2. Santander Group 12 Pillar 3 Report overview 1.2.1. Santander Group 12 background
information 1.2.2. Structure of the 12 2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures 1.2.3. Governance: approval and 13 publication 1.2.4.Transparency enhancements 14 1.2.5. Differences between the 16 consolidation method for accounting purposes and the consolidation
method for regulatory capital calculation purposes 1.2.6. Disclosure criteria used in 16 this report 1.2.7. Substantial amendments due 18 to a change in perimeter and corporate transactions 1.3. Regulatory framework 20 1.3.1. Regulatory changes in
2017 20
1. Introduction
1.1. Executive summary*
In 2017, Santander Group conducted its business in a more favourable economic environment than in preceding years. Low interest rates in mature markets were
the most adverse factor for the banking business. Against this backdrop, our robust business model enabled us to deliver double-digit growth in the Groups underlying profit and that of most of the countries where we operate. Our RoTE was among
the best in the sector, and we combined balance sheet growth with better capital ratios and a higher dividend per share.
Our strategic priorities were
to:
1. Press forward with our commercial transformation, both in traditional banks and through our independent units operating under the start-up model. The three pillars of our transformation programme are to:
|
|
|
Improve customer loyalty through innovative, simple and tailored solutions. Among other actions, we continued to secure the 1|2|3 strategy in various countries, adapted our global strategy for the SME
segment to the local characteristics of each market, achieved strong growth in the cards market, particularly in Spain and Brazil, and created the Wealth Management division in order to enhance the service we provide to our private banking and asset
management customers. On the back of this transformation process, we now have 17.3 million loyal customers (a 13% year-on-year increase). |
|
|
|
Promote the digital transformation of channels, products and services. Initiatives such as Digilosofia in Spain, the fully digital Openbank, Superdigital in Brazil, the Cash Nexus payment platform,
Santander Pay, the new global machine learning platform and other initiatives are driving the digital transformation and significantly improving the customer experience as well as opening new sources of revenue. This strategy enabled us in 2017 to
increase the number of both digital customers (by more than 4 million to over 25 million) and digital transactions (around 40% of the total). |
|
|
|
Continue to improve customer satisfaction and experience with simpler and more efficient processes, underpinned by a multichannel offering. At year-end, seven of our
units were among the top three local banks in their respective countries for customer satisfaction. We were named Global Bank of the Year and Bank of the Year, Latin America, by The Banker magazine as well as Best Bank in the World for SMEs and Best
Bank in Latin America by Euromoney. |
2. Strengthen our position in the markets where we operate. The most notable transaction was our
acquisition of Banco Popular, which enabled us to strengthen our leading position in Spain and to become the largest private sector bank in Portugal in terms of domestic business. We also reinforced our position in retail banking in Argentina,
increased stake in the United States and closed an agreement to acquire Deutsche Banks commercial and retail banking business in Poland.
3. Exit
non-core businesses. Our main actions were the sale of TotalBank in the United States and 51% of Banco Populars real estate business.
As regards business performance, activity and results grew, profitability was higher and the balance sheet stronger.
Growth. Fluctuations in exchange rates and changes in our perimeter had a significant impact on balances in 2017.
Excluding the forex impact, lending rose by 12%, spurred by the integration of Banco Popular (disregarding this factor, by 2%). On a like-for-like basis, seven units improved. Of particular note were Argentina (+44%, driven by consumer credit and SMEs), Brazil (+7%, due to the strong performance of
individual customers and SMEs), Portugal (+8%, partly as a result of a corporate transaction), SCF (+6% due to auto finance) and Poland (+5% from SMEs and corporates).
Customer funds rose 17% (excluding the forex impact), benefiting from the integration of Banco Popular. Excluding Popular, funds increased 8%, due mainly to
demand deposits and investment funds, and they rose in eight of the core countries (including double-digit growth in Latin America).
Santanders
business model and geographic diversification between mature and developing countries enable it to generate stable, recurring profits.
Although exchange
rates did affect the balance sheet, their impact on the income statement was virtually zero.
Underlying profit before tax was 13,550 million,
20% more than in 2016. The Groups strength is reflected in its main line items:
|
|
|
A record year for gross income (48,392 million, a 10% increase), with double-digit growth in net interest income and fee income - together, these two items accounted for 95% of total revenues.
|
* |
This English version is a translation of the original in Spanish for information purposes only. In the event of a discrepancy, the original Spanish-language version prevails. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures
|
|
7 |
1. INTRODUCTION
|
|
|
Stable costs in real terms and on a like-for-like basis, despite higher costs related to regulatory matters and investments in the
transformation process. Santander Group is one of the worlds most efficient banks, with a cost-to-income ratio of 47%. |
|
|
|
Continuous improvement in credit quality, as reflected in a 4% fall in provisions and an improvement in the cost of credit to 1.07%. |
A higher tax charge in the lower part of the income statement, as well as some positive and negative non-recurring
results in net capital gains and provisions, which totalled 897 million net of tax (417 million in 2016).
The Groups
attributable profit was 6,619 million (+7%). Excluding Banco Popular, which recorded a loss of 37 million as a result of integration costs, attributable profit stood at
6,656 million.
Profitability. Raising profitability and creating shareholder value were among our main priorities.
Our capacity to generate stable, recurring profits over the last few years has enabled us to accumulate capital, finance business growth and boost total
shareholder return in cash.
In 2017, the underlying RoTE was 11.8% and the underlying RoRWA 1.48%, both up on 2016. We increased attributable profit per
share by 1% (8% in underlying profit terms) and raised the cash dividend per share by 11%.
The market viewed our strategy and its impact on business and
results favourably. Total shareholder return (TSR) was 17%, outperforming the DJ Stoxx Banks and DJ Stoxx 50.
Strength. Santander has a medium-low risk profile and high-quality assets. Our proactive risk management gives us credit quality ratios that are among the best in the sector. We have an NPL ratio of 4.08% (+15 bp as a result of the
acquisition of Banco Popular) and a coverage ratio of 65%. Excluding Popular, the NPL ratio was 3.38%, 55 bp lower than in 2016, our fourth consecutive improvement.
In addition, our cost of credit improved further, to 1.07%, 11 bp lower than in 2016.
Almost all the countries where the Group operates improved their credit quality ratios. The NPL ratio was lower
in eight countries and the cost of credit, in seven.
We generated capital continuously each quarter (+29 bp), reaching a fully loaded CET1 of 10.84%,
higher than our target and putting us well on track to attain our objective of 11% in 2018.
We comfortably met the minimum regulatory requirements,
ending the year with a phased-in CET1 of 12.26%, well above the minimum requirement.
1. |
Global Systemically Important Banks buffer |
2. |
Conservation capital buffer |
3. |
Anti-cyclical capital buffer Calculated using September 2017 data for requirement as at 1 January 2018. |
∎ |
2017 CET1 FULLY LOADED EVOLUTION |
|
|
|
|
|
8 |
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures |
|
|
∎ |
CHANGES IN MAIN CAPITAL AND RATIO FIGURES |
|
|
|
Capital ratios (Fully loaded) |
|
Capital ratios (Phased in) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fully loaded |
|
|
Phased in |
|
Millions of Euros |
|
Dec-2017 |
|
|
Dec-2016 |
|
|
Dec-2015 |
|
|
Dec-2014 |
|
|
Dec-2017 |
|
|
Dec-2016 |
|
|
Dec-2015 |
|
|
Dec-2014 |
|
Common Equity (CET1) |
|
|
65,563 |
|
|
|
62,068 |
|
|
|
58,705 |
|
|
|
48,129 |
|
|
|
74,173 |
|
|
|
73,709 |
|
|
|
73,478 |
|
|
|
64,250 |
|
Tier 1 |
|
|
73,293 |
|
|
|
67,834 |
|
|
|
64,209 |
|
|
|
52,857 |
|
|
|
77,283 |
|
|
|
73,709 |
|
|
|
73,478 |
|
|
|
64,250 |
|
Total capital |
|
|
87,588 |
|
|
|
81,584 |
|
|
|
76,209 |
|
|
|
60,394 |
|
|
|
90,706 |
|
|
|
86,337 |
|
|
|
84,350 |
|
|
|
70,483 |
|
Risk weighted assets |
|
|
605,064 |
|
|
|
588,088 |
|
|
|
583,917 |
|
|
|
582,207 |
|
|
|
605,064 |
|
|
|
588,088 |
|
|
|
585,633 |
|
|
|
585,621 |
|
CET1 Ratio |
|
|
10.84 |
% |
|
|
10.55 |
% |
|
|
10.05 |
% |
|
|
8.27 |
% |
|
|
12.26 |
% |
|
|
12.53 |
% |
|
|
12.55 |
% |
|
|
10.97 |
% |
Tier 1 Ratio |
|
|
12.11 |
% |
|
|
11.53 |
% |
|
|
11.00 |
% |
|
|
9.08 |
% |
|
|
12.77 |
% |
|
|
12.53 |
% |
|
|
12.55 |
% |
|
|
10.97 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total capital ratio |
|
|
14.48 |
% |
|
|
13.87 |
% |
|
|
13.05 |
% |
|
|
10.37 |
% |
|
|
14.99 |
% |
|
|
14.68 |
% |
|
|
14.40 |
% |
|
|
12.03 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Capital ratios (Fully loaded) |
|
Capital ratios (Phased in) |
|
|
|
|
* Including the capital increase completed on 27 July 2017. |
|
* Including the capital increase completed on 27 July 2017. |
∎ |
CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS BY RISK TYPE AND GEOGRAPHY |
31 Dec. 2017
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures
|
|
9 |
1. INTRODUCTION
|
|
|
∎ ELIGIBLE CAPITAL (PHASED IN) |
|
∎ RWA EVOLUTION |
|
|
Millions of Euros |
|
Millions of Euros |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* Including the capital increase completed on 27 July 2017. |
|
* Including the capital increase completed on 27 July 2017. |
|
|
|
∎ LEVERAGE RATIOS (FULLY LOADED) |
|
∎ LEVERAGE RATIOS (PHASED IN) |
% |
|
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* Including the capital increase completed on 27 July 2017. |
|
* Including the capital increase completed on 27 July 2017. |
|
|
|
∎ DISTRIBUTION OF CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS FOR CREDIT RISK BY BASEL CATEGORY. IRB
APPROACH |
|
∎ DISTRIBUTION OF ECONOMIC CAPITAL NEEDS |
|
|
31.Dec. 2017 |
|
31. Dec. 2017 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10 |
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures |
|
|
∎ |
FLOW STATEMENT. CAPITAL REQUIREMENT FOR CREDIT RISK (CR8)* |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Millions of Euros |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
RWA |
|
|
Capital |
|
Starting figure (31/12/2016) |
|
|
500,216 |
|
|
|
40,017 |
|
Asset size |
|
|
4,677 |
|
|
|
374 |
|
Asset quality |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Model updates |
|
|
-7,407 |
|
|
|
-593 |
|
Methodology and policy |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Acquisitions and disposals |
|
|
49,562 |
|
|
|
3,966 |
|
Foreign exchange movements |
|
|
-29,915 |
|
|
|
-2,393 |
|
Other |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ending figure (31/12/2017) |
|
|
517,133 |
|
|
|
41,371 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* |
Including capital requirements of equities, securitisations and counterparty risk (excluding CVA and CCP).
|
∎ |
FLOW STATEMENT. CAPITAL REQUIREMENT FOR OPERATIONAL RISK |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Millions of Euros |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Capital |
|
|
RWAs |
|
Starting figure (31/12/2016) |
|
|
4.887 |
|
|
|
61.084 |
|
Application of the ASA approach in Mexico |
|
|
145 |
|
|
|
1.810 |
|
Sale of the Allfunds company |
|
|
8 |
|
|
|
96 |
|
Management companies by global method |
|
|
63 |
|
|
|
783 |
|
Incorporation Popular Spain |
|
|
376 |
|
|
|
4.698 |
|
Incorporation Popular Portugal |
|
|
25 |
|
|
|
314 |
|
Exchange rate effect |
|
|
328 |
|
|
|
4.102 |
|
Change in business |
|
|
28 |
|
|
|
346 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ending figure (31/12/2017) |
|
|
4,897 |
|
|
|
61,217 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
∎ |
FLOW STATEMENT. RWA FOR IMA MARKET RISK EXPOSURES (MR2-B) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Millions of Euros |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
VaR |
|
|
Stressed VaR |
|
|
IRC |
|
|
Comprehensive risk measure |
|
|
Other |
|
|
Total RWAs |
|
|
Total capital requirements |
|
RWAs Dec. 2016 |
|
|
2,370 |
|
|
|
6,751 |
|
|
|
4,259 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
835 |
|
|
|
14,215 |
|
|
|
1,137 |
|
Regulatory adjustment |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
RWAs at the previous year (end of the day) |
|
|
2,370 |
|
|
|
6,751 |
|
|
|
4,259 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
835 |
|
|
|
14,215 |
|
|
|
1,137 |
|
Movement in risk levels |
|
|
265 |
|
|
|
2,445 |
|
|
|
2,421 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
45 |
|
|
|
244 |
|
|
|
20 |
|
Model updates/changes |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Methodology and policy |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Acquisitions and disposals |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign exchange movements |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
RWAs at the end of the reporting period (end of the day) |
|
|
2,635 |
|
|
|
9,196 |
|
|
|
1,838 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
790 |
|
|
|
14,459 |
|
|
|
1,157 |
|
Regulatory adjustment |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
RWAs Dec. 2017 |
|
|
2,635 |
|
|
|
9,196 |
|
|
|
1,838 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
790 |
|
|
|
14,459 |
|
|
|
1,157 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
∎ |
CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS FOR MARKET RISK STANDARDISED APPROACH |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Million of Euros |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Capital |
|
|
RWAs |
|
Starting figure (31/12/2016) |
|
|
949 |
|
|
|
11,863 |
|
Change in calculation basis of MMPP. |
|
|
-13 |
|
|
|
-163 |
|
Banco Popular integration |
|
|
116 |
|
|
|
1,448 |
|
Changes in business |
|
|
-276 |
|
|
|
-3,446 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ending figure (31/12/2017) |
|
|
776 |
|
|
|
9,702 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
∎ |
RoRAC AND VALUE CREATION |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Millions of Euros |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
31 Dec. 2017 |
|
|
31 Dec. 2016 |
|
Main segments |
|
RoRAC |
|
|
Value creation |
|
|
RoRAC |
|
|
Value creation |
|
Continental Europe |
|
|
19.7 |
% |
|
|
2,110 |
|
|
|
17.3 |
% |
|
|
1,426 |
|
UK |
|
|
19.3 |
% |
|
|
764 |
|
|
|
20.2 |
% |
|
|
825 |
|
Latin America |
|
|
41.8 |
% |
|
|
4,049 |
|
|
|
33.1 |
% |
|
|
2,879 |
|
US |
|
|
8.9 |
% |
|
|
22 |
|
|
|
9.2 |
% |
|
|
-13 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total business unit |
|
|
23.9 |
% |
|
|
6,946 |
|
|
|
20.7 |
% |
|
|
5,117 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures
|
|
11 |
1. INTRODUCTION
1.2. Overview of Pillar 3 at Santander Group
1.2.1. Background information on Santander Group
Banco Santander, S.A. is a private-law company, subject to the rules and regulations applicable to banks operating in
Spain. In addition to its own activities, Banco Santander is the parent of a group of subsidiaries engaged in a variety of activities, which together make up Santander Group. The CRR and CRD IV and their transposition in Spain through Bank of Spain
Circular 2/2016, on supervision and solvency, apply on a consolidated level across the entire Santander Group.
At the end of 2017, Santander Group was
the largest bank in the euro area and the fourteenth largest in the world in terms of stock market capitalisation: EUR 88,410 million.
Its business
model is focused on commercial banking products and services with the aim of meeting the needs of its 133 million customers, including private individuals, SMEs and businesses. The Group operates through a global network of 13,697 branch
offices, the most extensive in international banking, as well as digital channels, in order to provide top-quality service and the utmost flexibility. Santander Group has EUR 1,444 billion in assets and
manages customers funds worth EUR 986 billion across all its customer segments. It has over 4 million shareholders and over 200,000 employees. Commercial and retail banking accounts for 89% of the Groups income.
At present, Santander Groups vision is to be the best retail and commercial bank by earning the trust and loyalty of employees, customers, shareholders
and society at large, all under the Simple, Personal and Fair corporate culture. Looking ahead, it aims to become the best open digital platform for financial services.
Santander Group companies included in the scope of regulatory consolidation for the purposes of calculating the capital ratio under the CRR are the same as
those included in the scope of consolidation for accounting purposes under Bank of Spain Circular 4/2004.
In application of Part I (General Provisions)
of the CRR, certain Santander Group companies are consolidated using a different method to that used for accounting consolidation.
The companies for which a different consolidation method is used, based on the regulations applied, and the
equity investments that are deducted from capital are listed in Appendix IV of the 2017 Pillar 3 Appendix document, available on the Santander Group website. As of the reporting date, both types of investment are exempt from deduction pursuant to
article 48 of the CRR.
Santander Group does not make use of the exemption contemplated in article 49 of the CRR, therefore the disclosure of table
INS1 (Non-deducted participations in insurance undertakings) does not apply.
As of 31 December 2017, under
Article 7 and 9 from the CRR, the subsidiaries Santander Leasing S.A. EFC and Santander Factoring y Confirming S.A. EFC are exempt from the minimum capital requirements, the limit on large exposures and the internal corporate governance obligations.
No use of the exemptions under the applicable regulations has been made for any other Santander Group subsidiaries.
On 7 June 2017, Banco Santander
announced the acquisition of 100% of the share capital of Banco Popular Español, S.A. As a result, Banco Popular becomes part of Santander Group. Therefore, every amount contained in this report from june 2017 onwards, both in tables and
graphs, is shown at a consolidated level taking into account the aforementioned acquisition.
Santander Group is one of the banks that have not required
state aid in any of the countries in which it operates.
For all those aspects whose disclosure is required under Part Eight of the CRR and which are not
applicable to Santander Group, see Appendix I CRR Mapping , where they are reported as N/A (not applicable).
1.2.2. Structure of the 2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures Report
Santanders Pillar 3 Disclosures Report is divided into eight chapters and three appendices. The first chapter describes the background to Pillar 3 at
Santander Group, material events affecting the Group that occurred in 2017 and the regulatory environment.
The second chapter provides full information
on capital, including qualitative information on the capital function in Santander Group and quantitative information on Santander Groups capital base and capital requirements.
Chapters 3 to 7 describe the risk function at Santander Group and provide detailed information on credit risk, securitisation, market and ALM risk,
operational risk, liquidity risk, compliance and conduct risk, capital risks and a description of the Internal Control function.
|
|
|
|
|
12 |
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures |
|
|
Chapter 8 contains information on remuneration policy.
The appendices contain a CRR Mapping that shows the primary location in the report of the disclosed information according to Part Eight of the CRR and a list
of the tables contained in the report, as well as a glossary for a better understanding of the report.
The Santander website contains 7 appendices in
editable format with the information required under prevailing legislation in relation to various different aspects, including eligible capital, the issue of preferred and subordinated debt and the different consolidation methods for Santander
Groups subsidiaries.
Throughout the report, cross references to other public documents can be found, enlarging the content of this report via QR
codes and hyperlinks:
1.2.3. Governance: approval and publication
Pursuant to the official disclosure policy Santander Group publishes its annual Pillar 3 Disclosures following board approval. Prior to the board of
directors approval on 13 February 2018, the report was reviewed by the risk, regulation and compliance committee at a meeting held on 29 January and also by the capital committee at a meeting held on 8 February 2018.
In addition, a set of quarterly information has been published since March 2015 in compliance with the Guidelines on materiality, proprietary and
confidentiality and on disclosure frequency, pursuant to article 432, sections 1 and 2 and article 433 of Regulation (EU) 575/2013.
No exceptions have been made to the publication of information considered proprietary or confidential.
During April, the Joint Supervisory Team (JST) conducted a review of last year´s annual Pillar 3 Disclosure Report, in order to verify its compliance
with the disclosure requirements provided by the CRR, without reporting any significant objection in their analysis. Appendix I contains a list showing the location of the information disclosed in accordance with the relevant articles of Part Eight
of the Regulation.
In line with corporate governance recommendations on the rotation of the external auditor, the annual general meeting held on
18 March 2016 appointed PricewaterhouseCoopers Auditores S.L. (PwC) as external auditor of the Bank and of its Consolidated Group for 2016, 2017 and 2018.
Senior management certification
The board of directors of Santander Group certify that the publication of the Pillar 3 disclosures report is compliant with the guidelines of Part Eight of
Regulation (EU) 575/2013 and consistent with the Pillar 3 Disclosures Policy adopted by the board of directors.
The Pillar 3 disclosures
report relies on a range of processes relating to the internal control framework, duties and responsibilities having been defined for review and certification of the information set out in the report at several levels of the organisation. In
addition, the external auditors carry out an ex ante review, and the work plans for recurring reviews by internal audit also cover this report.
The
Pillar 3 Disclosures Report is available in the Shareholders and Investors section of the Santander Group website (www.santander. com), under Financial and Economic Information.
Disclosures of Santander Group subsidiaries
In addition to the information contained in this report, Santander Group subsidiaries that are considered to have significant importance for their local
market, pursuant to article 13 of the CRR (Application of disclosure requirements on a consolidated basis), publish information on their websites in relation to: own funds, capital requirements, capital buffers, credit risk adjustments, remuneration
policy and the application of credit risk mitigation techniques.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures
|
|
13 |
1. INTRODUCTION
1.2.4. Transparency enhancements
In recent years, Santander Group has taken note of the recommendation issued by different international bodies with the aim of improving the transparency of
the information published each year in the Pillar 3 Disclosures Report.
In December 2016, the European Banking Association (EBA) published its final
guidelines on disclosure requirements under Part Eight of the Capital Requirements Regulation. These guidelines apply from this year onward and provide guidance to financial institutions on how to comply with applicable regulations.
Meanwhile, in March 2017 the Basel Committee released the second phase of its Revised Pillar 3 Disclosure Requirement, which we believe will be
transposed by the EBA during 2018.
The following graph shows the expected legislative timeframe for the upcoming years:
Santander Group has now incorporated all of this years applicable enhancements. Appendix I provides a list
showing the location of the information required under the different articles of Part Eight of the CRR, while the Santander Group website includes a file containing all of the tables shown in this document in editable format to facilitate their
treatment.
|
|
|
|
|
14 |
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures |
|
|
The enhancements introduced are detailed below:
∎ |
TABLE 1. TRANSPARENCY ENHANCEMENTS |
|
|
|
|
|
Table |
|
Guidelines on disclusure requirements EBA/GL/2016/11 |
|
PILLAR 3 2017 |
OV1 |
|
Overview of RWAs |
|
2.2.2. |
|
|
|
LI1 |
|
Differences between accounting and regulatory scopes of consolidation and mapping of financial statements categories with regulatory risk categories |
|
1.2.6. |
|
|
|
LI2 |
|
Main sources of differences between regulatory exposure amounts and carrying values in financial statements |
|
1.2.6. |
|
|
|
LI3 |
|
Outline of the differences in the scope of consolidation (entity by entity) |
|
Appendix IV |
|
|
|
INS1 |
|
Non-deducted participations in insurance undertakings |
|
N/A |
|
|
|
CRB-B |
|
Total and average net amount of exposures |
|
3.2. |
|
|
|
CRB-C |
|
Geographical breakdown of exposures |
|
3.2. |
|
|
|
CRB-D |
|
Concentration of exposures by industry or counterparty types |
|
3.2. |
|
|
|
CRB-E |
|
Maturity of exposures |
|
3.2. |
|
|
|
CR1-A |
|
Credit quality of exposures by exposure classes and instrument |
|
3.2. |
|
|
|
CR1-B |
|
Credit quality of exposures by industry or counterparty types |
|
3.2. |
|
|
|
CR1-C |
|
Credit quality of exposures by geography |
|
3.2. |
|
|
|
CR1-D |
|
Ageing of past-due exposures |
|
3.2. |
|
|
|
CR1-E |
|
Non-performing and forborne exposures |
|
3.2. |
|
|
|
CR2-A |
|
Changes in stock of general and specific credit risk |
|
3.2. |
|
|
|
CR2-B |
|
Changes in stock of non-performing and impaired loans and debt securities |
|
3.2. |
|
|
|
CR3 |
|
Credit risk mitigation techniques overview |
|
3.11.4. |
|
|
|
CR4 |
|
Standardised and IRB approach Credit risk exposure and CRM effects (CR4) |
|
3.2. |
|
|
|
CR5 |
|
Standardised approach (including a breakdown of exposures post conversion factor and post mitigation techniques) |
|
2.2.2.1.3. |
|
|
|
CR6 |
|
IRB Credit risk exposures by exposure class and PD range |
|
2.2.2.1.1. |
|
|
|
CR7 |
|
IRB Effect on RWA of credit derivatives used as CRM techniques |
|
3.10. |
|
|
|
CR8 |
|
RWA flow statements of credit risk exposures under IRB |
|
2.2.2.1. |
|
|
|
CR9 |
|
IRB approach Backtesting of PD per exposure class |
|
3.9.1. |
|
|
|
CR10 |
|
IRB (specialised lending and equities) |
|
2.2.2.1.1. |
|
|
|
CCR1 |
|
Analysis of the counterparty credit risk (CCR) exposure by approach |
|
3.10. |
|
|
|
CCR2 |
|
Credit valuation adjustment (CVA) capital charge |
|
3.10. |
|
|
|
CCR3 |
|
Standardised approach CCR exposures by regulatory portfolio and risk |
|
2.2.2.1.3. |
|
|
|
CCR4 |
|
IRB CCR exposures by portfolio and PD scale |
|
3.10. |
|
|
|
CCR5-A |
|
Impact of netting and collateral held on exposure values |
|
3.10. |
|
|
|
CCR5-B |
|
Composition of collateral for exposures to counterparty credit risk |
|
3.11.2 |
|
|
|
CCR6 |
|
Credit derivatives exposures |
|
3.11.2. |
|
|
|
CCR7 |
|
RWA flow statements of CCR exposures under Internal Model Method (IMM) |
|
N/A |
|
|
|
CCR8 |
|
Exposures to CCPs |
|
3.11.5 |
|
|
|
MR1 |
|
Market risk under standardised approach |
|
2.2.2.3. |
|
|
|
MR2-A |
|
Market risk under IMA |
|
2.2.2.3. |
|
|
|
MR2-B |
|
RWA flow statements of market risk exposures under an IMA |
|
2.2.2.3. |
|
|
|
MR3 |
|
VaR, stressed VaR and IRC by geography |
|
5.2.1. |
|
|
|
MR4 |
|
Comparison of VaR estimates with gains/losses |
|
5.2.5. |
|
|
|
Table |
|
Revised Pillar 3 disclosures requirements BCBS |
|
PILLAR 3 2017 |
SEC1 |
|
Securitisation exposures in the banking book |
|
4.3.4. |
|
|
|
SEC2 |
|
Securitisation exposures in the trading book |
|
4.3.4. |
|
|
|
SEC3 |
|
Securitisation exposures in the banking book and associated regulatory capital requirements bank acting as originator or as sponsor |
|
4.3.4. |
|
|
|
SEC4 |
|
Securitisation exposures in the banking book and associated capital requirements bank acting as investor |
|
4.3.4. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures
|
|
15 |
1. INTRODUCTION
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Table |
|
Guidelines on LCR disclosure EBA/GL/2017/01 |
|
PILLAR 3 2017 |
LCR |
|
Quantitative information of Liquidity Coverage Ratio |
|
7.1. |
|
|
|
Table |
|
Guidelines on disclosure of encumbered and unencumbered assets
EBA/GL/2014/03 |
|
Annual Report |
AE-A |
|
Encumbered and unencumbered assets |
|
4. Economic and Financial ReviewConsolidated financial Report:
Liquidity and funding risk management |
AE-B |
|
Collateral received |
|
AE-C |
|
Encumbered assets and collaterals recieved and liabilities related |
|
|
|
|
Table |
|
Leverage Ratio Comission implemtenting regulation (UE) 2016/200 |
|
PILLAR 3 2017 |
LRSum |
|
Summary reconciliation of accounting assets and leverage ratio exposures |
|
Appendix IX |
LRCom |
|
Leverage ratio common disclosure. |
|
Appendix IX |
LRSpl |
|
Split-up of on balance sheet exposures (excluding derivatives and SFTs) |
|
Appendix IX |
|
|
|
Table |
|
Own funds requirements Comission implemtenting regulation (UE) 1423/2013 |
|
PILLAR 3 2017 |
Template 1 |
|
Capital instruments main features |
|
Appendix VI |
Template 2 |
|
Transitional own funds disclosure template |
|
Appendix VII |
|
|
|
Table |
|
Countercyclical capital buffer Comission implemtenting regulation (UE)
2015/1555 |
|
PILLAR 3 2017 |
Table 1 |
|
Geographical distribution of credit exposures relevant for the calculation of the countercyclical capital buffer |
|
Appendix X |
Table 2 |
|
Amount of institution-specific countercyclical capital buffer |
|
Appendix X |
1.2.5. Differences between the consolidation method for accounting purposes and the consolidation method for
regulatory capital calculation purposes
For the purposes of calculating the capital ratio based on the nature of their business activities, Santander
Group units included in the prudential scope of consolidation are consolidated using the full consolidation method, with the exception of jointly controlled entities, which uses proportionate consolidation. All companies that cannot be consolidated
based on their business activities are accounted for using the equity method and so are treated as equity exposures.
The basis of the information used
for accounting purposes differs from that used for the calculation of regulatory capital requirements. The measures of risk exposure may differ depending on the purpose for which they are calculated, such as financial reporting, regulatory capital
reporting or management information. The exposure data included in the quantitative disclosures in this document are used for calculating regulatory capital.
Appendix IV found on the Santander Group website contains table LI3, which provides information on the consolidation method used for each Group company based
on the various scopes of accounting and prudential consolidation.
1.2.6. Disclosure criteria used in this report
This report has been prepared in accordance with the applicable European Capital Requirements Regulation (CRR).
Below are the details of the type of information that best reflects the discrepancies between the regulatory information shown in this report, and the
information shown in the annual report and the accounting information:
|
|
|
The measures of credit risk exposure used for calculating regulatory capital requirements include (i) not only current exposures, but also potential future risk exposures arising from future commitments (contingent
liabilities and commitments) or changes in market risk factors (derivative instruments) and (ii) the mitigating factors of these exposures (netting arrangements and collateral agreements for derivative exposures, and collateral and personal
guarantees for on-balance-sheet exposures). |
|
|
|
Criteria used when classifying defaulted exposures in portfolios subject to advanced approaches for calculation of regulatory capital are more conservative than those used for preparing the disaggregated information
provided in the Annual Report. |
|
|
|
|
|
16 |
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures |
|
|
The following table shows the relationship between the various categories of the financial statements and the
risk categories in accordance with prudential requirements.
∎ |
TABLE 2. DIFFERENCES BETWEEN ACCOUNTING AND REGULATORY SCOPES OF CONSOLIDATION AND MAPPING |
|
OF FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CATEGORIES WITH REGULATORY RISK CATEGORIES (LI1) |
Millions of Euros
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Carrying values of items: |
|
|
|
Carrying values as reported in published financial statements |
|
|
Carrying values under scope of regulatory consolidation |
|
|
Subject to credit risk framework |
|
|
Subject to counterparty credit risk framework |
|
|
Subject to the securitisation framework |
|
|
Subject to the market risk framework |
|
|
Not subject to capital requirements or subject to deduction from capital |
|
Assets |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash balances at central banks |
|
|
110,995 |
|
|
|
110,992 |
|
|
|
110,991 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
Financial assets held for trading |
|
|
125,458 |
|
|
|
125,344 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
67,712 |
|
|
|
49 |
|
|
|
125,295 |
|
|
|
|
|
Financial assets designated at fair value through profit or loss |
|
|
34,781 |
|
|
|
33,108 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
20,142 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
33,108 |
|
|
|
|
|
Available-for-sale
financial assets |
|
|
133,271 |
|
|
|
120,405 |
|
|
|
117,712 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,694 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loans and receivables |
|
|
903,013 |
|
|
|
905,399 |
|
|
|
900,072 |
|
|
|
11,161 |
|
|
|
1,867 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
-7,702 |
|
Held-to-maturity
investments |
|
|
13,491 |
|
|
|
13,491 |
|
|
|
13,437 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
54 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Derivatives Hedge accounting |
|
|
8,537 |
|
|
|
8,539 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8,539 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fair value changes of the hedged items in portfolio hedge of interest rate risk |
|
|
1,287 |
|
|
|
1,286 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,286 |
|
Investments in subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates |
|
|
6,184 |
|
|
|
6,643 |
|
|
|
4,916 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,726 |
|
Reinsurance assets |
|
|
341 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tangible assets |
|
|
22,975 |
|
|
|
20,047 |
|
|
|
20,047 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Intangible assets |
|
|
28,683 |
|
|
|
29,186 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
29,186 |
|
Tax assets |
|
|
30,243 |
|
|
|
30,273 |
|
|
|
22,355 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7,919 |
|
Other assets |
|
|
9,766 |
|
|
|
11,309 |
|
|
|
10,705 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
604 |
|
Non-current assets and disposal groups classified as held
for sale |
|
|
15,280 |
|
|
|
15,383 |
|
|
|
15,383 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets |
|
|
1,444,305 |
|
|
|
1,431,406 |
|
|
|
1,215,618 |
|
|
|
107,554 |
|
|
|
4,664 |
|
|
|
158,404 |
|
|
|
33,020 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Liabilities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Financial liabilities held for trading |
|
|
-107,624 |
|
|
|
-107,747 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
-107,747 |
|
|
|
-86,764 |
|
Financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss |
|
|
-59,617 |
|
|
|
-40,790 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
-18,038 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
-40,790 |
|
|
|
-5,232 |
|
Financial liabilities measured at amortised cost |
|
|
-1,126,069 |
|
|
|
-1,133,038 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
-1,133,038 |
|
Derivatives Hedge accounting |
|
|
-8,044 |
|
|
|
-8,025 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
-8,025 |
|
Fair value changes of the hedged items in portfolio hedge of interest rate risk |
|
|
-330 |
|
|
|
-330 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
-330 |
|
Liabilities under insurance contracts |
|
|
-1,117 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Provisions |
|
|
-14,490 |
|
|
|
-14,580 |
|
|
|
-274 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
-14,307 |
|
Tax liabilities |
|
|
-7,592 |
|
|
|
-7,512 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
-7,512 |
|
Other liabilities |
|
|
-12,591 |
|
|
|
-12,573 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
-12,573 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities |
|
|
-1,337,472 |
|
|
|
-1,324,595 |
|
|
|
-274 |
|
|
|
-18,038 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
-148,536 |
|
|
|
-1,267,782 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures
|
|
17 |
1. INTRODUCTION
Shown below are the main differences between the accounting values appearing on the financial statements and the
exposures for prudential purposes.:
∎ |
TABLE 3. MAIN SOURCES OF DIFFERENCES BETWEEN REGULATORY EXPOSURE AMOUNTS AND CARRYING VALUES IN FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (LI2) |
Millions of Euros
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Items subject to: |
|
|
|
Total |
|
|
Credit risk framework |
|
|
CCR framework |
|
|
Securitisation framework |
|
|
Market risk framework |
|
Asset carrying value amount under scope of regulatory consolidation (as per template EU
LI1) |
|
|
1,486,240 |
|
|
|
1,215,618 |
|
|
|
107,554 |
|
|
|
4,664 |
|
|
|
158,404 |
|
Liabilities carrying value amount under regulatory scope of consolidation (as per template EU
LI1) |
|
|
166,848 |
|
|
|
274 |
|
|
|
18,038 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
148,536 |
|
Total net amount under regulatory scope of consolidation |
|
|
-330,777 |
|
|
|
35,177 |
|
|
|
-74,283 |
|
|
|
15,269 |
|
|
|
-306,941 |
|
Off-balance sheet amounts |
|
|
294,231 |
|
|
|
292,455 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,775 |
|
|
|
|
|
Regulatory Add-on |
|
|
33,291 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
33,291 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Differences in valuations |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Differences due to different netting rules, other than those already included in row
2 |
|
|
-369,695 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
-62,754 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
-306,941 |
|
Non-eligibility of the balances corresponding to
accounting hedges (derivatives) |
|
|
-9 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
-9 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CCPs |
|
|
16,849 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
16,849 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Securitizations with risk transfer |
|
|
-2,133 |
|
|
|
-15,632 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
13,499 |
|
|
|
|
|
Differences due to consideration of provisions |
|
|
-24,288 |
|
|
|
-24,282 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
-6 |
|
|
|
|
|
Differences due to CRMs |
|
|
-81,709 |
|
|
|
-20,080 |
|
|
|
-61,630 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Differences due to CCFs |
|
|
-197,314 |
|
|
|
-197,284 |
|
|
|
-30 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exposure amounts considered for regulatory purposes (EAD) |
|
|
1,322,311 |
|
|
|
1,251,069 |
|
|
|
51,309 |
|
|
|
19,933 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The reconciliation of public and non-public balance sheets is shown in
Appendix V.
1.2.7. Substantial amendments due to a change in perimeter and corporate transactions
A breakdown is provided below of the main purchases and sales of stakes in other companies, and other major corporate transactions by Santander Group last
year:
a) Acquisition of Banco Popular Español, S.A.
On 7 June 2017 (the acquisition date), the Group, as part of its strategy for growth in the markets where it operates, acquired 100% of the share capital
of Banco Popular Español, S.A. (Banco Popular) under the framework of the resolution system adopted by the Single Resolution Board (SRB) and executed by the Spanish Fund for Orderly Bank Restructuring (FROB), in
accordance with EU Regulation 806/2014 of the European Parliament and of the Council, of 15 July, Directive 2014/59/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council, of 15 May 2014, and Law 11/2015, of 18 June, on the recovery and
resolution of credit institutions and investment firms.
Within the framework of the execution of this resolution, the following has occurred:
|
|
|
All of Banco Populars shares in circulation at the close of 7 June 2017 and the shares resulting from the conversion of the regulatory Additional Tier 1 capital instruments issued by Banco Popular have been
converted into unavailable reserves. |
|
|
|
The conversion of all regulatory capital Tier 2 instruments issued by Banco Popular into newly issued Banco Popular shares, all of which have been acquired by Banco Santander for the price of one euro.
|
The operation was authorised by the European Commission on 8 August 2017. However, regulatory approval is still pending with regard to
the indirect acquisition of some of Banco Populars subsidiaries located in the United States.
b) Agreement for the sale of Banco Populars
property business
With regard to Banco Populars property business, on 8 August 2017, Banco Santander reported the transaction between
Banco Popular and the Blackstone fund relating to the acquisition by the fund of 51%, and therefore control, of the aforementioned property business comprising the portfolio of repossessed properties, doubtful debts from the property sector and
other assets related to this activity of Banco Popular and its subsidiaries (including deferred tax assets) registered on certain specific dates (31 March or 30 April 2017).
|
|
|
|
|
18 |
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures |
|
|
The signing took place once the European Commission had authorised the acquisition of Banco Popular by Banco
Santander, without imposing restrictions, having examined the transaction from a competition law perspective.
Completing the transaction will result in
the creation of a company to which Banco Popular will transfer the business consisting of the aforementioned assets, 100% of the capital of Aliseda Servicios de Gestión Inmobiliaria, S.L. (Aliseda) and other subsidiary companies
included in the transaction. The valuation attributed to the assets in Spain (properties, loans and tax assets, without including Aliseda and the other subsidiary companies) is approximately 10 billion but is subject to final
determination depending on the volume of assets remaining on the completion date and the integration of Aliseda and all other subsidiary companies. Management of the capital of the joint venture will be assigned to Blackstone on completion.
The transaction is subject to obtaining, no later than 30 March 2018, the necessary regulatory authorisations and other conditions that are normal
for this type of transaction. It is expected that these authorisations and conditions will be obtained and fulfilled by that date, resulting in completion during the first quarter of 2018.
As of 31 December 2017, in accordance with IFRS 5, the assets relating to this transaction have been classified under
non-current assets and disposable groups of elements classified as held for sale. The earnings generated by these assets during the 2017 financial year have no material impact on the Groups income
statement. Once the relevant regulatory authorisations have been obtained, the transaction will involve the derecognition of these assets from the Groups balance sheet, with no material impact on the income statement.
c) Acquisition of the shareholding of DDFS LLC in Santander Consumer USA Holdings Inc. (SCUSA)
On 2 July 2015, the Group reported that it had reached an agreement to purchase the 9.65% shareholding that DDFS LLC held in SCUSA.
On 15 November 2017, after having agreed some amendments to the original agreement and having obtained the relevant regulatory authorisations, the Group
completed the acquisition of 9.65% of SCUSAs shares for a total amount of $942 million, which meant a decrease of 492 million in the balance of minority interests and a reduction in reserves amounting to 307 million.
Following this transaction, the Groups shareholding in SCUSA amounts to approximately 68.12%.
d) Agreement regarding Santander Asset Management
i) |
Acquisition of 50% of Santander Asset Management |
On 16 November 2016, following the abandonment, agreed
with the Unicredit Group on 27 July 2016, of the merger project involving Santander Asset Management and Pioneer Investments, the Group reported that it had reached an agreement with Warburg Pincus (WP) and General Atlantic
(GA) through which on 22 December 2017 Santander acquired from these companies their 50% shareholding in Santander Asset Management.
Santander Group has paid a total sum of 545 million and has assumed financing of 439 million, the business combination generating
goodwill of 1,173 million and 320 million of intangible assets contracts and relations with customers identified in the preliminary assignment of the price, with no other value adjustments to the net assets
of the business. Similarly, the market valuation of
the previous shareholding held has had no material impact on the Groups income statement.
Considering that the main activity of the business is asset management, the bulk of this is recorded off the balance sheet. The main net assets acquired, in
addition to the aforementioned intangible assets, are net deposits in credit institutions (181 million) and net tax assets (176 million). Given their nature, their fair value does not differ from the book value recorded in the
companies books.
In compliance with current accounting standards, and in accordance with the provisions of paragraph 45 of IFRS 3 Business
combinations, the acquiring company has a period of one year from the acquisition date to value the business combination and to adjust the acquired companys assets and liabilities to fair value. The valuations made by the Group are the
best estimate available on the date of drawing up these consolidated annual accounts, so they are provisional in nature and cannot be considered final. However, the Group does not expect any significant changes to occur to this amount up to the end
of the period available for considering the valuation as final.
The amount contributed by this business to income and to the net attributed profit of the
Group, both from the acquisition date and if the transaction were assumed to be carried out on 1 January 2017, is immaterial.
ii) |
Sale of the shareholding in Allfunds Bank |
As part of the transaction to acquire the 50% of Santander Asset
Management not owned by Santander Group, Santander, WP and GA agreed to explore different alternatives for the sale of their shareholding in Allfunds Bank, S.A. (Allfunds Bank), including a possible sale or floatation. On 7 March
2017, the Bank announced that, together with its partners in Allfunds Bank, it had reached an agreement for the sale of 100% of Allfunds Bank to funds affiliated with Hellman & Friedman, a leading venture capital fund, and GIC, the
sovereign wealth fund from Singapore.
On 21 November 2017, the Group reported that it had completed the sale by the Bank and its partners of 100% of
the capital of Allfunds Bank, obtaining the sum of 501 million from the sale of its 25% shareholding in Allfunds Bank, which has led to a net capital tax gain of 297 million.
e) Acquisition of the retail banking and private banking business of Deutsche Bank Polska, S.A.
On 14 December 2017, the Group reported that its subsidiary Bank Zachodni WBK, S.A., together with Banco Santander, S.A., had reached an agreement with
Deutsche Bank, A.G. to acquire the retail banking and private banking business of Deutsche Bank Polska, S.A., excluding the portfolio of mortgages in a foreign currency and including the acquisition of shares in DB Securities, S.A. (Poland), for an
estimated amount of 305 million, which will be paid in cash and newly-issued Bank Zachodni WBK, S.A. shares.
The transaction, which is subject
to obtaining the corresponding regulatory authorisations and its approval by the General Shareholders Meetings of Bank Zachodni WBK, S.A. and Deutsche Bank Polska, S.A, will not have a significant impact on the Groups fully loaded CET1
common equity.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures
|
|
19 |
1. INTRODUCTION
1.3. Regulatory framework
In December 2010, with the aim of enhancing the quality, consistency and transparency of the capital base and improving risk coverage, the Basel Committee on
Banking Supervision (BCBS) published a new global regulatory framework for the international capital standards (Basel III), reinforcing the requirements established in the previous frameworks (known as Basel I, Basel II and Basel 2.5). On
26 June 2013 the Basel III legal framework was incorporated in the European legal order via Directive 2013/36 (CRD IV), which repeals Directives 2006/48 and 2006/49, and Regulation 575/2013 on prudential requirements for credit institutions and
investment firms (CRR).
CRD IV was introduced into Spanish law through Law 10/2014 on the regulation, supervision and solvency of credit institutions,
and its subsequent regulatory implementation via Royal Decree 84/2015 and Circular 2/2016 of the Bank of Spain, which completes its adaptation to Spanish law. This Circular largely repeals Circular 3/2008, on the calculation and monitoring of
minimum capital (though, in the aspects covered by Circular 5/2008, on minimum capital and other mandatory reporting of information for mutual guarantee societies, the latter will remain in effect); and a section of Circular 2/2014, on the exercise
of various regulatory options contained in the CRR. The CRR is directly applicable in Member States from 1 January 2014, and repeals all subordinate acts that entail additional capital requirements.
The CRR provides for a phased-in period that will allow institutions to adapt gradually to the new requirements in the
European Union. The phased-in arrangements have been introduced into Spanish law through Bank of Spain Circular 2/2014 affecting both the new deductions from capital and the instruments and elements of capital
that cease to be eligible as capital under the new regulation. In March 2016, the ECB published Regulation 2016/445/EU, adjusting certain timelines established in Bank of Spain Circular 2/2014, especially the calendar for (Deferred Tax Assets) DTAs.
The capital conservation buffers provided for in CRD IV will also be phased in gradually, starting in 2016 and reaching full implementation in 2019.
The
Basel regulatory framework is based on three pillars. Pillar 1 determines the minimum capital requirement and allows for the use of internal ratings and models to calculate risk-weighted exposures. The aim is to make regulatory requirements more
sensitive to the risks actually incurred by financial institutions when carrying on their business activities. Pillar 2 establishes a system of supervisory review, aimed at improving banks internal risk management and capital adequacy
assessment in line with their risk profile. Lastly, Pillar 3 deals with disclosure and market discipline.
Capital regulatory framework in force is being
reviewed in order to reduce risk in the banking sector, introducing different Basel standards and integrating the loss absorption requirement into the European framework. Thus, on 23 November 2016, the European Commission released a draft of
the new CRR and CRD IV incorporating different Basel standards, such as the Fundamental Review of the Trading Book for Market Risk, the Net Stable Funding Ratio (NSFR) for liquidity risk or the SA-CCR for
calculation of the EAD by counterparty risk, interest rate risk in the banking book, as well as modifications related to the treatment of central counterparty entities, the MDA, the Pillar 2, the leverage ratio and the Pillar 3, among others. The
most significant change is the implementation of the TLAC Term Sheet, established internationally by the Financial Stability Board (FSB) in the capital framework. Therefore, systemically important banks will have to comply with MREL/TLAC
requirements under Pillar 1, while non-sistemically important banks need only comply with MREL under Pillar 2 that the resolution authority will decide on a case-by-case basis.
Additionaly, other elements of the resolution framework are examined, whose practical application has occurred
this year for the first time due to the resolution of Banco Popular.
The Single Resolution Board published its MREL policy for the year 2017. With regard
to the planning cycle of these resolutions, the Single Resolution Board is currently in a period of transition from the informative MREL targets to the establishment of bank-specific features requirements, applicable both in the single point of
entry (SPE) and the multiple point of entry (MPE), and intended specially for the categorized as global systematically important banks (G-SIBs).
The 2017 MREL policy for the Single Resolution Board is based upon an approach of gradually achieving the target level over the next years. Shall this not be
accomplished, it could be considered that the resolution of the entity is not possible. Additionally, with regard to the subordination requirement of eligible instruments for systematically important banks
(G-SIBs), they must meet a minimum level of 13.5% of the RWAs plus the combined buffer requirement.
1.3.1.
Regulatory changes in 2017
The Basel III review concluded in 2017 after nearly three years on the table and the first resolution is now on trial in
Europe, where negotiations are advancing on the review of the capital and resolution framework.
International framework
On 7 December, the Group of Governors and Heads of Supervision of the Central Banks (GHOS) approved the final framework for Basel III, after reaching
agreement on how best to calibrate capital floors, which limit the capital savings generated from the use of internal models. This review seeks to ensure that the frameworks for calculating capital requirements in relation to credit, market and
operational risk are more simple, readily comparable and risk-sensitive, while also reducing any variability in risk-weighted assets that is not justified with regard to the different risk profiles. The main aspects now agreed upon are as follows:
|
|
|
The capital floors threshold, which has been set at 72.5% on an aggregate basis for all risks, subject to a maximum impact cap of 25% on RWAs by institution. |
|
|
|
A review of the standardised approach to calculating capital for credit risk, which now features the non-mechanistic reliance on external ratings for exposures to banks and
companies and greater risk sensitivity for certain exposures. |
|
|
|
A review of the advanced approaches to calculating capital for credit risk for low default portfolios; sets limitations on the estimation of parameters through exposure floors; standardises the methodology for
estimating risk parameters; and reviews treatment of risk mitigation techniques. |
|
|
|
A new standardised approach to calculating capital for operational risk, which combines size with indicators on past loss events. This new approach will replace internal AMA models and currently existing standardised
approaches. |
|
|
|
The final calibration of the leverage ratio, which has been set at 3% for all institutions, while G-SIBs are subject to an additional surcharge of 50% of the G-SIB buffer (which depends on the bucket of systemic importance the bank falls within).
|
|
|
|
|
|
20 |
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures |
|
|
|
|
|
A review of the credit valuation adjustment (CVA), which eliminates internal models and reviews standardised approaches to bring them in line with the updated framework for market risk. |
This final agreement will take effect on 1 January 2022, though there will be a phased-in period through to 2027
for the capital floors. The Basel Committee also announced that implementation of the new market risk framework (FRTB) will be put back to 1 January 2022 (initially envisioned for 2019).
The final framework makes significant improvements on the proposals initially raised by the Basel Committee. Santander holds a positive view of the final
completion of this new framework, which will enhance certainty within the banking system on the requirements that entities must meet, while helping to reduce any unjustified variability among RWAs, thus diminishing credibility.
Taking into account the capital floors threshold established by Basel with our current capital consumption and the rest of the aspects contemplated in the new
regulation, we consider that they will not have significant impacts on our solvency ratio.
The Basel Committee also released a discussion paper reviewing
the treatment of sovereign debt through to March 2018. The main options raised in the paper involve additional disclosure requirements (Pillar 3) and capital surcharges (Pillar 1 and Pillar 2) for sovereign debt exposures except for exposures to
central banks denominated in domestic currency (of the central bank) and for exposures to central banks in countries where monetary policy is centred on the exchange rate. However, the communication of the Basel Committee announcing this
consultation acknowledges that no consensus has yet been reached on the need to make changes to the current treatment.
Meanwhile, the Basel Committee has
continued to work on the following aspects in 2017:
|
|
|
reviewing the methodology for identifying global systemically important banks. The first list of systemically important financial institutions, based on this new methodology, will be published in November 2019.
|
|
|
|
reviewing the integration between the new accounting framework and the prudential framework on provisions following the entry into force of IFRS 9. Further consultations on this debate are expected throughout 2018.
|
|
|
|
elaboration of a new regulatory framework that establishes a preferred capital treatment for short term securitisations meeting STC (simple, transparent and comparable) requirements. |
Turning to crisis management, the Financial Stability Board (FSB) and Basel have continued to address the key issues in 2017. Following successful completion
in 2015 of the standard governing the total loss absorbing capacity (TLAC) needed to recapitalise a Global Systemically Important Bank (G-SIB) in the event of resolution, this year the FSB has published its
Internal TLAC guidance (loss absorbing capacity for significant entities that form part of a resolution group), and two important consultations aimed at: (i) ensuring financing during resolution and (ii) guaranteeing completion of a bail-in process. Basel
published its final TLAC disclosure proposal and a new consultation is now expected in 2018.
In November 2017, the Financial Stability Board (FSB) updated the list of G-SIBs for 2019. Santander remains within
the least systemic group of banks and is subject to the minimum additional capital surcharge for banks of systemic importance (1%).
European
regulation
The European Banking Authority (EBA) continued to issue standards and guidelines implementing aspects of European capital requirements
(CRR/CRD IV) and helping to guarantee harmonious i mplementation of minimum capital requirements within the European Union. These include the following regulatory initiatives: guidelines on uniform disclosure of IFRS 9 transitional agreements;
discussion paper on the treatment of structural FX risk; consultation on significant risk transfer, risk retention and homogeneity of securitisations underlying exposures; and updates to the guidelines on SREP, stress tests and IRRBB (interest
rate risk in the banking book) in order to enhance the Pillar 2 framework.
Meanwhile, the EBA released the following documents as part of its work
programme published in February 2016 aimed at reducing unjustified variability in capital consumption by different risk profiles, thus improving the homogeneity and comparability of capital ratios among banks:
|
|
|
in January 2017, the final guidelines on the application of the definition of default in a bid to harmonise the definition of default across Europe. |
|
|
|
In March 2017, consultation paper on draft RTS on the specification of the nature, severity and duration of an economic downturn in order to estimate LGD (loss given default) and CCF (credit conversion factors).
|
|
|
|
in November 2017, the final guidelines on the estimation of risk parameters (PD, LGD and treatment of defaulted assets). |
On the subject of liquidity, following the 2016 consultations the EBA released its final proposals in 2017 with the aim of establishing the liquidity coverage
ratio (LCR) and asset encumbrance disclosure requirements. The EBA is also expected to develop a set of standards to harmonise NSFR reporting requirements.
Work has also continued across Europe in 2017 to review the capital framework (CRR / CRD IV) and the resolution framework with the aim of the new capital
framework entering into force before 1 January 2019 and being implanted in 2020-2021.
On the other hand, in December 2017, a new general regulatory
framework for securitisations and a specific regulatory framework for STS (simple, transparent and standardised) securitisations were published. Furthermore, a new capital treatment for securitisations is established (modifying its actual treatment
in CRR), along with preferred capital treatment for those securitisations meeting STS requirements. These modifications over the existing regulatory framework must be applied from 1 January 2019.
Meanwhile, the European Commission has yet to determine the equivalence of the jurisdictions of third countries, based on EBA questionnaires. The work had
been put on hold in 2016 but was resumed in late 2017, with Argentina being one of the jurisdictions to undergo an assessment. When it comes to the qualification of CCPs, the Commission has extended the
phased-in period until 15 June 2018.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures
|
|
21 |
1. INTRODUCTION
With respect to supervision, the supervisory activity conducted by the Single Supervisory Mechanism (SSM) in the
framework of the Supervisory Review and Evaluation Process (SREP) is notable. In this area, Santander Groups Joint Supervisory Team from European Central Bank worked tirelessly in 2016, holding over 100 meetings with the Bank, most of which
were related to its monitoring and refinement.
Along with the intense agenda of supervision within the framework of the Supervisory Review and Evaluation
Process (SREP), the SSM has made great strides towards the harmonisation of supervisory policies across countries, and in the transparency of their expectations.
Europe also continues to make progress in the implementation of the crisis management framework. The Single Resolution Mechanism (SRM, the second pillar of
the Banking Union after the Single Supervisory Mechanism) has been operational since 1 January 2016. The Single Resolution Board has been working alongside national resolution authorities to develop the policies of the MREL (minimum requirement
of eligible liabilities). Banks must meet this requirement following a phased-in period to last no longer than four years. The Single Resolution Board is expected to inform the Bank of its requirement in the
first quarter of 2018.
Turning to the Single Resolution Fund managed by the Single Resolution Board, the period of gradual mutualisation will allow for a
transition from the national resolution funds in place in several eurozone countries through to 2016, to the Single Resolution Fund, which will be fully implemented by 2024. The funding target of the Single Resolution Fund is 1% of covered deposits
in 2024. The first year was calculated at 60% nationally (BRRD perimeter) and 40% across the euro area (SRM perimeter). In 2017, these percentages have been inverted, with 40% of funding in the BRRD perimeter and 60% within the SRM perimeter.
Funding under the SRM perimeter will be steadily raised to reach 100% in 2024.
In October 2017, the Commission issued a release calling for the completion of the Banking Union. The measures
it proposes include the need to reach an agreement in 2018 on the creation of a backstop for the Single Resolution Fund and Pillar 3 of the Banking Union: the European Deposit Insurance Scheme (EDIS). There are also plans to legislate a framework to
create sovereign bond-baked securities (SBBS) in early 2018 and reduce NPL before the end of 2018.
Santander Group voices the concerns and thoughts of
its corporate offices and local teams on matters relating to the financial sector where these affect business at the Group. The corporate and local public policy function, in coordination with the business units and support divisions concerned in
each case, identifies the regulatory alerts and establishes Santander Groups stance.
The main courses of action taken along these lines are as
follows:
|
|
|
Santander Group has been a keen participant in the main banking associations worldwide and in Europe, and in the main markets in which we operate. Among other assistance, it contributes inputs to the replies drawn up in
connection with ongoing regulatory consultations. |
|
|
|
Santander Group has maintained proactive, constructive dialogue with policy-makers through the existing channels (hearings) and sends individual replies to official consultations on issues considered relevant to
Santander Group. |
|
|
|
In particular, Santander Group has worked to consolidate and make known the sturdiness of our organisational model through subsidiaries that are fully independent when it comes to capital and liquidity. It also has the
benefits of geographic diversification and recognition of the issuance of capital instruments from third countries and equivalence of the jurisdictions of third countries where the Bank operates. In addition, one of the Banks main objectives
is for subsidiaries to adopt advanced return- and capital-based management systems via internal models, given the improvements in comprehensive risk management and adequacy in the calculation of capital these provide.
|
|
|
|
|
|
22 |
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures
|
|
23 |
2 CAPITAL 2.1. Capital 2.1.1. Capital function 2.1.1.1. Organization 2.1.1.2. Capital governance 2.1.2. Capital management and adequacy
2.1.3. Capital management priorities in 2017 2.1.4. Capital targets 2.1.5. Capital Buffers and eligible capital requirements 2.1.5.1. Global Systemically Important Institutions 2.1.5.2. Domestic Systemically Important Institutions 2.2. Pillar 1
regulatory capital 2.2.1. Eligible capital 2.2.2. Capital requirements 2.2.2.1. Credit Risk 2.2.2.2. Credit risk Securitisations 2.2.2.3. Market risk 2.2.2.4. Operational risk 2.2.3. Leverage ratio 2.3. Pillar 2 economic capital 2.3.1. RoRAC
and value creation 2.3.2. Capital planning and stress tests 2.4. Recovery and resolution plans and special situation response framework 2.4.1. Viability Plans 2.4.2. Resolution plans 2.4.3. Special Situation Management Framework 2.5. Total Loss
Absorbing Capacity (TLAC) y Minimum Required Elligible Liability (MREL) 25 27 27 27 28 29 29 30 31 33 33 33 36 40 66 75 78 80 82 83 84 86 86 87 88 88
2. Capital
2.1. Capital
Capital management and control at Santander Group
is a fully transversal process that seeks to guarantee the Banks capital adequacy, while complying with regulatory requirements and maximising profitability. It is determined by the strategic objectives and by risk appetite set by the board of
directors. To achieve this, the following policies have been established to shape the approach that the Group applies to capital management:
|
|
|
Establish adequate capital planning, so as to meet current needs and provide the necessary resources to meet the needs of the business plans, regulatory requirements and the associated risks in the short and medium
term, while maintaining the risk profile approved by the board. |
|
|
|
Ensuring that the Group and its companies maintain sufficient capital to cover requirements during stress scenarios due to the increase in risks as the macroeconomic climate deteriorates. |
|
|
|
Optimising capital use through appropriate allocation of capital among the businesses, based on the relative return on regulatory and economic capital and taking the risk appetite, growth and strategic objectives into
account. |
Santander Group maintains a very comfortable capital adequacy position well clear of the levels required by applicable regulations
and by the European Central Bank.
∎ |
TABLE 4. MAIN CAPITAL FIGURES AND CAPITAL ADEQUACY RATIOS |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fully loaded |
|
|
Phased-in |
|
Concept |
|
Dec-17 |
|
|
Dec-16 |
|
|
Dec-17 |
|
|
Dec-16 |
|
Common Equity (CET1) |
|
|
65,563 |
|
|
|
62,068 |
|
|
|
74,173 |
|
|
|
73,709 |
|
Tier 1 |
|
|
73,293 |
|
|
|
67,834 |
|
|
|
77,283 |
|
|
|
73,709 |
|
Total capital |
|
|
87,588 |
|
|
|
81,584 |
|
|
|
90,706 |
|
|
|
86,337 |
|
Risk weighted assets |
|
|
605,064 |
|
|
|
588,088 |
|
|
|
605,064 |
|
|
|
588,088 |
|
Ratio CET1 |
|
|
10.84 |
% |
|
|
10.55 |
% |
|
|
12.26 |
% |
|
|
12.53 |
% |
Ratio Tier 1 |
|
|
12.11 |
% |
|
|
11.53 |
% |
|
|
12.77 |
% |
|
|
12.53 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TOTAL CAPITAL RATIO |
|
|
14.48 |
% |
|
|
13.87 |
% |
|
|
14.99 |
% |
|
|
14.68 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
∎ |
CAPITAL AND SOLVENCY RATIOS |
Santander Groups main solvency ratios at 31 December 2017 are as shown in table 4. Phased-in ratios are calculated applying the transitory schedules for implementation of Basel III, whereas fully loaded ratios are calculated without applying any schedules, hence with the final regulation.
In fully-loaded terms CET1 in December stood at 10.84%, increasing by 29 basis points during the year and reaching the goal at
year-end which was announced at the beginning of the year. The fully-loaded capital ratio was 14.48%, up by 61 basis points during the year.
∎ |
2017 CET1 FULLY LOADED EVOLUTION |
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures
|
|
25 |
2. CAPITAL
The increase of 29 basis points in the year is mainly due to profit generation and risk assets management, which
contribute to the ordinary generation in the year, that reaches 53 b.p. However, 19 b.p. from perimeter must be substracted (SAM operation/Allfunds and acquisition of participation in SC USA) and other 5 b.p. from various causes, among which the
valuation of available for sale portfolios is found. The acquisition of Banco Popular did not entail any effects regarding the solvency ratio, since it was offset by the capital increase fulfilled in July 2017.
From a qualitative point of view, Santander Group has solid ratios suited to its business model, the structure of its balance sheet and its risk profile.
Santander Group exceeds the 2018 minimum regulatory capital requirements for the total ratio by 284 basis points, taking into account the surpluses and shortfalls of AT1 y T2.
∎ |
strategic principles of the capital function |
|
|
|
Autonomy. The Groups corporate structure is based on a legally independent subsidiary model, each responsible for its own capital and liquidity. This provides advantages when raising funds and limits the
risk of contagion, thus reducing systemic risk. Under this structure, subsidiaries are subject to two tiers of supervision and internal control: local and global. Each unit must raise and manage its own financial resources accordingly in order to
maintain the required levels of capital at all times. Local units must have the necessary capital to carry on their activity autonomously and meet local regulatory requirements and the expectations of their local market.
|
|
|
|
Solvency. The Group and its subsidiaries must ensure at all times that the structure and level of their capital is suitable in view of the risks to which they are exposed. Capital must be allocated accordingly so
as to ensure the effective management of the risks assumed within the subsidiaries and it must be assigned proportionately among all those risks.
|
|
|
|
Efficiency. The Group and its subsidiaries must roll out mechanisms to actively seek and promote an efficient use of capita and to ensure that the value created by an investment exceeds at least the cost of the
capital invested. Capital is a scarce commodity that must be used as efficiently as possible, given the high cost of generating capital, whether organically or through the markets. Subsidiaries must have ongoing monitoring mechanisms in place to
optimise their capital consumption. |
|
|
|
Centralised monitoring. The capital management model must ensure a holistic view, through a corporate environment of global coordination and review (every business, every geography). The first level of
monitoring, by the local units themselves, is supplemented by the monitoring activity of the corporate units. One of the main ways the Group achieves this is by defining and applying standard policies, metrics, methodologies and tools across the
Group, though these may be adapted accordingly to bring them in line with local regulations and supervisory requirements and to reflect the degree of progress made by each subsidiary. |
|
|
|
|
|
26 |
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures |
|
|
2.1.1. Capital function
The core principles provide the basic guidelines for the Group entities in managing, monitoring and controlling capital.
2.1.1.1. Organisation
The organisational structure has
been defined with a view to achieving compliance with the principles of capital management while ensuring that the relationship between each subsidiary and the corporation in this function facilitates the subsidiarys financial autonomy,
subject to strict monitoring coordinated at Group level.
Santander Groups risk management and control model is based on three lines of defence. The
first line comprises the business functions or activities that assume or generate exposure to risk. Risks undertaken or generated within the first line of defence must be compatible with the risk appetite and the limit in place. To carry out its
function, the first line of defence must have the resources to identify, measure, address and report the risks assumed. The second line of defence comprises the function of controlling and supervising risk, along with the compliance function. The
second line is charged with effective control of risks and ensures that they are managed in accordance with the risk appetite defined.
Internal Audit is the third line of defence and the last layer of control, and regularly assesses policies,
methods and procedures to ensure they are suitable and also checks they are operational.
The risk control function, the compliance function and the
internal audit function are sufficiently separate and independent from each other and also regarding the other functions they control and supervise when carrying out their tasks. They likewise have access to the board of directors and/or to its
committees at the highest level.
2.1.1.2. Capital governance
To ensure the capital function operates properly when it comes to both decision-making and supervision and control, Santander Group has developed a structure
of responsive and efficient governance bodies so as to ensure the involvement of all the areas concerned and the necessary involvement of senior management. Because of the Groups hallmark subsidiary-based structure, the governance structure of
the capital function must be adapted to preserve the subsidiaries capital autonomy, while allowing centralised monitoring and coordinated management at Group level. There are also various committees that have responsibilities at regional level
and also for coordination at Group level. The local committees must report to the corporate committees as and when required on any relevant aspects of their activity that may affect capital so as to ensure proper coordination between the
subsidiaries and the corporate centre.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures
|
|
27 |
2. CAPITAL
2.1.2. Capital management and adequacy
The goal of capital management and adequacy at Santander Group is to guarantee the entitys capital adequacy and maximise its profitability, while
ensuring compliance with internal capital goals and regulatory requirements. Capital management is a fundamental strategic tool for decision making at both local and corporate level and serves to create a common framework of action by establishing
uniform definitions of capital management criteria, policies, functions, metrics and processes.
The Group works with the following variables relating to the concept of capital:
Regulatory capital
|
|
|
Capital requirements: The minimum amount of capital the supervisory authority requires the entity to hold to safeguard its solvency, based on the amount of risk assumed, in terms of credit, market and
operational risk. |
|
|
|
Eligible capital: The capital the regulator considers eligible to meet capital requirements. The main components of eligible capital are accounting capital and reserves. |
Economic capital
|
|
|
Internal capital requirements: The minimum amount of capital that the Group needs with a specified level of probability to absorb unexpected losses deriving from its current exposure to all risks taken on
by the entity (including risks additional to those contemplated under the regulatory capital requirements). |
|
|
|
Available capital: The amount of capital the Group itself considers eligible, on management criteria, to meet capital needs. |
Cost of capital
The minimum return required by investors
(shareholders) as compensation for the opportunity cost incurred and the risk assumed in investing their capital in the entity. This cost of capital represents a cut-off rate or minimum
return to be achieved and allows comparisons to be made between the different business units and their efficiency to be assessed.
Leverage ratio
Regulatory measure that monitors the financial solidity and strength of the Entity by linking size and capital. This ratio is calculated dividing the
Tier 1 by the leverage exposure, which takes into account the balance sheet exposure and adjustments due to derivatives, secured financing transactions (SFTs) and off-balance sheet items.
Return on risk-adjusted capital (RoRAC)
The return (understood as net profit after tax) on internally required economic capital, Therefore, the higher the economic capital, the lower the RoRAC. For
this reason, the Bank must demand a higher return from transactions or business units that consume more capital.
RoRAC takes the investment risk into
account and so provides a risk-adjusted measure of return.
The use of RoRAC allows the Bank to better manage its activities, assess the real risk-adjusted
return of businesses and be more efficient in decision-making relating to investments.
Return on Risk Weighted Asset (RoRWA)
Defined as the return (understood as net profit after tax) on a business risk-weighted assets.
The use of RoRWA allows the Bank to set up strategies to allocate regulatory capital and ensure the maximum return is obtained.
Value creation
Any profit generated above and beyond the
cost of economic capital.
The Bank will create value when the risk-adjusted return, measured by RoRAC, is higher than its cost of capital. Otherwise value
will be destroyed. It measures the risk-adjusted return in absolute terms (monetary units), supplementing the RoRAC result.
Expected loss
Average NPL losses expected by the entity over the course of an economic cycle. From the point of view of expected loss, defaults are considered a
cost that could be eliminated or reduced through appropriate selection of borrowers.
|
|
|
|
|
28 |
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures |
|
|
The Groups capital function is preformed at two levels:
|
|
|
Regulatory capital: regulatory capital management is based on an analysis of the capital base, the capital adequacy ratios as defined by applicable regulations and the scenarios used in capital planning. The aim
is for the capital structure to be as efficient as possible, in terms of both cost and compliance with regulatory requirements. Active capital management includes strategies for capital allocation and for efficient usage of business units,
securitisation, asset sales and placements of capital instruments (preference shares, subordinated debt) and hybrid capital instruments. |
|
|
|
Economic capital: economic capital management is there to ensure that sufficient capital is available and assigned accordingly to cover all the risks to which the Group is exposed as a result of its business
activity and according to its risk appetite. It also aims to optimise value creation at the Group and across all its business units. By effectively measuring the capital needed for a given business activity, together with the return on that
business, the Group is able to optimise value creation by selecting those business activities that offer the best return on capital. This capital assignment process is carried out under different economic scenarios and with the level of capital
adequacy decided by Santander Group in each case. The scenarios include those that are expected to occur and those that are far less likely though still plausible. |
2.1.3. Capital management priorities in 2017
Details of the most significant actions undertaken in 2017 are set out below.
Issues of financial instruments with the legal status of capital
Banco Santander S.A. effected two issues of contingent convertible bonds (CoCos) during the year for 750 million euros and 1,000 million euros in a
bid to strengthen its AT1 capital.
Banco Santander S.A. carried out two issuances of subordinated debt in the first half of the year for a combined total
of 1,150 million euros. Both placements are intended to enhance the total capital ratio by qualifying as Tier 2 capital.
Further, in December Banco
Santander S.A. completed a placement of contingently redeemable perpetual bonds (Loyalty Bonds) offered to certain Santander Group customers affected by the resolution of Banco Popular and totalling 981 million euros. This placement had no
impact on the Groups capital ratios.
Following the acquisition of Banco Popular, Banco Santander announced a capital increase in July for a nominal
sum of 729,116,372.50 euros. The rights issue was to be carried out by issuing and circulating 1,458,232,745 new common shares, all of the same series as those
* |
Dividends charged to the 2017 results are subject to approval of the Shareholders Meeting.
|
currently in circulation and all conferring a pre-emptive subscription
right on their holders. The new shares were issued at a face value of 0.50 euros plus a share premium of 4.35 euros per share, thus bringing the total price of the new shares to 4.85 euros per share and the total cash value of the capital increase
(including both nominal and share premium) to 7,072,428,813.25 euros.
Dividend policy*
Most of the Groups quarterly remuneration for shareholders in 2017 was paid out in cash and it was announced that remuneration charged to 2017 earnings
would be 0.22 euros distributed in four dividends: three cash dividends and one scrip dividend (Santander Dividendo Elección), the latter amounting to 0.04 euros per share. It was also announced that cash
pay-outs this year and in the years following would account for 30-40% of profits, and shareholder remuneration would be in line with rising profits.
The targets were met in 2017, resulting in an effective dividend payment of 40% of profits and a 9% increase in the
per-share cash dividend.
In December 2015, the European Central Bank issued a recommendation on dividend
allocation policies applicable to all Eurozone credit entities as of 2016. The recommendation calls for conservative dividend policies and prudent assumptions and has been fully observed by Banco Santander S.A.
Last but not least, a number of restrictions on the payment of dividends have been imposed in certain regions as a result of new and stricter regulations on
capital adequacy. That said, the Group currently has no knowledge of any practical or legal impediment to the transfer of funds from the subsidiaries to the parent of Santander Group in the form of dividends, loans or advances, repatriation of
capital or other instruments beyond the dividend policy issued by the competent national authority of our Polish subsidiary (KNF), which applies to banks that hold a significant interest in mortgages denominated in foreign currency. Meanwhile, our
subsidiary in the United States has passed the Comprehensive Capital Analysis Review (CCAR) process and a number of existing restrictions on dividend payments have now disappeared.
2.1.4. Capital targets
Santander Group continues to work
towards a fully loaded CET 1 ratio of over 11% in 2018.
∎ |
FULLY LOADED CET1 CAPITAL EVOLUTION |
%
Note 1: Pro-forma including Jan 15 capital increase
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures
|
|
29 |
2. CAPITAL
The continuous improvements seen in the capital ratios is a product of the profitable growth strategy pursued by
Santander Group and a culture of active capital management across all levels of the organisation Highlights:
|
|
|
The reinforcement of teams dedicated to capital management and greater coordination with the Corporate Centre and local teams. |
|
|
|
All countries and business units have drawn up individual capital plans focused on achieving a business that maximises the return on capital. |
|
|
|
Greater weighting of capital as part of incentive schemes. Certain aspects relating to capital and returns on capital are now taken into account when setting the variable remuneration payable to members of the senior
management. |
|
|
|
The relevant metrics include the fully-loaded CET 1, capital contribution, or the return on risk-weighted assets (RoRWA). |
|
|
|
The qualitative aspects in question include the proper management of regulatory changes affecting capital, effective management of capital relating to business decisions, moving the capital plan towards the defined
objective and effective capital allocation. |
In tandem, the Group is continuing to develop a programme to ensure the continuous improvement
of infrastructure, processes and methodologies supporting all aspects relating to capital. The aim here is to ensure more active management of capital, enable the Group to respond rapidly to the already numerous and still growing number of
regulatory requirements and carry out all associated activities more efficiently.
2.1.5. Capital buffers and eligible capital requirements
Santander Group must comply, at all times, with the combined capital buffers requirement, defined as the total CET 1 capital necessary to meet the following
obligations:
|
|
|
Capital conservation buffer (CCoB): mandatory for all entities and to be phased in from 1 January 2016. The buffer for banks in 2018 will therefore be 1.875%. |
|
|
|
Systemic buffers: a four-year phase-in period is provided for these buffers, applicable from 1 January 2016. |
|
|
|
Systemically Important Financial Institutions (SIFIs): for entities designated as systemically important, using a common methodology. Here, there are two different surcharges, with the largest buffer rate of the two
being applicable: |
|
1) |
G-SIB buffer (Global Systemically Important Banks): common methodology whereby banks are classified into buckets based on their systemic global risk. |
|
2) |
D-SIB buffer (Domestic Systemically Important Banks). |
|
|
|
Systemic risk buffer (SRB): intended for entities with systemic importance that must possess additional loss-absorbing capacity. This buffer is discretionary and applies to all or some exposures of an entity (domestic
and/or foreign risks, risks specific to certain business sectors, etc.), as determined by the authorities. |
If the SRB covers all types of
exposures, the greatest of the three systemic buffer rates will be applied. If the SRB only applies to a certain
type of exposure, the SRB buffer will be added to the greater of the other two systemic buffers (G-SIB or D-SIB).
|
|
|
Countercyclical capital buffer (CCyB): the CCyB will be applied when the authorities deem that lending is growing excessively in an specific jurisdiction and it will be applied in order to constrain this excessive
growth. This buffer is specifically calculated for each bank or group and consists of the weighted average of percentages of countercyclical buffers applied in regions in which the banks relevant exposures are located. For applying this
buffer, a four-year phase-in period applicable from 1 January 2016 has been established too. |
The table below summarises the required regulatory rates based on the different capital buffers to be applied, along with the
phased-in timeline and Banco Santanders situation in 2018:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Applicable to |
|
Buffers (% RWAs) |
|
2016 |
|
2017 |
|
2018 |
|
2019 |
All entities |
|
Conservation (CCoB) |
|
0,625% |
|
1,25% |
|
1,875% |
|
2,5% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Designated |
|
G-SIB entities (1%-3,5%) (1) |
|
25% del buffer |
|
50% del buffer |
|
75% del buffer |
|
100% del buffer |
entities |
|
D-SIB entities (2) |
|
25% del buffer |
|
50% del buffer |
|
75% del buffer |
|
100% del buffer |
|
|
|
|
|
|
At discretion |
|
Systemic risk (SRB) (3) |
|
0%-5% |
|
0%-5% |
|
0%-5% |
|
0%-5% |
of competent national authority |
|
Countercyclical (CCyB) (4) |
|
0% - 0,625% |
|
0% - 1,25% |
|
0% - 1,875% |
|
0% - 2,5% |
|
|
|
|
|
Consolidated |
|
CCoB + CCyB + Max (5) |
|
|
combined buffer |
|
(G-SIB, D-SIB, SRB) |
(1) |
According to the list of Global Sistemically Important Banks (G-SIBs) published by the FSB for 2018, it is demanded a total buffer of 1% for Santander (this means that 0.75% is
required in 2018) |
(2) |
Domestic Systemically Important Banks. The Bank of Spain requires a 1% buffer for Santander (this means that 0.75% is required in 2018). |
(3) |
To Santander Group the requirement by this concept is of 0%. |
(4) |
Applicable countercyclical buffer: |
|
a) |
Bank of Spain, first quarter of 2018: exposures located in Spain: 0% |
|
b) |
Exposures located in Norway, Sweden: 2% |
(5) |
The maximum of the 3 buffers applies if the SRB buffer covers domestic and nondomestic exposures. Otherwise, the higher of G-SIB and D-SIB
plus the SRB buffer applies. |
The geographic distribution of relevant lending exposures for calculating the countercyclical capital buffer
is shown in Appendix X available on the Santander Group website.
Capital requirements
The decision on capital resulting from the Supervisory Review and Evaluation Process (SREP) under the European Central Banks (ECB) Single Supervisory
Mechanism comprises a Pillar 2 Requirement (Pillar 2R) and Pillar 2 Guidance (Pillar 2G). Pillar 2R is binding, and failure to comply may have direct legal consequences for banks. Pillar 2G is not directly binding, and failure to comply has no
bearing on the Maximum Distributable Amount (MDA) threshold. Moreover, Pillar 2G does not automatically trigger action by the ECB. However, the ECB does
|
|
|
|
|
30 |
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures |
|
|
expect compliance with Pillar 2G at all times. If a bank is not compliant with Pillar 2G, the ECB will give
careful consideration to the reasons and circumstances and may define additional supervisory control measures.
At the end of 2017, the ECB sent each bank
the minimum prudential capital requirements for the following year. In 2018, Santander Group must report a phased-in Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) ratio of at least 8.655% on a consolidated level. This
requirement includes the Pillar 1 requirement (4.5%); the Pillar 2 requirement (1.5%); the capital conservation buffer (1.875%); the requirement due to its status as a global systemically important bank (0.75%) and the countercyclical capital buffer
requirement (0.03% of CET1). Santander Group must also maintain a minimum capital ratio of 10.155% for phased-in T1, and a minimum total ratio of 12.155% for phased-in.
As of 31 December 2017, Banco Santander had a CET1 regulatory capital ratio of 12,26% and a total ratio of 14,99%
1. |
Global Systemically Important Banks buffer. |
2. |
Capital conservation buffer. |
3. |
Counter-cyclical capital buffer calculated using September 2017 data for requirement as of 1 January 2018.
|
2.1.5.1. Global Systemically Important Institutions
Santander Group is one of the 30 institutions designated as global sistemically important institutions (G-SIIs).
The health of a global systemically important institution poses a risk to financial stability. The insolvency of a systemically important institution, or even
just the expectation that it might become insolvent, is difficult to predict but could certainly undermine the financial system and even the real economy.
This warrants special prudential treatment, which has led to the introduction of specific capital buffer requirements for both global (G-SII) and domestic (D-SII) systemically important institutions.
This
designation requires Santander Group to meet additional requirements mainly relating to the following:
|
|
|
Its capital buffer (Santander Group is included in the group of banks with the smallest capital buffer of 1%) |
|
|
|
TLAC (Total Loss-Absorbing Capacity) requirements |
|
|
|
The requirement to publish relevant information more often than other banks |
|
|
|
Stricter regulatory requirements for the internal control bodies |
|
|
|
Requirement to submit special reports to the supervisors |
The Basel Committee and the Financial Stability
Board decide what banks qualify as global systemically important institutions, using a method based on five indicators: size, cross-jurisdiction activity, interconnectedness with other financial institutions, substitutability of financial
services/infrastructure and complexity (with each category given an equal weighting of 20%). This methodology is currently under review by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision. The first list of global systemically important institutions based
on this new methodology will be published in November 2019.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures
|
|
31 |
2. CAPITAL
∎ |
TABLE 5. INDICATORS FOR SYSTEMICALLY IMPORTANT INSTITUTIONS |
|
|
|
|
|
Category |
|
Individual indicator |
|
Rationale |
Size |
|
Exposure used for the leverage ratio calculation |
|
The larger the bank, the greater its destabilising impact |
|
|
|
Cross-jurisdictional activity |
|
Cross-jurisdictional assets
Cross-jurisdictional liabilities |
|
This indicator is intended to capture a banks global footprint. |
|
|
|
Interconnectedness |
|
Intra-financial system assets
Intra-financial system liabilities
Securities outstanding |
|
A banks systemic impact is likely to be positively related to its interconnectedness Intra-financial system liabilities with other financial institutions. |
|
|
|
Substitutability/financial institution infrastructure |
|
Assets under custody
Payments activity
Underwritten transactions in debt and equity |
|
The systemic impact is likely to be greater if the banks activity is not substitutable by other banks. |
|
|
|
Complexity |
|
Notional amount of over-the-counter (OTC) derivatives
Level 3 assets
Trading and
available-for-sale securities |
|
The more complex a bank is, the greater are the costs and time needed for its resolution. |
The information needed to evaluate the indicators is requested yearly from banks whose leverage exposure exceeds
200,000 million Euros, or from any other banks at the supervisors discretion (in December 2016 a total of 76 banks were considered). All these institutions are then required to publish the information before 30 April of the following
year.
The information is used to draw up a global indicator. The score obtained by each bank will determine the size of the capital buffer required of
it, which is based on a set of buckets defined by the regulators (CET1 surcharge ranging from 1% to 3.5%).
In November 2017, the Financial Stability
Board (FSB) published the list of global systemically important institutions based on December 2016 data. This list applies to 2019. Compliance with these requirements gives Santander Group greater solidity than its domestic peers. Santander Group
is currently subject to a systemic buffer surcharge of 1%, which will become fully effective in 2019 (0.75% in 2018).
∎ |
TABLE 6. GLOBAL SYSTEMICALLY IMPORTANT INSTITUTIONS |
|
|
|
Capital buffer |
|
Entity |
5 (-3.50%) |
|
(Empty) |
4 (-2.50%) |
|
JP Morgan Chase |
|
|
|
|
Bank of America |
3 (-2.00%) |
|
BNP Paribas |
|
|
Deutsche Bank |
|
|
HSBC |
|
|
|
|
Bank of China |
|
|
Barclays |
|
|
BNP Paribas |
|
|
China Construction Bank |
2 (-1.50%) |
|
Goldman Sachs |
|
|
Industrial and Commercial |
|
|
Bank of China Limited |
|
|
Mitsubishi UFJ FG |
|
|
Wells Fargo |
|
|
|
|
Agricultural Bank of China |
|
|
Bank of New York Mellon |
|
|
Credit Suisse |
|
|
Group Crédit Agricole |
|
|
ING Bank |
|
|
Mizuho FG |
|
|
Morgan Stanley |
|
|
Nordea |
1 (-1.00%) |
|
Royal Bank of Canada |
|
|
Royal Bank of Scotland |
|
|
Santander |
|
|
Société Générale |
|
|
Standard Chartered |
|
|
State Street |
|
|
Sumitomo Mitsui FG |
|
|
UBS |
|
|
Unicredit Group |
|
|
|
|
|
32 |
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures |
|
|
2.1.5.2. Domestic Systemically Important Institutions
When identifying Domestic Systemically Important Institutions (D-SIIs), Banco de España, according to the
methodology established on Rule 14 of Circular 2/2016, applies a mix of guidelines based on size, importance, complexity (cross-jurisdiction activity) and degree of interconnectedness between the institutions concerned and the financial system.
Banco de España conducts a yearly review of this classification and the following institutions are included on its list for 2018:
Domestic Systemically Important Institutions
Santander Group appears on the lists of both global and domestic systemically important institutions. Banco de
España, based on Rule 23 of Circular 2/2016, insists that the highest of the two buffers be applied. Since both buffers are the same for Banco Santander, the surcharge applicable in 2019 will be 1% (0.75% in 2018).
2.2. Pillar 1 regulatory capital
The current regulatory framework for capital calculation is based on three pillars:
|
|
|
Pillar 1 sets the minimum capital requirements for credit risk, market risk and operational risk, allowing internal ratings and models to be used. The aim is to make regulatory requirements more sensitive to the risks
actually incurred by financial institutions when carrying on their business activities. |
|
|
|
Pillar 2 establishes a system of supervisory review, aimed at improving banks internal risk management and capital adequacy assessment in line with their risk profile. |
|
|
|
Pillar 3 is intended to enhance market discipline by developing a set of disclosure requirements that will allow market agents to appraise key information relating to the application of Basel II, capital, risk
exposures, risk assessment processes and, by extension, the Banks capital adequacy. |
2.2.1. Eligible capital
Total eligible capital, after retained earnings, amounts to EUR 116,265, up EUR 10,287 million in the year, a 9.7% increase.
As a consequence of the acquisition of Banco Popular Español, S.A. and to strengthen and optimise the Banks capital structure to provide adequate
cover for that acquisition, on 3 July 2017 the Group communicated the resolution of the executive committee of Banco Santander, S.A. to increase the Banks capital by EUR 7,072 million by issuing 1,458 million shares. In
addition, on 1 November 2017, the Bank effected a rights issue of EUR 48 million under the Santander Scrip Dividend scheme, issuing 95,580,136 shares (0.6% of the share capital).
Valuation adjustments decreased by EUR 6,737 million, mainly due to the net impact of exchange rate fluctuations, offset by the decrease in risk-weighted
assets due to exchange rate risk.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures
|
|
33 |
2. CAPITAL
A reconciliation of accounting capital, which is the subject of the preceding
paragraphs, to regulatory capital is shown below:
∎ |
TABLE 7. RECONCILIATION OF ACCOUNTING CAPITAL WITH REGULATORY CAPITAL |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
31 Dec. 2017 |
|
|
31 Dec. 2016 |
|
Subscribed capital |
|
|
8,068 |
|
|
|
7,291 |
|
Share premium account |
|
|
51,053 |
|
|
|
44,912 |
|
Reserves |
|
|
52,577 |
|
|
|
49,244 |
|
Treasury shares |
|
|
-22 |
|
|
|
-7 |
|
Attributable profit |
|
|
6,619 |
|
|
|
6,204 |
|
Approved dividend |
|
|
-2,029 |
|
|
|
-1,667 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shareholders equity on public balance sheet |
|
|
116,265 |
|
|
|
105,978 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Valuation adjustments |
|
|
-21,777 |
|
|
|
-15,039 |
|
Non-controlling interests |
|
|
12,344 |
|
|
|
11,761 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total equity on public balance sheet |
|
|
106,832 |
|
|
|
102,700 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Goodwill and intangible assets |
|
|
-28,537 |
|
|
|
-28,405 |
|
Eligible preference shares and participating securities |
|
|
7,635 |
|
|
|
6,469 |
|
Accrued dividend |
|
|
-968 |
|
|
|
-802 |
|
Other adjustments |
|
|
-7,679 |
|
|
|
-6,253 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tier I (Phased-in) |
|
|
77,283 |
|
|
|
73,709 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The following table provides a breakdown of the Groups eligible capital and a comparison with the previous
year:
∎ |
TABLE 8. ELIGIBLE CAPITAL |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
31 Dec. 2017 |
|
|
31 Dec. 2016 |
|
Common Equity Tier 1 |
|
|
74,173 |
|
|
|
73,709 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Capital |
|
|
8,068 |
|
|
|
7,291 |
|
(-) Treasury shares and own shares financed |
|
|
-22 |
|
|
|
-10 |
|
Share premium |
|
|
51,053 |
|
|
|
44,912 |
|
Reserves |
|
|
52,241 |
|
|
|
49,234 |
|
Other retained earnings |
|
|
-22,363 |
|
|
|
-14,924 |
|
Minority interests |
|
|
7,991 |
|
|
|
8,018 |
|
Attributable profit net of dividends |
|
|
3,621 |
|
|
|
3,735 |
|
Deductions |
|
|
-26,416 |
|
|
|
-24,548 |
|
Goodwill and intangible assets |
|
|
-22,829 |
|
|
|
-21,585 |
|
Others |
|
|
-3,586 |
|
|
|
-2,963 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Additional Tier 1 |
|
|
3,110 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Eligible instruments AT1 |
|
|
8,498 |
|
|
|
6,469 |
|
T1 excesses - subsidiaries |
|
|
347 |
|
|
|
351 |
|
Residual value of intangibles |
|
|
-5,707 |
|
|
|
-6,820 |
|
Deductions |
|
|
-27 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tier II |
|
|
13,423 |
|
|
|
12,628 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Eligible instruments T2 |
|
|
9,901 |
|
|
|
9,039 |
|
Gen. funds and surplus loan loss prov. IRB |
|
|
3,823 |
|
|
|
3,493 |
|
T2 excesses - subsidiaries |
|
|
-275 |
|
|
|
96 |
|
Others |
|
|
-26 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
Deductions |
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total eligible capital |
|
|
90,706 |
|
|
|
86,337 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
34 |
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures |
|
|
Common equity tier 1 (CET1) capital comprises the elements of Tier 1 capital (applying prudential filters) and
CET1 deductions after applying the threshold exemptions specified in the CRR. The CRR provides for a phased-in period that will give institutions time to adapt to the new requirements in the European Union.
This phased-in applies to Santander Group under Regulation (EU) 2016/445 of the European Central Bank on the exercise of options and national discretions, published on 14 March 2016.
Without considering the phased-in schedule, CET1 is made up of:
|
|
|
Subscribed share capital, which stood at EUR 8,068 million in December 2017. |
|
|
|
Other tier 1 capital items: (i) paid-up share premium; (ii) effective and disclosed reserves generated against profits and those amounts that are not taken to the income
statement but are recorded under Other reserves (any item); (iii) other retained earnings, which includes certain valuation adjustments, primarily for exchange differences and for hedges of net investments in foreign operations.
|
|
|
|
The paid-up portion of any non-controlling interests arising from the issue of ordinary shares by consolidated subsidiaries, subject to the
limits set in the CRR. |
|
|
|
Profit net of dividends, which stood at EUR 3,621 million in December 2017. |
|
|
|
The prudential filters exclude any gain or loss on cash flow hedges. They also exclude gains or losses on liabilities and liabilities from derivatives valued at fair value resulting from changes in the
institutions own credit standing. |
|
|
|
Deductions from CET1 items: treasury shares; current-year losses; goodwill and other intangible assets recognised in the balance sheet; deferred tax assets that rely on future earnings (subject to the limits set in the
CRR); expected loss on equity investments; and defined benefit pension fund assets shown on the balance sheet. |
Tier 1 capital comprises
CET1 capital plus Additional Tier 1 (AT1) capital, including preferred securities issued by the Group less the deductions from AT1, consisting essentially of direct, indirect or synthetic holdings of own AT1 instruments and AT1 instruments of other
financial sector entities.
Tier 2 capital comprises Tier 1 capital plus Tier 2 capital (T2 and include the following items, among others:
|
|
|
Capital instruments and subordinated loans where the conditions laid down in the CRR are met. |
|
|
|
The carrying amount of the general provision for portfolios subject to standardised approach, up to a maximum of 1.25% of risk-weighted assets using the standardised approach. |
|
|
|
Any excess of the sum of impairment allowances and risk provisions for exposures calculated using the IRB approach over the expected losses thereon, up to a maximum of 0.6% of risk-weighted exposures calculated using
the IRB approach. |
|
|
|
Tier 2 capital deductions, which primarily comprise the direct, indirect or synthetic holding of own Tier 2 capital instruments and Tier 2 instruments of other financial sector entities.
|
∎ |
TABLE 9. REGULATORY CAPITAL. CHANGES |
|
|
|
|
|
Core Tier 1 capital |
|
|
|
|
Starting figure (31/12/2016) |
|
|
73,709 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares issued during the year and share premium account |
|
|
6,917 |
|
Treasury shares and own shares financed |
|
|
-13 |
|
Reserves |
|
|
-728 |
|
Attributable profit net of dividends |
|
|
3,621 |
|
Changes in other retained earnings |
|
|
-7,438 |
|
Minority interests |
|
|
-28 |
|
Decrease/(increase) in goodwill and other intangibles |
|
|
-1,244 |
|
Other deductions |
|
|
-624 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ending figure (31/12/2017) |
|
|
74,173 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Additional Tier 1 capital |
|
|
|
|
Starting figure (31/12/2016) |
|
|
|
|
Eligible instruments AT1 |
|
|
2,029 |
|
T1 excesses - subsidiaries |
|
|
-4 |
|
Residual value of intangibles |
|
|
1,112 |
|
Deductions |
|
|
-27 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ending figure (31/12/2017) |
|
|
3,110 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Capital Tier II |
|
|
|
|
Starting figure (31/12/2016) |
|
|
12,628 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ELIGIBLE INSTRUMENTS T2 |
|
|
862 |
|
Gen. funds and surplus loan loss prov. IRB |
|
|
331 |
|
T2 excesses - subsidiaries |
|
|
-371 |
|
Deductions |
|
|
-27 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ending figure (31/12/2017) |
|
|
13,423 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deductions from total capital |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Final figure for total capital (31/12/2017) |
|
|
90,706 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
∎ |
ELIGIBLE CAPITAL EVOLUTION |
* |
Jun-17: includes Banco Popular capital´s increase.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures
|
|
35 |
2. CAPITAL
Total eligible capital rose EUR 4,369 million from 2016 to 2017, to EUR 90,706 million.
In addition to the above-mentioned movements in accounting capital, which explain the main changes in shares issued during the year, the changes in regulatory
capital include the estimated cash dividend for 2017 (EUR 2,997 million), which brings attributable profit net of dividends to EUR 3,621 million.
Minority interests, at constant exchange rates, increased due mainly to profits retained in the period. Movements in Other retained earnings
mainly reflect the above-mentioned valuation adjustments.
Goodwill reflects the impact of exchange rate movements, amortisation and corporate activity
during the year.
The remaining deductions were impacted mainly by the phased-in of Basel III and the reduction of
tax assets subject to deduction.
During 2017, eligible Tier 1 capital instruments increased due to new preference share issues in the amount of EUR
2,463 million.
During 2017, eligible Tier 2 capital instruments increased, primarily due to new subordinated debt issues in the amount of EUR
1,557 million.
2.2.2. Capital requirements
This section gives details of capital requirements by risk type and portfolio (see Table 11) and by geography (see Table 12). Table 10 shows that capital
requirements barely changed from 2016 to 2016, maintaining a Pillar I risk distribution similar to that of the prior year: credit risk 86%, market risk 4% and operational risk 10%.
Capital requirements for credit risk increased 3.7% compared to 2016 up to EUR 41,575 million. On the other hand, compared to the previous year, capital
requirements for market risk fell 7.4% and those for operational risk were little changed.
∎ |
CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS BY RISK TYPE |
∎ |
DISTRIBUTION OF CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS FOR CREDIT RISK BY BASEL CATEGORY. IRB APPROACH |
∎ |
RWA FOR OPERTIONAL RISK |
|
|
|
|
|
36 |
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures |
|
|
Shown below is a general overview of the total RWAs that comprise the denominator of the capital requirements by
risk. The following sections provide additional breakdowns.
∎ |
TABLE 10. OVERVIEW OF RWAs (OV1) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
RWA |
|
|
RWA |
|
|
Capital |
|
|
|
31 Dec. 2017 |
|
|
31 Dec. 2016 |
|
|
31 Dec. 2017 |
|
Credit risk (excluding CRR) |
|
|
485,578 |
|
|
|
471,882 |
|
|
|
38,846 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Of which standardised approach (SA) |
|
|
280,082 |
|
|
|
271,519 |
|
|
|
22,407 |
|
Of which the foundation IRB (FIRB) approach |
|
|
30,964 |
|
|
|
25,570 |
|
|
|
2,477 |
|
Of which the advanced IRB (AIRB) approach |
|
|
158,777 |
|
|
|
153,605 |
|
|
|
12,702 |
|
Of which Equity IRB under the Simple riskweight or the IMA |
|
|
15,755 |
|
|
|
21,187 |
|
|
|
1,260 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CCR |
|
|
14,667 |
|
|
|
13,867 |
|
|
|
1,173 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Of which mark to market method (IRB) |
|
|
8,529 |
|
|
|
9,308 |
|
|
|
682 |
|
Of which mark to market method (Standardised) |
|
|
3,586 |
|
|
|
3,851 |
|
|
|
287 |
|
Of which risk exposure amount for contributions to the default fund of a CCP |
|
|
313 |
|
|
|
313 |
|
|
|
25 |
|
Of which CVA |
|
|
2,240 |
|
|
|
395 |
|
|
|
179 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Settlement risk |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Securitisation exposures in banking book (after cap) |
|
|
3,678 |
|
|
|
2,234 |
|
|
|
294 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Of which IRB approach |
|
|
708 |
|
|
|
1,224 |
|
|
|
57 |
|
Of which IRB supervisory formula approach (SFA) |
|
|
1,774 |
|
|
|
112 |
|
|
|
142 |
|
Of which standardised approach |
|
|
1,196 |
|
|
|
898 |
|
|
|
96 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Market risk |
|
|
24,161 |
|
|
|
26,079 |
|
|
|
1,933 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Of which standardised approach |
|
|
9,702 |
|
|
|
11,864 |
|
|
|
776 |
|
Of which IMA |
|
|
14,459 |
|
|
|
14,215 |
|
|
|
1,157 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operational risk |
|
|
61,217 |
|
|
|
61,084 |
|
|
|
4,897 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Of which standardised Approach |
|
|
61,217 |
|
|
|
61,084 |
|
|
|
4,897 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amounts below the thresholds for deduction (subject to 250% risk weight) |
|
|
15,762 |
|
|
|
12,941 |
|
|
|
1,261 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Floor adjustment |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
|
605,064 |
|
|
|
588,088 |
|
|
|
48,405 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures
|
|
37 |
2. CAPITAL
The following table shows capital requirements for credit risk.
∎ |
TABLE 11. CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS FOR CREDIT RISK |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
31 Dec. 2017 |
|
|
31 Dec. 2016 |
|
|
|
Capital |
|
|
RWAs |
|
|
Capital |
|
|
RWAs |
|
Credit Risk. IRB approach |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Central governments and central banks |
|
|
57 |
|
|
|
714 |
|
|
|
33 |
|
|
|
410 |
|
Institutions |
|
|
739 |
|
|
|
9,232 |
|
|
|
628 |
|
|
|
7,853 |
|
Corporates |
|
|
8,698 |
|
|
|
108,719 |
|
|
|
8,782 |
|
|
|
109,774 |
|
Retail portfolios |
|
|
6,368 |
|
|
|
79,605 |
|
|
|
5,636 |
|
|
|
70,446 |
|
Residential mortgages |
|
|
3,866 |
|
|
|
48,319 |
|
|
|
3,438 |
|
|
|
42,970 |
|
Qualifying revolving retail exposures |
|
|
331 |
|
|
|
4,141 |
|
|
|
287 |
|
|
|
3,592 |
|
Other retail |
|
|
2,172 |
|
|
|
27,144 |
|
|
|
1,911 |
|
|
|
23,884 |
|
Equities |
|
|
1,260 |
|
|
|
15,755 |
|
|
|
1,695 |
|
|
|
21,187 |
|
Simple method |
|
|
211 |
|
|
|
2,642 |
|
|
|
410 |
|
|
|
5,130 |
|
PD/LGD Method |
|
|
499 |
|
|
|
6,243 |
|
|
|
764 |
|
|
|
9,555 |
|
Internal models |
|
|
121 |
|
|
|
1,513 |
|
|
|
133 |
|
|
|
1,661 |
|
Exposiciones de renta variable sujetas a ponderaciones de riesgo |
|
|
429 |
|
|
|
5,357 |
|
|
|
387 |
|
|
|
4,841 |
|
Securitisation positions or exposures |
|
|
199 |
|
|
|
2,482 |
|
|
|
107 |
|
|
|
1,336 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total IRB approach |
|
|
17,321 |
|
|
|
216,507 |
|
|
|
16,881 |
|
|
|
211,006 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Credit risk. Standardised approach |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Central governments and central banks |
|
|
363 |
|
|
|
4,543 |
|
|
|
416 |
|
|
|
5,197 |
|
Regional governments and local authorities |
|
|
18 |
|
|
|
222 |
|
|
|
37 |
|
|
|
466 |
|
Public sector entities and other non-profit public
institutions |
|
|
32 |
|
|
|
396 |
|
|
|
23 |
|
|
|
287 |
|
Multilateral development banks |
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1 |
|
International organisations |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
7 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Institutions |
|
|
545 |
|
|
|
6,818 |
|
|
|
611 |
|
|
|
7,640 |
|
Corporates |
|
|
5,933 |
|
|
|
74,157 |
|
|
|
6,189 |
|
|
|
77,357 |
|
Retail portfolios |
|
|
7,802 |
|
|
|
97,527 |
|
|
|
7,351 |
|
|
|
91,884 |
|
Exposures secured by real estate property |
|
|
3,154 |
|
|
|
39,424 |
|
|
|
3,135 |
|
|
|
39,191 |
|
Defaulted exposures |
|
|
842 |
|
|
|
10,527 |
|
|
|
636 |
|
|
|
7,946 |
|
High-risk exposures |
|
|
192 |
|
|
|
2,399 |
|
|
|
160 |
|
|
|
1,995 |
|
Covered bonds |
|
|
36 |
|
|
|
456 |
|
|
|
34 |
|
|
|
429 |
|
Securitisation positions |
|
|
96 |
|
|
|
1,196 |
|
|
|
72 |
|
|
|
898 |
|
Exposures to institutions and corporates with short-term credit ratings |
|
|
|
|
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
26 |
|
|
|
326 |
|
Exposures to collective investment schemes (CIS) |
|
|
23 |
|
|
|
292 |
|
|
|
8 |
|
|
|
106 |
|
Equity |
|
|
45 |
|
|
|
562 |
|
|
|
25 |
|
|
|
311 |
|
Other exposures |
|
|
4,968 |
|
|
|
62,096 |
|
|
|
4,414 |
|
|
|
55,179 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total standardised approach |
|
|
24,050 |
|
|
|
300,626 |
|
|
|
23,137 |
|
|
|
289,210 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total credit risk |
|
|
41,371 |
|
|
|
517,133 |
|
|
|
40,017 |
|
|
|
500,216 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* |
Includes counterparty risk excluding CVA and CCP. |
|
|
|
|
|
38 |
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures |
|
|
The following table shows capital requirements by geographical region:
∎ |
TABLE 12. CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS BY GEOGRAPHICAL REGION |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TOTAL |
|
|
Spain |
|
|
UK |
|
|
Rest of Europe |
|
|
Brazil |
|
|
Rest of Latin America |
|
|
USA |
|
|
Rest of world |
|
Credit risk |
|
|
39,529 |
|
|
|
11,344 |
|
|
|
6,264 |
|
|
|
7,951 |
|
|
|
4,963 |
|
|
|
4,412 |
|
|
|
4,503 |
|
|
|
92 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Of which internal ratings-based (IRB) approach (*) |
|
|
15,862 |
|
|
|
6,229 |
|
|
|
4,125 |
|
|
|
3,744 |
|
|
|
831 |
|
|
|
736 |
|
|
|
195 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Central governments and Central BANKS |
|
|
57 |
|
|
|
55 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Institutions |
|
|
739 |
|
|
|
394 |
|
|
|
143 |
|
|
|
90 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
112 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Corporates - SME |
|
|
8,698 |
|
|
|
4,253 |
|
|
|
1,306 |
|
|
|
1,489 |
|
|
|
831 |
|
|
|
622 |
|
|
|
195 |
|
|
|
|
|
of which: Corporates - Specialised Lending |
|
|
1,422 |
|
|
|
555 |
|
|
|
550 |
|
|
|
197 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
121 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
of which: Corporates - Other |
|
|
5,748 |
|
|
|
2,931 |
|
|
|
545 |
|
|
|
842 |
|
|
|
831 |
|
|
|
403 |
|
|
|
195 |
|
|
|
|
|
Retail - Secured by real estate SME |
|
|
101 |
|
|
|
42 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
59 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Retail - Secured by real estate non-SME |
|
|
3,765 |
|
|
|
802 |
|
|
|
2,331 |
|
|
|
632 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Retail - Qualifying revolving |
|
|
331 |
|
|
|
125 |
|
|
|
175 |
|
|
|
31 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Retail - Other SME |
|
|
385 |
|
|
|
153 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
232 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Retail - Other non-SME |
|
|
1,787 |
|
|
|
406 |
|
|
|
170 |
|
|
|
1,210 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other non-credit-obligation assets |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Of which standardised approach (SA) |
|
|
22,407 |
|
|
|
3,986 |
|
|
|
2,118 |
|
|
|
4,191 |
|
|
|
4,054 |
|
|
|
3,671 |
|
|
|
4,308 |
|
|
|
79 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Central governments or central banks |
|
|
358 |
|
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
144 |
|
|
|
193 |
|
|
|
18 |
|
|
|
|
|
Regional governments or local authorities |
|
|
18 |
|
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
6 |
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
Public sector entities |
|
|
32 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
15 |
|
|
|
12 |
|
|
|
|
|
Multilateral Development Banks |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
International Organisations |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Institutions |
|
|
482 |
|
|
|
98 |
|
|
|
25 |
|
|
|
48 |
|
|
|
78 |
|
|
|
70 |
|
|
|
162 |
|
|
|
1 |
|
Corporates |
|
|
5,735 |
|
|
|
512 |
|
|
|
1,262 |
|
|
|
1,199 |
|
|
|
980 |
|
|
|
853 |
|
|
|
927 |
|
|
|
2 |
|
Retail |
|
|
7,783 |
|
|
|
626 |
|
|
|
479 |
|
|
|
1,869 |
|
|
|
1,864 |
|
|
|
1,213 |
|
|
|
1,662 |
|
|
|
72 |
|
Secured by mortgages on immovable property |
|
|
3,154 |
|
|
|
338 |
|
|
|
54 |
|
|
|
622 |
|
|
|
330 |
|
|
|
820 |
|
|
|
986 |
|
|
|
4 |
|
Exposures in default |
|
|
842 |
|
|
|
297 |
|
|
|
32 |
|
|
|
116 |
|
|
|
155 |
|
|
|
165 |
|
|
|
77 |
|
|
|
1 |
|
Items associated with particular high risk |
|
|
192 |
|
|
|
13 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
25 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
146 |
|
|
|
8 |
|
|
|
|
|
Covered bonds |
|
|
36 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
33 |
|
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Claims on institutions and corporates with a short-term credit assessment |
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Collective investments undertakings (CIU) |
|
|
23 |
|
|
|
21 |
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
|
|
Equity exposures |
|
|
45 |
|
|
|
27 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
17 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other items |
|
|
3,705 |
|
|
|
2,046 |
|
|
|
232 |
|
|
|
280 |
|
|
|
502 |
|
|
|
190 |
|
|
|
454 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Of which equity IRB |
|
|
1,260 |
|
|
|
1,129 |
|
|
|
20 |
|
|
|
16 |
|
|
|
77 |
|
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
13 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Under the PD/LGD method |
|
|
211 |
|
|
|
115 |
|
|
|
11 |
|
|
|
12 |
|
|
|
67 |
|
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2 |
|
Under internal models |
|
|
499 |
|
|
|
465 |
|
|
|
10 |
|
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
10 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11 |
|
Under the simple method |
|
|
121 |
|
|
|
121 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Under exposures subject to risk weights |
|
|
429 |
|
|
|
429 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Counterparty credit risk |
|
|
491 |
|
|
|
157 |
|
|
|
173 |
|
|
|
48 |
|
|
|
36 |
|
|
|
41 |
|
|
|
14 |
|
|
|
21 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Of which standardised approach |
|
|
287 |
|
|
|
37 |
|
|
|
117 |
|
|
|
45 |
|
|
|
32 |
|
|
|
21 |
|
|
|
14 |
|
|
|
21 |
|
Of which: Risk exposure amount for contributions to the default fund of a CCP |
|
|
25 |
|
|
|
13 |
|
|
|
11 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Of which: CVA |
|
|
179 |
|
|
|
107 |
|
|
|
45 |
|
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
20 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Settlement risk |
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* |
Including counterparty credit risk |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures
|
|
39 |
2. CAPITAL
∎ |
TABLE 12. CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS BY GEOGRAPHICAL REGION (CONTD.) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TOTAL |
|
|
Spain |
|
|
UK |
|
|
Rest of Europe |
|
|
Brazil |
|
|
Rest of Latin America |
|
|
USA |
|
|
Rest of world |
|
Securitisation exposures in banking book (after cap) |
|
|
294 |
|
|
|
129 |
|
|
|
68 |
|
|
|
47 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8 |
|
|
|
42 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Of which IRB ratings-based approach (RBA) |
|
|
57 |
|
|
|
57 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Of which IRB Supervisory Formula Approach (SFA) |
|
|
142 |
|
|
|
68 |
|
|
|
36 |
|
|
|
38 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Of which Standardised approach (SA) |
|
|
96 |
|
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
32 |
|
|
|
9 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8 |
|
|
|
42 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Market risk |
|
|
1,933 |
|
|
|
1,103 |
|
|
|
333 |
|
|
|
29 |
|
|
|
147 |
|
|
|
306 |
|
|
|
15 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Of which standardised approach (SA) |
|
|
776 |
|
|
|
540 |
|
|
|
40 |
|
|
|
28 |
|
|
|
147 |
|
|
|
6 |
|
|
|
15 |
|
|
|
|
|
Of which internal model approaches (IMA) |
|
|
1,157 |
|
|
|
563 |
|
|
|
293 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
300 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operational risk |
|
|
4,897 |
|
|
|
1,193 |
|
|
|
683 |
|
|
|
787 |
|
|
|
627 |
|
|
|
709 |
|
|
|
898 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Of which Standardised Approach |
|
|
4,897 |
|
|
|
1,193 |
|
|
|
683 |
|
|
|
787 |
|
|
|
627 |
|
|
|
709 |
|
|
|
898 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amounts below the thresholds for deduction (subject to 250% risk weight) |
|
|
1,261 |
|
|
|
543 |
|
|
|
11 |
|
|
|
120 |
|
|
|
362 |
|
|
|
177 |
|
|
|
45 |
|
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Floor adjustment |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
|
48,405 |
|
|
|
14,470 |
|
|
|
7,532 |
|
|
|
8,982 |
|
|
|
6,135 |
|
|
|
5,653 |
|
|
|
5,517 |
|
|
|
116 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.2.2.1. Credit risk
The following table shows the main changes in capital requirements for credit risk:
∎ |
TABLE 13. RWA FLOW STATEMENT OF CREDIT RISK EXPOSURES UNDER IRB (CR8)* |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
RWA |
|
|
Capital |
|
Starting figure (31/12/2016) |
|
|
500,216 |
|
|
|
40,017 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Asset size |
|
|
4,677 |
|
|
|
374 |
|
Asset quality |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Model updates |
|
|
-7,407 |
|
|
|
-593 |
|
Methodology and policy |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Acquisitions and disposals |
|
|
49,562 |
|
|
|
3,966 |
|
Foreign exchange movements |
|
|
-29,915 |
|
|
|
-2,393 |
|
Other |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ending figure (31/12/2017) |
|
|
517,133 |
|
|
|
41,371 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* |
Includes capital requirements of equity, securitisations and counterparty risk (excluding CVA and CCP) |
The
increase in capital requirements for credit risk was due mainly to the incorporation of Popular Group in June, partly offset by the exchange rate effect, mainly in Brazil, the US and the UK.
Business growth was generally concentrated in Latin America and Consumer, partly offset by falls in the US and Spain.
|
|
|
|
|
40 |
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures |
|
|
2.2.2.1.1. Internal ratings-based (IRB) approach
The tables in this section show, for each business segment, the distribution by rating grade (internal and Standard & Poors) of the value of
exposures, credit risk parameters and capital under the IRB approach, distinguishing between foundation IRB (FIRB) and advanced IRB (AIRB).
∎ |
TABLE 14. AI RB APPROACH. CENTRAL BANKS AND CENTRAL GOVERNMENTS |
Millions of Euros
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
31 Dec. 2017 |
|
PD scale |
|
S&P Levels |
|
|
Original on-balance-sheet gross exposures |
|
|
Off-balance-sheet exposures pre-CCF
|
|
|
Average CCF |
|
|
EAD |
|
|
Average PD |
|
|
Number of obligors |
|
|
Average LGD |
|
|
Average maturity |
|
|
RWA |
|
|
RWA density |
|
|
EL |
|
|
Value adjustments and provisions |
|
0.00 a <0.15 |
|
|
AAA to BBB+ |
|
|
|
871 |
|
|
|
727 |
|
|
|
32.85 |
% |
|
|
1,743 |
|
|
|
0.04 |
% |
|
|
14 |
|
|
|
45.37 |
% |
|
|
1,561 |
|
|
|
452 |
|
|
|
25.95 |
% |
|
|
0.3 |
|
|
|
-1.6 |
|
0.15 a <0.25 |
|
|
BBB+ to BBB |
|
|
|
227 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
100.00 |
% |
|
|
67 |
|
|
|
0.15 |
% |
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
49.99 |
% |
|
|
413 |
|
|
|
21 |
|
|
|
31.43 |
% |
|
|
0.1 |
|
|
|
-0.3 |
|
0.25 a <0.50 |
|
|
BBB to BB+ |
|
|
|
26 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0.37 |
% |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
50.00 |
% |
|
|
360 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
51.69 |
% |
|
|
0.0 |
|
|
|
-0.0 |
|
0.50 a <0.75 |
|
|
BB+ to BB |
|
|
|
736 |
|
|
|
28 |
|
|
|
23.30 |
% |
|
|
53 |
|
|
|
0.58 |
% |
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
29.66 |
% |
|
|
1,761 |
|
|
|
38 |
|
|
|
71.03 |
% |
|
|
0.1 |
|
|
|
-0.5 |
|
0.75 a <2.50 |
|
|
BB to B+ |
|
|
|
759 |
|
|
|
93 |
|
|
|
37.67 |
% |
|
|
91 |
|
|
|
1.40 |
% |
|
|
7 |
|
|
|
50.00 |
% |
|
|
1,793 |
|
|
|
144 |
|
|
|
159.14 |
% |
|
|
0.6 |
|
|
|
-3.8 |
|
2.50 a <10.00 |
|
|
B+ to B- |
|
|
|
330 |
|
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
12.80 |
% |
|
|
7 |
|
|
|
5.45 |
% |
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
81.92 |
% |
|
|
1,067 |
|
|
|
21 |
|
|
|
308.21 |
% |
|
|
0.3 |
|
|
|
-1.8 |
|
10.00 a <100.00 |
|
|
B- to C |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
13.50 |
% |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
70.00 |
% |
|
|
750 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
345.85 |
% |
|
|
0.0 |
|
|
|
-0.0 |
|
100.00 (default) |
|
|
D |
|
|
|
58 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
58 |
|
|
|
100.00 |
% |
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
50.00 |
% |
|
|
1,558 |
|
|
|
10 |
|
|
|
17.19 |
% |
|
|
28.2 |
|
|
|
-28.8 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total 2017 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,007 |
|
|
|
852 |
|
|
|
32.98 |
% |
|
|
2,019 |
|
|
|
3.00 |
% |
|
|
36 |
|
|
|
45.58 |
% |
|
|
1,536 |
|
|
|
686 |
|
|
|
34.00 |
% |
|
|
29.5 |
|
|
|
-36.8 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total 2016 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,971 |
|
|
|
285 |
|
|
|
42.25 |
% |
|
|
1,145 |
|
|
|
0.15 |
% |
|
|
29 |
|
|
|
45.43 |
% |
|
|
1,707 |
|
|
|
410 |
|
|
|
35.82 |
% |
|
|
0.8 |
|
|
|
-0.5 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
86% of the portfolio is rated A+. The portfolios average consumption is 34%; however, the average PD has
increased. This was due to the default of a segmented customer in this portfolio in Santander SA. The exposure increased by 76% compared to 2016 due to increased business in this segment.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures
|
|
41 |
2. CAPITAL
∎ |
TABLE 15. AI RB APPROACH. INSTITUTIONS |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
31 Dec. 2017 |
|
PD scale |
|
S&P Levels |
|
|
Original on-balance-sheet gross exposures |
|
|
Off-balance-sheet exposures pre-CCF
|
|
|
Average CCF |
|
|
EAD |
|
|
Average PD |
|
|
Number of obligors |
|
|
Average LGD |
|
|
Average maturity |
|
|
RWA |
|
|
RWA density |
|
|
EL |
|
|
Value adjustments and provisions |
|
0.00 to <0.15 |
|
|
AAA to BBB+ |
|
|
|
26,409 |
|
|
|
7,586 |
|
|
|
37.49 |
% |
|
|
25,780 |
|
|
|
0.05 |
% |
|
|
1097 |
|
|
|
43.48 |
% |
|
|
512 |
|
|
|
4,431 |
|
|
|
17.19 |
% |
|
|
5.6 |
|
|
|
-29.2 |
|
0.15 to <0.25 |
|
|
BBB+ to BBB |
|
|
|
6,559 |
|
|
|
612 |
|
|
|
32.87 |
% |
|
|
2,988 |
|
|
|
0.16 |
% |
|
|
600 |
|
|
|
44.48 |
% |
|
|
595 |
|
|
|
1,197 |
|
|
|
40.08 |
% |
|
|
2.2 |
|
|
|
-11.4 |
|
0.25 to <0.50 |
|
|
BBB to BB+ |
|
|
|
4,703 |
|
|
|
52 |
|
|
|
36.60 |
% |
|
|
746 |
|
|
|
0.38 |
% |
|
|
167 |
|
|
|
33.05 |
% |
|
|
591 |
|
|
|
389 |
|
|
|
52.16 |
% |
|
|
0.9 |
|
|
|
-4.9 |
|
0.50 to <0.75 |
|
|
BB+ to BB |
|
|
|
769 |
|
|
|
95 |
|
|
|
20.45 |
% |
|
|
426 |
|
|
|
0.65 |
% |
|
|
371 |
|
|
|
62.15 |
% |
|
|
1,353 |
|
|
|
621 |
|
|
|
145.92 |
% |
|
|
1.7 |
|
|
|
-9.1 |
|
0.75 to <2.50 |
|
|
BB to B+ |
|
|
|
4,022 |
|
|
|
28 |
|
|
|
18.45 |
% |
|
|
1,136 |
|
|
|
1.62 |
% |
|
|
225 |
|
|
|
30.96 |
% |
|
|
834 |
|
|
|
811 |
|
|
|
71.41 |
% |
|
|
5.2 |
|
|
|
-26.9 |
|
2.50 to <10.00 |
|
|
B+ to B- |
|
|
|
1,046 |
|
|
|
165 |
|
|
|
72.57 |
% |
|
|
792 |
|
|
|
2.74 |
% |
|
|
57 |
|
|
|
13.84 |
% |
|
|
1,674 |
|
|
|
367 |
|
|
|
46.32 |
% |
|
|
3.0 |
|
|
|
-15.7 |
|
10.00 to <100.00 |
|
|
B- to C |
|
|
|
119 |
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
44.88 |
% |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
32.97 |
% |
|
|
17 |
|
|
|
43.41 |
% |
|
|
1,246 |
|
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
280.17 |
% |
|
|
0.2 |
|
|
|
-1.0 |
|
100.00 (default) |
|
|
D |
|
|
|
21 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
48.33 |
% |
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
100.00 |
% |
|
|
15 |
|
|
|
39.82 |
% |
|
|
1,100 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
13.64 |
% |
|
|
0.1 |
|
|
|
-0.2 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total 2017 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
43,649 |
|
|
|
8,540 |
|
|
|
37.58 |
% |
|
|
31,868 |
|
|
|
0.20 |
% |
|
|
2,549 |
|
|
|
42.40 |
% |
|
|
573 |
|
|
|
7,820 |
|
|
|
24.54 |
% |
|
|
18.9 |
|
|
|
-98.4 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total 2016 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
42,930 |
|
|
|
8,983 |
|
|
|
36.56 |
% |
|
|
29,717 |
|
|
|
0.22 |
% |
|
|
1,897 |
|
|
|
43.05 |
% |
|
|
668 |
|
|
|
7,373 |
|
|
|
24.81 |
% |
|
|
17.4 |
|
|
|
-18.7 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The portfolios average consumption is 24.54%, 27 bp less than in 2016. Its exposure increased by 7.32%,
causing RWAs to rise by EUR 447 million. With regard to parameters, the PD improved due to the recalibration of Banks PD in the last quarter.
|
|
|
|
|
42 |
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures |
|
|
∎ |
TABLE 16. AIRB APPROACH. CORPORATES |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
31 Dec. 2017 |
|
PD scale |
|
S&P Levels |
|
|
Original on-balance-sheet gross exposures |
|
|
Off-balance-sheet exposures pre-CCF
|
|
|
Average CCF |
|
|
EAD |
|
|
Average PD |
|
|
Number of obligors |
|
|
Average LGD |
|
|
Average maturity |
|
|
RWA |
|
|
RWA density |
|
|
EL |
|
|
Value adjustments and provisions |
|
0.00 to <0.15 |
|
|
AAA to BBB+ |
|
|
|
73,208 |
|
|
|
40,101 |
|
|
|
39.86 |
% |
|
|
47,804 |
|
|
|
0.08 |
% |
|
|
3,108 |
|
|
|
37.14 |
% |
|
|
925 |
|
|
|
10,713 |
|
|
|
22.41 |
% |
|
|
15 |
|
|
|
-52 |
|
0.15 to <0.25 |
|
|
BBB+ to BBB |
|
|
|
27,841 |
|
|
|
12,519 |
|
|
|
33.53 |
% |
|
|
21,178 |
|
|
|
0.23 |
% |
|
|
5,873 |
|
|
|
42.88 |
% |
|
|
777 |
|
|
|
9,735 |
|
|
|
45.97 |
% |
|
|
21 |
|
|
|
-66 |
|
0.25 to <0.50 |
|
|
BBB to BB+ |
|
|
|
37,930 |
|
|
|
14,762 |
|
|
|
33.21 |
% |
|
|
28,172 |
|
|
|
0.37 |
% |
|
|
12,135 |
|
|
|
43.02 |
% |
|
|
731 |
|
|
|
15,631 |
|
|
|
55.48 |
% |
|
|
45 |
|
|
|
-136 |
|
0.50 to <0.75 |
|
|
BB+ to BB |
|
|
|
23,192 |
|
|
|
6,153 |
|
|
|
40.99 |
% |
|
|
13,476 |
|
|
|
0.65 |
% |
|
|
7,445 |
|
|
|
42.46 |
% |
|
|
682 |
|
|
|
9,686 |
|
|
|
71.88 |
% |
|
|
37 |
|
|
|
-115 |
|
0.75 to <2.50 |
|
|
BB to B+ |
|
|
|
30,237 |
|
|
|
5,654 |
|
|
|
31.92 |
% |
|
|
22,759 |
|
|
|
1.29 |
% |
|
|
37,023 |
|
|
|
41.71 |
% |
|
|
719 |
|
|
|
17,226 |
|
|
|
75.69 |
% |
|
|
121 |
|
|
|
-236 |
|
2.50 to <10.00 |
|
|
B+ to B- |
|
|
|
12,255 |
|
|
|
2,586 |
|
|
|
52.86 |
% |
|
|
8,965 |
|
|
|
5.08 |
% |
|
|
12,116 |
|
|
|
36.73 |
% |
|
|
916 |
|
|
|
9,926 |
|
|
|
110.71 |
% |
|
|
165 |
|
|
|
-357 |
|
10.00 to <100.00 |
|
|
B- to C |
|
|
|
2,636 |
|
|
|
522 |
|
|
|
32.60 |
% |
|
|
1,886 |
|
|
|
20.68 |
% |
|
|
3,849 |
|
|
|
35.44 |
% |
|
|
1,003 |
|
|
|
3,064 |
|
|
|
162.51 |
% |
|
|
139 |
|
|
|
-261 |
|
100.00 (default) |
|
|
D |
|
|
|
13,226 |
|
|
|
1,550 |
|
|
|
33.06 |
% |
|
|
12,185 |
|
|
|
100.00 |
% |
|
|
8,781 |
|
|
|
39.47 |
% |
|
|
1,042 |
|
|
|
742 |
|
|
|
6.09 |
% |
|
|
4,749 |
|
|
|
-4,927 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total 2017 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
220,525 |
|
|
|
83,847 |
|
|
|
37.52 |
% |
|
|
156,426 |
|
|
|
8.70 |
% |
|
|
90,330 |
|
|
|
40.23 |
% |
|
|
828 |
|
|
|
76,723 |
|
|
|
49.05 |
% |
|
|
5,292 |
|
|
|
-6,150 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total 2016 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
222,985 |
|
|
|
84,525 |
|
|
|
37.50 |
% |
|
|
156,685 |
|
|
|
7.64 |
% |
|
|
77,430 |
|
|
|
40.73 |
% |
|
|
840 |
|
|
|
82,267 |
|
|
|
52.50 |
% |
|
|
4,712 |
|
|
|
-5,896 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
30% of the portfolio is rated above A-. The portfolio diminished slightly and the average RW declined due to the improvement in severity, a slightly shorter average maturity than in 2016 and, above all, due to three factors that impacted PD:
|
|
|
The entry of Banco Popular with a high percentage of NPLs in its SME portfolio, which increased the NPL ratio and hence exposure with PD = 100 |
|
|
|
The decline in business in this portfolio |
|
|
|
A new implementation of corporate PDs that cause a fall in RWAs without a direct impact on average PD. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures
|
|
43 |
2. CAPITAL
∎ |
TABLE 17. AIRB APPROACH. RETAIL PORTFOLIOS |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
31 Dec. 2017 |
|
PD scale |
|
S&P Levels |
|
|
Original on-balance- sheet gross exposures |
|
|
Off-balance- sheet exposures pre-CCF
|
|
|
Average CCF |
|
|
EAD |
|
|
Average PD |
|
|
Number of obligors |
|
|
Average LGD |
|
|
RWA |
|
|
RWA density |
|
|
EL |
|
|
Value adjustments and provisions |
|
Residential mortgages |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.00 to <0.15 |
|
|
AAA to BBB+ |
|
|
|
32,175 |
|
|
|
1,097 |
|
|
|
100.23 |
% |
|
|
32,221 |
|
|
|
0.08 |
% |
|
|
492,968 |
|
|
|
13.20 |
% |
|
|
932 |
|
|
|
2.89 |
% |
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
-2 |
|
0.15 to <0.25 |
|
|
BBB+ to BBB |
|
|
|
36,637 |
|
|
|
4,362 |
|
|
|
65.34 |
% |
|
|
35,226 |
|
|
|
0.20 |
% |
|
|
344,797 |
|
|
|
11.81 |
% |
|
|
1,738 |
|
|
|
4.93 |
% |
|
|
8 |
|
|
|
-3 |
|
0.25 to <0.50 |
|
|
BBB to BB+ |
|
|
|
60,607 |
|
|
|
5,614 |
|
|
|
60.25 |
% |
|
|
58,454 |
|
|
|
0.39 |
% |
|
|
503,399 |
|
|
|
11.32 |
% |
|
|
4,436 |
|
|
|
7.59 |
% |
|
|
25 |
|
|
|
-10 |
|
0.50 to <0.75 |
|
|
BB+ to BB |
|
|
|
19,386 |
|
|
|
747 |
|
|
|
73.18 |
% |
|
|
19,208 |
|
|
|
0.59 |
% |
|
|
152,557 |
|
|
|
13.61 |
% |
|
|
2,363 |
|
|
|
12.30 |
% |
|
|
16 |
|
|
|
-7 |
|
0.75 to <2.50 |
|
|
BB to B+ |
|
|
|
80,923 |
|
|
|
2,388 |
|
|
|
60.92 |
% |
|
|
80,102 |
|
|
|
1.21 |
% |
|
|
612,888 |
|
|
|
11.84 |
% |
|
|
13,779 |
|
|
|
17.20 |
% |
|
|
116 |
|
|
|
-48 |
|
2.50 to <10.00 |
|
|
B+ to B- |
|
|
|
33,812 |
|
|
|
436 |
|
|
|
67.56 |
% |
|
|
33,672 |
|
|
|
4.28 |
% |
|
|
269,090 |
|
|
|
14.49 |
% |
|
|
14,855 |
|
|
|
44.12 |
% |
|
|
212 |
|
|
|
-89 |
|
10.00 to <100.00 |
|
|
B- to C |
|
|
|
12,784 |
|
|
|
64 |
|
|
|
47.70 |
% |
|
|
12,755 |
|
|
|
27.14 |
% |
|
|
121,015 |
|
|
|
14.67 |
% |
|
|
9,581 |
|
|
|
75.11 |
% |
|
|
484 |
|
|
|
-203 |
|
100.00 (default) |
|
|
D |
|
|
|
8,878 |
|
|
|
46 |
|
|
|
18.97 |
% |
|
|
8,840 |
|
|
|
100.00 |
% |
|
|
91,103 |
|
|
|
32.18 |
% |
|
|
635 |
|
|
|
7.18 |
% |
|
|
2,796 |
|
|
|
-2,316 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total 2017 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
285,202 |
|
|
|
14,754 |
|
|
|
65.52 |
% |
|
|
280,480 |
|
|
|
5.40 |
% |
|
|
2,587,817 |
|
|
|
13.09 |
% |
|
|
48,319 |
|
|
|
17.23 |
% |
|
|
3,662 |
|
|
|
-2,678 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total 2016 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
263,870 |
|
|
|
12,774 |
|
|
|
67.91 |
% |
|
|
261,505 |
|
|
|
4.99 |
% |
|
|
2,298,015 |
|
|
|
12.05 |
% |
|
|
42,970 |
|
|
|
16.43 |
% |
|
|
2,786 |
|
|
|
-2,195 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Eligible renewables |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.00 to <0.15 |
|
|
AAA to BBB+ |
|
|
|
4,629 |
|
|
|
4,226 |
|
|
|
49.29 |
% |
|
|
2,486 |
|
|
|
0.09 |
% |
|
|
2,172,422 |
|
|
|
59.24 |
% |
|
|
82 |
|
|
|
3.28 |
% |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
-0 |
|
0.15 to <0.25 |
|
|
BBB+ to BBB |
|
|
|
4,478 |
|
|
|
4,334 |
|
|
|
82.26 |
% |
|
|
3,710 |
|
|
|
0.17 |
% |
|
|
6,174,045 |
|
|
|
67.36 |
% |
|
|
247 |
|
|
|
6.65 |
% |
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
-1 |
|
0.25 to <0.50 |
|
|
BBB to BB+ |
|
|
|
2,794 |
|
|
|
2,789 |
|
|
|
49.60 |
% |
|
|
1,389 |
|
|
|
0.34 |
% |
|
|
1,966,894 |
|
|
|
50.78 |
% |
|
|
120 |
|
|
|
8.62 |
% |
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
-1 |
|
0.50 to <0.75 |
|
|
BB+ to BB |
|
|
|
1,026 |
|
|
|
953 |
|
|
|
50.98 |
% |
|
|
558 |
|
|
|
0.63 |
% |
|
|
781,273 |
|
|
|
59.47 |
% |
|
|
94 |
|
|
|
16.78 |
% |
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
-1 |
|
0.75 to <2.50 |
|
|
BB to B+ |
|
|
|
3,673 |
|
|
|
2,963 |
|
|
|
58.38 |
% |
|
|
2,441 |
|
|
|
1.41 |
% |
|
|
2,744,022 |
|
|
|
58.75 |
% |
|
|
738 |
|
|
|
30.24 |
% |
|
|
20 |
|
|
|
-7 |
|
2.50 to <10.00 |
|
|
B+ to B- |
|
|
|
2,753 |
|
|
|
1,729 |
|
|
|
62.80 |
% |
|
|
2,118 |
|
|
|
5.00 |
% |
|
|
2,391,084 |
|
|
|
59.74 |
% |
|
|
1,577 |
|
|
|
74.47 |
% |
|
|
64 |
|
|
|
-22 |
|
10.00 to <100.00 |
|
|
B- to C |
|
|
|
850 |
|
|
|
280 |
|
|
|
89.47 |
% |
|
|
847 |
|
|
|
25.23 |
% |
|
|
868,415 |
|
|
|
60.52 |
% |
|
|
1,266 |
|
|
|
149.45 |
% |
|
|
129 |
|
|
|
-45 |
|
100.00 (default) |
|
|
D |
|
|
|
118 |
|
|
|
17 |
|
|
|
18.15 |
% |
|
|
104 |
|
|
|
100.00 |
% |
|
|
91,493 |
|
|
|
73.29 |
% |
|
|
18 |
|
|
|
17.24 |
% |
|
|
76 |
|
|
|
-74 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total 2017 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
20,322 |
|
|
|
17,291 |
|
|
|
61.22 |
% |
|
|
13,654 |
|
|
|
3.48 |
% |
|
|
17,189,648 |
|
|
|
60.77 |
% |
|
|
4,141 |
|
|
|
30.33 |
% |
|
|
299 |
|
|
|
-152 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total 2016 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
19,526 |
|
|
|
17,048 |
|
|
|
58.11 |
% |
|
|
12,415 |
|
|
|
3.24 |
% |
|
|
15,236,417 |
|
|
|
60.77 |
% |
|
|
3,592 |
|
|
|
28.93 |
% |
|
|
250 |
|
|
|
-132 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Retail others |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.00 to <0.15 |
|
|
AAA to BBB+ |
|
|
|
1,535 |
|
|
|
654 |
|
|
|
48.85 |
% |
|
|
1,382 |
|
|
|
0.08 |
% |
|
|
144,128 |
|
|
|
39.11 |
% |
|
|
102 |
|
|
|
7.39 |
% |
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
-0 |
|
0.15 to <0.25 |
|
|
BBB+ to BBB |
|
|
|
3,195 |
|
|
|
579 |
|
|
|
53.86 |
% |
|
|
3,163 |
|
|
|
0.20 |
% |
|
|
367,110 |
|
|
|
47.29 |
% |
|
|
585 |
|
|
|
18.50 |
% |
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
-2 |
|
0.25 to <0.50 |
|
|
BBB to BB+ |
|
|
|
5,761 |
|
|
|
515 |
|
|
|
55.68 |
% |
|
|
5,565 |
|
|
|
0.36 |
% |
|
|
726,997 |
|
|
|
38.55 |
% |
|
|
1,254 |
|
|
|
22.54 |
% |
|
|
8 |
|
|
|
-4 |
|
0.50 to <0.75 |
|
|
BB+ to BB |
|
|
|
9,316 |
|
|
|
842 |
|
|
|
77.84 |
% |
|
|
9,105 |
|
|
|
0.59 |
% |
|
|
1,385,368 |
|
|
|
44.65 |
% |
|
|
3,238 |
|
|
|
35.56 |
% |
|
|
24 |
|
|
|
-13 |
|
0.75 to <2.50 |
|
|
BB to B+ |
|
|
|
23,684 |
|
|
|
2,899 |
|
|
|
67.16 |
% |
|
|
22,434 |
|
|
|
1.31 |
% |
|
|
3,298,282 |
|
|
|
45.17 |
% |
|
|
11,159 |
|
|
|
49.74 |
% |
|
|
133 |
|
|
|
-76 |
|
2.50 to <10.00 |
|
|
B+ to B- |
|
|
|
12,323 |
|
|
|
1,062 |
|
|
|
59.36 |
% |
|
|
11,585 |
|
|
|
4.12 |
% |
|
|
1,342,614 |
|
|
|
49.28 |
% |
|
|
7,944 |
|
|
|
68.57 |
% |
|
|
235 |
|
|
|
-136 |
|
10.00 to <100.00 |
|
|
B- to C |
|
|
|
2,687 |
|
|
|
146 |
|
|
|
44.14 |
% |
|
|
2,554 |
|
|
|
27.40 |
% |
|
|
535,846 |
|
|
|
46.33 |
% |
|
|
2,482 |
|
|
|
97.20 |
% |
|
|
329 |
|
|
|
-187 |
|
100.00 (default) |
|
|
D |
|
|
|
2,124 |
|
|
|
194 |
|
|
|
37.39 |
% |
|
|
2,000 |
|
|
|
100.00 |
% |
|
|
290,273 |
|
|
|
66.68 |
% |
|
|
379 |
|
|
|
18.93 |
% |
|
|
1,323 |
|
|
|
-1,374 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total 2017 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
60,625 |
|
|
|
6,890 |
|
|
|
62.23 |
% |
|
|
57,789 |
|
|
|
6.15 |
% |
|
|
8,090,618 |
|
|
|
46.04 |
% |
|
|
27,144 |
|
|
|
46.97 |
% |
|
|
2,054 |
|
|
|
-1,792 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total 2016 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
48,337 |
|
|
|
3,522 |
|
|
|
57.69 |
% |
|
|
46,604 |
|
|
|
5.48 |
% |
|
|
7,000,003 |
|
|
|
47.98 |
% |
|
|
23,884 |
|
|
|
51.25 |
% |
|
|
1,464 |
|
|
|
-1,264 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
44 |
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures |
|
|
Retail portfolios. Property mortgages.
24% of mortgage exposure is rated above BBB-. The average RW in this segment increased due mainly to the increase in
the average PD and LGD parameters. Exposure increased as a result of the purchase of Banco Popular, with worse credit quality in this segment.
Retail
portfolios. Eligible renewables
45% of eligible renewable exposure is rated above BBB-. The portfolios
average RW increased due mainly to the increase in its average PD.
Retail other
The portfolios exposure increased by 24% as a result of the Banco Popular acquisition, with an extensive portfolio of small legal entities. The purchase
of a portfolio with a higher percentage of NPLs caused the average PD to increase which, together with the effect of a fall in LGD led to a lower average Risk Weighting but with an increase in the Expected Loss in this category.
∎ TABLE 18. FIRB APPROACH. SOVEREIGN
(CR6)
Millions of Euros
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
31 Dec. 2017 |
|
PD scale |
|
S&P Levels |
|
|
Original on-balance-sheet gross exposures |
|
|
Off-balance-sheet exposures pre-CCF
|
|
|
Average CCF |
|
|
EAD |
|
|
Average PD |
|
|
Number of obligors |
|
|
Average LGD |
|
|
Average maturity |
|
|
RWA |
|
|
RWA density |
|
|
EL |
|
|
Value adjustments and provisions |
|
0.00 to <0.15 |
|
|
AAA a BBB+ |
|
|
|
202 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
202 |
|
|
|
0.03 |
% |
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
45.00 |
% |
|
|
900 |
|
|
|
28 |
|
|
|
13.78 |
% |
|
|
0.02 |
|
|
|
0.14 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total 2017 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
202 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
202 |
|
|
|
0.03 |
% |
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
45.00 |
% |
|
|
900 |
|
|
|
28 |
|
|
|
13.78 |
% |
|
|
0.02 |
|
|
|
0.14 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total 2016 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This was a new portfolio in 2017, with all its exposure in the top credit tranche. The introduction of this
segment resulted from the approval of the sovereign segment in Santander Chile
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures
|
|
45 |
2. CAPITAL
∎ |
TABLE 19. FIRB APPROACH INSTITUTIONS |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
31 Dec. 2017 |
|
PD scale |
|
S&P Levels |
|
|
Original on-balance-sheet gross exposures |
|
|
Off-balance-sheet exposures pre-CCF
|
|
|
Average CCF |
|
|
EAD |
|
|
Average PD |
|
|
Number of obligors |
|
|
Average LGD |
|
|
Average maturity |
|
|
RWA |
|
|
RWA density |
|
|
EL |
|
|
Value adjustments and provisions |
|
0.00 to <0.15 |
|
|
AAA to BBB+ |
|
|
|
4,825 |
|
|
|
1,555 |
|
|
|
35.11 |
% |
|
|
3,817 |
|
|
|
0.06 |
% |
|
|
329 |
|
|
|
44.59 |
% |
|
|
454 |
|
|
|
721 |
|
|
|
18.90 |
% |
|
|
1.0 |
|
|
|
-5.0 |
|
0.15 to <0.25 |
|
|
BBB+ to BBB |
|
|
|
573 |
|
|
|
347 |
|
|
|
32.53 |
% |
|
|
436 |
|
|
|
0.20 |
% |
|
|
193 |
|
|
|
40.42 |
% |
|
|
792 |
|
|
|
195 |
|
|
|
44.60 |
% |
|
|
0.4 |
|
|
|
-1.9 |
|
0.25 to <0.50 |
|
|
BBB to BB+ |
|
|
|
754 |
|
|
|
194 |
|
|
|
44.38 |
% |
|
|
647 |
|
|
|
0.38 |
% |
|
|
94 |
|
|
|
41.28 |
% |
|
|
897 |
|
|
|
400 |
|
|
|
61.86 |
% |
|
|
1.0 |
|
|
|
-5.3 |
|
0.50 to <0.75 |
|
|
BB+ to BB |
|
|
|
89 |
|
|
|
45 |
|
|
|
42.05 |
% |
|
|
59 |
|
|
|
0.65 |
% |
|
|
44 |
|
|
|
44.88 |
% |
|
|
862 |
|
|
|
56 |
|
|
|
96.25 |
% |
|
|
0.2 |
|
|
|
-0.9 |
|
0.75 to <2.50 |
|
|
BB to B+ |
|
|
|
56 |
|
|
|
55 |
|
|
|
20.21 |
% |
|
|
12 |
|
|
|
0.91 |
% |
|
|
79 |
|
|
|
44.85 |
% |
|
|
469 |
|
|
|
10 |
|
|
|
86.09 |
% |
|
|
0.0 |
|
|
|
-0.3 |
|
2.50 to <10.00 |
|
|
B+ to B- |
|
|
|
38 |
|
|
|
35 |
|
|
|
21.30 |
% |
|
|
11 |
|
|
|
3.89 |
% |
|
|
34 |
|
|
|
45.00 |
% |
|
|
578 |
|
|
|
15 |
|
|
|
137.06 |
% |
|
|
0.2 |
|
|
|
-1.0 |
|
10.00 to <100.00 |
|
|
B- to C |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
20.00 |
% |
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
11.67 |
% |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
35.00 |
% |
|
|
900 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
185.16 |
% |
|
|
0.0 |
|
|
|
-0.0 |
|
100.00 (Default) |
|
|
D |
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
36.33 |
% |
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
100.00 |
% |
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
39.55 |
% |
|
|
913 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.1 |
|
|
|
-0.3 |
|
Alternative treatment |
|
|
|
|
|
|
28 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
28 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
438 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
14 |
|
|
|
50.00 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total 2017 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,365 |
|
|
|
2,232 |
|
|
|
35.07 |
% |
|
|
5,010 |
|
|
|
0.13 |
% |
|
|
1,216 |
|
|
|
43.55 |
% |
|
|
546 |
|
|
|
1,412 |
|
|
|
28.06 |
% |
|
|
2.9 |
|
|
|
-14.6 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total 2016 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,161 |
|
|
|
750 |
|
|
|
20.00 |
% |
|
|
2,560 |
|
|
|
0.09 |
% |
|
|
216 |
|
|
|
44.21 |
% |
|
|
414 |
|
|
|
479 |
|
|
|
18.73 |
% |
|
|
1.1 |
|
|
|
-1.2 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
76% of the portfolio is rated above A-. The portfolio grew by 96%
compared to 2016, due mainly to the Banco Popular acquisition, with its portfolio of FIRB institutions and the approval of this portfolio in Banco Santander Chile. The PD increased due to the incorporation of Populars business, with inferior
parameters.
|
|
|
|
|
46 |
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures |
|
|
∎ |
TABLE 20. FIRB APPROACH. CORPORATES |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
31 Dec. 2017 |
|
PD scale |
|
S&P Levels |
|
|
Original on-balance-sheet gross exposures |
|
|
Off-balance-sheet exposures pre-CCF
|
|
|
Average CCF |
|
|
EAD |
|
|
Average PD |
|
|
Number of obligors |
|
|
Average LGD |
|
|
Average maturity |
|
|
RWA |
|
|
RWA density |
|
|
EL |
|
|
Value adjustments and provisions |
|
0.00 to <0.15 |
|
|
AAA to BBB+ |
|
|
|
4,767 |
|
|
|
2,180 |
|
|
|
48.83 |
% |
|
|
4,515 |
|
|
|
0.08 |
% |
|
|
101 |
|
|
|
44.94 |
% |
|
|
799 |
|
|
|
1,221 |
|
|
|
27.04 |
% |
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
-6 |
|
0.15 to <0.25 |
|
|
BBB+ to BBB |
|
|
|
3,124 |
|
|
|
1,248 |
|
|
|
22.95 |
% |
|
|
1,983 |
|
|
|
0.20 |
% |
|
|
1192 |
|
|
|
44.60 |
% |
|
|
733 |
|
|
|
830 |
|
|
|
41.84 |
% |
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
-6 |
|
0.25 to <0.50 |
|
|
BBB to BB+ |
|
|
|
4,123 |
|
|
|
1,401 |
|
|
|
22.14 |
% |
|
|
2,855 |
|
|
|
0.39 |
% |
|
|
401 |
|
|
|
44.16 |
% |
|
|
759 |
|
|
|
1,705 |
|
|
|
59.73 |
% |
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
-16 |
|
0.50 to <0.75 |
|
|
BB+ to BB |
|
|
|
2,245 |
|
|
|
527 |
|
|
|
73.18 |
% |
|
|
2,051 |
|
|
|
0.61 |
% |
|
|
942 |
|
|
|
42.73 |
% |
|
|
890 |
|
|
|
1,549 |
|
|
|
75.52 |
% |
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
-16 |
|
0.75 to <2.50 |
|
|
BB to B+ |
|
|
|
5,632 |
|
|
|
1,705 |
|
|
|
36.68 |
% |
|
|
4,365 |
|
|
|
1.39 |
% |
|
|
1294 |
|
|
|
43.27 |
% |
|
|
780 |
|
|
|
4,178 |
|
|
|
95.72 |
% |
|
|
26 |
|
|
|
-72 |
|
2.50 to <10.00 |
|
|
B+ to B- |
|
|
|
4,015 |
|
|
|
688 |
|
|
|
50.88 |
% |
|
|
3,601 |
|
|
|
4.02 |
% |
|
|
2896 |
|
|
|
40.65 |
% |
|
|
888 |
|
|
|
4,054 |
|
|
|
112.59 |
% |
|
|
59 |
|
|
|
-103 |
|
10.00 to <100.00 |
|
|
B- to C |
|
|
|
236 |
|
|
|
44 |
|
|
|
74.01 |
% |
|
|
248 |
|
|
|
13.92 |
% |
|
|
217 |
|
|
|
41.71 |
% |
|
|
902 |
|
|
|
446 |
|
|
|
180.05 |
% |
|
|
14 |
|
|
|
-28 |
|
100.00 (default) |
|
|
D |
|
|
|
1,592 |
|
|
|
171 |
|
|
|
19.19 |
% |
|
|
1,251 |
|
|
|
100.00 |
% |
|
|
192 |
|
|
|
43.23 |
% |
|
|
893 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
541 |
|
|
|
-552 |
|
Tratamiento alternativo |
|
|
|
|
|
|
583 |
|
|
|
43 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
562 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2434 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
237 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total 2017 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
26,317 |
|
|
|
8,008 |
|
|
|
38.76 |
% |
|
|
21,432 |
|
|
|
7.29 |
% |
|
|
9,669 |
|
|
|
43.35 |
% |
|
|
815 |
|
|
|
14,221 |
|
|
|
67.01 |
% |
|
|
654 |
|
|
|
-798 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total 2016 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
16,719 |
|
|
|
3,718 |
|
|
|
67.91 |
% |
|
|
15,527 |
|
|
|
3.18 |
% |
|
|
4,563 |
|
|
|
43.24 |
% |
|
|
874 |
|
|
|
9,181 |
|
|
|
59.13 |
% |
|
|
205 |
|
|
|
-267 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
53% of the portfolio is rated above BBB-. The portfolios average
PD improved. Exposure increased by 38%, corresponding to Banco Populars contribution to these categories. This distorted the portfolio compared to the previous year, increasing the average consumption due to the higher average PD and LGD.
Moreover, the high NPL ratio caused the average expected loss in this segment to increase.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures
|
|
47 |
2. CAPITAL
The distribution of Exposures and average parameters by segments and geographical areas is shown below.
∎ |
TABLE 21. EXPOSURE AND PARAMETERS BY SEGMENT AND GEOGRAPHY* |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Central governments |
|
|
Institutions |
|
|
Corporates |
|
|
Retail Mortgages |
|
|
Retail SME |
|
|
Retail Other |
|
|
Retail Qualifying Revolving |
|
|
TOTAL |
|
Santander Group |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
EAD net |
|
|
2,220 |
|
|
|
36,878 |
|
|
|
177,858 |
|
|
|
276,792 |
|
|
|
10,578 |
|
|
|
50,899 |
|
|
|
13,654 |
|
|
|
568,879 |
|
Average LGD in % |
|
|
45.53 |
% |
|
|
42.61 |
% |
|
|
40.60 |
% |
|
|
12.91 |
% |
|
|
39.66 |
% |
|
|
45.95 |
% |
|
|
60.77 |
% |
|
|
28.21 |
% |
Average PD in % |
|
|
2.73 |
% |
|
|
0.19 |
% |
|
|
8.53 |
% |
|
|
4.97 |
% |
|
|
18.42 |
% |
|
|
5.90 |
% |
|
|
3.48 |
% |
|
|
6.06 |
% |
Continental Europe |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
EAD net |
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
5,535 |
|
|
|
22,137 |
|
|
|
184,294 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
2,434 |
|
|
|
5,988 |
|
|
|
220,388 |
|
Average LGD in % |
|
|
0.00 |
% |
|
|
44.06 |
% |
|
|
28.13 |
% |
|
|
10.00 |
% |
|
|
0.00 |
% |
|
|
88.00 |
% |
|
|
68.14 |
% |
|
|
15.12 |
% |
Average PD in % |
|
|
0.00 |
% |
|
|
0.09 |
% |
|
|
1.91 |
% |
|
|
3.74 |
% |
|
|
0.00 |
% |
|
|
3.07 |
% |
|
|
3.49 |
% |
|
|
3.45 |
% |
UK |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
EAD net |
|
|
2,019 |
|
|
|
26,082 |
|
|
|
120,112 |
|
|
|
92,498 |
|
|
|
10,578 |
|
|
|
48,464 |
|
|
|
7,666 |
|
|
|
307,419 |
|
Average LGD in % |
|
|
45.58 |
% |
|
|
43.33 |
% |
|
|
42.06 |
% |
|
|
18.72 |
% |
|
|
39.66 |
% |
|
|
43.83 |
% |
|
|
55.01 |
% |
|
|
35.68 |
% |
Average PD in % |
|
|
3.00 |
% |
|
|
0.14 |
% |
|
|
11.29 |
% |
|
|
7.42 |
% |
|
|
18.42 |
% |
|
|
6.04 |
% |
|
|
3.47 |
% |
|
|
8.34 |
% |
Latam |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
EAD net |
|
|
202 |
|
|
|
5,261 |
|
|
|
31,870 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
37,333 |
|
Average LGD in % |
|
|
45.00 |
% |
|
|
37.50 |
% |
|
|
43.32 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
42.51 |
% |
Average PD in % |
|
|
0.03 |
% |
|
|
0.60 |
% |
|
|
3.67 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3.21 |
% |
Rest of world |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
EAD net |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,738 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,738 |
|
Average LGD in % |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
44.76 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
44.76 |
% |
Average PD in % |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.93 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.93 |
% |
* |
Parameters without default |
* |
EAD does not include neither equities nor specialised lending |
The following diagram shows exposures using the IRB approach approved in December 2017 (excluding Specialised
Lending), based on the internal credit quality associated with its external rating.
∎ |
DISTRIBUTION OF IRB EXPOSURES ASSOCIATED WITH ITS EXTERNAL RATING |
|
|
|
|
|
48 |
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures |
|
|
For EAD distribution including guarantees, expected losses have been assigned to the different tranches of PD
taking a LGD of 45% in each bucket. It shows that the risk profile of the whole portfolio improves significantly when factoring in guarantees, especially mortgage collateral.
∎ |
TABLE 22. SPECIALISED LENDING (CR10) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
31 Dec. 2017 |
|
Regulatory categories |
|
Remaining maturity |
|
|
On-balance- sheet amount |
|
|
Off-balance- sheet amount |
|
|
RW |
|
|
EAD |
|
|
RWA |
|
|
Expected Loss |
|
Category 1 |
|
|
< 2.5 years |
|
|
|
533 |
|
|
|
281 |
|
|
|
50 |
% |
|
|
429 |
|
|
|
213 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
>= 2.5 years |
|
|
|
3,743 |
|
|
|
1,625 |
|
|
|
70 |
% |
|
|
3,629 |
|
|
|
2,510 |
|
|
|
14 |
|
Category 2 |
|
|
< 2.5 years |
|
|
|
4,201 |
|
|
|
1,962 |
|
|
|
70 |
% |
|
|
3,701 |
|
|
|
2,590 |
|
|
|
18 |
|
|
|
|
>= 2.5 years |
|
|
|
10,356 |
|
|
|
6,544 |
|
|
|
90 |
% |
|
|
11,131 |
|
|
|
9,997 |
|
|
|
110 |
|
Category 3 |
|
|
< 2.5 years |
|
|
|
176 |
|
|
|
111 |
|
|
|
115 |
% |
|
|
187 |
|
|
|
215 |
|
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
|
>= 2.5 years |
|
|
|
998 |
|
|
|
924 |
|
|
|
115 |
% |
|
|
1,216 |
|
|
|
1,391 |
|
|
|
34 |
|
Category 4 |
|
|
< 2.5 years |
|
|
|
67 |
|
|
|
93 |
|
|
|
250 |
% |
|
|
119 |
|
|
|
297 |
|
|
|
10 |
|
|
|
|
>= 2.5 years |
|
|
|
223 |
|
|
|
336 |
|
|
|
250 |
% |
|
|
258 |
|
|
|
562 |
|
|
|
17 |
|
Category 5 |
|
|
< 2.5 years |
|
|
|
87 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
87 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
44 |
|
|
|
|
>= 2.5 years |
|
|
|
329 |
|
|
|
339 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
436 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
218 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
|
< 2.5 years |
|
|
|
5,064 |
|
|
|
2,447 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,524 |
|
|
|
3,315 |
|
|
|
77 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
>= 2.5 years |
|
|
|
15,649 |
|
|
|
9,769 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
16,669 |
|
|
|
14,460 |
|
|
|
393 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exposure decreased by 4% compared to 2016, despite the Popular contribution having increased the exposure by EUR
1,900 million. The reduction was due to certain investment projects being included in a securitisation issued by Banco Santander S.A.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures
|
|
49 |
2. CAPITAL
|
∎ TABLE 23. EQUITIES (CR10) |
Millions of Euros |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
31 Dec. 2017 |
|
PD/RW tranches |
|
Weighted average PD |
|
|
Original exposure |
|
|
EAD |
|
|
EAD-weighted average LGD |
|
|
RWA |
|
|
EL/EAD |
|
|
RWA/EAD |
|
PD/LGD Approach |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
0.09 |
% |
|
|
140 |
|
|
|
140 |
|
|
|
65.0 |
% |
|
|
98 |
|
|
|
0.06 |
% |
|
|
70 |
% |
2 |
|
|
0.14 |
% |
|
|
993 |
|
|
|
993 |
|
|
|
88.1 |
% |
|
|
1,171 |
|
|
|
0.12 |
% |
|
|
118 |
% |
3 |
|
|
0.21 |
% |
|
|
1,152 |
|
|
|
1,152 |
|
|
|
90.0 |
% |
|
|
1,682 |
|
|
|
0.19 |
% |
|
|
146 |
% |
4 |
|
|
0.33 |
% |
|
|
726 |
|
|
|
726 |
|
|
|
65.0 |
% |
|
|
917 |
|
|
|
0.21 |
% |
|
|
126 |
% |
5 |
|
|
2.76 |
% |
|
|
1,074 |
|
|
|
1,074 |
|
|
|
65.0 |
% |
|
|
2,376 |
|
|
|
1.79 |
% |
|
|
221 |
% |
Default |
|
|
100 |
% |
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
65.0 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
65.00 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total 2017 |
|
|
0.99 |
% |
|
|
4,089 |
|
|
|
4,089 |
|
|
|
77,7 |
% |
|
|
6.243 |
|
|
|
0,67 |
% |
|
|
153 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total 2016 |
|
|
1.73 |
% |
|
|
5,380 |
|
|
|
5,380 |
|
|
|
75,7 |
% |
|
|
9.555 |
|
|
|
1,38 |
% |
|
|
178 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Simple risk-weighted approach |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
190% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
891 |
|
|
|
891 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,693 |
|
|
|
0.80 |
% |
|
|
190 |
% |
290% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
77 |
|
|
|
77 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
222 |
|
|
|
0.80 |
% |
|
|
290 |
% |
370% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
196 |
|
|
|
196 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
727 |
|
|
|
2.40 |
% |
|
|
370 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total 2017 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,164 |
|
|
|
1,164 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,642 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total 2016 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,613 |
|
|
|
1,613 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,130 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Internal models approach 2017 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
589 |
|
|
|
589 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,513 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
257 |
% |
Internal models approach 2016 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
657 |
|
|
|
657 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,661 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
253 |
% |
Equities December 2017 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,143 |
|
|
|
2,143 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,357 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
250 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total 2017 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
7,985 |
|
|
|
7,985 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
15,755 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total 2016 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
7,649 |
|
|
|
7,649 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
16,346 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note: for equities, EAD equals original exposures and off-balance sheet balance
equals zero
In 2017, EAD declined, with a corresponding decrease in RWAs, due mainly to:
|
|
|
Increase in the participation of Metrovacesa Suelo y Promoción, which meant that this participation was consolidated and therefore did not consume in Santander Groups consolidation perimeter. EAD in this
perimeter reduced by EUR 809 million which consumed at 250%. |
|
|
|
Consolidation of the Metrovacesa Promoción y Arrendamiento participation within Metrovacesa Suelo y Promoción. This results in a fall in EAD of EUR 220 million. |
The reduction in average RW is due to applying a LGD of 65% to the participations not traded on organised markets, which are held in the available for sale
portfolio, as this is diversified.
|
|
|
|
|
50 |
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures
|
|
51 |
2. CAPITAL
2.2.2.1.2. Plan to deploy advanced internal models and supervisory approval
Santander Group remains committed to adopting the Basel II advanced internal ratings-based (AIRB) approach for virtually all its banks until more than 90% of
net exposure in the loan portfolio has been covered by this approach. This approach will be applied progressively over the coming years. The commitment assumed with the supervisor means adapting the advanced models in the ten core markets in which
Santander Group operates.
Santander Group continued to pursue this objective during 2017 through its plan to gradually implement the necessary technology
platforms and methodological improvements to enable the progressive application of AIRB models for calculating regulatory capital at the rest of the Groups units.
Santander Group has supervisory approval to use advanced approaches for calculating regulatory capital for credit risk in eight of its ten main markets:
Spain, the United Kingdom, Portugal, some
portfolios in Germany, Mexico, Brazil, Chile, Nordics (Sweden, Finland and Norway), France and the United
States.
Regulatory approvals obtained in 2017
The
strategy to implement Basel regulations at the Group focuses on the use of advanced approaches at the main American and European banks.
Authorization for
the use of Slotting Criteria was obtained in 2017 for specialised lending and use of internal models for the Sovereign and Institutions portfolios (FIRB approach) of Chile, Mortgages and for most of the revolving credit of Santander Consumer
Germany.
The following chart shows the percentage of IRB coverage by region:
|
|
|
|
|
52 |
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures |
|
|
In terms of geographical area, the main contributors are Spain (26%), the United Kingdom (23%), the global
portfolio of companies in Chile, Brazil and the USA (3%), Portugal (3%), Germany (3%), Mexico (2%), Nordic countries (1%) and France (1%).
Of the
remaining exposure, which is currently calculated using the standard method, 57% is subject to advanced model implementation plans, with the objective of obtaining supervisory approval, in order to calculate requirements of capital per IRB model for
90% of total exposure.
The remaining portfolios not included in the advanced model deployment plan are subject to analysis in order to assess the
appropriateness of their integration into the plan; additionally, included in these other portfolios are the portfolios authorised by the supervisor to remain in permanent standard. The distribution of exposure to credit and counterparty risk
according to the capital requirements calculation method is shown graphically below.
* |
To simplify: the 43% permanent STD includes both the permanent STD portfolios authorised by the regulator and those pending approval (candidates for permanent STD or roll out) |
The medium-term objective of achieving a high degree of IRB model coverage in the main markets in which the Group operates is conditioned by the acquisition
of new business as it has been during 2017 with the integration of the various established Popular units.
In addition, the combination of declining
business in some standard portfolios, especially in the United States, United Kingdom and Brazil, coupled with an increase in business in some advanced model portfolios in Portugal and Spain (Popular integration) has contributed significantly to an
increase in Degree of IRB coverage at a consolidated level. During 2017, exchange rate movements had a positive impact, especially the major rise of the euro against the US dollar, Brazilian real and Mexican peso, due to the ECBs monetary
policy.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures
|
|
53 |
2. CAIPTAL
The following table shows the internal models scope (AIRB or FIRB) of the different portfolios distributed by
region:
∎ |
TABLE 24. LIST OF AUTHORISED IRB MODELS BY LEGAL ENTITY |
|
|
|
|
|
Country |
|
Company |
|
IRB portfolio (AIRB or FIRB) |
UK |
|
Santander UK PLC |
|
Institutions, Corporates, Corporates SMEs, Corporates Project Finance, Mortgages, Qualifying Revolving, Other Retail.
|
|
|
Abbey National Treasury Services |
|
Institutions, Corporates, Corporates SMEs, Corporates Project Finance.
|
|
|
Abbey Covered Bonds LLP |
|
Institutions |
|
|
|
Spain |
|
Banco Santander, S.A. |
|
Sovereigns, Institutions, Corporates, Corporates SMEs, Corporates Project Finance, Mortgages, Qualifying Revolving, Retail SMEs, Other Retail |
|
|
|
|
|
Santander Factoring y Confirming, S.A. |
|
Institutions, Corporates, Corporates SMEs, Corporates Project Finance, Mortgages, Retail SMEs, Other Retail |
|
|
|
|
|
Santander Lease, S.A. E.F.C. |
|
Institutions, Corporates Corporates SMEs, Mortgages, Retail SMEs, Other Retail |
|
|
|
|
|
Santander Consumer, EFC, S.A. |
|
Corporates, Corporates SMEs, Qualifying Revolving, Other Retail. |
|
|
|
|
|
Santander Consumer Finance, S.A. |
|
Corporates, Corporates SMEs, Qualifying Revolving, Other Retail. |
|
|
|
Portugal |
|
Banco Santander Totta |
|
Institutions, Corporates, Corporates SMEs, Corporates Project Finance, Mortgages, Qualifying Revolving, Retail SMEs, Other Retail.
|
|
|
|
Brazil |
|
Banco Santander Brasil |
|
Corporates |
|
|
|
|
|
Santander Brasil, EFC |
|
Corporates |
|
|
|
Germany |
|
Santander Consumer Bank AG |
|
Corporates, Corporates SMEs, Mortages, Revolving and Other Retail |
|
|
|
Mexico |
|
Banco Santander México |
|
Institutions, Corporates, Corporates SMEs, Corporates Project Finance |
|
|
|
USA |
|
Santander Bank, National Associaction |
|
Corporates |
|
|
|
France |
|
Société Financière de Banque - SOFIB |
|
Corporates, Corporates SMEs, Retail SMEs, Other Retail |
|
|
|
Nordic countries |
|
Santander Consumer Bank A.S. |
|
Other Retail |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Santander Consumer Finance OY |
|
Other Retail |
|
|
|
Chile |
|
Banco Santander - Chile |
|
Sovereigns, Institutions and Corporates |
The following table shows the Market Risk internal models (IMA) of the different portfolios distributed by
geographies
|
|
|
|
|
∎ TABLE 25. LIST OF AUTHORISED IMA MODELS BY LEGAL ENTITY |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Country |
|
Legal entity |
|
IMA Portfolio Product |
España |
|
Banco Santander, S.A. |
|
Trading book |
|
|
Banco Santander - Chile |
|
Trading book |
|
|
Santander Agente de Valores Limitada |
|
Trading book |
Chile |
|
Santander Investment Chile Limitada |
|
Trading book |
|
|
Santander Corredores de Bolsa Limitada |
|
Trading book |
|
|
Banco Santander México |
|
Trading book |
México |
|
Casa de Bolsa Santander, S.A. de C.V. |
|
Trading book |
Portugal |
|
Banco Santander Totta |
|
Trading book |
|
|
Santander UK PLC |
|
Trading book less FX and specific interest rate risk |
Reino Unido |
|
Abbey National Treasury Services |
|
Trading book less FX and specific interest rate risk |
|
|
|
|
|
54 |
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures |
|
|
As additional information, the chart below shows, for each of the unit portfolios, the scope of the supervisory approval for the method, covered by the
Standardised approach, FIRB and AIRB, and the portion of portfolios that form part of the roll-out plan for Credit Risk, Counterparty Credit Risk and securisitations.
∎ |
TABLE 26. BREAKDOWN OF EXPOSURE BY APPROACH TO CALCULATING CAPITAL EMPLOYED* |
Millions of Euros
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
31 Dec. 2017 |
|
|
|
EAD** |
|
|
EAD AIRB |
|
|
EAD FIRB |
|
|
EAD STD |
|
|
Of which: EAD roll out |
|
Total Santander Group |
|
|
1,281,690 |
|
|
|
558,998 |
|
|
|
47,837 |
|
|
|
674,855 |
|
|
|
226,963 |
|
* |
Including: credit risk + counterparty risk + securitisation risk (including sovereign local currency and ANF). |
** |
Excluding: equity + DTAs + reconciliation adjustments + provisions + loans for acquisition of own stocks + financial participations. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Country |
|
Portfolio |
|
% EAD/Total Group |
|
|
% AIRB |
|
|
% FIRB |
|
|
% STD |
|
|
Of which: % roll out |
|
|
|
Central governments and central banks |
|
|
4.18 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4.18 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Institutions |
|
|
0.64 |
% |
|
|
0.43 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.21 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Corporates |
|
|
3.87 |
% |
|
|
1.25 |
% |
|
|
1.10 |
% |
|
|
1.53 |
% |
|
|
0.95 |
% |
|
|
Mortgages |
|
|
14.22 |
% |
|
|
14.22 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.01 |
% |
|
|
|
|
UK |
|
Retail |
|
|
1.36 |
% |
|
|
0.65 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.71 |
% |
|
|
0.51 |
% |
|
|
Other exposures |
|
|
0.57 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.57 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Default |
|
|
0.22 |
% |
|
|
0.17 |
% |
|
|
0.02 |
% |
|
|
0.03 |
% |
|
|
0.02 |
% |
|
|
Securitisation positions |
|
|
0.42 |
% |
|
|
0.28 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.14 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-financial assets |
|
|
0.18 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.18 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total UK |
|
|
25.66 |
% |
|
|
16.99 |
% |
|
|
1.12 |
% |
|
|
7.55 |
% |
|
|
1.48 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Country |
|
Portfolio |
|
% EAD/Total Group |
|
|
% AIRB |
|
|
% FIRB |
|
|
% STD |
|
|
Of which: % roll out |
|
|
|
Central governments and central banks |
|
|
7.63 |
% |
|
|
0.15 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
7.48 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Institutions |
|
|
2.88 |
% |
|
|
1.85 |
% |
|
|
0.07 |
% |
|
|
0.96 |
% |
|
|
0.00 |
% |
|
|
Corporates |
|
|
8.98 |
% |
|
|
6.97 |
% |
|
|
1.20 |
% |
|
|
0.81 |
% |
|
|
0.00 |
% |
|
|
Mortgages |
|
|
6.53 |
% |
|
|
5.35 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
1.18 |
% |
|
|
|
|
Spain |
|
Retail |
|
|
3.15 |
% |
|
|
2.09 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
1.06 |
% |
|
|
0.01 |
% |
|
|
Other exposures |
|
|
0.57 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.57 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Default |
|
|
1.71 |
% |
|
|
1.45 |
% |
|
|
0.10 |
% |
|
|
0.16 |
% |
|
|
0.00 |
% |
|
|
Securitisation positions |
|
|
0.87 |
% |
|
|
0.87 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.00 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-financial assets |
|
|
0.29 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.29 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Spain |
|
|
32.60 |
% |
|
|
18.72 |
% |
|
|
1.37 |
% |
|
|
12.51 |
% |
|
|
0.01 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* |
Spain SAN + Factoring and leasing + SC Spain + PSA Spain + Feci + Insurance Spain |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures
|
|
55 |
2. CAPITAL
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
% EAD/Total |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Of which: |
|
Country |
|
Portfolio |
|
Group |
|
|
% AIRB |
|
|
% FIRB |
|
|
% STD |
|
|
% roll out |
|
|
|
Central governments and central banks |
|
|
3.89 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3.89 |
% |
|
|
0.14 |
% |
|
|
Institutions |
|
|
0.25 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.25 |
% |
|
|
0.12 |
% |
|
|
Corporates |
|
|
2.60 |
% |
|
|
1.44 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
1.16 |
% |
|
|
1.08 |
% |
|
|
Mortgages |
|
|
0.57 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.57 |
% |
|
|
0.56 |
% |
Brazil |
|
Retail |
|
|
2.52 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.52 |
% |
|
|
2.25 |
% |
|
|
Other exposures |
|
|
0.58 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.58 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Default |
|
|
0.19 |
% |
|
|
0.06 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.14 |
% |
|
|
0.10 |
% |
|
|
Securitisation positions |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-financial assets |
|
|
0.14 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.14 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Brazil |
|
|
10.75 |
% |
|
|
1.49 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
9.26 |
% |
|
|
4.25 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
% EAD/Total |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Of which: |
|
Country |
|
Portfolio |
|
Group |
|
|
% AIRB |
|
|
% FIRB |
|
|
% STD |
|
|
% roll out |
|
|
|
Central governments and central banks |
|
|
0.51 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.51 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Institutions |
|
|
1.34 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1.34 |
% |
|
|
1.29 |
% |
|
|
Corporates |
|
|
1.82 |
% |
|
|
0.29 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
1.53 |
% |
|
|
1.40 |
% |
|
|
Mortgages |
|
|
1.41 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1.41 |
% |
|
|
1.41 |
% |
USA |
|
Retail |
|
|
2.14 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.14 |
% |
|
|
2.11 |
% |
|
|
Other exposures |
|
|
0.29 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.29 |
% |
|
|
0.02 |
% |
|
|
Default |
|
|
0.07 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.07 |
% |
|
|
0.07 |
% |
|
|
Securitisation positions |
|
|
0.09 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.09 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-financial assets |
|
|
0.41 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.41 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total USA |
|
|
|
|
8.09 |
% |
|
|
0.29 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
7.80 |
% |
|
|
6.30 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* SBNA - SC USA - N.Y. - Miami |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
% EAD/Total |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Of which: |
|
Country |
|
Portfolio |
|
Group |
|
|
% AIRB |
|
|
% FIRB |
|
|
% STD |
|
|
% roll out |
|
|
|
Central governments and central banks |
|
|
0.46 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.02 |
% |
|
|
0.45 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Institutions |
|
|
0.18 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.17 |
% |
|
|
0.01 |
% |
|
|
0.01 |
% |
|
|
Corporates |
|
|
0.93 |
% |
|
|
0.16 |
% |
|
|
0.03 |
% |
|
|
0.75 |
% |
|
|
0.63 |
% |
|
|
Mortgages |
|
|
1.08 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1.08 |
% |
|
|
1.08 |
% |
Chile |
|
Retail |
|
|
0.70 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.70 |
% |
|
|
0.67 |
% |
|
|
Other exposures |
|
|
0.18 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.18 |
% |
|
|
0.14 |
% |
|
|
Default |
|
|
0.10 |
% |
|
|
0.01 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.10 |
% |
|
|
0.10 |
% |
|
|
Securitisation positions |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-financial assets |
|
|
0.03 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.03 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Chile |
|
|
3.67 |
% |
|
|
0.16 |
% |
|
|
0.21 |
% |
|
|
3.30 |
% |
|
|
2.62 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Chile + SC Chile
|
|
|
|
|
56 |
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
% EAD/Total |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Of which: |
|
Country |
|
Portfolio |
|
Group |
|
|
% AIRB |
|
|
% FIRB |
|
|
% STD |
|
|
% roll out |
|
|
|
Central governments and central banks |
|
|
0.90 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.90 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Institutions |
|
|
0.31 |
% |
|
|
0.09 |
% |
|
|
0.16 |
% |
|
|
0.07 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Corporates |
|
|
0.97 |
% |
|
|
0.46 |
% |
|
|
0.48 |
% |
|
|
0.03 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mortgages |
|
|
0.39 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.39 |
% |
|
|
0.30 |
% |
Mexico |
|
Retail |
|
|
0.56 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.56 |
% |
|
|
0.56 |
% |
|
|
Other exposures |
|
|
0.04 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.04 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Default |
|
|
0.04 |
% |
|
|
0.01 |
% |
|
|
0.01 |
% |
|
|
0.03 |
% |
|
|
0.02 |
% |
|
|
Securitisation positions |
|
|
0.01 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.01 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-financial assets |
|
|
0.02 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.02 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Mexico |
|
|
3.24 |
% |
|
|
0.55 |
% |
|
|
0.64 |
% |
|
|
2.05 |
% |
|
|
0.88 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
% EAD/Total |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Of which: |
|
Country |
|
Portfolio |
|
Group |
|
|
% AIRB |
|
|
% FIRB |
|
|
% STD |
|
|
% roll out |
|
|
|
Central governments and central banks |
|
|
0.66 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.66 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Institutions |
|
|
0.18 |
% |
|
|
0.10 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.08 |
% |
|
|
0.02 |
% |
|
|
Corporates |
|
|
0.86 |
% |
|
|
0.66 |
% |
|
|
0.09 |
% |
|
|
0.11 |
% |
|
|
0.06 |
% |
|
|
Mortgages |
|
|
1.32 |
% |
|
|
1.16 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.16 |
% |
|
|
0.16 |
% |
Portugal |
|
Retail |
|
|
0.35 |
% |
|
|
0.23 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.12 |
% |
|
|
0.02 |
% |
|
|
Other exposures |
|
|
0.08 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.08 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Default |
|
|
0.12 |
% |
|
|
0.09 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.02 |
% |
|
|
0.02 |
% |
|
|
Securitisation positions |
|
|
0.00 |
% |
|
|
0.00 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-financial assets |
|
|
0.06 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.06 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Portugal |
|
|
3.64 |
% |
|
|
2.24 |
% |
|
|
0.09 |
% |
|
|
1.31 |
% |
|
|
0.29 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Portugal + SC Portugal
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
% EAD/Total |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Of which: |
|
Country |
|
Portfolio |
|
Group |
|
|
% AIRB |
|
|
% FIRB |
|
|
% STD |
|
|
% roll out |
|
|
|
Central governments and central banks |
|
|
0.63 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.63 |
% |
|
|
0.00 |
% |
|
|
Institutions |
|
|
0.05 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.05 |
% |
|
|
0.04 |
% |
|
|
Corporates |
|
|
0.76 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.76 |
% |
|
|
0.31 |
% |
|
|
Mortgages |
|
|
0.63 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.63 |
% |
|
|
0.27 |
% |
Poland |
|
Retail |
|
|
0.63 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.63 |
% |
|
|
0.35 |
% |
|
|
Other exposures |
|
|
0.06 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.06 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Default |
|
|
0.05 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.05 |
% |
|
|
0.04 |
% |
|
|
Securitisation positions |
|
|
0.00 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.00 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-financial assets |
|
|
0.02 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.02 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Poland |
|
|
2.81 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.81 |
% |
|
|
1.02 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Poland + SC Poland + PSA Poland
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures
|
|
57 |
2. CAPITAL
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
% EAD/Total |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Of which: |
|
Country |
|
Portfolio |
|
Group |
|
|
% AIRB |
|
|
% FIRB |
|
|
% STD |
|
|
% roll out |
|
|
|
Central governments and central banks |
|
|
0.13 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.13 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Institutions |
|
|
0.03 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.03 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Corporates |
|
|
0.44 |
% |
|
|
0.14 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.30 |
% |
|
|
0.14 |
% |
|
|
Mortgages |
|
|
0.34 |
% |
|
|
0.29 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.05 |
% |
|
|
0.05 |
% |
Germany |
|
Retail |
|
|
1.91 |
% |
|
|
1.53 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.37 |
% |
|
|
0.07 |
% |
|
|
Other exposures |
|
|
0.02 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.02 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Default |
|
|
0.04 |
% |
|
|
0.04 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.01 |
% |
|
|
0.00 |
% |
|
|
Securitisation positions |
|
|
0.16 |
% |
|
|
0.16 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-financial assets |
|
|
0.00 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.00 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Germany |
|
|
3.07 |
% |
|
|
2.16 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.91 |
% |
|
|
0.26 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SC Germany + PSA Germany |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
% EAD/Total |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Of which: |
|
Country |
|
Portfolio |
|
Group |
|
|
% AIRB |
|
|
% FIRB |
|
|
% STD |
|
|
% roll out |
|
|
|
Central governments and central banks |
|
|
0.02 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.02 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Institutions |
|
|
0.03 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.03 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Corporates |
|
|
0.05 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.05 |
% |
|
|
0.04 |
% |
|
|
Mortgages |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nordic
countries |
|
Retail |
|
|
1.07 |
% |
|
|
0.51 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.55 |
% |
|
|
0.54 |
% |
|
|
Other exposures |
|
|
0.08 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.08 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Default |
|
|
0.01 |
% |
|
|
0.01 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.01 |
% |
|
|
0.01 |
% |
|
|
Securitisation positions |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-financial assets |
|
|
0.00 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.00 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Nordic countries |
|
|
1.26 |
% |
|
|
0.52 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.75 |
% |
|
|
0.59 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SC Nordics: Sweden + Denmark + Finland + Norway |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
% EAD/Total |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Of which: |
|
Country |
|
Portfolio |
|
Group |
|
|
% AIRB |
|
|
% FIRB |
|
|
% STD |
|
|
% roll out |
|
|
|
Central governments and central banks |
|
|
0.03 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.03 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Institutions |
|
|
0.04 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.04 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Corporates |
|
|
0.32 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.29 |
% |
|
|
0.03 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mortgages |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
France |
|
Retail |
|
|
0.50 |
% |
|
|
0.47 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.02 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other exposures |
|
|
0.02 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.02 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Default |
|
|
0.02 |
% |
|
|
0.01 |
% |
|
|
0.01 |
% |
|
|
0.00 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Securitisation positions |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-financial assets |
|
|
0.00 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.00 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total France |
|
|
0.93 |
% |
|
|
0.48 |
% |
|
|
0.30 |
% |
|
|
0.14 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PSA France
|
|
|
|
|
58 |
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
% EAD/Total |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Of which: |
Country |
|
Portfolio |
|
Group |
|
|
% AIRB |
|
|
% FIRB |
|
|
% STD |
|
|
% roll out |
|
|
Central governments and central banks |
|
|
0.08 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.08 |
% |
|
|
|
|
Institutions |
|
|
0.11 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.11 |
% |
|
|
|
|
Corporates |
|
|
0.23 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.23 |
% |
|
|
|
|
Mortgages |
|
|
0.30 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.30 |
% |
|
|
Rest of Europe |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Retail |
|
|
0.89 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.89 |
% |
|
|
|
|
Other exposures |
|
|
0.09 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.09 |
% |
|
|
|
|
Default |
|
|
0.06 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.06 |
% |
|
|
|
|
Securitisation positions |
|
|
0.00 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.00 |
% |
|
|
|
|
Non-financial assets |
|
|
0.34 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.34 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Rest of Europe |
|
|
2.08 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.08 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SC Benelux + SC Italy + SC Hungary + SC Austria + SC Holland + Ireland + GFA Europe + GFA Rest + GFA Spain + PSA Belgium + PSA
Netherlands + PSA Switzerland + PSA Italy + UCI
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
% EAD/Total |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Of which: |
Country |
|
Portfolio |
|
Group |
|
% AIRB |
|
|
% FIRB |
|
|
% STD |
|
|
% roll out |
|
|
Central governments and central banks |
|
0.58% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.58 |
% |
|
|
|
|
Institutions |
|
0.29% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.29 |
% |
|
|
|
|
Corporates |
|
0.45% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.45 |
% |
|
|
|
|
Mortgages |
|
0.12% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.12 |
% |
|
|
Rest of America |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Retail |
|
0.62% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.62 |
% |
|
|
|
|
Other exposures |
|
0.05% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.05 |
% |
|
|
|
|
Default |
|
0.02% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.02 |
% |
|
|
|
|
Securitisation positions |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-financial assets |
|
0.06% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.06 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Rest of America |
|
2.19% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.19 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* |
Paraguay + Uruguay + Puerto Rico + Peru + Panama + Colombia + Argentina + GFA America + SC Canada |
Regulatory approvals obtained for other risks
Turning to other risks explicitly envisaged in Basel Pillar 1, authorisation has been obtained in the case of market risk to use internal models for the cash
trading business in the United Kingdom, Spain, Chile, Portugal and Mexico.
For further information on market risk, see section 2.2.2.3.
For operational risk, Santander Group currently uses the
standardised approach for calculating regulatory capital, as set out in the CRR. In 2017, the European Central Bank granted authorisation for the Alternative Standardised Approach to be used to calculate consolidated capital requirements at Banco
Santander Mexico, following the approval granted in 2016 in the case of Brazil.
For further information on operational risk, see section 2.2.2.4.
Supervisory validation process
As established by the European Parliament, the primary element of the banking union is the Single Supervisory Mechanism (SSM). Under this mechanism,
direct banking supervision falls to the European Central Bank, thus ensuring that the largest European banks are independently supervised by just one entity and are subject to a set of standard regulations.
The second key element is the Single Resolution Mechanism (SRM), which is tasked with preparing for the worst-case scenario, meaning bank failure. The
aim is to ensure that any such situation can be resolved in an orderly fashion and at a minimum cost for taxpayers. The focus on keeping taxpayers from bearing the cost of future bank resolutions led to a change in the underlying regulations, namely
the Bank Recovery and Resolution Directive (BRRD). Under the BRRD, a banks shareholders and creditors will bear the brunt of resolution costs. Under certain circumstances, banks may also obtain supplementary financing from the
recently-created Single Resolution Fund (SRF), which is financed by the banking sector. Both the SSM and the SRM are operational, although the SRM since 1 January 2016. The SRF is expected to meet its target funding level by 2023. Euro area
member states automatically form part of the banking union, while adherence is voluntary for other member states.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures
|
|
59 |
2. CAPITAL
The European Central Bank has gradually been deploying its new structure and functions to effectively become the
single European supervisor. The EBA will continue to actively collaborate in adapting regulations. Each bodys responsibilities are as follows:
∎ SUPERVISORY VALIDATION PROCESS
A preparatory pre-assessment stage has now been added to the supervisory
validation process. This involves the entity providing the supervisor, in advance, with the documentation it needs to assess whether the minimum requirements for continuing the formal validation process have been met. If the European Central Bank
considers the entity to be initially ready, a request is sent and the supervisor begins a formal validation of the internal models. This validation process decides whether or not to authorise the use of advanced models for capital calculation.
The European supervisor has put in place a new governance process, involving the following steps:
|
|
|
The Joint Supervisory Team (JST), consisting of a mixed team of experts, analyses the entitys situation and issues a technical report to the ECBs Supervisory Board. |
|
|
|
The Supervisory Board then submits its preliminary decisions to the Governing Council. |
|
|
|
The Governing Council then issues its final decision authorising or not the use of the internal models.
|
|
|
|
|
|
60 |
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures |
|
|
The supervisor uses the documentation provided by the entity as the basis for its assessment of whether the
minimum requirements for using advanced models have been met. This information must be sufficiently thorough and detailed to provide a third party with a clear idea of the entitys rating systems, methodologies, technological infrastructure,
capital calculation process and internal governance and must be able to replicate the outputs of the internal model. The unit itself is responsible for preparing this documentation, which forms part of the formal application required for the
validation process established by the supervisors of entities seeking to implement advanced IRB models.
The supervisory validation process is made
somewhat more complicated by the fact that multinational companies such as Santander are present in various countries and regions. This requires the involvement of supervisors from different jurisdictions, which are often subject to different laws
and employ different criteria and timeframes. This sometimes hinders and slows joint decisions on the approval of IRB models with a consolidated scope and can also affect authorisations at a local level.
With regard to the supervisory validation processes being organised by the ECB across the euro area, there is currently no established timeframe for
processing modifications of previously approved IRB models and responding to new requests for authorisation. However, Santander is aware that progress is being made and it expects requests will soon be answered more rapidly than is currently the
case, especially when the nature of the changes does not require a detailed review of the model, unlike what happens when formal authorisation is requested for the use of advanced approaches for calculating regulatory capital with an IRB model for
the first time.
Finally, it would be good to achieve international consensus on a maximum timeline for reviewing requests for authorisation of IRB
models. This should not exceed six months, bearing in mind also all the governance required to draw up the requests.
Santander Group vision on
internal models
One of Santander Groups main corporate objectives is to enable its subsidiaries to become leading institutions in their markets,
adopt the most advanced return- and capital-based management systems currently in existence, and put themselves in the best possible position to succeed in the new competitive environment, which is becoming increasingly complex and demanding.
In this way, Santander Group is convinced that internal models are crucial to achieving this objective, so
abandoning these models and regressing to standardisation would be highly inadvisable and would be a backward step after the significant advances made in recent years. Using internal models makes it possible to improve risk management overall and
adapt capital requirements more closely to reality.
Further progress at an international level is required to ensure there are no differences that might
affect the competition and to guarantee an even playing field across all jurisdictions. Some adjustments still need to be made to the mechanisms underpinning the entire models-based system and it is essential to continue investing in their
improvement and moreover the supervisory bodies must strengthen all the supervisory processes and the standardisation of criteria.
Targeted Review of
Internal Models
In 2016 the European Central Bank (ECB) launched a review of internal regulatory capital models known as TRIM (Targeted
Review of Internal Models) with the main aim of helping restore credibility, regulating any divergences of capital requirements that do not match the risk profile of the exposures, and standardising regulatory practices through better knowledge of
the models. To this end, the supervisor has released a TRIM guide that aims to assess the reliability and comparability of internal models and their compliance with regulatory standards in accordance with the supervisory and compliance-related
guidance. The aim here is to help improve the supervisory process by making it more efficient and homogeneous and ensuring that risks are duly modelled and capital requirements are calculated correctly.
In 2017, the TRIM exercise moved from the preparatory phase to the execution or on-site inspection phase, in which the
ECB has been scrutinising the selected internal models at each institution with a scope of over 110 inspections across more than 50 institutions from 12 different countries (e.g. retail Mortgage and SME portfolios and market risk). During this on-site inspection, the ECB uses standard techniques and tools to assess compliance with prevailing regulations and ensure that the stringent supervisory expectations are consistently applied.
The inspection phase is due to continue in 2018 for market and counterparty risk models (at those institutions that have an approved internal model) and
high-default credit risk, while the inspection phase is due to commence on low-default portfolio credit risk models; a process that may last until 2019.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures
|
|
61 |
2. CAPITAL
A breakdown of the different phases of the exercise is shown below:
2.2.2.1.3. Standard approach
For the calculation of regulatory capital under the Standardised approach, Santander Group uses the external rating agencies designated as eligible by the Bank
of Spain. The agencies used for the capital calculation as of 31 December 2017 are Fitch, Moodys, DBRS and Standard & Poors.
Also, for the central government and central banks category, if the requirements of article 137 of the CRR are met, Santander Group uses the OECDs
Country Risk Classification of the Participants to the Arrangement on Officially Supported Export Credits.
Different risk weights are applied to credit
exposures, depending on the rating assigned by the credit rating agencies (e.g. Fitch, Moodys and Standard & Poors for the segments approved under Part III, Title II, Chapter II of the CRR) or the minimum export insurance
premium rating (e.g. OECD for the central government and central bank segment, as explained above).
|
|
|
|
|
62 |
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures |
|
|
The assignment of weights according to credit ratings complies with the regulatory requirements, aligning the
alphanumeric scale of each agency used with the credit quality steps set down in Chapter II, Section II of the CRR, as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Credit quality step |
|
S&P |
|
Moodys |
|
Fitch |
|
DBRS |
1 |
|
AAA to AA- |
|
Aaa to Aa3 |
|
AAA to AA- |
|
AAA to AAL |
2 |
|
A+ to A- |
|
A1 to A3 |
|
A+ to A- |
|
AH to AL |
3 |
|
BBB+ to BBB- |
|
Baa1 to Baa3 |
|
BBB+ to BBB- |
|
BBBH to BBBL |
4 |
|
BB+ to BB- |
|
Ba1 to Ba3 |
|
BB+ to BB- |
|
BBH to BBL |
5 |
|
B+ to B- |
|
B1 to B3 |
|
B+ to B- |
|
BH to BL |
6 |
|
Lower than B- |
|
Lower than B3 |
|
Lower than B- |
|
CCCH and lower |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Central |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
governments and |
|
|
Public sector |
|
|
Institutions <= |
|
|
Institutions > 3 |
|
|
Institutions |
|
|
|
|
Credit quality step |
|
central banks |
|
|
entities |
|
|
3 months rated |
|
|
months rated |
|
|
not rated |
|
|
Companies |
|
1 |
|
|
0 |
% |
|
|
20 |
% |
|
|
20 |
% |
|
|
20 |
% |
|
|
20 |
% |
|
|
20 |
% |
2 |
|
|
20 |
% |
|
|
50 |
% |
|
|
20 |
% |
|
|
50 |
% |
|
|
50 |
% |
|
|
50 |
% |
3 |
|
|
50 |
% |
|
|
100 |
% |
|
|
20 |
% |
|
|
50 |
% |
|
|
100 |
% |
|
|
100 |
% |
4 |
|
|
100 |
% |
|
|
100 |
% |
|
|
50 |
% |
|
|
100 |
% |
|
|
100 |
% |
|
|
100 |
% |
5 |
|
|
100 |
% |
|
|
100 |
% |
|
|
50 |
% |
|
|
100 |
% |
|
|
100 |
% |
|
|
150 |
% |
6 |
|
|
150 |
% |
|
|
150 |
% |
|
|
150 |
% |
|
|
150 |
% |
|
|
150 |
% |
|
|
150 |
% |
At present, Santander Group has no process in place for assigning the credit ratings of publicly issued
securities to comparable assets that are not included in the trading book.
In accordance with art. 150 of the CRR, Santander Group always uses the
Standardised approach for sovereign exposures denominated and funded in the Member States local currency, applying a 0% risk weight.
The tables
below show the value of the net exposure after impairment loss allowances after risk mitigation, by segment and credit quality grade. Guarantees are applied by reallocating exposures to the corresponding asset categories and risk weightings.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures
|
|
63 |
2. CAPITAL
∎ TABLE 27. STANDARDISED APPROACH (INCLUDING A BREAKDOWN
OF EXPOSURESS POST-CONVERSION FACTOR AND POST-MITIGATION TECHNIQUES) (CR5)
Millions of Euros
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
31 Dec. 2017 |
|
|
|
Risk weight |
|
|
|
0% |
|
|
2% |
|
|
4% |
|
|
10% |
|
|
20% |
|
|
35% |
|
|
50% |
|
|
70% |
|
|
75% |
|
|
100% |
|
|
150% |
|
|
250% |
|
|
370% |
|
|
1250% |
|
|
Others |
|
|
Deduc. |
|
|
Total |
|
Central governments or central banks |
|
|
228,030 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
137 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,403 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,246 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
233,816 |
|
Regional government or local authorities |
|
|
6,938 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
350 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
152 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7,440 |
|
Public sector entities |
|
|
9,264 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
840 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
14 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
221 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10,338 |
|
Multilateral development banks |
|
|
3,110 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,110 |
|
International organisations |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7 |
|
Institutions |
|
|
540 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
18,437 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
467 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,109 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
21,554 |
|
Corporates |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
885 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
756 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
72,564 |
|
|
|
200 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
74,404 |
|
Retail |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
136,173 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
136,173 |
|
Secured by mortgages on immovable property |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
68,525 |
|
|
|
12,648 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,715 |
|
|
|
7,085 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
91,973 |
|
Exposures in default |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7,646 |
|
|
|
1,920 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9,567 |
|
Higher-risk categories |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,599 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,599 |
|
Covered bonds |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,255 |
|
|
|
1,151 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,406 |
|
Institutions and corporates with a short-term credit assessment |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2 |
|
Collective investment undertakings |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
584 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
97 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
694 |
|
Equity |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
562 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
562 |
|
Other items |
|
|
22,363 |
|
|
|
12 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8,721 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
60 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
88 |
|
|
|
44,324 |
|
|
|
12 |
|
|
|
6,357 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
81,937 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
|
270,245 |
|
|
|
12 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,255 |
|
|
|
31,104 |
|
|
|
68,525 |
|
|
|
16,348 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
139,976 |
|
|
|
137,929 |
|
|
|
3,731 |
|
|
|
6,357 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
97 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
676,580 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The following tables detail the breakdown of counterparty credit risk exposures, calculated using the
standardised approach, by portfolio (counterparty type) and risk weighting (by risk grade attributed to the standardised approach):
|
|
|
|
|
64 |
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures |
|
|
∎ TABLE 28. STANDARDISED APPROACH CCR EXPOSURES BY REGULATORY PORTFOLIO AND RISK (CCR3)
Millions of Euros
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
31 Dec. 2017 |
|
|
|
Risk weight |
|
|
|
0% |
|
|
2% |
|
|
4% |
|
|
10% |
|
|
20% |
|
|
35% |
|
|
50% |
|
|
70% |
|
|
75% |
|
|
100% |
|
|
150% |
|
|
Deduc. |
|
|
Total |
|
Central governments or central banks |
|
|
5,965 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
37 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
93 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
14 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,110 |
|
Regional government or local authorities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Public sector entities |
|
|
508 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
509 |
|
Multilateral development banks |
|
|
21 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
28 |
|
International organisations |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Institutions |
|
|
194 |
|
|
|
16,655 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
931 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
422 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
57 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
18,259 |
|
Corporates |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
45 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
28 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,376 |
|
|
|
43 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,493 |
|
Retail |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
314 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
314 |
|
Institutions and corporates with a short-term credit assessment |
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2 |
|
Institutions and corporates with a short-term credit assessment |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7 |
|
Other items |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
21 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
21 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
|
6,690 |
|
|
|
16,655 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,014 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
551 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
314 |
|
|
|
2,475 |
|
|
|
43 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
27,741 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures
|
|
65 |
2. CAPITAL
2.2.2.2. Credit risk Securitisations
2.2.2.2.1. Methodology for calculating risk-weighted exposures in securitisation activities
Santander Group calculates regulatory capital under the securitisation approach only if the securitisation special purpose entity (SSPE) meets the regulatory
conditions established in the CRR for significant risk transfer. Otherwise, capital is calculated for the securitised exposures as if they had never been securitised. Capital is also calculated for investment positions in securitisation funds
originated by third parties.
Capital requirements for securitisation positions are calculated by applying the appropriate risk weight to the
exposure value of each position, depending on the approach (standardised or IRB) used by the entity to calculate the risk-weighted exposure amounts of the securitised portfolio. If the entity uses both approaches for the various securitised
exposures that make up the underlying portfolio, the method that applies to the predominant proportion of exposures in the portfolio is used.
Entities
that use the standardised approach to calculate capital requirements apply the risk weights stipulated in the CRR (see table 29), based on the credit quality level assigned to the external credit ratings issued by eligible External Credit Assessment
Institutions (ECAIs) for each securitisation or re-securitisation position:
∎ TABLE 29. RW OF SECURITISATIONS FOR THE STANDARDISED APPROACH
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Credit quality levels |
|
Short-term ratings |
|
|
Long-term ratings |
|
|
Securitisation positions |
|
|
Resecuritisation positions |
|
1 |
|
|
A-1+, A-1 |
|
|
|
AAA to AA- |
|
|
|
20 |
% |
|
|
40 |
% |
2 |
|
|
A-2 |
|
|
|
A+ to A- |
|
|
|
50 |
% |
|
|
100 |
% |
3 |
|
|
A-3 |
|
|
|
BBB+ to BBB- |
|
|
|
100 |
% |
|
|
225 |
% |
4 |
|
|
N/A |
|
|
|
BB+ to BB- |
|
|
|
350 |
% |
|
|
650 |
% |
Other levels |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1250 |
% |
|
|
1250 |
% |
Where no external credit rating is available, the entity assigns the weighted-average risk weight applied to
securitised exposures, multiplied by the concentration ratio (lookthrough method). If the entity has insufficient information on the underlying portfolio, a risk weight of 1.250% is assigned.
Entities that adopt the IRB approach when calculating capital requirements use the external-ratings-based approach, applying the risk weights stipulated in
the CRR (see tables 30 and 31). These weights ultimately depend on whether it is a securitisation or re-securitisation, whether it is the most senior position in the securitisation or not, the effective number
of exposures (granularity of the underlying) and the credit quality level assigned to the external credit ratings issued by eligible ECAIs or the ratings inferred from each securitisation position. These risk weights are multiplied by 1.06 to
calculate the risk-weighted exposure amounts, except for tranches that already have the maximum weighting of 1.250%.
Where no external credit rating is
available but PD and LGD estimates are, the supervisory formula method may be used. The inputs for this method are tranche thickness, average capital charge and expected loss on the underlying (KIRB), the average LGD of the underlying an the
effective number of exposures.
|
|
|
|
|
66 |
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures |
|
|
As for the external ratings method, the relationship is as follows when the ratings are long-term:
∎ TABLE 30. RWS OF SECURITISATIONS WITH LONG-TERM RATING (RBA-IRB APPROACH)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Securitisation positions |
|
|
Resecuritisation positions |
|
Credit quality
levels |
|
Long-term ratings |
|
|
Senior tranche and effective no. of positions >6 |
|
|
Effective no. of positions >6 and junior tranche |
|
|
Effective no. of positions <6 |
|
|
Senior tranche |
|
|
Junior tranche |
|
1 |
|
|
AAA |
|
|
|
7 |
% |
|
|
12 |
% |
|
|
20 |
% |
|
|
20 |
% |
|
|
30 |
% |
2 |
|
|
AA+, AA, AA- |
|
|
|
8 |
% |
|
|
15 |
% |
|
|
25 |
% |
|
|
25 |
% |
|
|
40 |
% |
3 |
|
|
A+ |
|
|
|
10 |
% |
|
|
18 |
% |
|
|
35 |
% |
|
|
35 |
% |
|
|
50 |
% |
4 |
|
|
A |
|
|
|
12 |
% |
|
|
20 |
% |
|
|
35 |
% |
|
|
40 |
% |
|
|
65 |
% |
5 |
|
|
A- |
|
|
|
20 |
% |
|
|
35 |
% |
|
|
35 |
% |
|
|
60 |
% |
|
|
100 |
% |
6 |
|
|
BBB+ |
|
|
|
35 |
% |
|
|
50 |
% |
|
|
50 |
% |
|
|
100 |
% |
|
|
150 |
% |
7 |
|
|
BBB |
|
|
|
60 |
% |
|
|
75 |
% |
|
|
75 |
% |
|
|
150 |
% |
|
|
225 |
% |
8 |
|
|
BBB- |
|
|
|
100 |
% |
|
|
100 |
% |
|
|
100 |
% |
|
|
200 |
% |
|
|
350 |
% |
9 |
|
|
BB+ |
|
|
|
250 |
% |
|
|
250 |
% |
|
|
250 |
% |
|
|
300 |
% |
|
|
500 |
% |
10 |
|
|
BB |
|
|
|
425 |
% |
|
|
425 |
% |
|
|
425 |
% |
|
|
500 |
% |
|
|
650 |
% |
11 |
|
|
BB- |
|
|
|
650 |
% |
|
|
650 |
% |
|
|
650 |
% |
|
|
750 |
% |
|
|
850 |
% |
Other levels and positions whitout a rating |
|
|
|
|
|
|
1250 |
% |
|
|
1250 |
% |
|
|
1250 |
% |
|
|
1250 |
% |
|
|
1250 |
% |
While for securitisation positions with short-term external ratings the
relationship is as follows:
∎ TABLE 31. RWS OF
SECURITISATIONS WITH SHORT-TERM RATING (RBA-IRB APPROACH)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Securitisation positions |
|
|
Resecuritisation positions |
|
Credit quality
levels |
|
Long-term ratings |
|
|
Senior tranche and effective no. of positions >6 |
|
|
Effective no. of positions >6 and junior tranche |
|
|
Effective no. of positions <6 |
|
|
Senior tranche |
|
|
Junior tranche |
|
1 |
|
|
A-1+, A-1 |
|
|
|
7 |
% |
|
|
12 |
% |
|
|
20 |
% |
|
|
20 |
% |
|
|
30 |
% |
2 |
|
|
A-2 |
|
|
|
12 |
% |
|
|
20 |
% |
|
|
35 |
% |
|
|
40 |
% |
|
|
65 |
% |
3 |
|
|
A-3 |
|
|
|
60 |
% |
|
|
75 |
% |
|
|
75 |
% |
|
|
150 |
% |
|
|
225 |
% |
Other levels and positions whitout a rating |
|
|
|
|
|
|
1250 |
% |
|
|
1250 |
% |
|
|
1250 |
% |
|
|
1250 |
% |
|
|
1250 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures
|
|
67 |
2. CAPITAL
The following table shows positions in securitisations with risk transfer and in investment and sponsoring
positions on the banking book, based on the approach used to calculate regulatory capital.
|
∎ TABLE 32. BREAKDOWN OF REPURCHASED POSITIONS IN SSPES WITH RISK |
TRANSFER, DISTRIBUTED BY FUNCTION AND APPROACH USED |
Millions of Euros |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
31 dec. 2017 |
|
|
31 Dec. 2016 |
|
|
|
On- balance sheet amount de balance |
|
|
Off-balance sheet amount de balance |
|
|
EAD |
|
|
EAD after capital reductions |
|
|
RWA |
|
|
On- balance sheet amoun |
|
|
Off- balance sheet amount |
|
|
EAD |
|
|
EAD after capital reductions |
|
|
RWA |
|
Originator standardised approach |
|
|
2,816 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,810 |
|
|
|
2,810 |
|
|
|
963 |
|
|
|
958 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
940 |
|
|
|
940 |
|
|
|
326 |
|
Originator RBA approach |
|
|
5,776 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,776 |
|
|
|
5,776 |
|
|
|
1,019 |
|
|
|
3,718 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,718 |
|
|
|
3,718 |
|
|
|
493 |
|
Originator SFA approach |
|
|
4,907 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,907 |
|
|
|
4,907 |
|
|
|
708 |
|
|
|
1,278 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,278 |
|
|
|
1,278 |
|
|
|
112 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total originator |
|
|
13,499 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
13,493 |
|
|
|
13,493 |
|
|
|
2,690 |
|
|
|
5,954 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,936 |
|
|
|
5,936 |
|
|
|
931 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Investor standardised approach |
|
|
360 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
360 |
|
|
|
360 |
|
|
|
233 |
|
|
|
981 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
981 |
|
|
|
981 |
|
|
|
572 |
|
Investor RBA approach |
|
|
4,264 |
|
|
|
1,775 |
|
|
|
6,039 |
|
|
|
6,039 |
|
|
|
729 |
|
|
|
5,113 |
|
|
|
442 |
|
|
|
5,555 |
|
|
|
5,555 |
|
|
|
705 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total investor |
|
|
4,624 |
|
|
|
1,775 |
|
|
|
6,399 |
|
|
|
6,399 |
|
|
|
962 |
|
|
|
6,095 |
|
|
|
442 |
|
|
|
6,536 |
|
|
|
6,536 |
|
|
|
1,277 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sponsor standardised approach |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sponsor RBA approach |
|
|
|
|
|
|
40 |
|
|
|
40 |
|
|
|
40 |
|
|
|
26 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
40 |
|
|
|
40 |
|
|
|
40 |
|
|
|
26 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total sponsor |
|
|
|
|
|
|
40 |
|
|
|
40 |
|
|
|
40 |
|
|
|
26 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
40 |
|
|
|
40 |
|
|
|
40 |
|
|
|
26 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
|
18,123 |
|
|
|
1,815 |
|
|
|
19,933 |
|
|
|
19,933 |
|
|
|
3,678 |
|
|
|
12,049 |
|
|
|
482 |
|
|
|
12,512 |
|
|
|
12,512 |
|
|
|
2,234 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Of which: traditional securitisations |
|
|
9,547 |
|
|
|
1,659 |
|
|
|
11,199 |
|
|
|
11,199 |
|
|
|
2,253 |
|
|
|
10,118 |
|
|
|
305 |
|
|
|
10,404 |
|
|
|
10,404 |
|
|
|
1,981 |
|
Of which: synthetic securitisations |
|
|
8,577 |
|
|
|
157 |
|
|
|
8,733 |
|
|
|
8,733 |
|
|
|
1,425 |
|
|
|
1,931 |
|
|
|
177 |
|
|
|
2,108 |
|
|
|
2,108 |
|
|
|
253 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
|
18,123 |
|
|
|
1,815 |
|
|
|
19,933 |
|
|
|
19,933 |
|
|
|
3,678 |
|
|
|
12,049 |
|
|
|
482 |
|
|
|
12,512 |
|
|
|
12,512 |
|
|
|
2,234 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
On and off-balance sheet totals before provisions and after outflows to other
regulatory reports
EAD IRB (RBA & SFA): exposures net of collateral, before provisions and deductions and after outflows to other regulatory
reports
EAD STD: exposures net of collateral, before deductions and after provisions and outflows to other regulatory reports
RWA IRB (RBA & SFA): after provisions, deductions and outflows to other regulatory reports and before application of the limi
RWA STD: after provisions, deductions and outflows to other regulatory reports and before application of the limit
It should be noted that for all securitisations which qualify for a risk weight of 1.250%, the entity has opted
to calculate its risk-weighted exposures instead of deducting the exposure amount from equity. Accordingly, the EAD before and after the deductions is the same.
Table 32 shows a 59%% rise in exposure due both to the increase in exposures in securitisations originated by Santander and in investment positions in third
parties. In 2017, five new securitisations with risk transfer were originated with the main goal of optimizing capital consumption.
|
|
|
|
|
68 |
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures |
|
|
Meanwhile, securitisation positions in the trading book are eliminated from the regulatory capital calculation
based on an internal market risk model and are included in the calculation of capital for specific risk, in accordance with art. 335 of the CRR. The correlation trading portfolio is also included among these positions. This portfolio consists of
securitisation positions and nth-to-default derivatives that meet all the criteria stated in art. 338.1 of the CRR. Therefore, none of these positions are taken into
consideration in the VaR spread and IRC calculation, although they are included in the interest rate VaR calculation (general risk). Capital requirements for these securitisation positions are calculated as if the positions were in the banking book,
distinguishing between:
|
|
Securitisation positions that are rated by an external rating agency, for which capital requirements are calculated using the external-ratings-based approach described above, and, |
|
|
Unrated securitisation positions, to which the risk weight resulting from the supervisory formula method is applied. |
2.2.2.2.2. Securitisation funds with risk transfer
Santander Group, as an originator institution, retains positions in the funds with the transfer of risks issued by Group entities. The Group also acquires
positions in SSPEs originated by non-Group entities and is the sponsor of one securitisation fund. The following tables contain information on the balances of securitisation positions purchased from third
parties and retained in funds originated by Santander Group with risk transfer, both in the banking book and in the trading book.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures
|
|
69 |
2. CAPITAL
∎ |
TABLE 33. AGGREGATE AMOUNT OF SECURITISATION POSITIONS PURCHASED AND RETAINED WITH RISK TRANSFER. BANKING BOOK IRB APPROACH |
Millions of Euros
31 Dec. 2017
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
EAD |
|
|
RWA |
|
|
|
Securitisations |
|
|
Resecuritisations |
|
|
Securitisations |
|
|
Resecuritisations |
|
IRB approach. 3Distribution
by exposure type and risk weight
Investor
positions |
|
On- balance sheet exposures |
|
|
Off- balance sheet and derivative exposures |
|
|
On- balance sheet exposures |
|
|
Off- balance sheet and derivative exposures |
|
|
Total |
|
|
On- balance sheet exposures |
|
|
Off- balance sheet and derivative exposures |
|
|
On- balance sheet exposures |
|
|
Off- balance sheet and derivative exposures |
|
|
Total |
|
7-10% |
|
|
3.618 |
|
|
|
1.044 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4.663 |
|
|
|
272 |
|
|
|
77 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
348 |
|
12-18% |
|
|
415 |
|
|
|
279 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
693 |
|
|
|
73 |
|
|
|
43 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
116 |
|
20-35% |
|
|
106 |
|
|
|
396 |
|
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
507 |
|
|
|
35 |
|
|
|
110 |
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
146 |
|
40-75% |
|
|
120 |
|
|
|
57 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
176 |
|
|
|
74 |
|
|
|
45 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
119 |
|
1250% |
|
|
0,03 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0,03 |
|
|
|
0,43 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0,43 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
|
4.259 |
|
|
|
1.775 |
|
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6.039 |
|
|
|
454 |
|
|
|
275 |
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
729 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Originator positions |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7-10% |
|
|
8.961 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8.961 |
|
|
|
672 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
672 |
|
12-18% |
|
|
835 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
835 |
|
|
|
110 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
110 |
|
20-35% |
|
|
511 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
511 |
|
|
|
122 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
122 |
|
40-75% |
|
|
233 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
233 |
|
|
|
185 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
185 |
|
100% |
|
|
50 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
50 |
|
|
|
53 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
53 |
|
250% |
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
6 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6 |
|
425% |
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
11 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11 |
|
650%-850% |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4 |
|
1250% |
|
|
89 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
89 |
|
|
|
562 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
562 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
|
10.683 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.683 |
|
|
|
1.727 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1.727 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sponsor positions |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
40-75% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
40 |
|
|
|
40 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
25 |
|
|
|
25 |
|
300% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
40 |
|
|
|
40 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
26 |
|
|
|
26 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total IRB approach |
|
|
14.942 |
|
|
|
1.775 |
|
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
40 |
|
|
|
16.763 |
|
|
|
2.180 |
|
|
|
275 |
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
26 |
|
|
|
2.482 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
EAD IRB: exposures net of collateral, before provisions and deductions and after outflows to other regulatory reports
RWA IRB: after provisions, deductions and outflows to other regulatory reports and before application of the limit
With the IRB approach, more than 80% of the exposures have a risk
weight lower than 10%, which is similar to previous year.
This
portfolio distribution reflects the good quality of the investments made by Santander Group.
|
|
|
|
|
70 |
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures |
|
|
∎
TABLE 34. AGGREGATE AMOUNT OF SECURITISATION POSITIONS PURCHASED AND RETAINED
WITH RISK TRANSFER. INVESTMENT
PORTFOLIO STANDARDISED APPROACH
Millions of Euros
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
31 Dec. 2017 |
|
|
|
EAD |
|
|
RWA |
|
|
|
Securitisations |
|
|
Resecuritisations |
|
|
Securitisations |
|
|
Resecuritisations |
|
Standardised approach.
Distribution by exposure type
and risk weight
Investor positions |
|
On- balance sheet exposures |
|
|
Off- balance sheet and derivative exposures |
|
|
On- balance sheet exposures |
|
|
Off- balance sheet and derivative exposures |
|
|
Total |
|
|
On- balance sheet exposures |
|
|
Off- balance sheet and derivative exposures |
|
|
On- balance sheet exposures |
|
|
Off- balance sheet and derivative exposures |
|
|
Total |
|
40-75% |
|
|
254 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
254 |
|
|
|
127 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
127 |
|
100% |
|
|
106 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
106 |
|
|
|
106 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
106 |
|
1250% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
|
360 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
360 |
|
|
|
233 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
233 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Originator positions |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
20-35% |
|
|
2.614 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.614 |
|
|
|
523 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
523 |
|
40-75% |
|
|
105 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
105 |
|
|
|
53 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
53 |
|
100% |
|
|
60 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
60 |
|
|
|
60 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
60 |
|
350% |
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
18 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
18 |
|
1250% |
|
|
25 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
25 |
|
|
|
309 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
309 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
|
2.810 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.810 |
|
|
|
963 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
963 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total STD approach |
|
|
3.170 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3.170 |
|
|
|
1.196 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1.196 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
EAD STD: exposures net of collateral, before deductions and after provisions and outflows to other regulatory reports
RWA STD: after provisions, deductions and outflows to other regulatory reports and before application of the limit
Note: under the standardised approach, the investment positions with no rating, which use capital based on the average RW of the underlying asset
multiplied by the concentration coefficient, are kept in the balance sheet
Within the standardised approach, we can see that 82% of the exposures have a risk weight equal or less than 35%
(rating between AAA and AA-), which is a considerable increase in comparison with 2016 data and, once again, reflects the good quality of the investments made by Santander Group.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures
|
|
71 |
2. CAPITAL
∎ TABLE 35. AGGREGATE AMOUNT OF SECURITISATION POSITIONS PURCHASED AND RETAINED.
TRADING BOOK
Millions of Euros
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
31 Dec. 2017 |
|
|
|
Investor positions |
|
|
Originator positions |
|
|
Sponsor positions |
|
ABS PORTFOLIO
RBA approach |
|
Mark to market |
|
|
RWA |
|
|
Mark to market |
|
|
RWA |
|
|
Mark to market |
|
|
RWA |
|
20-35% |
|
|
93 |
|
|
|
22 |
|
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
100% |
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TOTAL ABS PORTFOLIO |
|
|
93 |
|
|
|
22 |
|
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CORRELATION PORTFOLIO |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
RBA approach |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
100% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Supervisory formula method |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FS |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TOTAL CORRELATION PORTFOLIO |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
|
93 |
|
|
|
22 |
|
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note: the table does not include the RWA of short position correlation, since it does not consume capital.
In the trading portfolio, more than 99% of the Mark to Market have risk weight equal or less than 35% (rating
above A-).
The following table gives a breakdown of the securitisation positions purchased or retained by
securitised asset class and the Banks role in the securitisation.
|
|
|
|
|
72 |
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures |
|
|
∎ TABLE 36. SECURITISATION POSITIONS PURCHASED AND RETAINED WITH RISK
TRANSFER BY
EXPOSURE TYPE IN THE BANKING BOOK
Millions of Euros
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
31 Dec. 2017 |
|
|
31 Dec. 2016 |
|
|
|
Exposure |
|
|
RWA |
|
|
Exposure |
|
|
RWA |
|
|
|
Originator |
|
|
Investor |
|
|
Sponsor |
|
|
Originator |
|
|
Investor |
|
|
Sponsor |
|
|
Originator |
|
|
Investor |
|
|
Sponsor |
|
|
Originator |
|
|
Investor |
|
|
Sponsor |
|
Traditional securitisations |
|
|
5,086 |
|
|
|
6,069 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,338 |
|
|
|
887 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,140 |
|
|
|
6,222 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
712 |
|
|
|
1,235 |
|
|
|
|
|
Residential mortgages |
|
|
27 |
|
|
|
4,066 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
49 |
|
|
|
440 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
61 |
|
|
|
1,667 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
21 |
|
|
|
181 |
|
|
|
|
|
Commercial mortgages |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Credit cards |
|
|
|
|
|
|
117 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
400 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
90 |
|
|
|
|
|
Leasing |
|
|
|
|
|
|
38 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
97 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
40 |
|
|
|
|
|
Loans to corporates or to SMEs treated as corporates |
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,008 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
285 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,262 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
773 |
|
|
|
|
|
Consumer loans |
|
|
5,058 |
|
|
|
411 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,290 |
|
|
|
44 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,079 |
|
|
|
185 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
691 |
|
|
|
17 |
|
|
|
|
|
Mortgage covered bonds |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
93 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
47 |
|
|
|
|
|
Securitisation positions |
|
|
|
|
|
|
54 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
20 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
61 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
23 |
|
|
|
|
|
Others |
|
|
|
|
|
|
374 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
82 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
457 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
64 |
|
|
|
|
|
Resecuritisations |
|
|
|
|
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
40 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
26 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
20 |
|
|
|
40 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8 |
|
|
|
26 |
|
Securitisation positions |
|
|
|
|
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
40 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
26 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
20 |
|
|
|
40 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8 |
|
|
|
26 |
|
Synthetic securitisations |
|
|
8,408 |
|
|
|
326 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,351 |
|
|
|
74 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,814 |
|
|
|
294 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
219 |
|
|
|
34 |
|
|
|
|
|
Loans to corporates or to SMEs treated as corporates |
|
|
2,717 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
487 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,278 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
112 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consumer loans |
|
|
3,688 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
555 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
536 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
107 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Others |
|
|
2,003 |
|
|
|
326 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
309 |
|
|
|
74 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
294 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
34 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
|
13,493 |
|
|
|
6,399 |
|
|
|
40 |
|
|
|
2,690 |
|
|
|
962 |
|
|
|
26 |
|
|
|
5,954 |
|
|
|
6,536 |
|
|
|
40 |
|
|
|
931 |
|
|
|
1,277 |
|
|
|
26 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The table shows that more than 99% of the retained positions are in securitisations (not resecuritisations). In
comparison with the previous year, the increase in originated positions is outstanding.
This increase is mainly due to five new securitisations with risk
transfer originated in 2017 (three synthetic and two traditional).
Turning to originated securitisations with risk transfer, the following table shows
the current situation of the underlying portfolio and the changes compared to 2016.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures
|
|
73 |
2. CAPITAL
∎ TABLE 37. SECURITISATION STRUCTURES WITH RISK TRANSFER
Millions of Euros
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
31 Dec. 2017 |
|
|
31 Dec. 2016 |
|
Traditional SPVs |
|
Outstanding balance |
|
|
of which in default |
|
|
of which: write-offs |
|
|
Value adjustments in the period |
|
|
RWA |
|
|
Outstanding balance |
|
|
of which in default |
|
|
Value adjustments in the period |
|
|
RWA |
|
Residential mortgages |
|
|
1,042 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
49 |
|
|
|
311 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
21 |
|
Commercial mortgages |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loans to corporates or to SMEs treated as corporates |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consumer loans |
|
|
5,698 |
|
|
|
90 |
|
|
|
6 |
|
|
|
-9 |
|
|
|
1,290 |
|
|
|
4,718 |
|
|
|
33 |
|
|
|
-78 |
|
|
|
691 |
|
Others |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Resecuritisations |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Securitisation positions |
|
|
33 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
17 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
26 |
|
|
|
33 |
|
|
|
17 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
26 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total traditional SPVs |
|
|
6,773 |
|
|
|
90 |
|
|
|
23 |
|
|
|
-9 |
|
|
|
1,364 |
|
|
|
5,062 |
|
|
|
50 |
|
|
|
-78 |
|
|
|
738 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Synthetic securitisation SPVs |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loans to corporates or to SMEs treated as corporates |
|
|
2,767 |
|
|
|
6 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
-3 |
|
|
|
487 |
|
|
|
1,306 |
|
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
-65 |
|
|
|
112 |
|
Consumer loans |
|
|
4,100 |
|
|
|
66 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
-32 |
|
|
|
555 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other assets |
|
|
2,154 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
309 |
|
|
|
1,166 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
107 |
|
Total synthetic SPVs |
|
|
9,021 |
|
|
|
72 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
-35 |
|
|
|
1,351 |
|
|
|
2,472 |
|
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
-65 |
|
|
|
219 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
|
15,794 |
|
|
|
162 |
|
|
|
23 |
|
|
|
-44 |
|
|
|
2,716 |
|
|
|
7,533 |
|
|
|
55 |
|
|
|
-143 |
|
|
|
957 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note: the value adjustments in the period include the value adjustments by asset and provisions (generic and specific)
deterioration.
During 2017, the outstanding balance of the originated securitisations has increased due to the securitisations
with risk transfer originated in the year.
2.2.2.2.3. Securitisation funds without risk transfer
As Santander Group retains most of the positions in the originated securitisation funds, they do not meet the regulatory conditions for significant risk
transfer. For these funds, capital is calculated for the securitised exposures is calculated as if the exposures had not been securitised.
|
|
|
|
|
74 |
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures |
|
|
The following table gives a breakdown, by type of underlying asset, of the outstanding balance of the
securitised exposures in funds without risk transfer as of 31 December 2017:
∎ |
TABLE 38. SECURITISATION STRUCTURES WITHOUT RISK TRANSFER |
Millions
of Euros
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017 |
|
|
2016 |
|
|
|
Outstanding balance |
|
|
Outstanding balance |
|
Fondos de titulización
tradicionales |
|
Traditional securitisations |
|
|
Revolving structures |
|
|
Resecuritisations |
|
|
Synthetic securitisations |
|
|
Traditional securitisations |
|
|
Revolving structures |
|
|
Resecuritisations |
|
|
Synthetic securitisations |
|
Residential mortgages |
|
|
39.157 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
45.622 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
21 |
|
|
|
383 |
|
Commercial mortgages |
|
|
42 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Credit cards |
|
|
955 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Finance leases |
|
|
2.833 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1.184 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loans to corporates or to SMEs treated as corporates |
|
|
3.027 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5.642 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consumer loans |
|
|
41.394 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
40.212 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
242 |
|
|
|
|
|
Mortgage covered bonds |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
125 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Receivables |
|
|
1.111 |
|
|
|
1.111 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
927 |
|
|
|
927 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Securitisation positions |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
927 |
|
Others |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TOTAL |
|
|
88.519 |
|
|
|
1.111 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
93.711 |
|
|
|
927 |
|
|
|
263 |
|
|
|
1.310 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The underlying securitised assets in the SPVs originated by Santander Group continue to be comprised of
residential mortgages and consumer loans. As observable in the previous table, the securitisation exposure with no risk transfer suffers a slight reduction with regard to 2016.
2.2.2.3. Market risk
This section provides more detailed
information on changes in capital requirements for market risk through both internal and standardised models. The Groups consumption of regulatory capital for market risk at the end of December 2017 breaks down as follows:
TABLE 39. REGULATORY CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS
FOR MARKET RISK
Millions of Euros
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
31 Dec. 2017 |
|
|
31 Dec. 2016 |
|
Position risk - Trading book* - Standardised approach |
|
|
331 |
|
|
|
310 |
|
Commodity Risk - Standardised approach |
|
|
17 |
|
|
|
30 |
|
Specific risk in the correlation trading risk portfolio |
|
|
|
|
|
|
3 |
|
Currency risk - standardised approach |
|
|
428 |
|
|
|
606 |
|
Position and currency risk - Trading book - Internal models |
|
|
1,157 |
|
|
|
1,137 |
|
Spain* |
|
|
563 |
|
|
|
611 |
|
UK |
|
|
293 |
|
|
|
291 |
|
Chile |
|
|
113 |
|
|
|
80 |
|
Portugal |
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
Mexico |
|
|
187 |
|
|
|
155 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TOTAL |
|
|
1,933 |
|
|
|
2,086 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* |
Includes structural equity considered as business |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures
|
|
75 |
2. CAPITAL
At year-end 2017 Grupo Santander had authorisation from the Bank of
Spain for the use of the internal market risk model for the calculation of regulatory capital in the trading books of the units in Spain, Chile, Mexico and Portugal. The Group aims to gradually extend this approval to the rest of the units.
Consolidated regulatory capital under the internal market risk model for Grupo Santander is computed by summing the regulatory capital of the units that have
the necessary approval from Bank of Spain. This is a conservative criterion when consolidating the Groups capital, as it takes no account of the capital savings arising from the geographical diversification effect
As a result of this approval, regulatory capital of the trading activity for the perimeter concerned is calculated with advanced approaches, using VaR,
Stressed VaR and IRC (incremental risk charge) as the fundamental metrics, in line with the new bank capital requirements under the Basel Accords and, specifically, the CRR.
The Group works closely with the Bank of Spain to extend the perimeter of authorisation of internal models (at geographical and operational level) and to
analyse the impact of new requirements, in line with the documents published by the Basel Committee to strengthen the capital of financial institutions.
A breakdown of capital requirements in the units that use the internal model is shown below, by geography and component, at
year-end:
∎ TABLE 40. CAPITAL
REQUIREMENTS FOR MARKET RISK. INTERNAL MODEL
Millions of Euros
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
31 Dec. 2017 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Risk Not |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CR (VaR) |
|
|
CR (SVaR) |
|
|
IRC |
|
|
in VaR |
|
|
Add-on |
|
|
TOTAL |
|
Spain* |
|
|
78 |
|
|
|
349 |
|
|
|
137 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
563 |
|
United Kingdom** |
|
|
34 |
|
|
|
196 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7 |
|
|
|
56 |
|
|
|
293 |
|
Chile |
|
|
35 |
|
|
|
77 |
|
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
113 |
|
Portugal |
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0 |
|
Mexico |
|
|
64 |
|
|
|
114 |
|
|
|
9 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
187 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TOTAL |
|
|
211 |
|
|
|
736 |
|
|
|
147 |
|
|
|
7 |
|
|
|
56 |
|
|
|
1,157 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* |
Includes Banesto and structural equity considered as business. |
** |
UK counts with internal model approval since the last quarter of 2016. |
|
|
|
|
|
76 |
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures |
|
|
Changes in capital requirements and RWAs for market risk using approved internal models from 2016 to 2017 are
shown below.
∎ TABLE 41. MARKET RISK UNDER IMA
APPROACH (MR2-A)
Millions of Euros
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
31 Dec. 2017 |
|
|
|
RWA |
|
|
Capital requirements |
|
VaR (higher of values a and b) |
|
|
2,869 |
|
|
|
230 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Previous days VaR (Article 365(1) of the CRR
(VaRt-1)) |
|
|
711 |
|
|
|
57 |
|
Average of the daily VaR (Article 365(1)) of the CRR on each of the preceding 60 business days
(VaRavg) x multiplication factor (mc) in accordance with Article 366 of the CRR |
|
|
2,869 |
|
|
|
230 |
|
SVaR (higher of values a and b) |
|
|
9,517 |
|
|
|
761 |
|
Latest SVaR (Article 365(2) of the CRR (SVaRt-1)) |
|
|
2,183 |
|
|
|
175 |
|
Average of the SVaR (Article 365(2) of the CRR) during the preceding 60 business days (SVaRavg) x
multiplication factor (ms) (Article 366 of the CRR) |
|
|
9,517 |
|
|
|
761 |
|
IRC (higher of values a and b) |
|
|
2,073 |
|
|
|
166 |
|
Most recent IRC value (incremental default and migration risks calculated in accordance with
Article 370 and Article 371 of the CRR) |
|
|
1,546 |
|
|
|
124 |
|
Average of the IRC number over the preceding 12 weeks |
|
|
2,073 |
|
|
|
166 |
|
Comprehensive risk measure (higher of values a, b and c) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Most recent risk number for the correlation trading portfolio (Article 377 of the CRR) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average of the risk number for the correlation trading portfolio over the preceding 12
weeks |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8% of the own funds requirement in the standardised approach on the most recent risk number for
the correlation trading portfolio (Article 338(4) of the CRR) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
|
14,459 |
|
|
|
1,157 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
∎ TABLE 42. RWA FLOW STATEMENTS OF MARKET RISK EXPOSURES UNDER IMA (MR2-B)
Millions of Euros
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
31 Dec. 2017 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stressed |
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive |
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
|
Total capital |
|
|
|
VaR |
|
|
VaR |
|
|
IRC |
|
|
risk measure |
|
|
Other |
|
|
RWAs |
|
|
requirements |
|
RWAs Dec. 2016 |
|
|
2,370 |
|
|
|
6,751 |
|
|
|
4,259 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
835 |
|
|
|
14,215 |
|
|
|
1,137 |
|
Regulatory adjustment |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
RWAs at the previous year (end of the day) |
|
|
2,370 |
|
|
|
6,751 |
|
|
|
4,259 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
835 |
|
|
|
14,215 |
|
|
|
1,137 |
|
Movement in risk levels |
|
|
265 |
|
|
|
2,445 |
|
|
|
2,421 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
45 |
|
|
|
244 |
|
|
|
20 |
|
Model updates/changes |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Methodology and policy |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Acquisitions and disposals |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign exchange movements |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
RWAs at the end of the reporting period (end of the day) |
|
|
2,635 |
|
|
|
9,196 |
|
|
|
1,838 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
790 |
|
|
|
14,459 |
|
|
|
1,157 |
|
Regulatory adjustment |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
RWAs Dec. 2017 |
|
|
2,635 |
|
|
|
9,196 |
|
|
|
1,838 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
790 |
|
|
|
14,459 |
|
|
|
1,157 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures
|
|
77 |
2. CAPITAL
∎ TABLE 43. MARKET RISK UNDER STANDARDISED APPROACH (MR1)
Millions of Euros
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
31 Dec. 2017 |
|
|
|
RWA |
|
|
Capital requirements |
|
Outright products |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest rate risk (general and specific) |
|
|
3,454 |
|
|
|
276 |
|
Equity risk (general and specific) |
|
|
627 |
|
|
|
50 |
|
Foreign exchange risk |
|
|
5,351 |
|
|
|
428 |
|
Commodity risk |
|
|
210 |
|
|
|
17 |
|
Options |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Simplified approach |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Delta-plus method |
|
|
36 |
|
|
|
3 |
|
Scenario approach |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Securitisation (specific risk) |
|
|
24 |
|
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
|
9,702 |
|
|
|
776 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Changes in capital requirements and RWAs for market risk using approved standardised models from 2016 to 2017
are shown below.
∎ TABLE 44. CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS FOR MARKET
RISK STANDARDISED APPROACH
Millions of Euros
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Capital |
|
|
RWAs |
|
Starting figure (31/12/2016) |
|
|
949 |
|
|
|
11,863 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Change in calculation basis of MMPP. |
|
|
-13 |
|
|
|
-163 |
|
Banco Popular integration |
|
|
116 |
|
|
|
1,448 |
|
Changes in business |
|
|
-276 |
|
|
|
-3,446 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ending figure (31/12/2017) |
|
|
776 |
|
|
|
9,702 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.2.2.4. Operational risk
The Groups objective when controlling and managing operational risk is to identify, assess and mitigate risk focal points, regardless of whether losses
have materialised. Analysing exposure to operational risk helps the Group establish priorities when managing and controlling the risk.
In 2017, the Group
made further improvements to its management model through different initiatives organised by the Risks division, with a key highlight here being the completion of the AORM (Advanced Operational Risk Management) transformation project. This programme
aims to enhance operational risk management expertise as part of an advanced risk management approach, thus helping to reduce future exposure and losses affecting the income statement. The AORM has helped the Group develop internal capital
estimation models across all its main regions for the purposes of economic capital and stress testing and also for use in metrics of expected and stressed loss within the risk appetite.
Under the standardised approach, capital requirements are calculated on the basis of relevant income, which is defined as the sum of the following components
of the income statement:
The following table shows the construction criterion for the public areas of the business lines:
|
|
Interest and similar income |
|
|
Interest expense and similar charges |
|
|
Return on equity instruments |
|
|
Fee and commission income |
|
|
Fee and commission expense |
|
|
Exchange differences (net) |
For this method the CRR also defines the following segmentation of business lines:
f) |
Payment and settlement |
|
|
|
|
|
78 |
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures |
|
|
Relevant income
Under the standardised approach, capital requirements are calculated as the simple average over the last three years of the summation, for each year, of the
greater of zero and the sum of relevant income across each of the business lines, multiplied by the weight assigned to each business line.
The
mathematical expression of these requirements will be as follows:
Where:
RI1-8 = Relevant income of each business line, with the appropriate sign, in accordance with the CRR
ß1-8 = Weight applicable to each business line, in accordance with the CRR
Obtaining data on relevant income,
allocating it to the various business lines and calculating capital requirements is the responsibility of Financial Accounting and Control.
Santander
Group obtains the figure for relevant income from the consolidated management information by business line. This information is generated from accounting data, the quality of which is assured by the SOX procedure, Income statements and balance
sheet preparation by business area.
Consolidated management information is published quarterly in aggregate form and is the basis on which the
businesses budgetary compliance is measured. It is prepared by the Management Control department, which regulates the business lines of all the Groups units based on certain corporate criteria, which all units must apply when drawing up
their management information.
a) |
Primary or geographical level: |
|
a) |
Continental Europe: all retail and commercial banking businesses and Santander Global Corporate. Includes Spain, Santander Consumer Finance, Poland, Portugal and Asia. |
|
c) |
Latin America: all the Groups activities through subsidiary banks and companies. Includes Chile, Uruguay, Peru, Mexico, Colombia, Argentina, Brazil and Paraguay. |
b) |
Secondary or business level: the activity of each operating unit is segmented by type of business, with segment reporting: |
|
a) |
Retail and Commercial Banking: contains the customer banking businesses (except corporate banking, which are managed through global relationship models). In Latin America, Retail and Commercial banking includes
financial management. |
|
b) |
Global Banking & Markets: includes the Global Corporate Banking businesses; the Investment Banking and Markets businesses worldwide, including all treasury departments that have global management
responsibilities for trading and distribution to customers; and the equities business.
|
In addition to the operating businesses, the Financial Management area includes the businesses of the financial
and industrial holdings, the financial management of the parent companys currency and interest rate risk structural position, and the management of liquidity and capital through issues and securitisations.
The following table shows the construction criterion for the public areas of the business lines:
As a supplement to the Management Control areas aggregated business unit-level information, Santander Group uses
business area information broken down by segment, product, etc. to distribute relevant income among the business lines defined by the CRR.
Any difference
between the total figure of relevant income and the Groups published consolidated information is allocated to the business line with the highest regulatory capital consumption.
The following chart shows the distribution of capital by business line as of 31 December 2017.
∎ CAPITAL DISTRIBUTION BY BUSINESS LINE
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures
|
|
79 |
2. CAPITAL
Shown below is the geographical distribution of capital for operational risk:
∎ GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF
CAPITAL FOR OPERATIONAL RISK
∎ TABLE 45. CHANGES IN CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS
FOR OPERATIONAL RISK
Millions of Euros
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Capital |
|
|
RWAs |
|
Starting figure (31/12/2016) |
|
|
4,887 |
|
|
|
61,084 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Application of the ASA approach in Mexico |
|
|
-145 |
|
|
|
-1,810 |
|
Sale of the Allfunds company |
|
|
-8 |
|
|
|
-96 |
|
Management companies by global method |
|
|
63 |
|
|
|
783 |
|
Incorporation Popular Spain |
|
|
376 |
|
|
|
4,698 |
|
Incorporation Popular Portugal |
|
|
25 |
|
|
|
314 |
|
Exchange rate effect |
|
|
-328 |
|
|
|
-4,102 |
|
Change in business |
|
|
28 |
|
|
|
346 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ending figure (31/12/2017) |
|
|
4,897 |
|
|
|
61,217 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The standardised approach imposes higher capital requirements for financial institutions operating in jurisdictions with high
net interest margins, which are often linked to a high sovereign credit spread but not necessarily with increased operational risk. To avoid this undesired effect, EU legislation (Regulation 575/2013/EU) provides for the use of the alternative
standardised approach by businesses that meet certain conditions, subject to approval by the European Central Bank. This method uses a normalised indicator which is calculated by multiplying certain balances by 3.5% and thereby providing an average
which is more in line with the banks operational risk.
On 3 February 2016, the European Central Bank issued authorisation for the Alternative
Standardised Approach to be used to calculate consolidated capital requirements for operational risk at Banco Santander Brasil SA.
Similarly, on
12 July 2017, the European Central Bank issued authorisation for the Alternative Standardised Approach to be used to calculate consolidated capital requirements for operational risk at Banco Santander México SA.
2.2.3. Leverage ratio
Basel III established the leverage ratio as a non-risk-sensitive measure designed to limit the excessive growth of the
balance sheet relative to available capital.
The ratio is calculated as the coefficient between Tier 1 divided by the leverage exposure. This exposure is
calculated as the sum of the following components:
|
|
Asset value, without derivatives and without elements considered as deductions in Tier 1 (for example, the loan balance is included but not goodwill). |
|
|
Off balance sheet accounts (primarily, guarantees, undrawn credit limits, letters of credit) weighted by the conversion factors of the standard credit risk method. |
|
|
Inclusion of the net value of derivatives (gains and losses against a single counterparty are netted, minus collateral - provided certain criteria are met) plus a surcharge for potential future exposure.
|
|
|
A surcharge for the potential risk of security financing transactions. |
|
|
Finally, a surcharge is included for the risk of credit derivatives (CDS) in the unhedged part. |
The following
tables illustrate the ratios published by the Group since December 2016. They show that the banks ratio is stable, and with an upward trend.
PHASED IN AND FULLY LOADED LEVERAGE RATIO
* |
Including the capital increase completed on 27 July 2017. |
BCBS revised the definition of the leverage
ratio in 2017. In particular, a series of technical adjustments were made to the method for calculating total exposure (the denominator of the leverage ratio), mainly relating to exposure to derivatives and the treatment of off-balance sheet exposure.
|
|
|
|
|
80 |
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures |
|
|
The final calibration of the leverage ratio was set at 3% for all institutions, while G-SIBs are subject to an additional surcharge of 50% of the G-SIB buffer (which depends on which systemic importance bucket the bank falls into).
Banks must implement the final definition of the leverage ratio and comply with the new calibration of the ratio (the additional surcharge for G-SIBs) from January 2022.
The Groups leverage ratio as of 31 December 2017 was as follows:
∎ TABLE 46. LEVERAGE RATIO
Millions of Euros
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
31 Dec. 2017 |
|
|
|
Fully loaded |
|
|
Phased in |
|
Tier 1 capital (phased-in) |
|
|
73,293 |
|
|
|
77,283 |
|
Exposure |
|
|
1,460,977 |
|
|
|
1,463,090 |
|
Leverage ratio |
|
|
5.02 |
% |
|
|
5.28 |
% |
The following table gives a breakdown of the calculation of the ratio:
∎ TABLE 47. LEVERAGE RATIO DETAILS
Millions of Euros
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
31 Dec. 2017 |
Item |
|
Amounts Consol. Balance Sheet |
|
|
To be eliminated |
|
|
To be included |
|
|
Leverage exposure |
|
|
Comment |
Derivatives |
|
|
65.836 |
|
|
|
65.836 |
|
|
|
25.578 |
|
|
|
25.578 |
|
|
Replace book value with EAD |
Securities financing transactions |
|
|
51.418 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3.784 |
|
|
|
55.201 |
|
|
A surcharge is added to this operations |
Assets deducted in Tier 1 |
|
|
31.566 |
|
|
|
31.566 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Eliminated to avoid duplication |
Rest of Assets |
|
|
1.282.586 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1.282.586 |
|
|
Fully included |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Assets |
|
|
1.431.406 |
|
|
|
97.402 |
|
|
|
29.362 |
|
|
|
1.363.365 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Off-Balance-Sheet items |
|
|
291.943 |
|
|
|
192.218 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
99.725 |
|
|
Balances are weighted according to their
risk |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Exposure (denominator) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1.463.090 |
|
|
|
Tier 1 (numerator) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
77.283 |
|
|
|
Levereage ratio |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5.3 |
% |
|
Minimum recommended 3% |
The leverage ratio is calculated by the Group every month and presented to the Capital Committee and other
governance bodies, thus ensuring adequate monitoring of the risk of excessive leverage at its most restrictive measurement: fully loaded. In addition, estimations are made of the leverage ratio at a three year time horizon under different
macroeconomic scenarios, including scenarios of recession.
No significant change occurred in the ratio in 2017. The Tier 1 ratio increased slightly,
growing in line with the leverage exposure, attributable to the increase in business and to exchange rate movements.
LRSum, LRCom, LRSpl and LRQua tables can be found on the Appendix IX, in the 2017 Pillar 3 Appendices file
available on the Santander Group website.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures
|
|
81 |
2. CAPITAL
2.3. Pillar 2 - Economic capital
Economic capital is the capital needed to support all business risks with a certain level of capital adequacy. It is sized according to an internal model. In
our case the capital adequacy level is determined by our long-term rating target of A (two notches above Spains rating), which means applying a confidence level of 99.95% (above the regulatory 99.90%) when calculating the necessary
capital.
Santanders economic capital model includes in its measurement all the significant risks incurred by the Group in its operations
(concentration risk, structural interest risk, business risk, pensions risk and other risks beyond the sphere of Pillar 1 regulatory capital). Economic capital also incorporates the diversification effect which, in the case of Santander Group, due
to its multinational nature and multi-business structure, is key when determining and properly understanding the risk and solvency profile of a multinational group like Santander Group.
Santander Groups business is carried on in multiple countries by means of a structure of legally distinct entities, with a variety of customer and
product segments and exposure to different kinds of risk. This means that Santander Groups performance is less vulnerable to adverse situations in any of the specific markets, portfolios, customers or risks. Although economies are now highly
globalised, economic cycles are not identical, nor are they as intense, in the different geographies. Groups with a global presence therefore benefit from steadier performance and greater robustness facing downturns in specific markets or
portfolios, and this translates into lower risk. Hence the risk and the related economic capital which Santander Group sustains as a whole are less than the risk and capital of the sum of all the separate parts.
Meanwhile, and in contrast to regulatory criteria, Santander Group believes that certain intangible assets -such as deferred tax assets, goodwill and
software- retain their value even in the hypothetical event of a resolution, given the geographical structure of Santander Groups subsidiaries. As such, these assets are measured and their unexpected loss estimated as part of capital.
Economic capital is a key tool for the internal management and development of the Groups strategy, both from the standpoint of assessing capital
adequacy, as well as risk management of portfolios and businesses.
From the capital adequacy standpoint, the Group uses, in the context of Basel Pillar
2, its economic model for the capital adequacy self-assessment process (ICAAP). For this, the business development and capital needs are planned under a central scenario and alternative stress scenarios. The Group is assured in this planning of
maintaining its capital adequacy targets even in adverse scenarios.
Economic capital metrics also enable risk-return objectives to be assessed, setting
the prices of operations on the basis of risk, evaluating the economic viability of projects, units and lines of business, with the overriding objective of maximising the generation of shareholder value.
As a homogeneous measurement of risk, economic capital can be used to explain the risk distribution throughout
the Group, putting in a metric comparable activities and different types of risk.
The economic capital requirement at December 2017 was
72,144 million euros, which means that available economic capital of 99,080 million euros contains a capital surplus of 26,936 million euros.
The table below sets out the available economic capital.
∎ TABLE 48. AVAILABLE ECONOMIC CAPITAL
Millions of Euros
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
31 Dec. 2017 |
|
|
31 Dec. 2016 |
|
Net capital and issue premium |
|
|
59,098 |
|
|
|
52,196 |
|
Reserves and Retained earnings |
|
|
55,862 |
|
|
|
52,967 |
|
Valuation adjustments |
|
|
(23,108 |
) |
|
|
(16,116 |
) |
Minority interests |
|
|
7,228 |
|
|
|
6,784 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
AVAILABLE ECONOMIC CAPITAL |
|
|
99,080 |
|
|
|
95,831 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Economic Capital required |
|
|
72,144 |
|
|
|
72,632 |
|
Capital surplus |
|
|
26,936 |
|
|
|
23,199 |
|
The main difference with respect to regulatory CET1 comes from the treatment of the goodwill, other intangible assets and
DTAs, which we consider as another capital requirement instead of a deduction of available capital.
The distribution of economic capital needs by type of
risk at December 2017 is as follows:
∎ DISTRIBUTION OF ECONOMIC CAPITAL NEEDS
Dec. 2017
The table below sets out Santander Groups distribution of economic capital needs by region and within each region by
risk type, as of 31 December 2017.
|
|
|
|
|
82 |
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures |
|
|
∎ DISTRIBUTION OF ECONOMIC CAPITAL NEEDS BY REGION
Distribution of economic capital among the main business areas reflects the diversified nature of the activity
and risk of Santander Group. Continental Europe represents 49% of capital, Latin America (including Brazil) represents 23%, UK represents 14% and USA represents 13%.
Outside the operating areas, the corporate center assumes, mainly, the goodwill risk and risks related to structural exchange rate risk (risk related to
holding of shares of subsidiaries abroad denominated in currencies other than euro).
The diversification benefit provided by the economic capital model,
including both intra-risk (similar to geographic) and inter-risk diversification, amounts to approximately 30%.
2.3.1. RoRAC and value creation
Santander Group has been using RoRAC methodology as part of its credit risk management process since 1993 in order to:
|
|
Calculate the consumption of economic capital and the return on it at the Groups business units, as well as segments, portfolios and customers, in order to facilitate the optimal assignment of economic capital.
|
|
|
Measure the management of the Groups units via budgetary monitoring of capital consumption and RoRAC. |
|
|
Analyse and fix prices in the decision-taking process for operations (admission) and customers (monitoring). |
RoRAC methodology enables one to compare, on a like-for-like basis, the return
on operations, customers, portfolios and businesses, identifying those that obtain a risk-adjusted return higher than the cost of the Groups capital and aligning risk and business management in a bid to maximise value creation; the ultimate
aim of the Groups senior management.
The Group regularly assesses the level and performance of value creation (VC) and the risk-adjusted return
(RoRAC) of its main business units. VC is the profit generated above the cost of the economic capital (EC) employed, and is calculated as follows:
VC
= recurring profit (average EC x cost of capital)
The profit used in this calculation is obtained by making the necessary adjustments to
accounting profit so as to extract only the recurring profit that each unit generates in the relevant year of business.
The minimum return on capital
that an operation must attain is determined by the cost of capital, which is the minimum required by shareholders. It is calculated objectively by adding the premium that shareholders demand for investing in the Group to the risk-free return. This
premium depends essentially on the degree of volatility in the price of the Banco Santander share in relation to the markets performance. The cost of capital in 2017 was 8.60% (versus 9.37% in 2016).
As well as reviewing every year the cost of the Groups capital for the purposes of internal management, the cost of capital for each business unit is
also estimated, taking into account the specific features of each market and on the assumption that all subsidiaries are autonomous when it comes to capital and liquidity. The aim here is to assess whether each business is capable of generating
value individually.
While a positive return from an operation or portfolio means it is contributing to the Groups profits, it is only creating
shareholder value when that return exceeds the cost of capital.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures
|
|
83 |
2. CAPITAL
Value creation and RoRAC for the Groups main business areas are as follows:
∎ TABLE 49. RoRAC AND VALUE CREATION
Millions of Euros
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
31 Dec. 2017 |
|
|
31 Dec. 2016 |
|
Main segments |
|
RoRAC |
|
|
Value creation |
|
|
RoRAC |
|
|
Value creation |
|
Continental Europe |
|
|
19.7 |
% |
|
|
2,110 |
|
|
|
17.3 |
% |
|
|
1,426 |
|
UK |
|
|
19.3 |
% |
|
|
764 |
|
|
|
20.2 |
% |
|
|
825 |
|
Latin America |
|
|
41.8 |
% |
|
|
4,049 |
|
|
|
33.1 |
% |
|
|
2,879 |
|
US |
|
|
8.9 |
% |
|
|
22 |
|
|
|
9.2 |
% |
|
|
-13 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total business Units |
|
|
23.9 |
% |
|
|
6,946 |
|
|
|
20.7 |
% |
|
|
5,117 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.3.2. Capital planning and stress tests
Stress tests on capital have assumed particular importance as a tool for dynamic assessment of the risks and capital adequacy of banks.
It is a forward-looking assessment, based on macroeconomic and idiosyncratic scenarios that are unlikely to materialise but are still plausible. To that end,
it is necessary to have robust planning models, capable of transferring the impact defined in projected scenarios to the different elements that influence a banks capital adequacy.
The ultimate objective of the stress exercises is to carry out a full assessment of the risks and capital
adequacy of banks, which enables possible capital requirements to be calculated in the event that they are needed because of banks failure to meet the capital objectives set, both regulatory and internally.
Internally, Santander Group has defined a process of capital stress and planning, not only to respond to the various regulatory exercises, but also as a key
tool of the Banks management and strategy.
The goal of the internal stress and capital planning process is to ensure sufficient current and future
capital, even in the event of adverse though plausible economic scenarios. Based on the Groups initial situation (defined by its financial statements, capital base, risk parameters and regulatory ratios), the results are estimated for
different business environments (including severe recessions as well as normal macroeconomic situations), and the Groups capital adequacy ratios are obtained, generally for over a three-year period.
This process provides a comprehensive view of the Group for the time frame analysed and in each of the scenarios defined. It incorporates the metrics of
regulatory capital, economic capital and available capital.
The structure of the process is shown below:
|
|
|
|
|
84 |
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures |
|
|
This structure helps to achieve the ultimate objective of capital planning by making it an element of strategic
importance for the Group that:
|
|
Ensures the capital adequacy of current and future capital, including in adverse economic scenarios. |
|
|
Enables comprehensive management of capital and incorporates an analysis of the specific impacts, facilitating their integration into the Groups strategic planning. |
|
|
Enables capital to be used more efficiently. |
|
|
Supports the design of the Groups capital management strategy. |
|
|
Facilitates communication with the market and supervisors. |
The whole process is closely supervised and
carried out with the maximum involvement of the senior management, under a framework that optimises governance and ensures that all component elements are subject to proper scrutiny, review and analysis.
One of the key elements in capital planning and stress analysis exercises, due to their particular importance in forecasting the income statement under
defined stress scenarios, consists of calculating the provisions needed under these scenarios, mainly those to cover losses on the credit portfolio. Santander Group uses a methodology that ensures sufficient provisioning at all times to cover all
credit losses forecast by its internal models of expected loss, based on the parameters of exposure at default (EAD), probability of default (PD) and loss given default (LGD).
This methodology is widely accepted and is similar to that used in the European Banking Authoritys (EBA) 2016 stress test, its previous exercises in
2011 and 2014, and the stress test of the Spanish banking sector conducted in 2012.
Lastly, the capital planning and stress analysis process culminates
with an analysis of capital adequacy under the various scenarios to have been designed, over a defined time frame. The objective here is to assess capital adequacy and ensure the Group fulfils both the capital targets defined internally in addition
to all regulatory requirements.
The capital adequacy process is described below:
∎ QUANTIFICATION OF CAPITAL ADEQUACY
In the event capital targets are not met, an action plan will be prepared, setting out the measures needed to be
able to attain the desired minimum capital. These measures are analysed and quantified as part of the internal exercises, although they do not need to be implemented because Santander exceeds the minimum capital thresholds.
This internal process of capital stress and planning is conducted transversally across the entire Group, not only at consolidated level, but also locally at
the Groups units. These units use the capital stress and planning process as an internal management tool and to meet their local regulatory requirements.
Since the 2008 economic crisis Santander Group has undergone six stress tests, all of which demonstrated its strength and capital adequacy in the most extreme
and severe macroeconomic scenarios. All the tests demonstrated that, mainly thanks to the Groups business model and geographic diversification, Banco Santander would continue to generate profits for its shareholders and comply with the most
demanding regulatory requirements.
In the first of these (CEBS 2010), Santander Group was the institution that reported the smallest impact on its
capital adequacy ratio, with the exception of those banks that benefited from not distributing a dividend. In the second test, carried out by the EBA in 2011, Santander was not only one of the small group of banks that improved their capital
adequacy in the stress scenario, but it also earned the highest profits.
In the stress exercises conducted by Oliver Wyman on Spanish banks in 2012 (top-down and then bottom-up), Banco Santander again showed its strength to face the most extreme economic scenarios with full capital adequacy. It was the only bank that
improved its core capital ratio, with a surplus of more than 25,000 million euros over the minimum requirement.
Lastly, in the recent stress test
carried out in 2014 by the European Central Bank, in conjunction with the European Banking Authority, Santander Group was the bank with the smallest impact on the adverse scenario among its international peers, with a capital surplus of
approximately 20,000 million euros with respect to the minimum requirement.
The 2016 stress test marked a departure from previous tests by not
insisting on a minimum level of capital. Instead, the results are to be used as a further input for the Supervisory Review and Evaluation Process (SREP). Santander Group was the bank that destroyed the least capital among its peers. The fully loaded
CET1 capital ratio fell by 199 basis points (versus an average of -335 b.p.).
The results of the exercises have
shown that Santander Groups business model, based on retail and commercial banking and geographic diversification, renders it more sturdy when it comes to addressing worst-case international crisis scenarios.
As already mentioned, and in addition to the regulatory stress exercises, Santander Group has been conducting annual internal stress tests since 2008 as part
of its capital self-assessment process (Pillar 2). All of these exercises have demonstrated Santander Groups capacity to overcome the most difficult scenarios, both globally as well as in the main countries in which it operates.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures
|
|
85 |
2. CAPITAL
2017 EBA transparency exercise
In 2017, the European Banking Authority carried out its transparency exercise, publishing information on risk-weighted assets, capital positions, capital
adequacy and details of sovereign positions at December 2016 and June 2017, for 132 banks across 25 European countries. The purpose of the exercise was to promote transparency and a greater understanding of the capital positions and capital adequacy
of European banks, thereby fostering market discipline and financial stability in the Union. It should be noted that the results do not include the capital increase effected by Santander Group in relation to its acquisition of Banco Popular,
although the RWAs of the acquired bank are included. If we factor in the capital increase, the CET1 ratio would be 10.72%. The results demonstrate the comfortable capital position and capital adequacy of Santander Group, which leads its peers in
many of the key metrics.
This report has been issued alongside the November 2017 report on European Union banking risks and vulnerabilities. The overall
conclusion reached by the report is that banks have become more resilient thanks to the relatively benign macroeconomic and financial climate, improved levels of capital and asset quality and a slight upturn in profits. However, further work is
needed when it comes to managing non-performing loans and the long-term sustainability of existing business models remains a challenge. Maintaining a robust technological infrastructure and ensuring
operational resilience are also key priorities as we move forward.
2.4. Recovery and resolution plans and special situation response framework
This section sets out the main improvements made when it comes to crisis management at the Group, specifically the main developments in relation to
viability and resolution plans and the Special Situation Management Framework.
2.4.1. Viability Plans
Overview
The eighth version of the Corporate Viability
Plan was prepared in 2017. The most relevant part of this plan addresses the measures the Bank would be able to rely on in order to fend off an extreme crisis unassisted.
The plans two primary objectives are firstly to ascertain the feasibility, effectiveness and credibility of the recovery measures it contains, and
secondly to determine the suitability and fitness of the recovery indicators and the respective thresholds which, were they to be breached, would trigger the escalation process when making the right decisions in response to stress situations.
For these purposes, the Corporate Plan envisions different macroeconomic and/or financial crisis scenarios that include Group-relevant idiosyncratic and/or
systemic events that could trigger the activation of the plan. The plan was also drawn up on the premise that, once deployed, there would be no extraordinary public financial support, as per Article 5(3) of Directive 2014/59/EU.
It should be noted that the plan is not a stand-alone instrument that bears no relationship with the other
structural mechanisms in place to measure, manage and supervise the risk assumed by the Group. In actual fact, the plan includes the following tools, among others: the risk appetite framework (RAF), the risk appetite statement
(RAS), the risk identification assessment process (RIA), the business continuity management system (BCMS), and the internal capital adequacy assessment process and the internal liquidity adequacy assessment
process (ICAAP and ILAAP, respectively). The plan is also an integral part of the Groups wider strategic plans.
Performance in 2017
Work continued during the year to
improve existing infrastructure and processes, in line with the requirements and expectations of the European supervisor and reflecting best practices in the industry. These improvements include the following: (i) the chapter on Strategic
Analysis now provides a more thorough and granular analysis of internal and external interdependencies; (ii) the Governance chapter now discusses the progress made in conducting stress tests, while also properly defining
macroeconomic Early Warning Indicators (EWIs) and political risk for the Groups main regions, which are regularly monitored at corporate level. It also describes the processes for drawing up, reviewing and approving the Corporate Plan and the
Local Plans; (iii) the Scenarios chapter now incorporates two Systemic Scenarios (global and local) specifically designed for recovery in that they pursue the objective of breaching the red line for least one recovery indicator,
which would potentially trigger the activation of the Corporate Plan. It also includes an analysis of the potential impacts on reputation of the idiosyncratic and systemic-local scenarios; (iv) the chapter on Measures now contains a
full and more granular viability analysis of each measure, along with the assumptions underpinning the calibration of recovery capacity and the preparatory measures needed to ensure credible and timely execution of the measures.
The main conclusions drawn from the analysis of the 2017 Corporate Plan reveal that:
|
|
There are no material interdependences between the Groups regions. |
|
|
The measures in place guarantee a broad recovery capacity for all the scenarios contemplated in the plan. The Groups geographic diversification model has proved to be an advantage from the point of view of
viability. |
|
|
Each subsidiary has sufficient recovery capacity to exit a recovery situation unassisted, which enhances the resilience of the Groups model based on subsidiaries that are independent in terms of capital and
liquidity. |
|
|
The failure of any given subsidiary would not be considered sufficiently important to constitute a breach of the worst-case scenarios established for recovery indicators, triggering the deployment of the Corporate Plan.
|
|
|
The Group has sufficient mitigation mechanisms in place to minimise any negative economic impact that might result from damage to its reputation under various stress scenarios. |
It may therefore be inferred that the Groups model and strategy of geographic diversification, based on a model of subsidiaries that are independent in
terms of capital and liquidity, remains suitably resilient from a viability standpoint.
|
|
|
|
|
86 |
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures |
|
|
Regulation and governance
The plan has been drawn up in accordance with the regulations applicable in the European Union1. The plan
also embraces the non-binding recommendations emanating from international bodies such as the Financial Stability Board (FSB)2.
As with the previous versions, the Groups new plan was presented to the Single Supervisor in September. From that time, the authority has a formal
period of six months in which to send formal feedback on the plan.
The Groups plan comprises both the Corporate Plan (relating to Banco Santander,
S.A.) and the Local Plans for the main regions (United Kingdom, Brazil, Mexico, United States, Germany, Argentina, Chile, Poland and Portugal), which are attached to the Corporate Plan. Please note that in all regions apart from Chile are subject to
local regulatory requirements in addition to the corporate requirement to draw up a Local Plan.
The board of directors of Banco Santander S.A. is
ultimately responsible for approving the Corporate Plan, although its content and relevant data are first presented and discussed on the Banks primary management and control committees (risk supervision committee, regulation and compliance
committee, global ALCO committee and capital committee). The Local Plans are also approved by the relevant local bodies, in close coordination at all times with the Group since these plans are attached to the Groups wider Corporate Plan.
2.4.2. Resolution plans
Santander Group continues to
work alongside the competent authorities on preparing the resolution plans by supplying all the information required of it.
The competent authorities
belonging to the Crisis Management Group (CMG) reached consensus on the strategy to be deployed for the resolution of Santander Group, called the Multiple Point of Entry (MPE)3.
This strategy is based on the legal and business structure of Santander Group and is structured into 9 Resolution Groups, all of which could be
resolved independently without involving the other parts of the Group. This is in line with our model of subsidiaries that are autonomous with regard to capital and liquidity.
This implies that each resolution group should have a minimum level of eligible liabilities issued in the market by the entity identified as a resolution
point of entry. The entities belonging to a resolution group which are not points of entry will need to meet an internal MREL requirement, i.e. eligible liabilities purchased by the entity which is the point of entry.
In March 2017, the Single Resolution Board (SRB) notified the Bank of the preferred resolution strategy and of
the work priorities to enhance the resolvability of Santander Group.
The Group itself has made further progress on projects to improve resolvability by
defining four main lines of action:
1) |
Ensuring the Group has a sufficient buffer of loss-absorbing instruments. |
The Bank issued
13,000 million euros in senior non-preferred debt in 2017, with which absorb losses before any senior debt.
Moreover, and so as to avoid possible legal problems when resorting to a bail-in, all debt issue agreements now
include a clause whereby the bond holder recognises that the resolution authority is entitled to effect the bail-in using their instruments.
Last but not least, and once again to avoid any possible legal uncertainty when using the placements for bail-in
purposes, the issuer companies have been merged with the parent so as to ensure that the latter effectively becomes the direct issuer from 2018 onward4.
2) |
Ensuring the Group has reporting systems in place to guarantee rapid delivery of the necessary information in the event of resolution. |
In 2017, the Group continued to work on automating its information on the liabilities that could be subject to a
bail-in in the event of resolution.
Work is also ongoing to automate the rest of the information to be delivered
to the resolution authority for the purpose of drawing up the Resolution Plan.
Both processes are expected to be fully automated in the first quarter of
2018.
Meanwhile, various projects are now under way create information repositories on:
1. |
Legal entities belong to Santander Group |
3. |
Critical infrastructure |
4. |
Financial contracts in accordance with article 71.7 of the BRRD |
1 |
Directive 2014/59/EU (EU Crisis Management Directive); current EBA regulations on recovery plans (EBA/RTS/2014/11, EBA/GL/2014/06 and EBA/GL/2015/02); EBA recommendations to the Commission on key lines of
business and critical functions (EBA/op/2015/05); EBA regulation pending approval (EBA/CP/2015/01 on ITS templates for resolution plans); EBA regulation not directly related to recovery, but with significant implications in this field
(EBA/GL/2015/03 on triggers for use of early intervention measures); and domestic Spanish regulations: Spanish Law 11/2015, on recovery and resolution of credit entities and investment services companies, and Royal Decree 1012/2015 implementing that
Law. |
2 |
FSB Key attributes of effective resolution regimes for financial institutions (15 October 2014, update of the first publication in October 2011), Guidelines on the identification of critical functions and critical
shared services (15 July 2013) and Guidance on recovery triggers and stress scenarios (15 July 2013) |
3 |
By way of an exception to the above, resolution plans in the United States are drawn up by the companies individually. In December 2015, Santander Group submitted its third version of local resolution plans, although
the FRB and the FDIC announced that plans were not to be submitted for 2016 and 2017, as they were attaching remarks to the previous plans and starting work on guidelines for plans to be submitted in 2018. |
4 |
Except for the two issuers of structured debt that represented 2 bn and 25 bn of total issues at December 2016 through issuer companies. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures
|
|
87 |
2. CAPITAL
3) |
Guaranteeing operational continuity in resolution situations |
Operational continuity clauses in
contracts with internal suppliers have been reinforced and the Group is currently analysing the clauses to include in contracts with external suppliers.
The Groups main market infrastructures have also been asked to complete a survey to discover their policy should any member of that infrastructure be
faced with resolution.
Last but not least, contingency plans are to be drawn up in 2018 to cover any situation whereby one of those infrastructures
ceases to provide service to Santander Group in the event of resolution.
4) |
Fostering a culture of resolvability within the Group |
The Group has been working here to
increase the involvement of the senior management by making it the boards responsibility to address matters relating to the resolvability of Santander Group and setting up a steering committee to specialise in matters relating to resolution.
The Group plans to develop further tools in 2018 in order to help identify potential impediments to resolution and to assess the impact of management
decisions on the Banks resolvability.
It also plans to focus more on training and raising awareness of resolution across the entire organisation.
2.4.3. |
Special Situation Management Framework |
When it comes to the governance of crisis situations, the
Special Situation Management Framework was formally approved and implemented in 2016 both at the corporation and across the main countries and regions of Santander Group.
It is a holistic framework governing special events or situations that differ from what is expected or what ought to emerge from the ordinary management of
business and that could compromise business or trigger a serious downturn in the financial position of the entity or of Santander Group by straying too far from its risk appetite and limits.
The main features of this framework are as follows:
1) |
Defining a set of standardised crisis indicators. |
2) |
Defining a traffic light system based on the extent of financial impairment or risk of financial impairment and consistent with the limits used for BAU management. |
3) |
Defining the role of Crisis Management Director to coordinate the response to a crisis situation. |
4) |
Defining escalating responsibilities for crisis events. |
5) |
Creating a high-level crisis committee supported by a technical crisis committee.
|
Work continued throughout 2017 to implement the framework in a bid to achieve a uniform implementation across
the main subsidiaries of Santander Group and to promote the adherence of new regions (Santander Spain, Santander Uruguay, etc.).
Further progress was
also made during the year on developing tools to facilitate rapid and effective crisis management (such as by automating communications in special situations and setting up specific crisis rooms) and to raise awareness and increase the training of
the Groups human resources and governing bodies involved in escalating and managing this type of incident, mainly by preparing and conducting simulations known as war games.
2.5. Total Loss Absorbing Capacity (TLAC) and Minimum Required Eligible Liability (MREL)
On 9 November 2015, the FSB published its final principles and term sheet containing an international standard to enhance the loss absorbing capacity of G-SIIs.
The final standard consists of an elaboration of the principles on loss absorbing and recapitalisation capacity
of G-SIIs in resolution and a term sheet setting out a proposal for the implementation of these proposals in the form of an internationally agreed standard on total loss absorbing capacity (TLAC)
for G-SIIs. Once implemented in the relevant jurisdictions, these principles and terms will form a new minimum TLAC standard for G-SIIs, and in the case of G-SIIs with more than one resolution group, each resolution group within the G-SII. The FSB will undertake a review of the technical implementation of the TLAC principles and
term sheet by the end of 2019.
The TLAC principles and term sheet require a minimum TLAC requirement to be determined individually for each G-SII at the greater of (a) 16% of risk weighted assets as of 1 January 2019 and 18% as of 1 January 2022, and (b) 6% of the Basel III Tier 1 leverage ratio exposure measure as of 1 January 2019, and
6.75% as of 1 January 2022.
Furthermore, BRRD provides that Member States shall ensure that institutions meet, at all times, a minimum requirement
for own funds and eligible liabilities (MREL). The MREL shall be calculated as the amount of own funds and eligible liabilities expressed as a percentage of the total liabilities and own funds of the institution. The MREL requirement was
scheduled to come into force by January 2016. However, resolution authorities were given discretion to determine appropriate transitional periods to each institution.
The European Commission committed to review the existing MREL rules with a view to provide full consistency with the TLAC standard. The European
Commissions proposals dated 23 November 2016 to amend BRRD and CRR aimed to implement the TLAC standard and to integrate the TLAC requirement into the general MREL rules thereby
|
|
|
|
|
88 |
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures |
|
|
avoiding duplication from the application of two parallel requirements. As mentioned above, although TLAC and
MREL pursue the same regulatory objective, there are, nevertheless, some differences between them in the way they are constructed.
The European
Commission is proposing to integrate the TLAC standard into the existing MREL rules and to ensure that both requirements are met with largely similar instruments, with the exception of the subordination requirement, which will be
institution-specific and determined by the resolution authority. Under these proposals, institutions such as Banco Santander would continue to be subject to an institution-specific MREL requirement (i.e., a Pillar 2 add-on MREL Requirement), which may be higher than the requirement of the TLAC standard (which would be implemented as a Pillar 1 MREL requirement for G-SIIs).
The European Commissions proposals require the introduction of limited adjustments to the existing MREL rules ensuring technical consistency with
the structure of any requirements for G-SIIs. In particular, technical amendments to the existing rules on MREL are needed to align them with the TLAC standard regarding, inter alia, the denominators used for
measuring loss-absorbing capacity, the interaction with capital buffer requirements, disclosure of risks to investors, and their application in relation to different resolution strategies. Implementation of the TLAC/MREL Requirements is expected to
be phased-in from 1 January 2019 (a 16% minimum TLAC requirement) to 1 January 2022 (an 18% minimum TLAC requirement).
Additionally, the European Commissions Proposals dated 23
November 2016 include a proposal for a European Directive amending BRRD that would create a new asset class of
non-preferred senior debt that should only be bailed-in after capital instruments but before other senior liabilities. On 27 December 2017, Directive
2017/2399 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 12 December 2017 amending Directive 2014/59/EU as regards the ranking of unsecured debt instruments in insolvency hierarchy, was published in the Official Journal of the European Union.
Before that, Royal Decree-law 11/2017, of 23 June, on urgent measures in financial matters created in Spain the new category of senior non-preferred debt.
The final texts are expected to be approved in 2018 and come into force in 2019.
During 2018 we expect the relevant authorities to inform us for the first time of the MREL requirement for the Group on the basis of the prevailing
legislation (BRRD).
We believe that, with the senior preferred debt that we have issued and the funding plan, we are comfortably placed to meet these
requirements.
From 2019, the minimum requirement established in the CRR will apply to us, though the resolution authority will be able to set higher
levels based on resolvability considerations.
The European Bank Resolution and Recovery
Directive (BRRD), approved in July 2014, introduced the requirement for a buffer to absorb losses (MREL: Minimum Requirement of Eligible Liabilities. This requirement, which came into effect in 2016, is calculated for each institution by the
resolution authority on the basis of an individualized analysis. Meanwhile, in November 2015 the FSB published the term sheet for TLAC (Total Loss Absorbing Capacity) with the same aim, to ensure that institutions have sufficient liabilities to
absorb losses and to be recapitalized in case of resolution.
The rules of the TLAC term sheet are only applicable to systemic institutions (G-SIBs), while the MREL applies to over 6,000 European institutions. With the aim of avoiding the need for systemic institutions in Europe to comply with two regulatory requirements, the European Commission
proposed that the European regulations should be revised to introduce the main features of the TLAC.
The result is therefore a single requirement with
one methodology to be applied by the resolution authority, and common rules for the eligibility of liabilities. For the G-SIBs, the minimum set out in the term sheet (16%/18%) is introduced. They will have to
be composed of subordinated liabilities, with the exception of a percentage of senior debt (2.5%-3.5%). For non-systemic institutions, the subordinated requirement will
be determined by the resolution authority on a case-by-case basis.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures
|
|
89 |
3. Credit risk
Santander Group applies on forward-looking management of all risks in a robust control environment, based on pillars aligned with Santander Groups
strategy and business model, thus ensuring maintenance of the risk profile within the levels set by risk appetite and other limits.
For further details
on policies and objectives of risk management (CRR article 435) see chapters 3 and 5, sections A and C, on the Annual Report.
3.1. General aspects
Credit risk arises from the possibility of losses stemming from the failure of customers or counterparties to meet their financial obligations with Santander
Group.
At Santander Group credit risk management is based on identifying, analysing, controlling and deciding on the risks incurred by Santander Group in
its operations, ensuring the conjunction of the business plan, the credit policy on the basis of the risk appetite and of the necessary resources to achieve it. The business areas, senior management and the risk areas are all involved in the credit
risk cycle.
Santander Groups profile is mainly retail, with credit risk diversified among the principal geographical areas in which it operates.
3.2. Distribution of exposures
This section contains information on the Groups exposures to credit and dilution risk, broken down as follows:
|
|
Regulatory capital calculation approach |
It also contains information on defaulted exposures, impairment loss allowances, and
provisions for contingent liabilities and commitments. The amounts shown in the tables in this section include the amounts for counterparty credit risk.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures
|
|
91 |
3. CREDIT RISK
∎ TABLE 50. CREDIT QUALITY OF EXPOSURES BY EXPOSURE CLASSES AND INSTRUMENTS (CR1-A)
Millions of Euros
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
31 Dec. 2017 |
|
|
|
Gross carrying values of |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Defaulted exposures |
|
|
Non- defaulted exposures |
|
|
Specific credit risk adjustment |
|
|
General credit risk adjustment |
|
|
Accumulated write-offs |
|
|
Credit risk adjustment charges of the period |
|
|
Net values |
|
IRB approach |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Central governments or central banks |
|
|
58 |
|
|
|
3,151 |
|
|
|
29 |
|
|
|
8 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
36 |
|
|
|
3,172 |
|
Institutions |
|
|
22 |
|
|
|
49,992 |
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
112 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
93 |
|
|
|
49,901 |
|
Corporates |
|
|
15,360 |
|
|
|
254,371 |
|
|
|
5,763 |
|
|
|
1,567 |
|
|
|
2,465 |
|
|
|
616 |
|
|
|
259,936 |
|
Of Which: Specialised Lending |
|
|
542 |
|
|
|
22,347 |
|
|
|
283 |
|
|
|
98 |
|
|
|
90 |
|
|
|
-170 |
|
|
|
22,417 |
|
Of Which: SME |
|
|
6,305 |
|
|
|
35,834 |
|
|
|
2,648 |
|
|
|
167 |
|
|
|
261 |
|
|
|
1,925 |
|
|
|
39,064 |
|
Retail |
|
|
11,120 |
|
|
|
355,030 |
|
|
|
3,763 |
|
|
|
859 |
|
|
|
769 |
|
|
|
1,031 |
|
|
|
360,759 |
|
Secured by real estate property |
|
|
8,878 |
|
|
|
276,324 |
|
|
|
2,316 |
|
|
|
363 |
|
|
|
224 |
|
|
|
483 |
|
|
|
282,300 |
|
SME |
|
|
1,772 |
|
|
|
3,763 |
|
|
|
366 |
|
|
|
24 |
|
|
|
91 |
|
|
|
209 |
|
|
|
5,054 |
|
Non-SME |
|
|
7,106 |
|
|
|
272,561 |
|
|
|
1,950 |
|
|
|
339 |
|
|
|
133 |
|
|
|
274 |
|
|
|
277,245 |
|
Qualifying Revolving |
|
|
119 |
|
|
|
20,204 |
|
|
|
74 |
|
|
|
78 |
|
|
|
70 |
|
|
|
20 |
|
|
|
20,100 |
|
Other Retail |
|
|
2,124 |
|
|
|
58,502 |
|
|
|
1,374 |
|
|
|
419 |
|
|
|
474 |
|
|
|
528 |
|
|
|
58,359 |
|
SME |
|
|
1,243 |
|
|
|
15,564 |
|
|
|
725 |
|
|
|
102 |
|
|
|
185 |
|
|
|
548 |
|
|
|
15,795 |
|
Non-SME |
|
|
881 |
|
|
|
42,938 |
|
|
|
648 |
|
|
|
317 |
|
|
|
289 |
|
|
|
-20 |
|
|
|
42,564 |
|
Equity |
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
7,980 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
7,985 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total IRB approach |
|
|
26,564 |
|
|
|
670,524 |
|
|
|
9,555 |
|
|
|
2,548 |
|
|
|
3,234 |
|
|
|
1,776 |
|
|
|
681,752 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Standardised approach |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Central governments or central banks |
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
242,915 |
|
|
|
111 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
242,804 |
|
Regional governments or local authorities |
|
|
270 |
|
|
|
7,984 |
|
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
7,979 |
|
Public sector entities |
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
11,662 |
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
11,661 |
|
Multilateral Development Banks |
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
1,402 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
1,402 |
|
International Organisations |
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
7 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
7 |
|
Institutions |
|
|
9 |
|
|
|
47,266 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
108 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
47,266 |
|
Corporates |
|
|
10,636 |
|
|
|
103,380 |
|
|
|
352 |
|
|
|
917 |
|
|
|
1,583 |
|
|
|
341 |
|
|
|
103,028 |
|
of which: SME |
|
|
6,006 |
|
|
|
18,843 |
|
|
|
336 |
|
|
|
162 |
|
|
|
372 |
|
|
|
112 |
|
|
|
18,507 |
|
Retail |
|
|
8,505 |
|
|
|
214,789 |
|
|
|
73 |
|
|
|
3,149 |
|
|
|
7,849 |
|
|
|
1,656 |
|
|
|
214,716 |
|
of which: SME |
|
|
2,462 |
|
|
|
34,312 |
|
|
|
40 |
|
|
|
183 |
|
|
|
760 |
|
|
|
120 |
|
|
|
34,272 |
|
Secured by mortgages on immovable property |
|
|
5,600 |
|
|
|
99,712 |
|
|
|
25 |
|
|
|
562 |
|
|
|
308 |
|
|
|
93 |
|
|
|
99,687 |
|
of which: SME |
|
|
2,016 |
|
|
|
9,350 |
|
|
|
10 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
22 |
|
|
|
9 |
|
|
|
9,340 |
|
Items associated with particularly high risk |
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
1,705 |
|
|
|
104 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
1,601 |
|
Covered bonds |
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
3,406 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
3,406 |
|
Claims on institutions and corporates with a short-term credit assessment |
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
2 |
|
Collective investments undertakings (CIU) |
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
117 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
117 |
|
Equity exposures |
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
562 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
562 |
|
Other exposures |
|
|
388 |
|
|
|
97,500 |
|
|
|
7,983 |
|
|
|
856 |
|
|
|
31 |
|
|
|
31 |
|
|
|
89,518 |
|
Total Exposures in default |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(STD Approach only) |
|
|
25,412 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
15,629 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
215 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
9,783 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Standardised approach |
|
|
25,412 |
|
|
|
832,408 |
|
|
|
24,282 |
|
|
|
5,592 |
|
|
|
9,987 |
|
|
|
2,122 |
|
|
|
833,537 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
|
51,976 |
|
|
|
1,502,932 |
|
|
|
33,838 |
|
|
|
8,140 |
|
|
|
13,221 |
|
|
|
3,898 |
|
|
|
1,515,289 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Notes: Net values calculation: IRB Net Values = Defaulted exposures +
Non-defaulted exposures - Specific credit risk adjustment - General credit risk adjustment - Accumulated write-offs. adjustment. STD Net Values = Non-defaulted
exposures - Specific credit risk adjustment. STD Total Net Values for defaulted exposures = Defaulted exposures - Specific credit risk adjustment.
* |
The row of Total Exposures in default (STD approach only) is the sumatory of all the defaulted exposures and is included to show the defaulted exposures Specific credit risk adjustment. |
|
|
|
|
|
92 |
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures |
|
|
∎ TABLE 51. STANDARDISED APPROACH - CREDIT RISK EXPOSURE AND CRM EFFECTS
(CR4)
Millions of Euros
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
31 Dec. 2017 |
|
|
|
Exposures before CCF and CRM |
|
|
Exposures post CCF and CRM |
|
|
RWAs and RWA density |
|
|
|
On-balance- sheet amount |
|
|
Off-balance- sheet amount |
|
|
On-balance- sheet amount |
|
|
Off-balance- sheet amount |
|
|
RWAs |
|
|
RWA density |
|
Central governments or central banks |
|
|
230,405 |
|
|
|
12,399 |
|
|
|
233,316 |
|
|
|
6,609 |
|
|
|
4,543 |
|
|
|
1.89 |
% |
Regional governments or local authorities |
|
|
7,728 |
|
|
|
251 |
|
|
|
7,425 |
|
|
|
17 |
|
|
|
222 |
|
|
|
2.98 |
% |
Public sector entities |
|
|
11,013 |
|
|
|
648 |
|
|
|
10,322 |
|
|
|
525 |
|
|
|
396 |
|
|
|
3.65 |
% |
Multilateral Development Banks |
|
|
1,374 |
|
|
|
28 |
|
|
|
3,110 |
|
|
|
28 |
|
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
0.11 |
% |
International Organisations |
|
|
7 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
7 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
7 |
|
|
|
|
|
Institutions |
|
|
20,798 |
|
|
|
26,467 |
|
|
|
20,240 |
|
|
|
19,572 |
|
|
|
6,818 |
|
|
|
17.12 |
% |
Corporates |
|
|
68,148 |
|
|
|
34,880 |
|
|
|
64,526 |
|
|
|
12,370 |
|
|
|
74,157 |
|
|
|
96.44 |
% |
Retail |
|
|
138,400 |
|
|
|
76,316 |
|
|
|
134,020 |
|
|
|
2,467 |
|
|
|
97,527 |
|
|
|
71.45 |
% |
Secured by mortgages on immovable property |
|
|
91,169 |
|
|
|
8,518 |
|
|
|
90,854 |
|
|
|
1,118 |
|
|
|
39,424 |
|
|
|
42.87 |
% |
Exposures in default |
|
|
9,423 |
|
|
|
360 |
|
|
|
9,328 |
|
|
|
238 |
|
|
|
10,527 |
|
|
|
110.04 |
% |
Items associated with particularly high risk |
|
|
1,599 |
|
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
1,599 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
2,399 |
|
|
|
150.00 |
% |
Covered bonds |
|
|
3,406 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
3,406 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
456 |
|
|
|
13.38 |
% |
Claims on institutions and corporates with a short-term credit assessment |
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
100 |
% |
Collective investments undertakings (CIU) |
|
|
110 |
|
|
|
7 |
|
|
|
608 |
|
|
|
93 |
|
|
|
292 |
|
|
|
41.73 |
% |
Equity exposures |
|
|
562 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
562 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
562 |
|
|
|
100 |
% |
Other exposures |
|
|
76,040 |
|
|
|
13,477 |
|
|
|
79,380 |
|
|
|
2,578 |
|
|
|
62,096 |
|
|
|
75.77 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Standardised approach |
|
|
660,184 |
|
|
|
173,353 |
|
|
|
658,705 |
|
|
|
45,616 |
|
|
|
299,430 |
|
|
|
42.51 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
∎ TABLE 51.b. IRB APPROACH - CREDIT RISK EXPOSURE AND CRM EFFECTS (CR4)
Millions of Euros
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
31 Dec. 2017 |
|
|
|
Exposures before CCF and CRM |
|
|
Exposures post CCF and CRM |
|
|
RWAs and RWA density |
|
|
|
On-balance- sheet amount |
|
|
Off-balance- sheet amount |
|
|
On-balance- sheet amount |
|
|
Off-balance- sheet amount |
|
|
RWAs |
|
|
RWA density |
|
Central governments or central banks |
|
|
1,947 |
|
|
|
1,262 |
|
|
|
1,939 |
|
|
|
281 |
|
|
|
714 |
|
|
|
32.16 |
% |
Institutions |
|
|
41,689 |
|
|
|
8,325 |
|
|
|
32,886 |
|
|
|
3,992 |
|
|
|
9,232 |
|
|
|
25.03 |
% |
Corporates |
|
|
169,186 |
|
|
|
100,545 |
|
|
|
163,490 |
|
|
|
35,561 |
|
|
|
108,719 |
|
|
|
54.62 |
% |
Of Which: Specialised Lending |
|
|
20,204 |
|
|
|
2,685 |
|
|
|
20,204 |
|
|
|
989 |
|
|
|
17,774 |
|
|
|
83.87 |
% |
Of Which: SME |
|
|
35,600 |
|
|
|
6,539 |
|
|
|
35,129 |
|
|
|
2,478 |
|
|
|
19,097 |
|
|
|
50.78 |
% |
Retail |
|
|
327,189 |
|
|
|
38,961 |
|
|
|
327,381 |
|
|
|
24,541 |
|
|
|
79,605 |
|
|
|
22.62 |
% |
Secured by real estate property |
|
|
270,449 |
|
|
|
14,754 |
|
|
|
270,813 |
|
|
|
9,667 |
|
|
|
48,319 |
|
|
|
17.23 |
% |
SME |
|
|
5,363 |
|
|
|
171 |
|
|
|
5,348 |
|
|
|
85 |
|
|
|
1,262 |
|
|
|
23.23 |
% |
Non-SME |
|
|
265,086 |
|
|
|
14,582 |
|
|
|
265,464 |
|
|
|
9,582 |
|
|
|
47,057 |
|
|
|
17.11 |
% |
Qualifying Revolving |
|
|
3,031 |
|
|
|
17,291 |
|
|
|
3,068 |
|
|
|
10,586 |
|
|
|
4,141 |
|
|
|
30.33 |
% |
Other Retail |
|
|
53,709 |
|
|
|
6,916 |
|
|
|
53,501 |
|
|
|
4,288 |
|
|
|
27,144 |
|
|
|
46.97 |
% |
SME |
|
|
12,703 |
|
|
|
4,105 |
|
|
|
12,494 |
|
|
|
2,079 |
|
|
|
4,811 |
|
|
|
33.01 |
% |
Non-SME |
|
|
41,007 |
|
|
|
2,812 |
|
|
|
41,007 |
|
|
|
2,209 |
|
|
|
22,334 |
|
|
|
51.68 |
% |
Equity |
|
|
7,985 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
7,985 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
15,755 |
|
|
|
197.32 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total IRB approach |
|
|
547,996 |
|
|
|
149,092 |
|
|
|
533,681 |
|
|
|
64,375 |
|
|
|
214,025 |
|
|
|
35.79 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note: Securitisations not included
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures
|
|
93 |
3. CREDIT RISK
∎ TABLE 52. NET AMOUNT OF EXPOSURES
(CRB-B)
Millions of Euros
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
31 Dec. 2017 |
|
|
|
Net exposure at the end of the period |
|
|
Average net exposure over the period |
|
Central governments or central banks |
|
|
3,172 |
|
|
|
2,955 |
|
Empresas |
|
|
49,901 |
|
|
|
52,129 |
|
Corporates |
|
|
259,936 |
|
|
|
263,152 |
|
Of Which: Specialised Lending |
|
|
22,417 |
|
|
|
23,328 |
|
Of Which: SME |
|
|
39,064 |
|
|
|
36,782 |
|
Retail |
|
|
360,759 |
|
|
|
350,006 |
|
Secured by real estate property |
|
|
282,300 |
|
|
|
275,512 |
|
SME |
|
|
5,054 |
|
|
|
4,343 |
|
Non-SME |
|
|
277,245 |
|
|
|
271,169 |
|
Qualifying Revolving |
|
|
20,100 |
|
|
|
19,663 |
|
Other Retail |
|
|
58,359 |
|
|
|
54,830 |
|
SME |
|
|
15,795 |
|
|
|
13,642 |
|
Non-SME |
|
|
42,564 |
|
|
|
41,188 |
|
Equity |
|
|
7,985 |
|
|
|
8,554 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total IRB approach |
|
|
681,752 |
|
|
|
676,795 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Central governments or central banks |
|
|
242,804 |
|
|
|
224,876 |
|
Regional governments or local authorities |
|
|
7,979 |
|
|
|
8,480 |
|
Public sector entities |
|
|
11,661 |
|
|
|
11,613 |
|
Multilateral Development Banks |
|
|
1,402 |
|
|
|
1,497 |
|
International Organisations |
|
|
7 |
|
|
|
2 |
|
Institutions |
|
|
47,266 |
|
|
|
45,783 |
|
Corporates |
|
|
103,028 |
|
|
|
104,254 |
|
of which: SME |
|
|
18,507 |
|
|
|
14,961 |
|
Retail |
|
|
214,716 |
|
|
|
213,716 |
|
of which: SME |
|
|
34,272 |
|
|
|
32,643 |
|
Secured by mortgages on immovable property |
|
|
99,687 |
|
|
|
102,338 |
|
of which: SME |
|
|
9,340 |
|
|
|
13,518 |
|
Exposures in default |
|
|
9,783 |
|
|
|
8,755 |
|
Items associated with particularly high risk |
|
|
1,601 |
|
|
|
1,551 |
|
Covered bonds |
|
|
3,406 |
|
|
|
3,669 |
|
Claims on institutions and corporates with a short-term credit assessment |
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
3 |
|
Collective investments undertakings (CIU) |
|
|
117 |
|
|
|
776 |
|
Equity exposures |
|
|
562 |
|
|
|
1,025 |
|
Other exposures |
|
|
89,518 |
|
|
|
82,260 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Standardised approach |
|
|
833,537 |
|
|
|
810,597 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
|
1,515,289 |
|
|
|
1,487,392 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note: Securitisations not included
The Groups average EAD increased by 9.1%, mainly due to the growth of exposure in the categories of
central governments or central banks and retailers under the standard method and to the increase of the EAD in the corporate and retailers segments under the IRB method.
The following graph shows the distribution, by geographical area, of Santander Groupss exposure to credit and dilution risk.
|
|
|
|
|
94 |
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures |
|
|
∎ TABLE 53. GEOGRAPHICAL BREAKDOWN OF EXPOSURES (CRB-C)
Millions of Euros
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
31 Dec. 2017 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Continental |
|
|
Rest of |
|
|
|
|
|
Rest of |
|
|
|
|
Original exposure |
|
Spain |
|
|
UK |
|
|
Brazil |
|
|
Europe |
|
|
Latam |
|
|
EEUU |
|
|
world |
|
|
Total |
|
IRB approach |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Central governments or central banks |
|
|
2,620 |
|
|
|
116 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6 |
|
|
|
202 |
|
|
|
266 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,209 |
|
Institutions |
|
|
25,670 |
|
|
|
9,585 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,447 |
|
|
|
6,040 |
|
|
|
3,802 |
|
|
|
470 |
|
|
|
50,014 |
|
Corporates |
|
|
139,548 |
|
|
|
41,620 |
|
|
|
21,463 |
|
|
|
31,963 |
|
|
|
17,684 |
|
|
|
17,328 |
|
|
|
126 |
|
|
|
269,731 |
|
Retail |
|
|
113,810 |
|
|
|
196,363 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
55,934 |
|
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
42 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
366,150 |
|
Equity |
|
|
7,088 |
|
|
|
131 |
|
|
|
571 |
|
|
|
106 |
|
|
|
27 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
63 |
|
|
|
7,985 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total IRB approach |
|
|
288,735 |
|
|
|
247,814 |
|
|
|
22,034 |
|
|
|
92,455 |
|
|
|
23,955 |
|
|
|
21,437 |
|
|
|
658 |
|
|
|
697,088 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Standardised approach |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Central governments or central banks |
|
|
93,622 |
|
|
|
52,290 |
|
|
|
47,792 |
|
|
|
21,406 |
|
|
|
22,545 |
|
|
|
4,674 |
|
|
|
588 |
|
|
|
242,915 |
|
Regional governments or local authorities |
|
|
6,889 |
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
18 |
|
|
|
690 |
|
|
|
351 |
|
|
|
35 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
7,984 |
|
Public sector entities |
|
|
1,034 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
1,199 |
|
|
|
1,724 |
|
|
|
429 |
|
|
|
7,277 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
11,662 |
|
Multilateral |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Development Banks |
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
1,273 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
121 |
|
|
|
7 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
1,402 |
|
International |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Organisations |
|
|
7 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
7 |
|
Institutions |
|
|
12,393 |
|
|
|
9,178 |
|
|
|
4,638 |
|
|
|
4,075 |
|
|
|
5,152 |
|
|
|
11,695 |
|
|
|
135 |
|
|
|
47,266 |
|
Corporates |
|
|
11,393 |
|
|
|
21,536 |
|
|
|
14,734 |
|
|
|
23,573 |
|
|
|
14,819 |
|
|
|
17,024 |
|
|
|
300 |
|
|
|
103,380 |
|
Retail |
|
|
28,230 |
|
|
|
17,135 |
|
|
|
56,935 |
|
|
|
40,871 |
|
|
|
36,552 |
|
|
|
33,811 |
|
|
|
1,255 |
|
|
|
214,789 |
|
Secured by mortgages on immovable property |
|
|
11,896 |
|
|
|
1,055 |
|
|
|
9,326 |
|
|
|
18,238 |
|
|
|
24,889 |
|
|
|
34,201 |
|
|
|
106 |
|
|
|
99,712 |
|
Exposures in default |
|
|
11,170 |
|
|
|
667 |
|
|
|
4,797 |
|
|
|
3,833 |
|
|
|
2,960 |
|
|
|
1,956 |
|
|
|
27 |
|
|
|
25,412 |
|
Items associated with particularly high risk |
|
|
106 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
315 |
|
|
|
1,218 |
|
|
|
67 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
1,705 |
|
Covered bonds |
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
2,980 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
426 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
3,406 |
|
Claims on institutions and corporates with a short-term credit assessment |
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
2 |
|
Collective investments undertakings (CIU) |
|
|
97 |
|
|
|
10 |
|
|
|
7 |
|
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
117 |
|
Equity exposures |
|
|
343 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
216 |
|
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
562 |
|
Other exposures |
|
|
47,875 |
|
|
|
8,483 |
|
|
|
14,696 |
|
|
|
6,307 |
|
|
|
10,862 |
|
|
|
9,256 |
|
|
|
20 |
|
|
|
97,500 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total SA approach |
|
|
225,057 |
|
|
|
114,609 |
|
|
|
154,140 |
|
|
|
121,799 |
|
|
|
119,786 |
|
|
|
119,997 |
|
|
|
2,432 |
|
|
|
857,820 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
|
513,792 |
|
|
|
362,422 |
|
|
|
176,175 |
|
|
|
214,254 |
|
|
|
143,741 |
|
|
|
141,435 |
|
|
|
3,089 |
|
|
|
1,554,908 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note: figures reflect the original exposure (CR-IRB column 20, CRSA column 10).
Securitisations not included.
The geographical distribution of standard portfolios is concentrated mainly in Brazil, Continental Europe and
Spain. The most important segments remain central administrations (with strong presence in Spain, the United Kingdom and Brazil), retailers and corporates, which have a prominent presence in the UK and Continental Europe (excluding Spain).
Regarding the IRB portfolios, most of the exposure is concentrated in retailers and corporates segments from Spain and UK.
∎ EXPOSURES BY GEOGRAPHICAL AREA
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures
|
|
95 |
3. CREDIT RISK
∎ TABLE 54. CONCENTRATION OF EXPOSURES BY INDUSTRY OR COUNTERPARTY TYPES (CRB-D)
Millions of Euros
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
31 Dec. 2017 |
|
Original exposure |
|
Real estate activities |
|
|
Professional Services |
|
|
Accommodation and food service activities |
|
|
Construction |
|
|
Manufacturing |
|
|
Other services |
|
|
Other Retail (Individuals) |
|
|
Primary Sector |
|
|
PublicSector |
|
|
Utilities |
|
|
Transport and storage |
|
|
Total |
|
IRB Approach |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Central governments or central banks |
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
649 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
2,332 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
223 |
|
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
3,209 |
|
Institutions |
|
|
62 |
|
|
|
128 |
|
|
|
104 |
|
|
|
669 |
|
|
|
33,241 |
|
|
|
97 |
|
|
|
72 |
|
|
|
14,020 |
|
|
|
1,581 |
|
|
|
27 |
|
|
|
12 |
|
|
|
50,014 |
|
Corporates |
|
|
27,018 |
|
|
|
46,066 |
|
|
|
24,547 |
|
|
|
41,162 |
|
|
|
40,869 |
|
|
|
46 |
|
|
|
12,850 |
|
|
|
5,443 |
|
|
|
25,884 |
|
|
|
29,291 |
|
|
|
16,554 |
|
|
|
269,731 |
|
Retail |
|
|
213,832 |
|
|
|
7,807 |
|
|
|
3,123 |
|
|
|
4,693 |
|
|
|
6,505 |
|
|
|
122,521 |
|
|
|
1,719 |
|
|
|
1,443 |
|
|
|
2,587 |
|
|
|
193 |
|
|
|
1,726 |
|
|
|
366,150 |
|
Equity |
|
|
2,019 |
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
325 |
|
|
|
22 |
|
|
|
4,851 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
63 |
|
|
|
359 |
|
|
|
280 |
|
|
|
6 |
|
|
|
59 |
|
|
|
7,985 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total IRB approach |
|
|
242,931 |
|
|
|
54,002 |
|
|
|
28,100 |
|
|
|
46,546 |
|
|
|
86,115 |
|
|
|
122,664 |
|
|
|
14,706 |
|
|
|
23,597 |
|
|
|
30,331 |
|
|
|
29,739 |
|
|
|
18,356 |
|
|
|
697,088 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Standardised Approach |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Central governments or central banks |
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
739 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
241,215 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
955 |
|
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
242,915 |
|
Regional governments or local authorities |
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
41 |
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
7,622 |
|
|
|
318 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
7,984 |
|
Public sector entities |
|
|
31 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
42 |
|
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
143 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
10,384 |
|
|
|
29 |
|
|
|
619 |
|
|
|
406 |
|
|
|
11,662 |
|
Multilateral Development Banks |
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
1,402 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
1,402 |
|
International Organisations |
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
7 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
7 |
|
Institutions |
|
|
151 |
|
|
|
696 |
|
|
|
51 |
|
|
|
246 |
|
|
|
45,317 |
|
|
|
298 |
|
|
|
52 |
|
|
|
45 |
|
|
|
337 |
|
|
|
24 |
|
|
|
47 |
|
|
|
47,266 |
|
Corporates |
|
|
5,555 |
|
|
|
18,865 |
|
|
|
7,805 |
|
|
|
13,368 |
|
|
|
31,832 |
|
|
|
2,075 |
|
|
|
4,567 |
|
|
|
4,522 |
|
|
|
5,839 |
|
|
|
5,073 |
|
|
|
3,879 |
|
|
|
103,380 |
|
Retail |
|
|
607 |
|
|
|
14,354 |
|
|
|
4,689 |
|
|
|
5,267 |
|
|
|
4,785 |
|
|
|
169,711 |
|
|
|
5,397 |
|
|
|
4,612 |
|
|
|
2,198 |
|
|
|
604 |
|
|
|
2,564 |
|
|
|
214,789 |
|
Secured by mortgages on immovable property |
|
|
22,396 |
|
|
|
6,237 |
|
|
|
4,097 |
|
|
|
3,278 |
|
|
|
11,660 |
|
|
|
41,882 |
|
|
|
2,685 |
|
|
|
4,183 |
|
|
|
1,362 |
|
|
|
420 |
|
|
|
1,510 |
|
|
|
99,712 |
|
Exposures in default |
|
|
1,092 |
|
|
|
2,009 |
|
|
|
8,791 |
|
|
|
1,061 |
|
|
|
1,159 |
|
|
|
9,027 |
|
|
|
770 |
|
|
|
433 |
|
|
|
437 |
|
|
|
241 |
|
|
|
392 |
|
|
|
25,412 |
|
Items associated with particularly high risk |
|
|
350 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
1,234 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
112 |
|
|
|
9 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
1,705 |
|
Covered bonds |
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
3,406 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
3,406 |
|
Claims on institutions and corporates with a short-term credit assessment |
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
2 |
|
Collective investments undertakings (CIU) |
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
117 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
117 |
|
Equity exposures |
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
562 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
562 |
|
Other exposures |
|
|
157 |
|
|
|
2,378 |
|
|
|
11 |
|
|
|
1,588 |
|
|
|
68,723 |
|
|
|
2,883 |
|
|
|
63 |
|
|
|
18,574 |
|
|
|
940 |
|
|
|
1,410 |
|
|
|
772 |
|
|
|
97,500 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total standardised approach |
|
|
30,340 |
|
|
|
44,540 |
|
|
|
26,721 |
|
|
|
24,815 |
|
|
|
170,007 |
|
|
|
225,886 |
|
|
|
13,538 |
|
|
|
291,591 |
|
|
|
11,460 |
|
|
|
9,347 |
|
|
|
9,576 |
|
|
|
857,820 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
|
273,271 |
|
|
|
98,541 |
|
|
|
54,821 |
|
|
|
71,361 |
|
|
|
256,122 |
|
|
|
348,550 |
|
|
|
28,243 |
|
|
|
315,188 |
|
|
|
41,791 |
|
|
|
39,086 |
|
|
|
27,932 |
|
|
|
1,554,908 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note: original exposure is shown (CR-IRB column 20, CRSA column 10).
Securitisations not included
|
|
|
|
|
96 |
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures |
|
|
In order to simplify the exposures analysis, some sectors have been grouped (from 19 to 11) based on its
representability:
|
|
|
Primary sector: Agriculture, forestry and fishing; Mining and quarrying. |
|
|
|
Utilities: Electricity, gas, steam and air conditioning supply; Water supply. |
|
|
|
Trade, Accommodation and Accommodation: Accommodation and food service activities; Wholesale and retail trade. |
|
|
|
Professional Services: Professional, scientific and technical activities; Administrative and support service activities. |
|
|
|
Other services: Information and communication; education; arts, entertainment and recreation; Other services. |
|
|
|
Public sector: Public administration and defense, compulsory social security; human health services and social work activities. |
For the Standard Approach the business sectors with greater exposure are: individuals, public sector and other services. As for IRB, the sectors with the
highest exposure are: real estate activities; individuals and other services.
∎ TABLE 55. MATURITY OF
EXPOSURES (CRB-E)
Millions of Euros
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
31 Dec. 2017 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
r > 1 year <= |
|
|
|
|
|
No stated |
|
|
|
|
Original exposure |
|
On demand |
|
|
<= 1 year |
|
|
5 years |
|
|
> 5 years |
|
|
maturity |
|
|
Total |
|
IRB Approach |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Central governments or central banks |
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
285 |
|
|
|
2,923 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
3,209 |
|
Institutions |
|
|
107 |
|
|
|
24,580 |
|
|
|
24,192 |
|
|
|
1,019 |
|
|
|
115 |
|
|
|
50,014 |
|
Corporates |
|
|
482 |
|
|
|
92,096 |
|
|
|
144,109 |
|
|
|
28,143 |
|
|
|
4,901 |
|
|
|
269,731 |
|
Retail |
|
|
4,856 |
|
|
|
13,651 |
|
|
|
114,609 |
|
|
|
226,322 |
|
|
|
6,711 |
|
|
|
366,150 |
|
Equity |
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
7,985 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
7,985 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total IRB approach |
|
|
5,446 |
|
|
|
130,612 |
|
|
|
293,819 |
|
|
|
255,485 |
|
|
|
11,727 |
|
|
|
697,088 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Standardised Approach |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Central governments or central banks |
|
|
53,102 |
|
|
|
102,980 |
|
|
|
35,394 |
|
|
|
46,168 |
|
|
|
5,271 |
|
|
|
242,915 |
|
Regional governments or local authorities |
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
2,150 |
|
|
|
3,636 |
|
|
|
2,194 |
|
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
7,984 |
|
Public sector entities |
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
2,084 |
|
|
|
905 |
|
|
|
8,633 |
|
|
|
39 |
|
|
|
11,662 |
|
Multilateral Development Banks |
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
49 |
|
|
|
734 |
|
|
|
618 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
1,402 |
|
International Organisations |
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
7 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
7 |
|
Institutions |
|
|
1,516 |
|
|
|
23,180 |
|
|
|
7,641 |
|
|
|
13,916 |
|
|
|
1,012 |
|
|
|
47,266 |
|
Corporates |
|
|
2,923 |
|
|
|
33,698 |
|
|
|
45,870 |
|
|
|
17,623 |
|
|
|
3,266 |
|
|
|
103,380 |
|
Retail |
|
|
14,113 |
|
|
|
74,537 |
|
|
|
91,658 |
|
|
|
29,572 |
|
|
|
4,909 |
|
|
|
214,789 |
|
Secured by mortgages on immovable property |
|
|
6,524 |
|
|
|
9,194 |
|
|
|
18,259 |
|
|
|
65,669 |
|
|
|
66 |
|
|
|
99,712 |
|
Exposures in default |
|
|
424 |
|
|
|
12,141 |
|
|
|
4,298 |
|
|
|
8,249 |
|
|
|
300 |
|
|
|
25,412 |
|
Items associated with particularly high risk |
|
|
45 |
|
|
|
428 |
|
|
|
531 |
|
|
|
701 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
1,705 |
|
Covered bonds |
|
|
426 |
|
|
|
540 |
|
|
|
1,733 |
|
|
|
707 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
3,406 |
|
Claims on institutions and corporates with a short-term credit assessment |
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
2 |
|
Collective investments undertakings (CIU) |
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
117 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
117 |
|
Equity exposures |
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
562 |
|
|
|
562 |
|
Other exposures |
|
|
847 |
|
|
|
52,826 |
|
|
|
14,247 |
|
|
|
8,042 |
|
|
|
21,539 |
|
|
|
97,500 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total standardised approach |
|
|
79,923 |
|
|
|
313,814 |
|
|
|
225,022 |
|
|
|
202,091 |
|
|
|
36,970 |
|
|
|
857,820 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
|
85,369 |
|
|
|
444,426 |
|
|
|
518,841 |
|
|
|
457,576 |
|
|
|
48,697 |
|
|
|
1,554,908 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note: original exposure is shown (CR-IRB column 20, CRSA column 10).
Securitisations not included
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures
|
|
97 |
3. CREDIT RISK
In the distribution of standard exposure maturities, the terms of less than one year and between one and five
have the highest degree of exposure.
In the distribution of exposure maturities in IRB models the terms between one year and five and over five are those
with the highest percentage of exposure.
The following two tables show all exposures by counterparty type and geographical area.
∎ TABLE 56. CREDIT QUALITY OF
EXPOSURES BY INDUSTRY OR COUNTERPARTY TYPE (CR1-B)
Millions of Euros
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
31 Dec. 2017 |
|
|
|
Gross carrying values of1 |
|
|
Credit risk |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non performing |
|
|
Performing |
|
|
adjustment charges |
|
|
|
|
|
|
exposures |
|
|
exposures |
|
|
of the period3 |
|
|
Net values4 |
|
Agriculture, forestry and fishing |
|
|
426 |
|
|
|
8,016 |
|
|
|
254 |
|
|
|
8,188 |
|
Mining and quarrying |
|
|
309 |
|
|
|
5,040 |
|
|
|
219 |
|
|
|
5,130 |
|
Manufacturing |
|
|
2,134 |
|
|
|
39,242 |
|
|
|
1,265 |
|
|
|
40,111 |
|
Electricity, gas, steam and air conditioning supply |
|
|
619 |
|
|
|
15,331 |
|
|
|
323 |
|
|
|
15,627 |
|
Water supply |
|
|
76 |
|
|
|
1,412 |
|
|
|
48 |
|
|
|
1,441 |
|
Construction |
|
|
6,336 |
|
|
|
32,462 |
|
|
|
3,072 |
|
|
|
35,726 |
|
Wholesale and retail trade |
|
|
3,037 |
|
|
|
57,495 |
|
|
|
2,121 |
|
|
|
58,411 |
|
Transport and storage |
|
|
522 |
|
|
|
15,308 |
|
|
|
393 |
|
|
|
15,436 |
|
Accommodation and food service activities |
|
|
944 |
|
|
|
8,828 |
|
|
|
279 |
|
|
|
9,493 |
|
Information and communication |
|
|
139 |
|
|
|
8,354 |
|
|
|
99 |
|
|
|
8,394 |
|
Real estate activities |
|
|
2,171 |
|
|
|
25,192 |
|
|
|
2,130 |
|
|
|
25,233 |
|
Professional, scientific and technical activities |
|
|
625 |
|
|
|
13,198 |
|
|
|
308 |
|
|
|
13,516 |
|
Administrative and support service activities |
|
|
578 |
|
|
|
11,073 |
|
|
|
429 |
|
|
|
11,222 |
|
Public administration and defence, compulsory social security |
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
183 |
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
184 |
|
Education |
|
|
111 |
|
|
|
3,102 |
|
|
|
93 |
|
|
|
3,120 |
|
Human health services and social work activities |
|
|
398 |
|
|
|
7,371 |
|
|
|
187 |
|
|
|
7,582 |
|
Arts, entertainment and recreation |
|
|
85 |
|
|
|
1,339 |
|
|
|
36 |
|
|
|
1,387 |
|
Other services |
|
|
713 |
|
|
|
16,942 |
|
|
|
559 |
|
|
|
17,095 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total2 |
|
|
19,224 |
|
|
|
269,885 |
|
|
|
11,815 |
|
|
|
277,294 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2) |
Only loans to non-financial companies. |
3) |
Includes: All provisions + accumulated fair value changes due to credit risk. |
4) |
Net values = Non-performing exposures + Performing exposures - Credit risk adjustments charges of the period. |
|
|
|
|
|
98 |
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures |
|
|
∎ TABLE 57. CREDIT QUALITY OF EXPOSURES BY GEOGRAPHY (CR1-C)
Millions of Euros
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
31 Dec. 2017 |
|
|
|
Gross carrying values of |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Credit risk |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non performing |
|
|
Performing |
|
|
adjustment charges |
|
|
|
|
|
|
exposures |
|
|
exposures |
|
|
of the period1 |
|
|
Net values2 |
|
Spain |
|
|
19,289 |
|
|
|
402,435 |
|
|
|
8,683 |
|
|
|
413,041 |
|
European Union ex Spain |
|
|
9,373 |
|
|
|
592,805 |
|
|
|
5,857 |
|
|
|
596,321 |
|
EEUU and Puerto Rico |
|
|
2,205 |
|
|
|
155,123 |
|
|
|
3,636 |
|
|
|
153,692 |
|
Rest of OCDE |
|
|
2,969 |
|
|
|
132,738 |
|
|
|
2,007 |
|
|
|
133,701 |
|
LatAm (no OCDE) |
|
|
5,522 |
|
|
|
191,811 |
|
|
|
4,850 |
|
|
|
192,483 |
|
Rest of world |
|
|
163 |
|
|
|
19,724 |
|
|
|
93 |
|
|
|
19,795 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
|
39,521 |
|
|
|
1,494,637 |
|
|
|
25,125 |
|
|
|
1,509,032 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note:
Table includes: on
balance sheet exposure of loans,fixed income and on demand balances in central banks and credit institutions. Off balance sheet exposure included.
1) |
Includes: All provisions + accumulated fair value changes due to credit risk (all figures are on balance sheet exposure). |
2) |
Net Values = Non-performing Exposures + Performing Exposures - Credit risk adjustment charges of the period. Off balance adjustments (not included) amount to 617 Mn.
|
The following table shows the volume of NPLs and debt restructurings.
∎ TABLE 58. NON-PERFORMING AND FORBORNE EXPOSURES (CR1-E)
Millions of Euros
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
31 Dec. 2017 |
|
|
|
Gross carrying values of |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Collaterals |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated impairment and |
|
|
and financial |
|
|
|
Gross carrying amount of performing |
|
|
provisions and negative fair value |
|
|
guarantees |
|
|
|
and non-performing exposures |
|
|
adjustments due to credit risk |
|
|
received |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
On |
|
|
On |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Of which non- |
|
|
performing |
|
|
non-performing |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Of which: |
|
|
|
|
|
performing |
|
|
exposures |
|
|
exposures |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
performing but past due >30 days and <=90 days |
|
|
of which: performing forborne |
|
|
|
|
|
of which: impaired |
|
|
of which: forborne |
|
|
|
|
|
of which: forborne |
|
|
|
|
|
of which: forborne |
|
|
On nonperforming exposures |
|
|
of which: forborne exposures |
|
Debt securities |
|
|
148,276 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
88 |
|
|
|
1,017 |
|
|
|
995 |
|
|
|
765 |
|
|
|
-32 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
-729 |
|
|
|
-552 |
|
|
|
57 |
|
|
|
57 |
|
Loans and advances |
|
|
1,047,304 |
|
|
|
10,425 |
|
|
|
29,091 |
|
|
|
37,177 |
|
|
|
34,894 |
|
|
|
20,139 |
|
|
|
-7,945 |
|
|
|
-2,371 |
|
|
|
-16,475 |
|
|
|
-8,696 |
|
|
|
14,539 |
|
|
|
25,334 |
|
Off-balance sheet exposures |
|
|
291,943 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
466 |
|
|
|
1,326 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
18 |
|
|
|
-346 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
-271 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
521 |
|
|
|
32 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
|
1,487,523 |
|
|
|
10,425 |
|
|
|
29,645 |
|
|
|
39,521 |
|
|
|
35,890 |
|
|
|
20,922 |
|
|
|
-8,323 |
|
|
|
-2,371 |
|
|
|
-17,475 |
|
|
|
-9,248 |
|
|
|
15,116 |
|
|
|
25,423 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures
|
|
99 |
3. CREDIT RISK
The following table shows the annual change in impairment losses on financial assets.
∎ TABLE 59. CHANGES IN STOCK
OF GENERAL AND SPECIFIC CREDIT RISK ADJUSTMENTS (CR2-A)
Millions of Euros
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated Specific |
|
|
Accumulated General |
|
|
|
credit risk adjustment |
|
|
credit risk adjustment |
|
Opening balance |
|
|
15,895 |
|
|
|
9,179 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Increases due to amounts set aside for estimated loan losses during the period |
|
|
17,640 |
|
|
|
1,818 |
|
Decreases due to amounts reversed for estimated loan losses during the period |
|
|
-5,870 |
|
|
|
-2,691 |
|
Decreases due to amounts taken against accumulated credit risk adjustments |
|
|
-13,589 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
Transfers between credit risk adjustments |
|
|
63 |
|
|
|
-127 |
|
Impact of exchange rate differences |
|
|
-730 |
|
|
|
-716 |
|
Business combinations, including acquisitions and disposals of subsidiaries |
|
|
4,192 |
|
|
|
683 |
|
Other adjustments |
|
|
-396 |
|
|
|
-321 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Closing balance |
|
|
17,204 |
|
|
|
7,824 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Recoveries on credit risk adjustments recorded directly to the statement of profit or
loss |
|
|
1,625 |
|
|
|
|
|
Specific credit risk adjustments recorded directly to the statement of profit or loss |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Previously written-off assets recovered in 2017 amounted to EUR
1,625 million.
The following table shows the lending stock and debt instruments classified as non-performing
between the close of the previous year and the year in progress.
|
|
|
|
|
100 |
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures |
|
|
∎ TABLE 60. CHANGES IN STOCK OF
NON-PERFORMING AND IMPAIRED LOANS AND DEBT SECURITIES (CR2-B)
Millions of Euros
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross carrying value |
|
|
|
non-performing exposures |
|
Opening balance |
|
|
34,284 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loans and debt securities that have non-performing or
impaired since the last reporting period1 |
|
|
8,925 |
|
Returned to performing status |
|
|
|
|
Amounts written off |
|
|
-13,570 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other changes |
|
|
8,556 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Closing balance |
|
|
38,194 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
1): |
Figures are referred to net new non-performing |
The following table shows the age of exposures with past due balances, by product type.
∎ TABLE 61. AGEING OF PAST-DUE OF EXPOSURES (CR1-D)
Millions of Euros
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross carrying values |
|
|
|
|
|
|
> 30 days £ |
|
|
> 60 days £ |
|
|
> 90 days £ |
|
|
> 180 days |
|
|
|
|
|
|
£ 30 days |
|
|
60 days |
|
|
90 days |
|
|
180 days |
|
|
£ 1 year |
|
|
> 1 year |
|
Loans |
|
|
18,134 |
|
|
|
6,755 |
|
|
|
3,669 |
|
|
|
5,336 |
|
|
|
4,873 |
|
|
|
15,015 |
|
Debt Securities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total exposures |
|
|
18,134 |
|
|
|
6,755 |
|
|
|
3,669 |
|
|
|
5,336 |
|
|
|
4,873 |
|
|
|
15,015 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Notes: The trading portfolio is not included. Not including non-performing or
loans considered doubtful for subjective reasons
3.3. Internal rating systems
Since 1993 the Group has been using its own internal rating and scoring models to measure the credit quality of customers and transactions. Each rating or
score indicates a probability of default, measured on the basis of the Banks historical default experience (except in the case of low default portfolios). More than 400 internal rating models are used in the Groups credit approval and
risk monitoring process.
Global rating tools are used for the Global Corporate Banking segments, namely Corporate, GCB, Sovereign, Financial Institutions
and Specialised Lending, which are managed centrally at Group level in terms of rating assignment and risk monitoring. The rating these tools assign to each customer is obtained using an expert-judgment model, which relies on an analysts
opinion, supported by a quantitative or automatic module based on balance sheet ratios or macroeconomic variables.
In the global models, the quantitative
module is calibrated using the market price of credit default swaps. A model is constructed that relates the market-implied probability of default (PD) extracted from the CDS spreads to country macroeconomic data or company balance sheet data.
Consequently, this data can be used to estimate PD even for entities for which no liquid CDS quotes are available.
The analyst takes this information as
a reference but will revise and adjust it to obtain the final rating, which therefore is decisively expert judgment-based. Occasionally, as in the case of CGB Corporate, the rating is also adjusted where the company belongs to a group from which it
receives explicit support.
For the Corporates and Institutions segment (including SMEs with the highest turnover), the parent of Santander
Group has established a single methodology for constructing a rating in each country. In this case the rating is determined by an automatic module which uses initial analyst input and which may or may not be supplemented at a later stage. The
automatic module determines the rating in two phases: a quantitative phase and a qualitative phase. The qualitative phase is based on a corrective questionnaire, which allows the analyst to modify the automatic score by a limited number of rating
points. Santander Group is moving towards a new rating methodology that aims to incorporate all available information (internal behaviour, external sources, etc.) in a more structured manner, so as to statistically assign a weight to the (automatic)
objective score and the (expert) subjective score in accordance with a customers characteristics and analysts view of its capacity to add value, thus simplifying and improving the assignment of ratings.
Customer ratings are reviewed at periodic intervals to take account of new available information. Ratings are reviewed more frequently when certain automatic
alerts are triggered and in the case of customers placed on special watch. The rating tools themselves are also reviewed in order to fine-tune the ratings they generate.
For the Retail segment (Natural Persons and SMEs), the Group has scoring tools that automatically assign a score to transactions submitted for approval.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures
|
|
101 |
3. CREDIT RISK
These credit approval systems are supplemented by behavioural rating models, which provide greater
predictability of the risks assumed and are used not only when accepting new risks but also when monitoring risks setting limits.
The models committee
has approved the following mapping between internal ratings and probabilities of default for the global portfolios.
∎ TABLE 62. MAPPING OF
INTERNAL RATINGS AND PD
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Global Corporate Banking |
|
|
Banks |
|
|
Financial institutions non banks |
|
Rating |
|
PD |
|
|
Rating |
|
|
PD |
|
|
Rating |
|
|
PD |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9.3 |
|
|
0.008 |
% |
|
|
9.3 |
|
|
|
0.008 |
% |
|
|
9.3 |
|
|
|
0.002 |
% |
9.2 |
|
|
0.008 |
% |
|
|
9.2 |
|
|
|
0.009 |
% |
|
|
9.2 |
|
|
|
0.002 |
% |
9.0 |
|
|
0.010 |
% |
|
|
9.0 |
|
|
|
0.011 |
% |
|
|
9.0 |
|
|
|
0.003 |
% |
8.5 |
|
|
0.017 |
% |
|
|
8.5 |
|
|
|
0.018 |
% |
|
|
8.5 |
|
|
|
0.006 |
% |
8.0 |
|
|
0.029 |
% |
|
|
8.0 |
|
|
|
0.030 |
% |
|
|
8.0 |
|
|
|
0.012 |
% |
7.5 |
|
|
0.049 |
% |
|
|
7.5 |
|
|
|
0.050 |
% |
|
|
7.5 |
|
|
|
0.024 |
% |
7.0 |
|
|
0.083 |
% |
|
|
7.0 |
|
|
|
0.083 |
% |
|
|
7.0 |
|
|
|
0.050 |
% |
6.5 |
|
|
0.140 |
% |
|
|
6.5 |
|
|
|
0.138 |
% |
|
|
6.5 |
|
|
|
0.103 |
% |
6.0 |
|
|
0.236 |
% |
|
|
6.0 |
|
|
|
0.229 |
% |
|
|
6.0 |
|
|
|
0.212 |
% |
5.5 |
|
|
0.397 |
% |
|
|
5.5 |
|
|
|
0.378 |
% |
|
|
5.5 |
|
|
|
0.437 |
% |
5.0 |
|
|
0.668 |
% |
|
|
5.0 |
|
|
|
0.624 |
% |
|
|
5.0 |
|
|
|
0.900 |
% |
4.5 |
|
|
1.122 |
% |
|
|
4.5 |
|
|
|
1.030 |
% |
|
|
4.5 |
|
|
|
1.853 |
% |
4.0 |
|
|
1.879 |
% |
|
|
4.0 |
|
|
|
1.694 |
% |
|
|
4.0 |
|
|
|
3.814 |
% |
3.5 |
|
|
3.128 |
% |
|
|
3.5 |
|
|
|
2.776 |
% |
|
|
3.5 |
|
|
|
7.853 |
% |
3.0 |
|
|
5.166 |
% |
|
|
3.0 |
|
|
|
4.515 |
% |
|
|
3.0 |
|
|
|
16.169 |
% |
2.5 |
|
|
8.415 |
% |
|
|
2.5 |
|
|
|
7.264 |
% |
|
|
2.5 |
|
|
|
33.289 |
% |
2.0 |
|
|
13.418 |
% |
|
|
2.0 |
|
|
|
11.483 |
% |
|
|
2.0 |
|
|
|
45.000 |
% |
1.5 |
|
|
20.723 |
% |
|
|
1.5 |
|
|
|
17.687 |
% |
|
|
1.5 |
|
|
|
45.000 |
% |
1.0 |
|
|
30.600 |
% |
|
|
1.0 |
|
|
|
26.248 |
% |
|
|
1.0 |
|
|
|
45.000 |
% |
These PDs are applied consistently across the Group, in line with the global management of these portfolios. As
can be seen, the PD assigned to any given internal rating is not exactly the same in different portfolios. Regulatory requirements demand differentiated PD calibration.
|
|
|
|
|
102 |
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures |
|
|
3.4. Rating assignment and parameter estimation
Measuring the credit risk of a transaction involves calculating both the expected and the unexpected loss on the transaction. The unexpected loss is the basis
for the calculation of both regulatory and economic capital and refers to a very high, albeit improbable, level of loss that is not considered a recurring cost but must be absorbed by capital. Measuring risk involves two separate steps: estimating
the risk, and then assigning the credit risk parameters: PD, LGD and EAD.
PD, or probability of default, estimates the likelihood that a customer or a
contract will default within 12 months. The PD used for regulatory capital is long-term, or through-the-cycle PD, which is not conditioned to a specific
point in the cycle.
The default event being modelled is based on the definition given in article 178 of the Capital Requirements Regulation of the
European Central Bank1 , which considers that default is defined for a customer/ contract when at least one of the following circumstances arises:
|
|
|
The institution considers there is a reasonable doubt that the obligor will not pay its credit obligations in full. |
|
|
|
The customer/contract is past due more than 90 days on any material credit obligation. |
The event to be
modelled in corporate portfolios is customer default, whereas PD is estimated on the basis of the contract in retail portfolios.
Calculations of PD are
based on the entitys own internal experience, i.e. on past observations of defaults in ratings or scorings.
LGD or Loss Given Default is defined as
the mathematical expectation of the percentage of economic loss in the event of a default event. Calculations of LGD are based on internal data concerning income and expense incurred by the institution during the recovery process once the default
event has arisen, discounted at the date of commencement of default.
The LGD calculated to determine regulatory capital is downturn LGD, i.e.
considered for a worst-case scenario in the economic cycle.
In addition to the estimation of downturn LGD to be used for normal operations, a specific
loss estimate is made for operations in default. This is determined using LGD and ELBE (Expected Loss Best Estimate) parameters. ELBE attempts to provide, at any given time, the best estimate of economic loss based mainly on the time during which
the operation has been in default, with due regard to the prevailing economic situation, while LGD for transactions in default is increased by any further unexpected losses that may be reported during the recovery period.
Last but not least, EAD, or exposure at default, is calculated, meaning the value of the debt at the time of
default. For lending products or any product with no off-balance sheet amount, EAD equals the balance of the transaction plus any interest accrued but not yet payable. For facility type products, however, it
is necessary to estimate any future drawdowns that will be made between the present time and the eventual future default event. It is for this reason that the CCF or Credit Conversion Factor is calculated, which shows the percentage of the balance
not currently utilised (off-balance sheet amount) that would be utilised at the time of default.
Past information
on portfolios is essential for estimating regulatory parameters, as established in the EU Regulation itself (Regulation (EU) no 575/2013) . The minimum data periods to be used in estimates is five or seven years, depending on the parameter and the
portfolio. The Bank has an internal data model containing past information on portfolios, which is subject to review by the internal supervisory divisions (Validation and Audit) and by the supervisory authorities.
The method used to estimate the credit risk parameters will be updated accordingly in accordance with the Guidelines on PD estimation, LGD estimation and
treatment of defaulted assets, as well as the Guidelines and RTS relating to the definition of default so as to incorporate the requirements and interpretations deriving from these articles.
As already mentioned, for regulatory purposes observations of frequency of default and the associated losses must be averaged out over an entire economic
cycle, in the case of PD, or represent a downturn situation in the case of LGD or EAD.
It is for this reason that recent observations are not directly
comparable to regulatory parameters, and backtesting exercises should be treated with due caution. We will see in section 3.9 that the default frequencies recently observed are below regulatory PDs in regions with growth rates above the average for
the cycle. Conversely, in regions where economic growth falls short of the average, default observations may exceed regulatory PDs.
In certain portfolios
(known as low default portfolios) there is so little default experience that alternative approaches to parameter estimation must be adopted.
Notes 1 and 2: Regulation (EU) No
575/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 26 June 2013 on prudential requirements for credit institutions and investment firms.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures
|
|
103 |
3. CREDIT RISK
Low default portfolios: GCB Corporates; Banks; Non-Bank Financial
Institutions; and Central Governments
Estimates of PD and LGD in low default portfolios rely chiefly on studies performed by external rating agencies,
which reflect the pooled experience of the large numbers of entities and countries rated by the agencies. These databases contain in-depth historical information to help identify complete economic cycles and
analyse downturn situations.
The definition of default employed by the agencies is subjected to a detailed comparison against regulatory requirements.
Even if this does not produce a perfect match, the process has sufficient items in common to enable it to be used.
For PD, the agencies do not directly
report TTC estimates, but rather the number of annual default observations. The observations are averaged out over an economic cycle by external ratings in order to obtain the TTC PD. This TTC PD is assigned to all counterparties with external
ratings, which later helps to calibrate the internal rating. Therefore, the PD will not depend on the counterpartys external rating, but on its internal rating, and may also be applied to customers with no external rating.
The parameters estimated for global portfolios are the same for all the Groups units. Thus, a financial institution with a rating of 8.5 will have the
same PD, regardless of the unit in which the exposure is booked.
Corporates (including SMEs, specialised lending and receivables)
For portfolios of customers that have an account manager assigned to them, the estimation is based on the entitys own internal experience. The PD is
calculated for customers by observing new NPLs in the portfolio and relating these to the ratings assigned to the customers concerned. To this end, long-run observed default frequencies are calculated for a
rating or a group of ratings, and are adjusted to the average PD observed for each portfolio over a complete economic cycle.
In contrast to low default
portfolios, Corporates portfolios have specific rating systems in each Group unit, requiring specific PD calibrations in each case.
In Corporates portfolios, LGD is calculated on the basis of observed recoveries of defaulted transactions. This
calculation takes into account not only the cash inflows and outflows associated with the recovery process but also the timing of these flows, so as to calculate their present value, as well as the direct and indirect costs of recovery. LGD
estimates used for regulatory purposes must be downturn LGD estimates. The existence of major variables (known as drivers) is modelled to explain the emergence of different LGDs for different groups of operations. The main drivers
employed are the age of operations, whether or not collateral has been furnished, type of collateral, its loan-to-value, etc. These explanatory variables must be of
statistical significance and make good business sense. Estimated ELBE and LGD are also calculated for operations in default.
Lastly, EAD, or exposure at
default, is estimated by comparing the percent utilisation of committed facilities at the time of default and in normal circumstances, in order to estimate the extent to which customers make more use of their credit facilities as they approach
default. To estimate the CCF, information on past defaults is gathered from databases and the balance situation (on and off the balance sheet) is compared between the time of default and previous occasions when the downturn in customers credit
quality had yet to be observed.
Retail portfolios
In portfolios where customers do not have an account manager assigned to them but are treated on a pooled or standardised basis, PDs are also estimated based
on the entitys internal experience, although the data unit for assigning PDs is the transaction, not the customer.
PDs are calculated by observing
new NPLs and relating each new NPL to the score assigned to the transaction at the time of approval or, for transactions beyond a certain age, to the customer rating. As with the Corporates portfolios, LGD is calculated on the basis of an observed
recovery process, adjusted to downturn conditions. Estimated ELBE and LGD are also calculated for operations in default. The EAD estimation is also similar to that of Corporates.
The risk parameters for retail portfolios must be estimated separately for each entity, country and segment and need to be reviewed at least once a year.
The parameters are then assigned to the transactions recorded on each units balance sheet, so as to calculate the expected losses and capital
requirements associated with the units exposure.
|
|
|
|
|
104 |
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures |
|
|
The following tables provide a summary of the parameter models used in the different
regions.
∎ TABLE 63. IRB PARAMETER MODELS BY REGION
Global models
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
31 Dec. 2017 |
|
|
|
|
No. of significant models |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Component |
|
Portfolio |
|
Nº |
|
Description |
|
Portfolio RWA Thousands of Euros |
|
|
Description of model
and methodology |
|
No. of years of loss data |
|
Basel category |
|
Regulatory floors applied |
PD |
|
Corporates |
|
1 |
|
- PD Corporates |
|
|
40,238 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Corporates |
|
PD > 0.03% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Model which uses the |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
IFIs |
|
2 |
|
- PD Banks |
|
|
8,796 |
|
|
equivalent agency rating |
|
|
|
Corporates, |
|
PD > 0.03% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
- PD Non- |
|
|
|
|
|
and relates the internal |
|
>10 |
|
Financial |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Bank IFIs |
|
|
|
|
|
rating with the ODF (S&P) |
|
|
|
Institutions |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
through a regression model |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sovereign |
|
1 |
|
PD Sovereign |
|
|
714 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sovereign |
|
No |
LGD |
|
Corporates |
|
1 |
|
LGD Corporates |
|
|
40,238 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Corporates |
|
45% |
|
|
IFIs |
|
2 |
|
- LGD Banks |
|
|
8,796 |
|
|
Models based on |
|
|
|
Corporates, |
|
45% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
- LGD Non- |
|
|
|
|
|
reports published by |
|
>10 |
|
Financial |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Bank IFIs |
|
|
|
|
|
Moodys and S&P |
|
|
|
Institutions |
|
|
|
|
Sovereign |
|
1 |
|
LGD Sovereign |
|
|
714 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sovereign |
|
No |
EAD |
|
Corporates, |
|
1 |
|
EAD Corporates |
|
|
43,468 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Corporates, |
|
|
|
|
IFIs |
|
|
|
and non-bank |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Financial |
|
EAD must be at |
|
|
no Bancos |
|
|
|
IFIs |
|
|
|
|
|
Modelled based on: |
|
|
|
Institutions |
|
least equal to the |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
internal cases of default |
|
1-5 |
|
|
|
current utilisation |
|
|
Project Finance |
|
1 |
|
EAD Project |
|
|
16,464 |
|
|
and default proxies |
|
|
|
Specialised |
|
of the balance at |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Finance |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Lending, |
|
account level |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sovereign |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures
|
|
105 |
3. CREDIT RISK
Spanish portfolios
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
31 Dec. 2017 |
|
|
|
|
No. of significant models |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Component |
|
Portfolio |
|
Nº |
|
Description |
|
Portfolio RWA Thousands of Euros |
|
|
Description of model
and methodology |
|
No. of years of loss data |
|
Basel category |
|
Regulatory floors applied |
PD |
|
Non- |
|
3 |
|
PD Local Corporations |
|
|
32,957 |
|
|
|
|
6-10 |
|
Corporates |
|
|
|
|
standardised |
|
|
|
PD Non-standardised |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
corporates |
|
|
|
corporates |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
>10 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PD Commercial |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
real estate |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Standardised |
|
1 |
|
PD Standardised |
|
|
2,656 |
|
|
|
|
> 10 |
|
Retail Others |
|
|
|
|
corporates |
|
|
|
Legal Entities (Micro- |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/ Micro- |
|
|
|
enterprises) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
enterprises |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Statistical models, |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Retail mortgage |
|
1 |
|
PD Mortgages |
|
|
14,796 |
|
|
based on internal |
|
> 10 |
|
Retail |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
default experience. |
|
|
|
Mortgages |
|
>0.03% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted to the |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PD Loans |
|
|
5,971 |
|
|
economic cycle |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PD Loans, ING |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
and Other |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Retail Others |
|
|
|
|
Retail non- |
|
8 |
|
PD Auto Consultant |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
>10 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
mortgage |
|
|
|
and Other |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PD Overdrafts |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PD Credit cards |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Retail |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revolving |
|
|
LGD |
|
|
|
|
|
PD Local Corporations |
|
|
32,957 |
|
|
|
|
6-10 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non- |
|
|
|
PD Non-standardised |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
standardised |
|
3 |
|
corporates |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Corporates |
|
No |
|
|
corporates |
|
|
|
PD Commercial |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
>10 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
real estate |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Standardised |
|
1 |
|
LGD Standardised |
|
|
2,656 |
|
|
|
|
>10 |
|
Retail Others |
|
|
|
|
corporates |
|
|
|
Legal Entities (Micro- |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
No |
|
|
/ Micro- |
|
|
|
enterprises) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
enterprises |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Model based on |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Retail mortgage |
|
1 |
|
LGD Mortgages |
|
|
14,796 |
|
|
internal recovery |
|
>10 |
|
Retail |
|
Floor of 10% at |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
information. Downturn |
|
|
|
Mortgages |
|
portfolio level |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
due to selection of |
|
|
|
|
|
if applicable |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
worst years of cycle |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7 |
|
LGD Loans |
|
|
5,971 |
|
|
|
|
>10 |
|
|
|
No |
|
|
|
|
|
LGD Loans, ING |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
and Other |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Retail Others |
|
|
|
Retail non- |
|
|
LGD Auto Consultant |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
mortgage |
|
|
and Other |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LGD Overdrafts |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LGD Credit cards |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Retail |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revolving |
|
|
|
|
|
|
106 |
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures |
|
|
Spanish portfolios (contd.)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
31 Dec. 2017 |
|
|
|
|
No. of significant models |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Component |
|
Portfolio |
|
Nº |
|
Description |
|
Portfolio RWA Thousands of Euros |
|
|
Description of model
and methodology |
|
No. of years of loss data |
|
Basel category |
|
Regulatory floors applied |
EAD |
|
|
|
3 |
|
EAD Local Corporations |
|
|
32,957 |
|
|
Statistical model, in
which the internal balance information
observed in default is
used to obtain a CCF |
|
|
|
Corporates |
|
EAD must be
at least equal to the current
utilisation of the balance at
account level |
|
|
Non- |
|
|
|
EAD Non-standardised |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
standardised |
|
|
|
corporates |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
corporates |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
EAD Commercial |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
real estate |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Standardised |
|
1 |
|
EAD Standardised |
|
|
2,656 |
|
|
|
|
|
Retail Others |
|
|
|
corporates |
|
|
|
Legal Entities (Micro- |
|
|
|
|
|
|
>10 |
|
|
|
|
|
/ Micro- |
|
|
|
enterprises) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
enterprises |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2 |
|
EAD Loans |
|
|
20,767 |
|
|
|
|
|
Retail Others |
|
|
|
Retail |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
EAD Credit Cards |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Retail |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revolving |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures
|
|
107 |
3. CREDIT RISK
UK portfolios
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
31 Dec. 2017 |
|
|
|
|
No. of significant models |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Component |
|
Portfolio |
|
Nº |
|
Description |
|
Portfolio RWA Thousands of Euros |
|
|
Description of model
and methodology |
|
No. of years of loss data |
|
Basel category |
|
Regulatory floors applied |
PD |
|
Mortgages |
|
1 |
|
Mortgages |
|
|
29,132 |
|
|
Statistical model which produces a PD that is
scaled to a cycle average |
|
>10 |
|
Retail Mortgages |
|
PD > 0.03% |
|
|
Consumer |
|
1 |
|
Consumer |
|
|
2,130 |
|
|
Statistical model which produces a PD that is
scaled to a cycle average |
|
6 - 10 |
|
Retail Others |
|
PD > 0.03% |
|
|
Overdrafts |
|
1 |
|
Overdrafts |
|
|
2,192 |
|
|
Observed default rates segmented in
statistical score bands, scaled to a long-term average |
|
6 - 10 |
|
Retail Revolving |
|
PD > 0.03% |
|
|
Social Housing |
|
1 |
|
Social Housing |
|
|
783 |
|
|
Expert judgment rating model |
|
N/A Low default portfolio |
|
Corporates |
|
PD > 0.03% |
|
|
A&L Models (FIRB) |
|
2 |
|
- MRA - Credit Edge |
|
|
5,967 |
|
|
Statistical rating model for Corporates |
|
>10 |
|
Corporates |
|
PD > 0.03% |
|
|
A&L Modelos (Slotting) |
|
3 |
|
- IPRE - Object Finance
- Project Finance |
|
|
1,105 |
|
|
Slotting criteria |
|
N/A |
|
Corporates |
|
N/A |
LGD |
|
Mortgages |
|
1 |
|
Mortgages |
|
|
29,132 |
|
|
Loss estimates and writeoff probability based on internal data, stressed to a downturn situation |
|
1 - 5 |
|
Retail Mortages |
|
LGD> 10% at portfolio level |
|
|
Consumer |
|
1 |
|
Consumer |
|
|
2,130 |
|
|
Loss estimates and writeoff probability based on a regression, with expert judgment where appropriate |
|
1 - 5 |
|
Retail Others |
|
No |
|
|
Overdrafts |
|
1 |
|
Overdrafts |
|
|
2,192 |
|
|
Loss estimates and |
|
1 - 5 |
|
Retail |
|
No |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
writeoff probability based |
|
|
|
Revolving |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
on internal data, using |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
a long-term average |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Social Housing |
|
1 |
|
Social Housing |
|
|
783 |
|
|
Estimate based on data on the realisable value of the collateral |
|
N/A Low default portfolio |
|
Corporates |
|
No |
|
|
A&L Models (FIRB) |
|
2 |
|
- MRA - Credit Edge |
|
|
5,967 |
|
|
Foundation IRB |
|
>10 years (only Corporates) |
|
Corporates |
|
No |
|
|
A&L Modelos (Slotting) |
|
3 |
|
- IPRE - Object Finance
- Project Finance |
|
|
1,105 |
|
|
Slotting criteria |
|
N/A |
|
Corporates |
|
N/A |
|
|
|
|
|
108 |
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures |
|
|
UK portfolios (contd.)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
31 Dec. 2017 |
|
|
|
|
No. of significant models |
|
Portfolio RWA Thousands of |
|
|
Description of model and |
|
No. of years |
|
Basel |
|
Regulatory |
Component |
|
Portfolio |
|
Nº |
|
Description |
|
Euros |
|
|
methodology |
|
of loss data |
|
category |
|
floors applied |
EAD |
|
Mortgages |
|
1 |
|
Mortgages |
|
|
29,132 |
|
|
Long-term CCD estimates applied to on- and off- balance sheet totals |
|
6 - 10 |
|
Retail Mortgages |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consumer |
|
1 |
|
Consumer |
|
|
2,130 |
|
|
Regression model |
|
6 - 10 |
|
Retail Others |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Overdrafts |
|
1 |
|
Overdrafts |
|
|
2,192 |
|
|
Long-term CCD estimates applied to on- and off- balance sheet totals |
|
6 - 10 |
|
Retail Revolving |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Social Housing |
|
1 |
|
Social Housing |
|
|
783 |
|
|
Estimate based on data |
|
N/A Low default portfolio |
|
Corporates |
|
EAD must be at least equal to the current utilisation of the balance at account level |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A&L Models (FIRB) |
|
2 |
|
- MRA - Credit Edge |
|
|
5,967 |
|
|
Foundation IRB |
|
>10 years (only Corporates) |
|
Corporates |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A&L Modelos (Slotting) |
|
3 |
|
- IPRE - Object Finance
- Project Finance |
|
|
1,105 |
|
|
Slotting criteria |
|
>10 years (only Corporates) |
|
Corporates |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures
|
|
109 |
3. CREDIT RISK
Portuguese portfolios
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
31 Dec. 2017 |
|
|
|
|
No. of significant models |
|
Portfolio RWA Thousands of |
|
|
Description of model and |
|
No. of years |
|
|
|
Regulatory |
Component |
|
Portfolio |
|
Nº |
|
Description |
|
Euros |
|
|
methodology |
|
of loss data |
|
Basel category |
|
floors applied |
PD |
|
Non- standardised corporates |
|
3 |
|
- Corporates - Chambers - Real
estate developers |
|
|
3,694 |
|
|
Statistical model, based on internal data which calibrates the scoring model, performing a cyclical adjustment. |
|
>10 |
|
Corporates |
|
PD > 0.03% |
|
|
Standardised corporates |
|
2 |
|
- Private individual
- Legal entity |
|
|
330 |
|
|
|
|
Retail Others |
|
|
|
Retail
mortgage |
|
1 |
|
Retail mortgage |
|
|
3,296 |
|
|
|
|
Retail Mortgages |
|
|
|
Retail non- mortgage |
|
3 |
|
- Credit Cards
- Consumer - Other Retail |
|
|
600 |
|
|
|
|
Retail Revolving and others |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LGD |
|
Non- standardised corporates |
|
3 |
|
- Corporates - Chambers - Real
estate developers |
|
|
3,694 |
|
|
Statistical model, based on internal recovery data. Downturn period based on the cycles worst years. |
|
6 - 10 |
|
Corporates |
|
No |
|
|
Standardised corporates |
|
2 |
|
- Private individuals
- Legal entities |
|
|
330 |
|
|
|
|
Retail Others |
|
|
|
Retail mortgage |
|
1 |
|
Retail mortgage |
|
|
3,296 |
|
|
|
|
Retail Mortgages |
|
|
|
Retail non- mortgage |
|
1 |
|
Retail non- mortgage |
|
|
600 |
|
|
|
|
Retail Revolving and others |
|
EAD |
|
Non- standardised corporates |
|
3 |
|
- Corporates - Chambers - Real
estate developers |
|
|
3,694 |
|
|
Statistical model, in which the internal balance information observed in default is used to obtain a CCF |
|
6 - 10 |
|
Corporates |
|
EAD must be at least equal to
the current utilisation of the balance at account level |
|
|
Standardised corporates |
|
2 |
|
- Private individuals
- Legal entities |
|
|
330 |
|
|
|
|
Retail Others |
|
|
|
Retail |
|
1 |
|
Retail |
|
|
3,896 |
|
|
|
|
Retail Revolving and others |
|
|
|
|
|
|
110 |
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures |
|
|
Mexican portfolios
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
31 Dec. 2017 |
|
|
|
|
No. of significant models |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Component |
|
Portfolio |
|
Nº |
|
Portfolio RWA Thousands of Euros |
|
|
Description of model
and methodology |
|
No. of years of loss data |
|
Basel category |
|
Regulatory floors applied |
PD |
|
Non-standardised corporates |
|
1 |
|
|
3,017 |
|
|
Statistical model, based on internal default experience. Adjusted to the economic cycle |
|
6 - 10 |
|
Corporates |
|
PD> 0.03% |
|
|
State and municipal governments and public bodies |
|
1 |
|
|
437 |
|
|
|
|
Institutions |
|
|
|
Real state developers |
|
1 |
|
|
572 |
|
|
|
|
Corporates |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LGD |
|
Non-standardised corporates |
|
1 |
|
|
3,017 |
|
|
Statistical model, based on internal recovery data |
|
6 - 10 |
|
Corporates |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
State and municipal governments and public bodies |
|
1 |
|
|
437 |
|
|
In accordance with Appendix 18 of the current General Provisions Applicable to Credit Institutions (Single Banking Circular) |
|
N/A (For this portfolio default observations are not used) |
|
Institutions |
|
No |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Real state developers |
|
1 |
|
|
572 |
|
|
Statistical model, based on internal recovery data |
|
6 - 10 |
|
Corporates |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
EAD |
|
State and municipal governments and public bodies, non-standardised corporates and commercial real estate |
|
1 |
|
|
4,026 |
|
|
A prudential proxy has been used because the available balance in these lending operations is not recorded. Specific CCF for technical and financial guarantees and letters of credit |
|
6 - 10 |
|
Corporates/ Institutions |
|
No |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures
|
|
111 |
3. CREDIT RISK
Santander Consumer Spain portfolios
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
31 Dec. 2017 |
|
|
Portfolio |
|
No. of significant models |
|
Portfolio RWA Thousands of Euros |
|
|
Description of model and methodology |
|
No. of years of loss data |
|
Basel category |
|
Regulatory floors applied |
Component |
|
|
Nº |
|
|
|
|
|
PD |
|
New cars |
|
1 |
|
|
1,291 |
|
|
Statistical models, based on internal default experience. Adjusted to the economic cycle |
|
9 |
|
Retail Others |
|
PD > 0.03% |
|
|
Secondhand cars |
|
1 |
|
|
501 |
|
|
|
9 |
|
Retail Others |
|
|
|
Consumer |
|
1 |
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
10 |
|
Retail Others |
|
|
|
Credit cards |
|
1 |
|
|
275 |
|
|
|
9 |
|
Retail Revolving |
|
|
|
Non- standardised corporates |
|
1 |
|
|
167 |
|
|
|
10 |
|
Corporates |
|
LGD |
|
New cars |
|
1 |
|
|
1,291 |
|
|
Loss estimates based on internal data, stressed to a downturn situation |
|
9 |
|
Retail Others |
|
No |
|
|
Secondhand cars |
|
1 |
|
|
501 |
|
|
|
9 |
|
Retail Others |
|
|
|
Consumer |
|
1 |
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
10 |
|
Retail Others |
|
|
|
Credit cards |
|
1 |
|
|
275 |
|
|
|
9 |
|
Retail Revolving |
|
|
|
Non- standardised corporates |
|
1 |
|
|
167 |
|
|
|
10 |
|
Corporates |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
EAD |
|
Credit cards |
|
1 |
|
|
275 |
|
|
CCF estimates in a downturn period applied to on- and off-balance sheet totals |
|
9 |
|
Retail Revolving |
|
EAD must be at least equal to thecurrent utilisation of the balance at account
level |
|
|
Non- standardised corporates |
|
1 |
|
|
167 |
|
|
|
10 |
|
Corporates |
|
|
|
|
|
|
112 |
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures |
|
|
Santander Consumer Germany portfolios
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
31 Dec. 2017 |
|
|
|
|
No. of significant models |
|
Portfolio RWA Thousands of Euros |
|
|
Description of model
and methodology |
|
No. of years of loss data |
|
Basel category |
|
Regulatory
floors applied |
Component |
|
Portfolio |
|
Nº |
|
Description |
|
|
|
|
|
PD |
|
Retail Qualifying Revolving |
|
2 |
|
-1 Admission model -1 Behaviour model |
|
|
1,312 |
|
|
Statistical model which produces a PD that is scaled to a cycle average |
|
8 |
|
Retail Qualifying Revolving |
|
PD > 0.03% |
|
|
Retail Other |
|
14 |
|
7 ratings: Vehicles and Motorbikes, New Faces, TopUp, Repeater, Clever Cards, Credit Cards, Durables Instalment Loans.
-1 Admission model for each Rating System -1 Behaviour model for
each Rating System |
|
|
8,208 |
|
|
Statistical model which produces a PD that is scaled to a cycle average |
|
10 |
|
Retail others |
|
|
|
Retail Residential Mortgages |
|
2 |
|
-1 Admission model -1 Behaviour model |
|
|
355 |
|
|
Statistical model which produces a PD that is scaled to a cycle average |
|
7 |
|
Retail Residential Mortgages |
|
|
|
Corporates |
|
1 |
|
Corporates |
|
|
918 |
|
|
Statistical model + rating with expert judgement |
|
10 |
|
Corporates |
|
LGD |
|
Retail Qualifying Revolving |
|
1 |
|
1 LGD Segment |
|
|
1,312 |
|
|
Loss estimates based on internal data, stressed to a downturn situation |
|
|
|
Retail Qualifying Revolving |
|
No |
|
|
Retail Other |
|
10 |
|
10 different LGD Segments |
|
|
8,208 |
|
|
|
|
|
Retail Others |
|
|
|
Retail Residential Mortgages |
|
3 |
|
3 different LGD Segments |
|
|
355 |
|
|
|
6-10 |
|
Retail Residential Mortgages |
|
|
|
Corporates |
|
3 |
|
3 different LGD Segments are approved, depending on collateral |
|
|
918 |
|
|
|
|
|
Corporates |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
EAD |
|
Retail Qualifying Revolving |
|
12 |
|
12 CCF Segments |
|
|
9,520 |
|
|
CCF estimates in a downturn period |
|
|
|
Retail Qualifying Revolving |
|
No |
|
|
Retail Other |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6-10 |
|
Retail Others |
|
|
|
Corporates |
|
2 |
|
2 CCF Segments |
|
|
918 |
|
|
|
|
|
Corporates |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures
|
|
113 |
3. CREDIT RISK
Nordic countries porfolios
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
31 Dec. 2017 |
Component |
|
Portfolio |
|
No. of significant models |
|
Portfolio RWA Thousands of Euros |
|
|
Description of model and methodology |
|
No. of years of loss data |
|
Basel category |
|
Regulatory
floors applied |
|
|
Nº |
|
|
|
|
|
PD |
|
Auto PP Norway |
|
1 |
|
|
1,274 |
|
|
Statistical model which produces a PD that is scaled to a cycle average. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Auto PP Sweden |
|
1 |
|
|
904 |
|
|
|
5 |
|
Retail Others |
|
PD > 0.03% |
|
|
Auto PP Finland |
|
1 |
|
|
917 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LGD |
|
Auto PP Norway |
|
1 |
|
|
1,274 |
|
|
Loss estimates based on internal data, stressed to a downturn situation. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Auto PP Sweden |
|
1 |
|
|
904 |
|
|
|
5 |
|
Retail Others |
|
No |
|
|
Auto PP Finland |
|
1 |
|
|
917 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
EAD |
|
Auto PP Noruega |
|
1 |
|
|
1,274 |
|
|
N/A |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Auto PP Suecia |
|
1 |
|
|
904 |
|
|
|
|
|
Retail Others |
|
No |
|
|
Auto PP Finlandia |
|
1 |
|
|
917 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PSA France portofios
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
31 Dec. 2017 |
Component |
|
Portfolio |
|
No. of significant models |
|
Portfolio RWA Thousands |
|
|
Description of model
and methodology |
|
No. of years of loss data |
|
Basel category |
|
Regulatory
floors applied |
|
|
Nº |
|
Description |
|
of Euros |
|
|
|
|
|
PD |
|
Retail |
|
1 |
|
Individuals |
|
|
3,097 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Retail Others |
|
|
|
|
Companies with balance sheet |
|
1 |
|
Companies with balance sheet |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Retail Others |
|
|
|
|
Companies without balance sheet |
|
1 |
|
Companies without balance sheet |
|
|
|
|
|
Statistical model generating a PD long-run based on 5 years of losses. |
|
1 - 5 |
|
Retail Others |
|
PD > 0.03% |
|
|
Corporate Dealers |
|
1 |
|
Corporate Dealers |
|
|
2,542 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Corporates |
|
|
|
|
Corporates Fleet |
|
1 |
|
Wholesale Fleet |
|
|
656 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Corporates |
|
|
LGD |
|
Retail |
|
1 |
|
Individuals |
|
|
3,097 |
|
|
Model based on internal recovery information, stressed to a downturn situation. |
|
> 10 |
|
Retail Others |
|
|
|
|
Corporate Dealers |
|
1 |
|
Consumer |
|
|
2,542 |
|
|
Foundation IRB. |
|
N/A |
|
Corporates |
|
N/A |
|
|
Corporates Fleet |
|
1 |
|
Overdraft |
|
|
656 |
|
|
Foundation IRB. |
|
N/A |
|
Corporates |
|
|
EAD |
|
Retail |
|
1 |
|
Individuals |
|
|
3,097 |
|
|
Long-term CCF estimations applied to both On/Off Balance sheet balances. |
|
6 - 10 |
|
Retail Others |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Corporate Dealers |
|
1 |
|
Consumer |
|
|
2,542 |
|
|
Foundation IRB. |
|
N/A |
|
Corporates |
|
EAD must be at least equal to the current utilisation of the balance at account level. |
|
|
Corporates Fleet |
|
1 |
|
Overdraft |
|
|
656 |
|
|
Foundation IRB. |
|
N/A |
|
Corporates |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
114 |
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures |
|
|
3.5. Uses of the internal parameter estimates
One major application of the PD, LGD and EAD credit risk parameters is to determine minimum capital requirements within the CRR framework.
The CRR states that said parameters and their associated metrics, including expected and unexpected loss, are to be used not only for regulatory purposes but
also for internal credit risk management.
In Santander Group, the internal credit risk parameter estimates are used in a variety of management tools,
including pre-classifications, economic capital allocation, RoRAC (return on risk-adjusted capital) calculation, stress testing, and scenario analyses, the results of which are reported to senior management
through various internal committees.
When analysing scenarios, a relationship is established between the credit risk parameters and variables reflecting
the economic situation, such as unemployment, GDP growth, interest rates, and so on. This relationship can then be used to estimate credit risk in different macroeconomic scenarios, especially in stress situations.
The pre-classification tool is used to assign limits to customers based on their risk characteristics. In the
Santander Global Corporate Banking (SGCB) segment, limits are set not only in terms of exposure but also in terms of economic capital, which is calculated using the credit risk parameters. Under the
pre-classification policy every approved transaction uses a certain amount of the assigned maximum exposure, depending on the transactions risk characteristics such as term and collateral.
This system ensures that the credit approval policy remains flexible yet rigorous in terms of risk control.
Through the calculation and allocation of
economic capital, all the different types of risks arising from the lending business are integrated in a single measurement, combining credit risk measurement with the measurement of other risks, including market, operational, business and on-balance-sheet interest rate risk. The economic capital allocation at the business unit level provides a view of the distribution of risk by business activity and geographical area, taking the benefits of
diversification into account. By relating economic capital to financial results, it is possible to calculate the risk-adjusted return (RoRAC), which can be compared with the cost of capital to get an idea of how each unit contributes to value
creation at Santander Group.
The credit risk parameters are needed for these calculations, and although the parameter values used for economic capital
purposes do not coincide exactly with those used for regulatory purposes, the estimation and allocation methodology is comparable and the same databases are used in both cases.
The use of economic capital figures in determining management compensation and setting capital and RoRAC-related
targets for the business units further reinforces the integration of economic capital in management.
Moreover, and for the purpose of adopting IFRS9 on
provisions, parameter estimates are used when calculating provisions for credit risk.
3.6. Recognition of credit risk mitigation
When calculating regulatory capital, credit risk mitigation techniques affect the value of the risk parameters used to determine capital. Identifying and
valuing the security associated with the contracts is key here and a distinction is drawn between type of guarantee: collateral and personal guarantees. This mitigation process is carried out whenever the validity of the guarantee has been checked
and it is believed they may be enforced. The mitigation process is described in the following section.
Firstly, in portfolios where PD is assigned at
customer level, personal guarantees are assessed. Personal guarantees affect the final PD value by effectively replacing the counterpartys PD under the transaction with the guarantors PD. Here, we compare the Risk Weight (RW) of the
transaction obtained by applying the customers PD with the RW of the transaction calculated by employing the guarantors PD. The final PD is the one that generates the lowest RW value.
Secondly, the existence of any associated collateral is verified.for all transaction types (retail and non-retail).
Under the IRB approach, the existence of collateral impacts the final value of the LGD used to calculate the capital. The process also factors in potentially significant factors such as product type and transaction balance. In the case of mortgage
collateral, the LGD of the transaction will depend on the loan-to-value (LTV) ratio, as well as the length of time the loan has remained on the Banks balance
sheet.
Mitigation with collateral is carried by securing part of the EAD with one or more guarantees. Accordingly, the final LGD on the transaction will
be the average LGD obtained by adding the LGD of each guarantee divided by the amount covered by the guarantee, to the original LGD divided by the part of the exposure not secured by guarantees. This sum is then divided by the full original exposure
and the result is the final adjusted LGD.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures
|
|
115 |
3. CREDIT RISK
3.7. Internal rating system control
A fundamental part of the process carried out by Santander Group to implement advanced models entails establishing robust control and review mechanisms by the
Internal Validation and Internal Audit Areas so as to efffectively monitor and validate the valuation models and their integration in risk management, risk parameters, integrity and quality of information, documentation of the capital calculation
process, governance, risk model, technological environment, etc.
The functional segregation model applicable to Santander Group involves a model with
diffferent levels of control structured around three lines of defence with an organizational structure and independent, clearly defined functions:
|
|
1st line (Model Owner and Methodology), |
|
|
2nd line (Model Risk, Internal Validation, Capital Risk, and Risk Control and Supervision Units) and |
|
|
3rd line (Internal Audit). |
This separate organizational and functional structure ensures the compliance with
the regulatory requirements established in the IRB models:
a) |
Existence of a strong governance model. |
b) |
Existence, separation and independence of the Risk Control and Supervision, Internal Validation and Internal Audit areas. |
c) |
Independent annual reviews by Internal Validation and Internal Audit. |
d) |
Communication processes with Management which ensure all associated risks are reported. |
e) |
Especific analysis of the rating systems by the capital risk function |
3.7.1. Model risk
Santander Group has wide experience in the use of models to help make all kinds of decisions, especially risk management decisions.
A model is defined as a system, approach or quantitative method that applies theories, techniques and statistical, economic, financial and mathematical facts
to transform input data into quantitative estimates. Models are simplified representations of real-world relationships between characteristics, values and observed facts. This simplification allows for focusing attention on specific aspects
considered to be the most important for the application of a given model.
The use of models exposes the Bank to model risk, which is defined as the
potential adverse consequences of decisions based on incorrect, inadequate or improperly used models.
According to this definition, the sources of this risk are as follows:
|
|
the model itself, due to the use of incorrect or incomplete data, or due to the modelling method used and its implementation in systems. |
|
|
improper use of the model |
Model risk may result in financial loss, inappropriate commercial or strategic
decisions or damage to the Groups reputation.
Santander Group has been working on the definition, management and control of model risk in recent
years, and in 2015 a specific department was set up within its Risks division to control this risk.
Management and control functions are performed at
both the Corporate Centre and at the Groups main companies and entities. These functions are governed by the model risk framework, which applies standardised principles, responsibilities and processes across the entire Group and addresses
aspects relating to organisation, governance, management and validation of models, among other matters.
The model risk control committee, chaired by he
Deputy Chief Risk Officer, is the collegiate body tasked with supervising and controlling model risk at Santander Group. The purpose of the committee is to effectively control model risk, while advising the head of the risk function (Chief Risk
Officer) and the risk control committee and ensuring that model risk is monitored and remains within the Groups risk appetite approved by the board of directors. This process requires the committee to identify and track both existing and
emerging model risk and determine its impact on the Groups risk profile.
The model approval sub-committee
is largely responsible for authorising use of the models. There is currently a system in place for delegating powers whereby models with the least relative importance are approved locally and reported periodically to the model approval sub-committee.
The senior management at Santander Group possesses in-depth
knowledge of the more important models. It also regularly monitors model risk through a set of reports that provide a consolidated view of the risk and enable the right decisions to be taken.
The task of managing and controlling model risk is structured around a set of processes spanning the models life cycle. The following diagram shows the
various phases of the model life cycle at Santander Group.
|
|
|
|
|
116 |
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures |
|
|
1. Identification
As
soon as a model is identified, it must be included within the model risk control process.
To ensure proper management of model risk, a complete and
exhaustive inventory of all models in use is essential.
Santander Group keeps a centralised inventory, created on the basis of a uniform taxonomy for all
models used at the various business units. The inventory contains all relevant information on each of the models, enabling all of them to be properly monitored according to their relevance. One of the key pieces of information contained in the
inventory is its tier, which determines how the model should be managed. The tier reflects the models level of relevance, both in quantitative terms and in view of other unquantifiable criteria.
The inventory enables transversal analyses to be conducted on the information (by geographic area, model type, importance, etc.), thus facilitating the task
of making strategic decisions in relation to the models.
2. Planning
This phase involves all parties involved in the models life cycle (owners and users, developers, validators, data providers, technology, etc.) and
priorities are agreed upon for all models to be developed, reviewed and implemented over the year.
Model planning takes place each year at each of the
Groups main units. The planning is approved by local governance bodies and then validated at the Corporate Centre.
3. Development
This is essentially the models construction phase, based on the needs laid down in the models plan and the relevant information provided by specialists.
Most of the models used by Santander Group are developed by internal methodology teams, though some models are
also acquired from external providers. In both cases, development takes the form of a standard process defined by the corporation for the entire Group. This effectively guarantees the quality of the models used for decision-making.
4. Independent validation
Independent model validation
is not only a regulatory requirement in certain cases, but also a key element to ensure the proper management and control of model risk at Santander Group.
The Group has therefore set up a specialised unit that is fully independent of both developers and users. This unit issues an expert opinion on the fitness
for purpose of the internal models and a set of conclusions on their robustness, utility and effectiveness. The validation opinion takes the form of a score that summarises the model risk associated with the model.
Internal validation brings all models within the model risk control process, ranging from the models used in the risk function (models for credit risk, market
risk, structural or operational risk, models for economic and regulatory capital risk, models for provisions, stress test models, etc.) to other types used in different functions that support decision making.
The scope of the validation extends not only to the more theoretical or methodological aspects, but also technological systems and the quality of the data
relied on to ensure their effectiveness. All relevant aspects are typically included in the management process: controls, reporting, uses, involvement of the senior management, etc.
This corporate internal validation environment at Santander Group`is fully aligned with the internal validation criteria of advanced models emanating from the
Groups various supervisors. This maintains the criterion of a separation of functions for units developing and using the models (first line of defence), internal validation units (second line of defence) and internal audit (third line of
defence) as the ultimate layer of control, checking the effectiveness of the function and its compliance with internal and external policies and procedures, and commenting on its level of effective independence.
5. Approval
Before being implemented and used, a model
must be submitted for approval at the relevant bodies, in accordance with the internal regulations in effect and approved delegation processes.
6.
Implementation and use
In this phase the newly developed model is implemented within the system in which it is to be used. As already mentioned, the
implementation phase is another possible source of model risk, and it is therefore essential that tests are conducted by technical units and the owners of the model so as to certify that it has been implemented in accordance with the methodological
definition and to check that it functions as expected.
7. Monitoring and control
Models must be regularly reviewed to ensure that they continue to function correctly and that they remain fit for purpose. If they are not, they must be
adapted or redesigned accordingly.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures
|
|
117 |
3. CREDIT RISK
In addition, control teams ensure that model risk is being managed in accordance with the principles and
standards laid down in the model risk framework and related internal rules and regulations.
Governance
The Model Risk Management Framework stipulates that the body taking responsibility for authorizing risk management models to be used is the Models Committee.
Each business unit has a Models Committee which takes responsibility for decisions concerning approval of the local usage of these models when the approval of the Corporate Models Committee has been secured. Under the current policy, all models
submitted to a Models Committee must have an internal validation report.
The following table summarizes the scores assigned to the credit risk models as
a result of Internal Validations review of credit risk parameters and rating models during 2017.
The quality of the model is shown by its final rating, which indicates the models risk on the following
scale:
1) |
Low: model is used correctly and performs adequately. The quality of the data used in developing the model is good. The methodology employed complies with the defined standards and best practices. The documentation on
regulatory aspects and processes relating to the model is clear and complete. Any deficiency is immaterial and does not affect the models performance. |
2) |
Moderate-low: model is used correctly and performs adequately. The assumptions used in developing the model are reasonable. There are aspects that need to be improved but they are
not crucial or material. There are not thought to be any problems affecting implementation and use of the model. The benefits of any changes to the model must be considered in relation to the costs of the changes. |
3) |
Moderate: model is used correctly and performs adequately. The assumptions used in developing the model are reasonable. There are aspects of the model that need to be improved. Any deficiencies should be made good in
the medium term or based on a cost-benefit analysis. |
4) |
Moderate-high: there are deficiencies in the models performance or use. The models assumptions, the quality of the data in the development sample or the models predictions are questionable. It is
highly advisable that certain shortcomings be remedied or plans be made to remedy them in the short term, before the model is implemented or used. Other alternatives in the development to mitigate model risk should be considered. |
5) |
High: the model is not performing properly, the model is not being used for its intended purpose or the models assumptions are incorrect. Certain aspects must be corrected immediately. It is inadvisable to
implement or use the model as presented. |
|
|
|
|
|
118 |
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures |
|
|
3.7.2. Internal Audit
Internal Audit is part of the third line of defence. The analysis carried out by this independent team covers five main areas of activity:
1) |
Reviewing compliance with the Groups internal governance model and the model required by the regulators, while verifying the Groups organisational structure and set of committees allow for sound management
of IRB models and the calculation of regulatory capital. |
2) |
Managing models and their adequacy and integration. Analysing compliance with requirements for managing model life cycles so as to identify and minimise the risks associated with building and using models and making
them part of the management and also determining the sufficiency of the controls in place. |
3) |
Seeing to it that the risk is correctly managed, while verifying the consistency and integrity of databases and the mode construction process. Reviewing the reporting control environment and the quality and integrity of
the data contained in Basel databases (corporate datamart).
|
4) |
Reviewing the capital calculation and reporting process. |
5) |
Analysing the technical aspects and applications of the technological environment. Examining the robustness, reliability and security of the infrastructure and processes that support the estimation of parameters and the
calculation of capital within the BDR-Corporate Calculation Engine. |
After finishing its
review, Internal Audit issues a report containing recommendations and observations arising from the review process signed by the unit and/or areas involved. These will stipulate a deadline in which to submit the relevant action and resolution plans.
The auditors and the affected areas both regularly monitor that the improvements are carried out. Please note that the IRB model review reports are submitted directly to senior management at Santander Group and are available to supervisors (European
Central Bank, Banco de España and other local supervisors).
Internal Audit also reports at the same time to the Groups autonomous audit
committee on those recommendations that have not been suitably implemented so that the underlying causes can be examined and their implementation effectively enforced. Last but not least, Internal Audit remains in direct contact with the supervisors
and does so completely independently of the Risk Control and Supervision functions.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures
|
|
119 |
3. CREDIT RISK
3.8. Impairment losses: influencing factors and comparative analysis
In addition to the advanced approaches described above (details of which are given in the section on economic capital), other standard metrics are employed to
help ensure prudent and effective credit risk management based on an assessment of losses on the portfolios.
Credit risk is continuously monitored
through holistic processes that provide early warning of any incidents that might affect the credit quality of either customers or portfolios and allow the Group to prepare and take specific steps (pre-defined
or ad hoc) to correct any deviation that might negatively impact the Group.
To measure and control the cost of credit risk at Santander Group, the
following key metrics are used, among others:
|
|
Cost of Credit: obtained by dividing credit risk provisions net of NPL recoveries over 12 months by average lending to customers, gross, as shown on the balance sheet in those same 12 months. Monitoring and controlling
this metric reveals a direct relationship between the Groups risk appetite and that of its units, allowing it to achieve a medium-low risk profile. The task of monitoring this metric implicitly involves
monitoring net insolvency allowances (specific net allowances recovery of NPLs). |
|
|
EL (expected loss): estimation, at a specific point of time, of the economic loss the current portfolio is expected to sustain during the following year. It is a further business cost that must be reflected in the
transaction price. |
|
|
NPLV (non-performing loans variation plus net write-offs). It is the final balance less the initial balance of NPLs for the period under consideration, plus NPLs for the period,
less written-off assets recovered during that period. It shows the change in the NPL rate over a period, discounting NPLs and factoring in recoveries. It is effectively an advance aggregate measure that allows
the Group to react accordingly to any deterioration it may observe in the NPL rate. NPLV and its component parts are key inputs in the monitoring process. |
|
|
The recovery function also includes the management of non-productive assets (NPAs) relating to portfolios of restructured loans, doubtful loans, NPLs and foreclosed assets. Here,
the Bank is able to use accelerated reduction mechanisms for these portfolios, such as by selling portfolios of loans or foreclosed assets.
|
These metrics allow for the permanent and systematic analysis and control of the Groups credit risk and
allow it to be monitored in terms of its adherence to reference budgets, limits and standards. The effects of future external events or strategic decisions taken internally can also be evaluated.
While these metrics measure the same reality and therefore converge in the long term, differences may exist at certain points in time and these become
especially significant at the start of a change of cycle. These differences may be down to applicable accounting law and regulations (mortgages, for example, have a slower coverage and write-off timeline than
consumer loans), shifting policies (such as coverage or write-off), changes in portfolio composition, doubtful assets acquired from new investees, changes in accounting law (such as IFRS 9), sales of
portfolios, etc.
|
|
|
|
|
120 |
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures |
|
|
The main figures for credit risk at December 31th 2017 arising from business with customers are shown below.
∎ TABLE 64. KEY FIGURES OF CREDIT
RISK ARISING FROM ACTIVITY WITH CUSTOMERS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Credit risk with customers1 (Millions of euros) |
|
|
Non-performing loans (Millions of euros) |
|
|
NPL ratio (%) |
|
|
|
2017 |
|
|
2016 |
|
|
2015 |
|
|
2017 |
|
|
2016 |
|
|
2015 |
|
|
2017 |
|
|
2016 |
|
|
2015 |
|
Continental Europe |
|
|
337,768 |
|
|
|
331,706 |
|
|
|
321,395 |
|
|
|
15,184 |
|
|
|
19,638 |
|
|
|
23,355 |
|
|
|
4.50 |
|
|
|
5.92 |
|
|
|
7.27 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Spain |
|
|
172,176 |
|
|
|
172,974 |
|
|
|
173,032 |
|
|
|
8,120 |
|
|
|
9,361 |
|
|
|
11,293 |
|
|
|
4.72 |
|
|
|
5.41 |
|
|
|
6.53 |
|
Santander Consumer Finance |
|
|
92,589 |
|
|
|
88,061 |
|
|
|
76,688 |
|
|
|
2,319 |
|
|
|
2,357 |
|
|
|
2,625 |
|
|
|
2.50 |
|
|
|
2.68 |
|
|
|
3.42 |
|
Portugal |
|
|
32,816 |
|
|
|
30,540 |
|
|
|
31,922 |
|
|
|
1,875 |
|
|
|
2,691 |
|
|
|
2,380 |
|
|
|
5.71 |
|
|
|
8.81 |
|
|
|
7.46 |
|
Poland |
|
|
24,391 |
|
|
|
21,902 |
|
|
|
20,951 |
|
|
|
1,114 |
|
|
|
1,187 |
|
|
|
1,319 |
|
|
|
4.57 |
|
|
|
5.42 |
|
|
|
6.30 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
UK |
|
|
247,625 |
|
|
|
255,049 |
|
|
|
282,182 |
|
|
|
3,295 |
|
|
|
3,585 |
|
|
|
4,292 |
|
|
|
1.33 |
|
|
|
1.41 |
|
|
|
1.52 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Latin America |
|
|
165,683 |
|
|
|
173,150 |
|
|
|
151,302 |
|
|
|
7,462 |
|
|
|
8,333 |
|
|
|
7,512 |
|
|
|
4.50 |
|
|
|
4.81 |
|
|
|
4.96 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Brazil |
|
|
83,076 |
|
|
|
89,572 |
|
|
|
72,173 |
|
|
|
4,391 |
|
|
|
5,286 |
|
|
|
4,319 |
|
|
|
5.29 |
|
|
|
5.90 |
|
|
|
5.98 |
|
Mexico |
|
|
28,939 |
|
|
|
29,682 |
|
|
|
32,463 |
|
|
|
779 |
|
|
|
819 |
|
|
|
1,096 |
|
|
|
2.69 |
|
|
|
2.76 |
|
|
|
3.38 |
|
Chile |
|
|
40,406 |
|
|
|
40,864 |
|
|
|
35,213 |
|
|
|
2,004 |
|
|
|
2,064 |
|
|
|
1,980 |
|
|
|
4.96 |
|
|
|
5.05 |
|
|
|
5.62 |
|
Argentina |
|
|
8,085 |
|
|
|
7,318 |
|
|
|
6,328 |
|
|
|
202 |
|
|
|
109 |
|
|
|
73 |
|
|
|
2.50 |
|
|
|
1.49 |
|
|
|
1.15 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
US |
|
|
77,190 |
|
|
|
91,709 |
|
|
|
90,727 |
|
|
|
2,156 |
|
|
|
2,088 |
|
|
|
1,935 |
|
|
|
2.79 |
|
|
|
2.28 |
|
|
|
2.13 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Puerto Rico |
|
|
2,944 |
|
|
|
3,843 |
|
|
|
3,924 |
|
|
|
210 |
|
|
|
274 |
|
|
|
273 |
|
|
|
7.13 |
|
|
|
7.13 |
|
|
|
6.96 |
|
Santander Bank |
|
|
44,237 |
|
|
|
54,040 |
|
|
|
54,089 |
|
|
|
536 |
|
|
|
717 |
|
|
|
627 |
|
|
|
1.21 |
|
|
|
1.33 |
|
|
|
1.16 |
|
SC USA |
|
|
24,079 |
|
|
|
28,590 |
|
|
|
28,280 |
|
|
|
1,410 |
|
|
|
1,097 |
|
|
|
1,034 |
|
|
|
5.86 |
|
|
|
3.84 |
|
|
|
3.66 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Group (excl. Popular) |
|
|
832,655 |
|
|
|
855,510 |
|
|
|
850,909 |
|
|
|
28,104 |
|
|
|
33,643 |
|
|
|
37,094 |
|
|
|
3.38 |
|
|
|
3.93 |
|
|
|
4.36 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Banco Popular |
|
|
88,313 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9,492 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.75 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Group |
|
|
920,968 |
|
|
|
855,510 |
|
|
|
850,909 |
|
|
|
37,596 |
|
|
|
33,643 |
|
|
|
37,094 |
|
|
|
4.08 |
|
|
|
3.93 |
|
|
|
4.36 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Coverage ratio (%) |
|
|
Net ASR provisions2 (Millions of euros) |
|
|
Cost of credit (% /risk)3 |
|
|
|
2017 |
|
|
2016 |
|
|
2015 |
|
|
2017 |
|
|
2016 |
|
|
2015 |
|
|
2017 |
|
|
2016 |
|
|
2015 |
|
Continental Europe |
|
|
58.0 |
|
|
|
60.0 |
|
|
|
64.2 |
|
|
|
995 |
|
|
|
1,342 |
|
|
|
1,975 |
|
|
|
0.32 |
|
|
|
0.44 |
|
|
|
0.68 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Spain |
|
|
45.9 |
|
|
|
48.3 |
|
|
|
48.1 |
|
|
|
513 |
|
|
|
585 |
|
|
|
992 |
|
|
|
0.33 |
|
|
|
0.37 |
|
|
|
0.62 |
|
Santander Consumer Finance |
|
|
101.4 |
|
|
|
109.1 |
|
|
|
109.1 |
|
|
|
266 |
|
|
|
387 |
|
|
|
537 |
|
|
|
0.30 |
|
|
|
0.47 |
|
|
|
0.77 |
|
Portugal |
|
|
59.1 |
|
|
|
63.7 |
|
|
|
99.0 |
|
|
|
-12 |
|
|
|
54 |
|
|
|
72 |
|
|
|
-0.04 |
|
|
|
0.18 |
|
|
|
0.29 |
|
Poland |
|
|
68.2 |
|
|
|
61.0 |
|
|
|
64.0 |
|
|
|
137 |
|
|
|
145 |
|
|
|
167 |
|
|
|
0.62 |
|
|
|
0.70 |
|
|
|
0.87 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
UK |
|
|
32.0 |
|
|
|
32.9 |
|
|
|
38.2 |
|
|
|
205 |
|
|
|
58 |
|
|
|
107 |
|
|
|
0.08 |
|
|
|
0.02 |
|
|
|
0.03 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Latin America |
|
|
84.8 |
|
|
|
87.3 |
|
|
|
79.0 |
|
|
|
4,973 |
|
|
|
4,911 |
|
|
|
4,950 |
|
|
|
3.17 |
|
|
|
3.37 |
|
|
|
3.36 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Brazil |
|
|
92.6 |
|
|
|
93.1 |
|
|
|
83.7 |
|
|
|
3,395 |
|
|
|
3,377 |
|
|
|
3,297 |
|
|
|
4.36 |
|
|
|
4.89 |
|
|
|
4.50 |
|
Mexico |
|
|
97.5 |
|
|
|
103.8 |
|
|
|
90.6 |
|
|
|
905 |
|
|
|
832 |
|
|
|
877 |
|
|
|
3.08 |
|
|
|
2.86 |
|
|
|
2.91 |
|
Chile |
|
|
58.2 |
|
|
|
59.1 |
|
|
|
53.9 |
|
|
|
462 |
|
|
|
514 |
|
|
|
567 |
|
|
|
1.21 |
|
|
|
1.43 |
|
|
|
1.65 |
|
Argentina |
|
|
100.1 |
|
|
|
142.3 |
|
|
|
194.2 |
|
|
|
159 |
|
|
|
107 |
|
|
|
148 |
|
|
|
1.85 |
|
|
|
1.72 |
|
|
|
2.15 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
US |
|
|
170.2 |
|
|
|
214.4 |
|
|
|
225.0 |
|
|
|
2,780 |
|
|
|
3,208 |
|
|
|
3,103 |
|
|
|
3.42 |
|
|
|
3.68 |
|
|
|
3.66 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Puerto Rico |
|
|
55.2 |
|
|
|
54.4 |
|
|
|
48.5 |
|
|
|
73 |
|
|
|
96 |
|
|
|
85 |
|
|
|
2.22 |
|
|
|
2.58 |
|
|
|
2.12 |
|
Santander Bank |
|
|
102.2 |
|
|
|
99.6 |
|
|
|
114.5 |
|
|
|
116 |
|
|
|
120 |
|
|
|
64 |
|
|
|
0.25 |
|
|
|
0.23 |
|
|
|
0.13 |
|
SC USA |
|
|
212.9 |
|
|
|
328.0 |
|
|
|
337.1 |
|
|
|
2,590 |
|
|
|
2,992 |
|
|
|
2,954 |
|
|
|
9.84 |
|
|
|
10.72 |
|
|
|
10.97 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Group (excl. Popular) |
|
|
70.8 |
|
|
|
73.8 |
|
|
|
73.1 |
|
|
|
8,997 |
|
|
|
9,518 |
|
|
|
10,108 |
|
|
|
1.12 |
|
|
|
1.18 |
|
|
|
1.25 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Banco Popular4 |
|
|
48.7 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
114 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.23 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Group |
|
|
65.2 |
|
|
|
73.8 |
|
|
|
73.1 |
|
|
|
9,111 |
|
|
|
9,518 |
|
|
|
10,108 |
|
|
|
1.07 |
|
|
|
1.18 |
|
|
|
1.25 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1. Includes gross lending to customers, guarantees and documentary credits.
2. Recovered written-off assets (EUR 1,621 million).
3. Cost of credit = loan-loss provisions twelve months / average lending.
4. Provisions carried out since the Banks acquisition in June 2017.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures
|
|
121 |
3. CREDIT RISK
Risk is diversified among the main regions where the Group
operates3: Continental Europe (41%), UK (30%), Latin America (20%) and the US (9%), with a suitable balance between mature and emerging markets.
Credit risk with customers fell by 3% in 2017, considering an unchanged perimeter, mainly due to the US, Brazil and UK (as a result of exchange rate effects).
Growth in local currency was generalised across all units with the exception of the United States and Spain.
These levels of lending, together with lower
non-performing loans (NPLs) of EUR 28,104 million (-16% vs. 2016) reduced the Groups NPL ratio to 3.38% (-55 b.p.
against 2016).
For coverage of these NPLs, the Group recorded provisions of EUR 8,997 million (-5.5% vs.
December 2016), after deducting write-off recoveries. This fall is materialised in a decrease in the cost of credit to 1.12% (6 b.p. less than the previous year).
Total loan-loss allowances were EUR 19,906 million, bringing the Groups coverage ratio to 71%. It is important to bear in mind that this ratio is
affected downwards by the weight of mortgage portfolios (particularly in the UK and Spain), since by having collateral, less provisions are required.
3.9. Backtesting of IRB parameters
3.9.1. PD backtest
The aim of the PD backtest is to
assess the suitability of regulatory PDs by comparing them with the Observed Default Frequencies (ODFs) during the most recent period.
The most important
of Retail and Commercial Bankings IRB portfolios were selected:
|
|
Santander Spain: Individualised Corporates, Mortgages, Consumer, Cards and Loans to Individuals. |
|
|
Santander Totta: Corporates and Mortgages |
|
|
Santander UK: Personal mortgages |
|
|
Santander Consumer Spain: Corporates, Cards, Consumer and Auto New |
|
|
Santander Consumer Germany: Corporates, Mortgages, Retail Qualifying Revolving, other Retail |
|
|
Santander Consumer Nordics: Finland, Norway and Sweden auto private persons. |
|
|
Santander Mexico: Corporates. |
For each portfolio, regulatory PD buckets are established and for each of these
the average PD assigned for regulatory capital purposes is compared with the ODF. To observe defaults, a sample of transactions and customers that were not in default at a reference date is selected, and the rate of new NPLs among this sample over
the subsequent 12-month period is observed.
Regulatory PD is a through-the-cycle (TTC) PD, meaning a long-term average that is not tied to any particular point in the cycle. Default frequency, in contrast, is observed at a particular point in time (2017). Given the
different nature of these two measurements, the comparison cannot be used to test the predictive capacity of the regulatory PDs, but it can be useful to gauge the size of the cycle adjustment used to determine TTC PD.
To complete the analysis, the observed default frequency is also compared with the
point-in-time (PIT) PD, which is influenced by the cyclical situation of the observation period. This comparison can be used to test the slope of the PD curve against
the observed NPL frequency in each rating band.
In some of the following charts do not show the first PD bucket. This first band may include some very
high values because it includes transactions under special situations (cure, irregular etc.). Including it would therefore distort the scale of the charts and contaminate the assessment of the most populated PD bands.
The charts below summarise the information in the portfolios that were analysed.
Note 3: Popular not included.
Note 4: Simple average of PD assigned to the clients (Non-standardised) or operations (rest of segments) who
share same regulatory PD range.
|
|
|
|
|
122 |
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures |
|
|
∎ SPAIN CORPORATES
∎ SC GERMANY CORPORATES
∎ SC SPAIN NON-STANDARDISED
Corporate portfolios are showing volatile behaviour due to the low number of defaults. Nevertheless, a significant pattern
can be seen in all geographies. These portfolios present, to a greater or lesser extent, PD TTC levels that are higher than the default frequencies observed in 2017. This is a reflection of the currently favourable economic situation, as new
defaults are either below or quite near average levels of the cycle. As an exception to this behaviour, the Mexico portfolio shows certain ODFs that are slightly higher than the estimated TTC PDs.
∎ MEXICO CORPORATES
∎ SANTANDER TOTTA CORPORATES
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures
|
|
123 |
3. CREDIT RISK
∎ MORTGAGES ODF VS. PD
∎ SPAIN RETAIL MORTGAGES
∎ SANTANDER TOTTA RETAIL MORTGAGES
Mortgages shows a similar performance to corporates: new NPLs are typically lower than the cycle average. A case in point
here is the UK, where TTC PDs are well above the ODFs. Given the ongoing economic recovery in Spain, the ODF series is well above the average levels representing long-term PDs.
∎ UK RETAIL MORTGAGES
|
|
|
|
|
124 |
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures |
|
|
∎ CONSUMER AND CREDIT CARDS ODF VS. PD
∎ SPAIN CONSUMER LOANS
∎ SC GERMANY RETAIL OTHERS
∎ SPAIN CREDIT CARDS
∎ SC SPAIN AUTO-NEW
∎SC SPAIN RETAIL OTHERS
∎ SC GERMANY RETAIL QUALIFYING REVOLVING
∎ SC SPAIN CREDIT CARDS
∎ SC SPAIN AUTO-USED
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures
|
|
125 |
3. CREDIT RISK
∎ SPAIN CREDITS
∎ SC SWEDEN AUTO PRIVATE PERSONS
In the consumer finance and cards portfolios, the situation is relatively similar to that seen in Corporates and Mortgages.
In Spain, these portfolios show the same convergence already seen between the OD series and the average PD levels of the cycle, coming in slightly below the TTC PDs. In Santander Consumer (Germany, Spain and Nordics), TTC PDs remain above observed
defaults, particularly in the highest PD buckets.
∎ SC NORWAY AUTO PRIVATE PERSONS
∎ SC FINLAND AUTO PRIVATE PERSONS
|
|
|
|
|
126 |
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures |
|
|
∎ CORPORATES ODF VS. LIMIT
Complementary to the above analyses, confidence intervals have been calculated for the PIT PD and the upper and
lower limits of the forecasts have been compared with the defaults actually observed. The larger the number of transactions considered, the narrower the intervals, thus reflecting the greater accuracy of the estimates.
∎ SPAIN CORPORATES
∎ SANTANDER TOTTA CORPORATES
∎ MEXICO CORPORATES
∎ SC SPAIN NON-STANDADISED
∎ SCF GERMANY DEALERS
As noted, corporate portfolios are showing the highest degree of volatility due to relatively low number of
defaults. This reflected in the very wide confidence intervals in all cases except Spain. For Santander Consumer Spain, Santander Consumer Germany and Mexico, ODFs are very centrally located within confidence intervals. While narrower intervals are
generated in Spain and at Totta, with greater volatility of ODFs around those intervals, ODFs are close to the lower limit of the confidence interval, especially in buckets of better credit quality.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures
|
|
127 |
3. CREDIT RISK
∎ MORTGAGES ODF VS. LIMIT
∎ SPAIN RETAIL MORTGAGES
∎ UK RETAIL MORTGAGES
∎ SANTANDER TOTTA RETAIL MORTGAGES
In mortgages, the intervals are very narrow due to the high number of transactions. In all cases, FDOs typically
concentrate around the defined confidence intervals apart from the occasional lower credit quality bucket, which are generally slightly below the lower limit.
|
|
|
|
|
128 |
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures |
|
|
∎ CONSUMER AND CREDIT CARDS ODF VS. LIMIT
∎ SPAIN CONSUMER LOANS
∎ SPAIN CREDIT CARDS
∎ SC SPAIN RETAIL OTHERS
∎ SC SPAIN AUTO-USED
∎ SC SPAIN RETAIL OTHERS
∎ SC SPAIN CREDIT CARDS
∎ SC SPAIN AUTO-NEW
∎ SCF GERMANY RETAIL QUALIFYING REVOLVING
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures
|
|
129 |
3. CREDIT RISK
∎ CONSUMER AND CREDIT CARDS ODF VS. LIMIT (CONTD.)
∎ SC GERMANY RETAIL OTHERS
∎ SC SWEDEN AUTO PRIVATE PERSONS
Confidence intervals are typically narrow among the rest of the retail portfolios, especially in the cards portfolio in
Spain due to the high number of transactions. As an exception, intervals are wide in the revolving retail portfolio of Santander Consumer Germany and the ODF values are concentrated in those intervals. For the rest of the Santander Consumer Germany
portfolios, ODFs are somewhat above the upper limit in the high tranches of PD, although they fall back within the interval in the lower PDs. For the credit facility portfolio in Spain, ODFs are located around the upper limit, mainly for those
tranches presenting the best credit quality. In the case of the Loans Spain portfolio, ODFs oscillate around both limits where the higher PD tranches are slightly below the confidence interval.
However, ODFs of the portfolios of Santander Consumer Nordics tend to align with the lower limit, and even below it in some cases.
Intervals are slightly wider for the Santander Consumer Spain and the Santander Spain credit facility portfolio, where in general the ODFs appear more
centred, albeit in certain cases oscillating between the lower and upper limits.
∎ SC NORWAY AUTO PRIVATE PERSONS
∎ SC FINLAND AUTO PRIVATE PERSONS
|
|
|
|
|
130 |
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures |
|
|
Transparency improvement from the Basel Committee (CR9)
The above analysis can be complemented by the quantitative study suggested by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (BCBS) in its document titled
Revised Pillar 3 disclosure requirements of January 2015. The guidelines released by the EBA in December 2016 ratify this improvement without modifying it.
This proposes that information for PD backtesting should be reported in the table CR9 format, shown below:
∎ TABLE 65. IRB APPROACH - BACKTESTING OF PD PER EXPOSURE CLASS (CR9)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
a |
|
b |
|
c |
|
d |
|
e |
|
f |
|
g |
|
h |
|
i |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of obligors |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Country |
|
PD Range |
|
External rating equivalent |
|
Weighted average PD1 |
|
Arithmetic average PD by obligors1 |
|
End of previous year |
|
End of the year |
|
Defaulted obligors in the year |
|
Of which: new defaulted obligors in the
year |
|
Average historical annual default
rate |
Portfolio |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The original table can be interpreted with a certain degree of flexibility and the main decisions adopted in our
case have been as follows:
PD bands. Inspired by the BCBS document just mentioned, specifically table CR6, the following PD intervals have been proposed4:
|
|
|
PD intervals |
|
Equivalent external rating |
0 < 0.15% |
|
AAA to BBB+ |
0.15 < 0.25% |
|
BBB+ to BBB |
0.25 < 0.50% |
|
BBB to BB+ |
0.50 < 0.75% |
|
BB+ to BB |
0.75 < 2.50% |
|
BB to B+ |
2.50 < 10.0% |
|
B+ to B- |
10.0 < 100% |
|
B- to C |
100% (default) |
|
D |
To complete column c, an equivalence has been established between the PDs and the external ratings. On an annual
basis, Santander Group uses data from S&P5 to estimate the TTC PD associated with the external ratings. First of all, an economic cycle is defined and, for each category of rating, a long-term
average (covering the whole cycle) is calculated of the annual default frequencies contained in the S&P report. This allows a long-term PD to be associated to each external rating.
Note 5: PD figures are shown as
percentages, i.e. 0.15 is actually 0.15%
Note 6: Specifically the document titled 2016 Annual Global Corporate Default Study and Rating
Transitions.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures
|
|
131 |
3. CREDIT RISK
Columns d and e contain the average regulatory PD at the date in question (December
2017), calculated by weighting by exposure (column c) and unweighted (column d). By way of example, the figures for UK mortgages are shown below.
∎ TABLE 65. IRB APPROACH -
BACKTESTING OF PD PER EXPOSURE CLASS (CR9)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
UK |
|
PD range |
|
External rating equivalent |
|
Weighted average PD |
|
Arithmetic average PD by obligors |
|
|
0 < 0.15% |
|
AAA to BBB+ |
|
0.08% |
|
0.08% |
|
|
0.15 < 0.25% |
|
BBB+ to BBB |
|
0.20% |
|
0.20% |
|
|
0.25 < 0.50% |
|
BBB to BB+ |
|
0.39% |
|
0.40% |
Retail - Residential |
|
0.50 < 0.75% |
|
BB+ to BB |
|
0.58% |
|
0.59% |
mortgage exposures |
|
0.75 < 2.50% |
|
BB to B+ |
|
1.29% |
|
1.28% |
|
|
2.50 < 10.0% |
|
B+ to B- |
|
4.99% |
|
5.12% |
|
|
10.0 < 100% |
|
B- to C |
|
32.13% |
|
32.72% |
|
|
100% (default) |
|
D |
|
100% |
|
100% |
It can be seen here that there is no major difference between the average exposure-weighted PD and the simple
average in each band, indicating that exposure is distributed fairly uniformly among the different transactions. This result is quite typical of retail portfolios, but may be less so in the case of corporate portfolios, where certain borrowers may
have significant exposures. Nevertheless, and as can be seen in the results shown in due course, the corporate portfolios (of SAN Spain, Mexico and Santander Consumer) do not reveal any appreciable differences either.
The following column (Number of obligors) is divided into two, which contain the number of borrowers (or transactions in the case of retail portfolios) at two
different dates: December 2016 (column e) and December 2017 (column f). The intention is to detect migrations of customers/transactions between PD bands, though sometimes the migration is due more to a recalibration of
regulatory models than to the actual dynamics of the rating system.
∎ TABLE 65. IRB APPROACH -
BACKTESTING OF PD PER EXPOSURE CLASS (CR9)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of obligors |
|
UK |
|
PD range |
|
External rating equivalent |
|
End of previous year |
|
|
End of the year |
|
|
|
0 < 0.15% |
|
AAA to BBB+ |
|
|
71,750 |
|
|
|
63,760 |
|
|
|
0.15 < 0.25% |
|
BBB+ to BBB |
|
|
165,968 |
|
|
|
184,032 |
|
|
|
0.25 < 0.50% |
|
BBB to BB+ |
|
|
326,690 |
|
|
|
306,329 |
|
Retail - Residential |
|
0.50 < 0.75% |
|
BB+ to BB |
|
|
113,989 |
|
|
|
77,911 |
|
mortgage exposures |
|
0.75 < 2.50% |
|
BB to B+ |
|
|
393,524 |
|
|
|
422,530 |
|
|
|
2.50 < 10.0% |
|
B+ to B- |
|
|
167,003 |
|
|
|
162,171 |
|
|
|
10.0 < 100% |
|
B- to C |
|
|
72,965 |
|
|
|
65,707 |
|
|
|
100% (default) |
|
D |
|
|
20,865 |
|
|
|
18,409 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
132 |
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures |
|
|
Continuing with the example of UK mortgages, no significant migrations can be seen between tranches; just a
slight decline in portfolio volumes. However, average PD remains stable in all bands.
The original BCBS table proposes two columns (g and
h), which we preferred to merge into one, to report information on those transactions or customers that entered into default in 2017 across the different regulatory PD bands. In line with the calculation of column i, here we
took the borrowers at the end of the previous financial year (see the first column f) and observed which of these entered into default in 2016. In fact, if we divide the new NPLs by the initial customers for each rating band, we obtain
the first of the five values for the annual default rate required for column i.
∎ TABLE 65. IRB APPROACH -
BACKTESTING OF PD PER EXPOSURE CLASS (CR9)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
UK |
|
PD range |
|
External rating equivalent |
|
Defaulted obligors in the year |
|
|
New defaulted obligors in the year |
|
|
|
0 < 0.15% |
|
AAA to BBB+ |
|
|
164 |
|
|
|
0.21 |
% |
|
|
0.15 < 0.25% |
|
BBB+ to BBB |
|
|
337 |
|
|
|
0.22 |
% |
|
|
0.25 < 0.50% |
|
BBB to BB+ |
|
|
651 |
|
|
|
0.26 |
% |
Retail - Residential |
|
0.50 < 0.75% |
|
BB+ to BB |
|
|
441 |
|
|
|
0.35 |
% |
mortgage exposures |
|
0.75 < 2.50% |
|
BB to B+ |
|
|
1,493 |
|
|
|
0.47 |
% |
|
|
2.50 < 10.0% |
|
B+ to B- |
|
|
1,705 |
|
|
|
1.35 |
% |
|
|
10.0 < 100% |
|
B- to C |
|
|
8,169 |
|
|
|
14.30 |
% |
|
|
100% (default) |
|
D |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
From a backtesting point of view, column i is very important, as it averages the default rates
observed in each of the past five years for each PD band. Comparing column i with columns b and c gives us an idea of how well our regulatory PDs match actual experience over the medium term.
As will be seen in the following tables, which reproduce table CR9 for a set of the Groups significant portfolios, in general regulatory PDs are fairly
similar to actual default rates, though the following divergences should be noted:
In general, regulatory PDs are higher than actual default rates.
However, there are some exceptions to this rule. For example, Mortgage and Corporate portfolios in Spain. This is because the adjustment applied to obtain regulatory TTC PDs covers a longer period than the last five years and also includes very high
default rates which occurred in the crises of the early 1990s.
In the case of Mortgages and Corporates in Spain, the situation in recent years is a
product of the economic crisis, which has taken actual default rates above their cyclical averages, although if we compare these results with those reported in previous years, we can begin to discern a convergence towards mid-range values in the cycle. In retail, however, the situation is similar to that of the portfolios of Germany or the UK, with observed rates below the cyclical averages. These are portfolios with a higher
rotation which, together with stricter credit policies, have brought down observed delinquency rates.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures
|
|
133 |
3. CREDIT RISK
The following tables contain all the information on a significant
number of Santander Groups portfolios.
∎ TABLE 65.
IRB APPROACH - BACKTESTING OF PD PER EXPOSURE CLASS (CR9)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of obligors |
|
|
|
|
|
Average |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
historical |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Arithmetic |
|
|
End of |
|
|
|
|
|
Defaulted |
|
|
annual |
|
|
|
|
|
External rating |
|
Weighted |
|
|
average PD |
|
|
previous |
|
|
End of |
|
|
obligors in |
|
|
default |
|
UK |
|
PD rates |
|
equivalent |
|
average PD |
|
|
by obligors |
|
|
year |
|
|
the year |
|
|
the year |
|
|
rate |
|
|
|
0 < 0.15% |
|
AAA to BBB+ |
|
|
0.03 |
% |
|
|
0.03 |
% |
|
|
732,511 |
|
|
|
735,905 |
|
|
|
121 |
|
|
|
0.02 |
% |
|
|
0.15 < 0.25% |
|
BBB+ to BBB |
|
|
0.17 |
% |
|
|
0.17 |
% |
|
|
4,653,542 |
|
|
|
4,792,314 |
|
|
|
1,845 |
|
|
|
0.05 |
% |
|
|
0.25 < 0.50% |
|
BBB to BB+ |
|
|
0.32 |
% |
|
|
0.32 |
% |
|
|
360,743 |
|
|
|
425,522 |
|
|
|
335 |
|
|
|
0.14 |
% |
Retail - Bank |
|
0.50 < 0.75% |
|
BB+ to BB |
|
|
0.68 |
% |
|
|
0.68 |
% |
|
|
601,264 |
|
|
|
628,270 |
|
|
|
1,414 |
|
|
|
0.26 |
% |
Accounts |
|
0.75 < 2.50% |
|
BB to B+ |
|
|
1.41 |
% |
|
|
1.40 |
% |
|
|
1,389,478 |
|
|
|
1,455,951 |
|
|
|
5,746 |
|
|
|
0.55 |
% |
|
|
2.50 < 10.0% |
|
B+ to B- |
|
|
5.23 |
% |
|
|
5.13 |
% |
|
|
1,387,114 |
|
|
|
1,486,686 |
|
|
|
20,130 |
|
|
|
2.07 |
% |
|
|
10.0 < 100% |
|
B- to C |
|
|
24.09 |
% |
|
|
24.12 |
% |
|
|
604,155 |
|
|
|
612,873 |
|
|
|
55,761 |
|
|
|
11.74 |
% |
|
|
100% (default) |
|
D |
|
|
100 |
% |
|
|
100 |
% |
|
|
55,946 |
|
|
|
37,063 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0 < 0.15% |
|
AAA to BBB+ |
|
|
0.10 |
% |
|
|
0.10 |
% |
|
|
53 |
|
|
|
3,063 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.15 < 0.25% |
|
BBB+ to BBB |
|
|
0.20 |
% |
|
|
0.20 |
% |
|
|
527 |
|
|
|
86,620 |
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
0.08 |
% |
|
|
0.25 < 0.50% |
|
BBB to BB+ |
|
|
0.50 |
% |
|
|
0.50 |
% |
|
|
2,672 |
|
|
|
102,974 |
|
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
0.16 |
% |
Unsecured Personal |
|
0.50 < 0.75% |
|
BB+ to BB |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
33,372 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
83 |
|
|
|
0.29 |
% |
Loans |
|
0.75 < 2.50% |
|
BB to B+ |
|
|
1.16 |
% |
|
|
1.16 |
% |
|
|
225,592 |
|
|
|
69,149 |
|
|
|
1,344 |
|
|
|
0.77 |
% |
|
|
2.50 < 10.0% |
|
B+ to B- |
|
|
4.02 |
% |
|
|
4.04 |
% |
|
|
88,611 |
|
|
|
74,791 |
|
|
|
2,953 |
|
|
|
3.12 |
% |
|
|
10.0 < 100% |
|
B- to C |
|
|
21.45 |
% |
|
|
21.74 |
% |
|
|
6,870 |
|
|
|
15,272 |
|
|
|
2,328 |
|
|
|
30.53 |
% |
|
|
100% (default) |
|
D |
|
|
100 |
% |
|
|
100 |
% |
|
|
3,598 |
|
|
|
3,500 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0 < 0.15% |
|
AAA to BBB+ |
|
|
0.08 |
% |
|
|
0.08 |
% |
|
|
71,750 |
|
|
|
63,760 |
|
|
|
164 |
|
|
|
0.21 |
% |
|
|
0.15 < 0.25% |
|
BBB+ to BBB |
|
|
0.20 |
% |
|
|
0.20 |
% |
|
|
165,968 |
|
|
|
184,032 |
|
|
|
337 |
|
|
|
0.22 |
% |
|
|
0.25 < 0.50% |
|
BBB to BB+ |
|
|
0.39 |
% |
|
|
0.40 |
% |
|
|
326,690 |
|
|
|
306,329 |
|
|
|
651 |
|
|
|
0.26 |
% |
Retail - Residential |
|
0.50 < 0.75% |
|
BB+ to BB |
|
|
0.58 |
% |
|
|
0.59 |
% |
|
|
113,989 |
|
|
|
77,911 |
|
|
|
441 |
|
|
|
0.35 |
% |
mortgage |
|
0.75 < 2.50% |
|
BB to B+ |
|
|
1.29 |
% |
|
|
1.28 |
% |
|
|
393,524 |
|
|
|
422,530 |
|
|
|
1,493 |
|
|
|
0.47 |
% |
exposures |
|
2.50 < 10.0% |
|
B+ to B- |
|
|
4.99 |
% |
|
|
5.12 |
% |
|
|
167,003 |
|
|
|
162,171 |
|
|
|
1,705 |
|
|
|
1.35 |
% |
|
|
10.0 < 100% |
|
B- to C |
|
|
32.13 |
% |
|
|
32.72 |
% |
|
|
72,965 |
|
|
|
65,707 |
|
|
|
8,169 |
|
|
|
14.30 |
% |
|
|
100% (default) |
|
D |
|
|
100 |
% |
|
|
100 |
% |
|
|
20,865 |
|
|
|
18,409 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
134 |
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures |
|
|
∎ TABLE 65. IRB APPROACH - BACKTESTING OF PD PER EXPOSURE CLASS (CR9)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of obligors |
|
|
|
|
|
Average |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
historical |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Arithmetic |
|
|
End of |
|
|
|
|
|
Defaulted |
|
|
annual |
|
|
|
|
|
External rating |
|
Weighted |
|
|
average PD |
|
|
previous |
|
|
End of |
|
|
obligors |
|
|
default |
|
SC SPAIN |
|
PD rates |
|
equivalent |
|
average PD |
|
|
by obligors |
|
|
year |
|
|
the year |
|
|
in the year |
|
|
rate |
|
|
|
0 < 0.15% |
|
AAAa A- |
|
|
0.07 |
% |
|
|
0.07 |
% |
|
|
69,707 |
|
|
|
55,382 |
|
|
|
95 |
|
|
|
0.13 |
% |
|
|
0.15 < 0.25% |
|
A- a BBB+ |
|
|
0.19 |
% |
|
|
0.19 |
% |
|
|
1,098,889 |
|
|
|
1,127,525 |
|
|
|
1450 |
|
|
|
0.08 |
% |
|
|
0.25 < 0.50% |
|
BBB+ a BBB- |
|
|
0.37 |
% |
|
|
0.38 |
% |
|
|
1,081,688 |
|
|
|
1,025,946 |
|
|
|
746 |
|
|
|
0.07 |
% |
|
|
0.50 < 0.75% |
|
BBB- a BB+ |
|
|
0.54 |
% |
|
|
0.56 |
% |
|
|
167,432 |
|
|
|
251,940 |
|
|
|
188 |
|
|
|
0.09 |
% |
Retail |
|
0.75 < 2.50% |
|
BB+ a BB- |
|
|
1.47 |
% |
|
|
1.42 |
% |
|
|
429,466 |
|
|
|
435,329 |
|
|
|
1242 |
|
|
|
0.29 |
% |
|
|
2.50 < 10.0% |
|
BB- a B- |
|
|
5.40 |
% |
|
|
4.90 |
% |
|
|
259,595 |
|
|
|
288,152 |
|
|
|
3389 |
|
|
|
1.86 |
% |
|
|
10.0 < 100% |
|
B- a C |
|
|
25.66 |
% |
|
|
28.56 |
% |
|
|
111,707 |
|
|
|
113,848 |
|
|
|
10989 |
|
|
|
13.70 |
% |
|
|
100% (default) |
|
D |
|
|
100 |
% |
|
|
100 |
% |
|
|
17,378 |
|
|
|
18,325 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0 < 0.15% |
|
AAA a A- |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1315 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
0.13 |
% |
|
|
0.15 < 0.25% |
|
A- a BBB+ |
|
|
0.18 |
% |
|
|
0.18 |
% |
|
|
6,823 |
|
|
|
13,854 |
|
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
0.10 |
% |
|
|
0.25 < 0.50% |
|
BBB+ a BBB- |
|
|
0.31 |
% |
|
|
0.32 |
% |
|
|
24,976 |
|
|
|
25,527 |
|
|
|
12 |
|
|
|
0.17 |
% |
|
|
0.50 < 0.75% |
|
BBB- a BB+ |
|
|
0.53 |
% |
|
|
0.54 |
% |
|
|
28,043 |
|
|
|
27,473 |
|
|
|
38 |
|
|
|
0.34 |
% |
Other retail |
|
0.75 < 2.50% |
|
BB+ a BB- |
|
|
1.50 |
% |
|
|
1.44 |
% |
|
|
162,459 |
|
|
|
174,168 |
|
|
|
608 |
|
|
|
0.85 |
% |
|
|
2.50 < 10.0% |
|
BB- a B- |
|
|
3.84 |
% |
|
|
4.40 |
% |
|
|
137,988 |
|
|
|
161,797 |
|
|
|
1,507 |
|
|
|
2.39 |
% |
|
|
10.0 < 100% |
|
B- a C |
|
|
34.28 |
% |
|
|
33.05 |
% |
|
|
40,170 |
|
|
|
27,867 |
|
|
|
4,549 |
|
|
|
20.90 |
% |
|
|
100% (default) |
|
D |
|
|
100 |
% |
|
|
100 |
% |
|
|
11,350 |
|
|
|
10,377 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.15 < 0.25 |
|
BBB+ to BBB |
|
|
0.23 |
% |
|
|
0.23 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
364 |
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
0.08 |
% |
|
|
0.50 < 0.75 |
|
BB+ to BB |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
380 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.76 |
% |
|
|
0.75 < 2.50 |
|
BB to B+ |
|
|
1.22 |
% |
|
|
1.22 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
184 |
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
0.14 |
% |
Corporates |
|
2.50 < 10.0 |
|
B+ to B- |
|
|
4.94 |
% |
|
|
4.93 |
% |
|
|
324 |
|
|
|
346 |
|
|
|
7 |
|
|
|
6.34 |
% |
|
|
10.0 < 100 |
|
B- to C |
|
|
16.11 |
% |
|
|
19.04 |
% |
|
|
12 |
|
|
|
38 |
|
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
18.46 |
% |
|
|
100% (default) |
|
D |
|
|
100 |
% |
|
|
100 |
% |
|
|
19 |
|
|
|
15 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures
|
|
135 |
3. CREDIT RISK
∎ TABLE 65. IRB APPROACH - BACKTESTING OF PD PER EXPOSURE CLASS (CR9)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of obligors |
|
|
|
|
|
Average |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
historical |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Arithmetic |
|
|
End of |
|
|
|
|
|
Defaulted |
|
|
annual |
|
|
|
|
|
External rating |
|
Weighted |
|
|
average PD |
|
|
previous |
|
|
End of |
|
|
obligors in |
|
|
default |
|
SPAIN |
|
PD rates |
|
equivalent |
|
average PD |
|
|
by obligors |
|
|
year |
|
|
the year |
|
|
the year |
|
|
rate |
|
|
|
0 < 0.15% |
|
AAA to BBB+ |
|
|
0.08 |
% |
|
|
0.07 |
% |
|
|
310,174 |
|
|
|
303,741 |
|
|
|
125 |
|
|
|
0.08 |
% |
|
|
0.15 < 0.25% |
|
BBB+ to BBB |
|
|
0.19 |
% |
|
|
0.19 |
% |
|
|
80,553 |
|
|
|
77,774 |
|
|
|
103 |
|
|
|
0.26 |
% |
|
|
0.25 < 0.50% |
|
BBB to BB+ |
|
|
0.36 |
% |
|
|
0.36 |
% |
|
|
68,774 |
|
|
|
64,937 |
|
|
|
162 |
|
|
|
0.48 |
% |
Retail - |
|
0.50 < 0.75% |
|
BB+ to BB |
|
|
0.62 |
% |
|
|
0.62 |
% |
|
|
12,307 |
|
|
|
39,658 |
|
|
|
43 |
|
|
|
1.27 |
% |
mortgages |
|
0.75 < 2.50% |
|
BB to B+ |
|
|
1.35 |
% |
|
|
1.33 |
% |
|
|
71,896 |
|
|
|
68,521 |
|
|
|
588 |
|
|
|
1.68 |
% |
|
|
2.50 < 10.0% |
|
B+ to B- |
|
|
4.49 |
% |
|
|
4.53 |
% |
|
|
33,126 |
|
|
|
29,957 |
|
|
|
1,115 |
|
|
|
7.12 |
% |
|
|
10.0 < 100% |
|
B- to C |
|
|
24.42 |
% |
|
|
23.94 |
% |
|
|
25,090 |
|
|
|
21,044 |
|
|
|
5,178 |
|
|
|
25.80 |
% |
|
|
100% (default) |
|
D |
|
|
100 |
% |
|
|
100 |
% |
|
|
29,637 |
|
|
|
28,299 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0 < 0.15% |
|
AAA to BBB+ |
|
|
0.09 |
% |
|
|
0.08 |
% |
|
|
104,047 |
|
|
|
70,355 |
|
|
|
50 |
|
|
|
0.09 |
% |
|
|
0.15 < 0.25% |
|
BBB+ to BBB |
|
|
0.20 |
% |
|
|
0.19 |
% |
|
|
20,083 |
|
|
|
69,949 |
|
|
|
37 |
|
|
|
0.19 |
% |
|
|
0.25 < 0.50% |
|
BBB to BB+ |
|
|
0.34 |
% |
|
|
0.35 |
% |
|
|
104,187 |
|
|
|
123,956 |
|
|
|
199 |
|
|
|
0.16 |
% |
Retail - Other |
|
0.50 < 0.75% |
|
BB+ to BB |
|
|
0.61 |
% |
|
|
0.62 |
% |
|
|
80,042 |
|
|
|
50,095 |
|
|
|
280 |
|
|
|
0.63 |
% |
retail |
|
0.75 < 2.50% |
|
BB to B+ |
|
|
1.72 |
% |
|
|
1.62 |
% |
|
|
241,019 |
|
|
|
315,631 |
|
|
|
2427 |
|
|
|
1.51 |
% |
|
|
2.50 < 10.0% |
|
B+ to B- |
|
|
4.67 |
% |
|
|
4.56 |
% |
|
|
214,947 |
|
|
|
194,911 |
|
|
|
5530 |
|
|
|
2.57 |
% |
|
|
10.0 < 100% |
|
B- to C |
|
|
27.25 |
% |
|
|
31.32 |
% |
|
|
205,332 |
|
|
|
222,611 |
|
|
|
44,079 |
|
|
|
18.96 |
% |
|
|
100% (default) |
|
D |
|
|
100 |
% |
|
|
100 |
% |
|
|
105,138 |
|
|
|
126,576 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0 < 0.15% |
|
AAA to BBB+ |
|
|
0.10 |
% |
|
|
0.08 |
% |
|
|
109 |
|
|
|
272 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.36 |
% |
|
|
0.15 < 0.25% |
|
BBB+ to BBB |
|
|
0.21 |
% |
|
|
0.21 |
% |
|
|
2408 |
|
|
|
1506 |
|
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
0.22 |
% |
|
|
0.25 < 0.50% |
|
BBB to BB+ |
|
|
0.34 |
% |
|
|
0.34 |
% |
|
|
5474 |
|
|
|
4682 |
|
|
|
6 |
|
|
|
0.21 |
% |
|
|
0.50 < 0.75% |
|
BB+ to BB |
|
|
0.62 |
% |
|
|
0.62 |
% |
|
|
77 |
|
|
|
4361 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.47 |
% |
Corporates |
|
0.75 < 2.50% |
|
BB to B+ |
|
|
1.44 |
% |
|
|
1.49 |
% |
|
|
11,432 |
|
|
|
14,084 |
|
|
|
58 |
|
|
|
1.38 |
% |
|
|
2.50 < 10.0% |
|
B+ to B- |
|
|
5.51 |
% |
|
|
5.20 |
% |
|
|
5,966 |
|
|
|
4,657 |
|
|
|
148 |
|
|
|
5.85 |
% |
|
|
10.0 < 100% |
|
B- to C |
|
|
23.42 |
% |
|
|
20.05 |
% |
|
|
1,790 |
|
|
|
1,125 |
|
|
|
216 |
|
|
|
20.79 |
% |
|
|
100% (default) |
|
D |
|
|
100 |
% |
|
|
100 |
% |
|
|
704 |
|
|
|
747 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0 < 0.15% |
|
AAA to BBB+ |
|
|
0.09 |
% |
|
|
0.10 |
% |
|
|
830,870 |
|
|
|
1,331,368 |
|
|
|
540 |
|
|
|
0.04 |
% |
|
|
0.15 < 0.25% |
|
BBB+ to BBB |
|
|
0.19 |
% |
|
|
0.19 |
% |
|
|
157,455 |
|
|
|
248,775 |
|
|
|
114 |
|
|
|
0.09 |
% |
|
|
0.25 < 0.50% |
|
BBB to BB+ |
|
|
0.39 |
% |
|
|
0.38 |
% |
|
|
112,894 |
|
|
|
65,902 |
|
|
|
294 |
|
|
|
0.22 |
% |
|
|
0.50 < 0.75% |
|
BB+ to BB |
|
|
0.64 |
% |
|
|
0.64 |
% |
|
|
61,562 |
|
|
|
93,860 |
|
|
|
233 |
|
|
|
0.29 |
% |
Cards |
|
0.75 < 2.50% |
|
BB to B+ |
|
|
1.52 |
% |
|
|
1.51 |
% |
|
|
338,813 |
|
|
|
425,851 |
|
|
|
1,539 |
|
|
|
0.64 |
% |
|
|
2.50 < 10.0% |
|
B+ to B- |
|
|
4.78 |
% |
|
|
4.76 |
% |
|
|
201,956 |
|
|
|
316,577 |
|
|
|
5,169 |
|
|
|
2.55 |
% |
|
|
10.0 < 100% |
|
B- to C |
|
|
32.25 |
% |
|
|
30.04 |
% |
|
|
37,730 |
|
|
|
70,700 |
|
|
|
8,033 |
|
|
|
18.49 |
% |
|
|
100% (default) |
|
D |
|
|
100 |
% |
|
|
100 |
% |
|
|
14,326 |
|
|
|
17,397 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
136 |
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures |
|
|
∎ TABLE 65. IRB APPROACH - BACKTESTING OF PD PER EXPOSURE CLASS (CR9)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of obligors |
|
|
|
|
|
Average |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
historical |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Arithmetic |
|
|
End of |
|
|
|
|
|
Defaulted |
|
|
annual |
|
SANTANDER |
|
|
|
External rating |
|
Weighted |
|
|
average PD |
|
|
previous |
|
|
End of |
|
|
obligors in |
|
|
default |
|
TOTTA |
|
PD rates |
|
equivalent |
|
average PD |
|
|
by obligors |
|
|
year |
|
|
the year |
|
|
the year |
|
|
rate |
|
|
|
0 < 0.15% |
|
AAA to BBB+ |
|
|
0.14 |
% |
|
|
0.13 |
% |
|
|
135,741 |
|
|
|
85 |
|
|
|
132 |
|
|
|
0.13 |
% |
|
|
0.15 < 0.25% |
|
BBB+ to BBB |
|
|
0.23 |
% |
|
|
0.22 |
% |
|
|
36,540 |
|
|
|
6,242 |
|
|
|
39 |
|
|
|
0.15 |
% |
|
|
0.25 < 0.50% |
|
BBB to BB+ |
|
|
0.39 |
% |
|
|
0.37 |
% |
|
|
42,006 |
|
|
|
70,976 |
|
|
|
117 |
|
|
|
0.34 |
% |
|
|
0.50 < 0.75% |
|
BB+ to BB |
|
|
0.60 |
% |
|
|
0.60 |
% |
|
|
13,851 |
|
|
|
941 |
|
|
|
20 |
|
|
|
0.40 |
% |
Cards |
|
0.75 < 2.50% |
|
BB to B+ |
|
|
1.49 |
% |
|
|
1.59 |
% |
|
|
82,931 |
|
|
|
244,584 |
|
|
|
584 |
|
|
|
1.17 |
% |
|
|
2.50 < 10.0% |
|
B+ to B- |
|
|
5.18 |
% |
|
|
5.51 |
% |
|
|
99,277 |
|
|
|
105,189 |
|
|
|
2,898 |
|
|
|
3.60 |
% |
|
|
10.0 < 100% |
|
B- to C |
|
|
31.00 |
% |
|
|
31.53 |
% |
|
|
21,438 |
|
|
|
29,089 |
|
|
|
3,481 |
|
|
|
18.77 |
% |
|
|
100% (default) |
|
D |
|
|
100 |
% |
|
|
100 |
% |
|
|
8,511 |
|
|
|
9,301 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0 < 0.15% |
|
AAA to BBB+ |
|
|
0.08 |
% |
|
|
0.08 |
% |
|
|
40 |
|
|
|
41 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.15 < 0.25% |
|
BBB+ to BBB |
|
|
0.16 |
% |
|
|
0.16 |
% |
|
|
18 |
|
|
|
18 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.25 < 0.50% |
|
BBB to BB+ |
|
|
0.35 |
% |
|
|
0.35 |
% |
|
|
650 |
|
|
|
716 |
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
0.30 |
% |
|
|
0.50 < 0.75% |
|
BB+ to BB |
|
|
0.63 |
% |
|
|
0.63 |
% |
|
|
62 |
|
|
|
40 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Corporates |
|
0.75 < 2.50% |
|
BB to B+ |
|
|
1.39 |
% |
|
|
1.43 |
% |
|
|
2,547 |
|
|
|
2,619 |
|
|
|
9 |
|
|
|
0.65 |
% |
|
|
2.50 < 10.0% |
|
B+ to B- |
|
|
5.86 |
% |
|
|
5.77 |
% |
|
|
1,425 |
|
|
|
1,433 |
|
|
|
45 |
|
|
|
2.51 |
% |
|
|
10.0 < 100% |
|
B- to C |
|
|
33.08 |
% |
|
|
28.26 |
% |
|
|
239 |
|
|
|
214 |
|
|
|
38 |
|
|
|
20.22 |
% |
|
|
100% (default) |
|
D |
|
|
100 |
% |
|
|
100 |
% |
|
|
474 |
|
|
|
415 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0 < 0.15% |
|
AAA to BBB+ |
|
|
0.03 |
% |
|
|
0.03 |
% |
|
|
7,709 |
|
|
|
12 |
|
|
|
11 |
|
|
|
0.08 |
% |
|
|
0.15 < 0.25% |
|
BBB+ to BBB |
|
|
0.21 |
% |
|
|
0.18 |
% |
|
|
7,542 |
|
|
|
3,003 |
|
|
|
9 |
|
|
|
0.11 |
% |
|
|
0.25 < 0.50% |
|
BBB to BB+ |
|
|
0.44 |
% |
|
|
0.44 |
% |
|
|
18,064 |
|
|
|
56,898 |
|
|
|
24 |
|
|
|
0.30 |
% |
Retail - Other |
|
0.50 < 0.75% |
|
BB+ to BB |
|
|
0.64 |
% |
|
|
0.62 |
% |
|
|
31,102 |
|
|
|
10,877 |
|
|
|
91 |
|
|
|
0.31 |
% |
retail |
|
0.75 < 2.50% |
|
BB to B+ |
|
|
1.68 |
% |
|
|
2.03 |
% |
|
|
222,665 |
|
|
|
208,081 |
|
|
|
1,004 |
|
|
|
0.57 |
% |
|
|
2.50 < 10.0% |
|
B+ to B- |
|
|
5.20 |
% |
|
|
5.32 |
% |
|
|
93,319 |
|
|
|
82,997 |
|
|
|
2,743 |
|
|
|
3.34 |
% |
|
|
10.0 < 100% |
|
B- to C |
|
|
29.01 |
% |
|
|
36.99 |
% |
|
|
63,469 |
|
|
|
64,564 |
|
|
|
12,541 |
|
|
|
19.06 |
% |
|
|
100% (default) |
|
D |
|
|
100 |
% |
|
|
100 |
% |
|
|
47,759 |
|
|
|
42,602 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0 < 0.15% |
|
AAA to BBB+ |
|
|
0.09 |
% |
|
|
0.09 |
% |
|
|
106,237 |
|
|
|
106,291 |
|
|
|
55 |
|
|
|
0.13 |
% |
|
|
0.15 < 0.25% |
|
BBB+ to BBB |
|
|
0.21 |
% |
|
|
0.21 |
% |
|
|
41,812 |
|
|
|
41,967 |
|
|
|
43 |
|
|
|
0.31 |
% |
|
|
0.25 < 0.50% |
|
BBB to BB+ |
|
|
0.37 |
% |
|
|
0.37 |
% |
|
|
43,604 |
|
|
|
45,234 |
|
|
|
83 |
|
|
|
0.48 |
% |
Retail - |
|
0.50 < 0.75% |
|
BB+ to BB |
|
|
0.60 |
% |
|
|
0.60 |
% |
|
|
18,608 |
|
|
|
19,124 |
|
|
|
50 |
|
|
|
0.24 |
% |
mortgages |
|
0.75 < 2.50% |
|
BB to B+ |
|
|
1.26 |
% |
|
|
1.29 |
% |
|
|
32,613 |
|
|
|
32,262 |
|
|
|
207 |
|
|
|
1.35 |
% |
|
|
2.50 < 10.0% |
|
B+ to B- |
|
|
5.08 |
% |
|
|
5.19 |
% |
|
|
28,549 |
|
|
|
29,751 |
|
|
|
516 |
|
|
|
3.79 |
% |
|
|
10.0 < 100% |
|
B- to C |
|
|
28.94 |
% |
|
|
28.94 |
% |
|
|
17,460 |
|
|
|
14,798 |
|
|
|
2,818 |
|
|
|
19.55 |
% |
|
|
100% (default) |
|
D |
|
|
100 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
10,964 |
|
|
|
9,442 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0 < 0.15% |
|
AAA to BBB+ |
|
|
0.03 |
% |
|
|
0.03 |
% |
|
|
22 |
|
|
|
19 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.15 < 0.25% |
|
BBB+ to BBB |
|
|
0.21 |
% |
|
|
0.21 |
% |
|
|
176 |
|
|
|
99 |
|
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
1.14 |
% |
|
|
0.25 < 0.50% |
|
BBB to BB+ |
|
|
0.30 |
% |
|
|
0.31 |
% |
|
|
1,654 |
|
|
|
1,679 |
|
|
|
6 |
|
|
|
0.47 |
% |
|
|
0.50 < 0.75% |
|
BB+ to BB |
|
|
0.67 |
% |
|
|
0.66 |
% |
|
|
60 |
|
|
|
44 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.43 |
% |
Retail - SMEs |
|
0.75 < 2.50% |
|
BB to B+ |
|
|
1.30 |
% |
|
|
1.47 |
% |
|
|
20,128 |
|
|
|
23,389 |
|
|
|
146 |
|
|
|
1.05 |
% |
|
|
2.50 < 10.0% |
|
B+ to B- |
|
|
4.71 |
% |
|
|
4.85 |
% |
|
|
10,007 |
|
|
|
12,900 |
|
|
|
258 |
|
|
|
2.94 |
% |
|
|
10.0 < 100% |
|
B- to C |
|
|
26.33 |
% |
|
|
29.25 |
% |
|
|
16,571 |
|
|
|
13,879 |
|
|
|
2,131 |
|
|
|
12.38 |
% |
|
|
100% (default) |
|
D |
|
|
100 |
% |
|
|
100 |
% |
|
|
9,325 |
|
|
|
7,222 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures
|
|
137 |
3. CREDIT RISK
∎ TABLE 65. IRB APPROACH - BACKTESTING OF PD PER EXPOSURE CLASS (CR9)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of obligors |
|
|
|
|
|
Average |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
historical |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Arithmetic |
|
|
End of |
|
|
|
|
|
Defaulted |
|
|
annual |
|
|
|
|
|
External rating |
|
Weighted |
|
|
average PD |
|
|
previous |
|
|
End of |
|
|
obligors in |
|
|
default |
|
MEXICO |
|
PD rates |
|
equivalent |
|
average PD |
|
|
by obligors |
|
|
year |
|
|
the year |
|
|
the year |
|
|
rate |
|
|
|
0 < 0.15% |
|
AAA to BBB+ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.15 < 0.25% |
|
BBB+ to BBB |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.25 < 0.50% |
|
BBB to BB+ |
|
|
0.38 |
% |
|
|
0.38 |
% |
|
|
42 |
|
|
|
38 |
|
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
0.38 |
% |
|
|
0.50 < 0.75% |
|
BB+ to BB |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Corporates |
|
0.75 < 2.50% |
|
BB to B+ |
|
|
1.21 |
% |
|
|
1.21 |
% |
|
|
3,026 |
|
|
|
3,130 |
|
|
|
21 |
|
|
|
1.23 |
% |
|
|
2.50 < 10.0% |
|
B+ to B- |
|
|
3.49 |
% |
|
|
3.49 |
% |
|
|
252 |
|
|
|
197 |
|
|
|
29 |
|
|
|
5.34 |
% |
|
|
10.0 < 100% |
|
B- to C |
|
|
24.20 |
% |
|
|
24.20 |
% |
|
|
21 |
|
|
|
12 |
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
26.41 |
% |
|
|
100% (default) |
|
D |
|
|
100 |
% |
|
|
100 |
% |
|
|
79 |
|
|
|
70 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of obligors |
|
|
|
|
|
Average |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
historical |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Arithmetic |
|
|
End of |
|
|
|
|
|
Defaulted |
|
|
annual |
|
SC GERMANY |
|
PD rates |
|
External rating equivalent |
|
Weighted average PD |
|
|
average PD by obligors |
|
|
previous year |
|
|
End of the year |
|
|
obligors in the year |
|
|
default rate |
|
|
|
0 < 0.15% |
|
AAA to BBB+ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.15 < 0.25% |
|
BBB+ to BBB |
|
|
0.23 |
% |
|
|
0.23 |
% |
|
|
269 |
|
|
|
269 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.19 |
% |
|
|
0.25 < 0.50% |
|
BBB to BB+ |
|
|
0.35 |
% |
|
|
0.35 |
% |
|
|
490 |
|
|
|
553 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.50 < 0.75% |
|
BB+ to BB |
|
|
0.55 |
% |
|
|
0.55 |
% |
|
|
417 |
|
|
|
391 |
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
0.13 |
% |
Corporates |
|
0.75 < 2.50% |
|
BB to B+ |
|
|
1.64 |
% |
|
|
1.55 |
% |
|
|
3,174 |
|
|
|
3,060 |
|
|
|
18 |
|
|
|
0.50 |
% |
|
|
2.50 < 10.0% |
|
B+ to B- |
|
|
4.20 |
% |
|
|
4.49 |
% |
|
|
737 |
|
|
|
621 |
|
|
|
18 |
|
|
|
2.62 |
% |
|
|
10.0 < 100% |
|
B- to C |
|
|
22.39 |
% |
|
|
25.20 |
% |
|
|
111 |
|
|
|
135 |
|
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
3.14 |
% |
|
|
100% (default) |
|
D |
|
|
100 |
% |
|
|
100 |
% |
|
|
36 |
|
|
|
44 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0 < 0.15% |
|
AAA to BBB+ |
|
|
0.08 |
% |
|
|
0.08 |
% |
|
|
50,187 |
|
|
|
45,821 |
|
|
|
15 |
|
|
|
0.03 |
% |
|
|
0.15 < 0.25% |
|
BBB+ to BBB |
|
|
0.20 |
% |
|
|
0.20 |
% |
|
|
157,789 |
|
|
|
147,777 |
|
|
|
139 |
|
|
|
0.09 |
% |
|
|
0.25 < 0.50% |
|
BBB to BB+ |
|
|
0.35 |
% |
|
|
0.35 |
% |
|
|
457,633 |
|
|
|
446,819 |
|
|
|
514 |
|
|
|
0.12 |
% |
|
|
0.50 < 0.75% |
|
BB+ to BB |
|
|
0.55 |
% |
|
|
0.55 |
% |
|
|
948,281 |
|
|
|
924,393 |
|
|
|
1,565 |
|
|
|
0.16 |
% |
Other retail |
|
0.75 < 2.50% |
|
BB to B+ |
|
|
1.27 |
% |
|
|
1.28 |
% |
|
|
1,586,365 |
|
|
|
1,516,060 |
|
|
|
8,839 |
|
|
|
0.54 |
% |
|
|
2.50 < 10.0% |
|
B+ to B- |
|
|
4.55 |
% |
|
|
4.50 |
% |
|
|
538,868 |
|
|
|
505,652 |
|
|
|
16,681 |
|
|
|
2.67 |
% |
|
|
10.0 < 100% |
|
B- to C |
|
|
34.49 |
% |
|
|
30.72 |
% |
|
|
232,596 |
|
|
|
117,487 |
|
|
|
23,147 |
|
|
|
17.18 |
% |
|
|
100% (default) |
|
D |
|
|
100 |
% |
|
|
100 |
% |
|
|
83,702 |
|
|
|
73,891 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0 < 0.15% |
|
AAA to BBB+ |
|
|
0.09 |
% |
|
|
0.1 |
% |
|
|
6 |
|
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.15 < 0.25% |
|
BBB+ to BBB |
|
|
0.23 |
% |
|
|
0.2 |
% |
|
|
2,440 |
|
|
|
2,175 |
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
0.14 |
% |
|
|
0.25 < 0.50% |
|
BBB to BB+ |
|
|
0.35 |
% |
|
|
0.3 |
% |
|
|
2,560 |
|
|
|
1,127 |
|
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
0.16 |
% |
Retail |
|
0.50 < 0.75% |
|
BB+ to BB |
|
|
0.55 |
% |
|
|
0.5 |
% |
|
|
4,871 |
|
|
|
1,535 |
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
0.12 |
% |
Qualifying Revolving |
|
0.75 < 2.50% |
|
BB to B+ |
|
|
1.39 |
% |
|
|
1.4 |
% |
|
|
193,560 |
|
|
|
134,734 |
|
|
|
655 |
|
|
|
0.58 |
% |
|
|
2.50 < 10.0% |
|
B+ to B- |
|
|
4.56 |
% |
|
|
5.0 |
% |
|
|
35,379 |
|
|
|
26,105 |
|
|
|
686 |
|
|
|
3.56 |
% |
|
|
10.0 < 100% |
|
B- to C |
|
|
27.75 |
% |
|
|
27.1 |
% |
|
|
22,404 |
|
|
|
17,377 |
|
|
|
3,135 |
|
|
|
17.14 |
% |
|
|
100% (default) |
|
D |
|
|
100 |
% |
|
|
100 |
% |
|
|
11,327 |
|
|
|
8,115 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0 < 0.15% |
|
AAA to BBB+ |
|
|
0.08 |
% |
|
|
0.08 |
% |
|
|
11,286 |
|
|
|
9,854 |
|
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
0.03 |
% |
|
|
0.15 < 0.25% |
|
BBB+ to BBB |
|
|
0.19 |
% |
|
|
0.19 |
% |
|
|
42,132 |
|
|
|
38,574 |
|
|
|
23 |
|
|
|
0.09 |
% |
|
|
0.25 < 0.50% |
|
BBB to BB+ |
|
|
0.35 |
% |
|
|
0.35 |
% |
|
|
14,124 |
|
|
|
13,298 |
|
|
|
10 |
|
|
|
0.14 |
% |
Retail - |
|
0.50 < 0.75% |
|
BB+ to BB |
|
|
0.55 |
% |
|
|
0.55 |
% |
|
|
7,024 |
|
|
|
6,542 |
|
|
|
8 |
|
|
|
0.23 |
% |
Residential mortgages |
|
0.75 < 2.50% |
|
BB to B+ |
|
|
1.19 |
% |
|
|
1.18 |
% |
|
|
6,084 |
|
|
|
5,202 |
|
|
|
32 |
|
|
|
0.62 |
% |
|
|
2.50 < 10.0% |
|
B+ to B- |
|
|
4.37 |
% |
|
|
4.37 |
% |
|
|
730 |
|
|
|
580 |
|
|
|
22 |
|
|
|
3.11 |
% |
|
|
10.0 < 100% |
|
B- to C |
|
|
32.17 |
% |
|
|
31.19 |
% |
|
|
689 |
|
|
|
432 |
|
|
|
63 |
|
|
|
11.04 |
% |
|
|
100% (default) |
|
D |
|
|
100 |
% |
|
|
100 |
% |
|
|
864 |
|
|
|
826 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
138 |
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures |
|
|
∎ TABLE 65. IRB APPROACH - BACKTESTING OF PD PER EXPOSURE CLASS (CR9)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of obligors |
|
|
|
|
|
Average |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
historical |
|
SC NORDICS |
|
PD rates |
|
External rating equivalent |
|
Weighted average PD |
|
|
Arithmetic average PD by obligors |
|
|
End of previous year |
|
|
End of the year |
|
|
Defaulted obligors in the year |
|
|
annual default rate |
|
|
|
0 < 0.15% |
|
AAA to BBB+ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.15 < 0.25% |
|
BBB+ to BBB |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.25 < 0.50% |
|
BBB to BB+ |
|
|
0.3 |
% |
|
|
0.3 |
% |
|
|
53,000 |
|
|
|
55,317 |
|
|
|
208 |
|
|
|
0.27 |
% |
Nordics - |
|
0.50 < 0.75% |
|
BB+ to BB |
|
|
0.6 |
% |
|
|
0.6 |
% |
|
|
42,905 |
|
|
|
44,403 |
|
|
|
350 |
|
|
|
0.68 |
% |
Norway |
|
0.75 < 2.50% |
|
BB to B+ |
|
|
1.4 |
% |
|
|
1.4 |
% |
|
|
59,291 |
|
|
|
57,569 |
|
|
|
793 |
|
|
|
1.02 |
% |
Auto individuals |
|
2.50 < 10.0% |
|
B+ to B- |
|
|
5.8 |
% |
|
|
5.9 |
% |
|
|
18,548 |
|
|
|
22,569 |
|
|
|
631 |
|
|
|
2.99 |
% |
|
|
10.0 < 100% |
|
B- to C |
|
|
23.0 |
% |
|
|
23.2 |
% |
|
|
14,886 |
|
|
|
18,362 |
|
|
|
1,914 |
|
|
|
21.75 |
% |
|
|
100% (default) |
|
D |
|
|
100.0 |
% |
|
|
100.0 |
% |
|
|
4,064 |
|
|
|
4,646 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0 < 0.15% |
|
AAA to BBB+ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.15 < 0.25% |
|
BBB+ to BBB |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.25 < 0.50% |
|
BBB to BB+ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nordics - |
|
0.50 < 0.75% |
|
BB+ to BB |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sweden |
|
0.75 < 2.50% |
|
BB to B+ |
|
|
0.9 |
% |
|
|
0.9 |
% |
|
|
93,406 |
|
|
|
106,239 |
|
|
|
260 |
|
|
|
0.42 |
% |
Auto individuals |
|
2.50 < 10.0% |
|
B+ to B- |
|
|
3.4 |
% |
|
|
3.4 |
% |
|
|
28,463 |
|
|
|
32,602 |
|
|
|
330 |
|
|
|
1.40 |
% |
|
|
10.0 < 100% |
|
B- to C |
|
|
67.5 |
% |
|
|
67.2 |
% |
|
|
319 |
|
|
|
328 |
|
|
|
130 |
|
|
|
56.62 |
% |
|
|
100% (default) |
|
D |
|
|
100.0 |
% |
|
|
100.0 |
% |
|
|
333 |
|
|
|
368 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0 < 0.15% |
|
AAA to BBB+ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.15 < 0.25% |
|
BBB+ to BBB |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.25 < 0.50% |
|
BBB to BB+ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nordics - |
|
0.50 < 0.75% |
|
BB+ to BB |
|
|
0.6 |
% |
|
|
0.6 |
% |
|
|
14,148 |
|
|
|
16,297 |
|
|
|
30 |
|
|
|
0.19 |
% |
Finland |
|
0.75 < 2.50% |
|
BB to B+ |
|
|
1.4 |
% |
|
|
1.4 |
% |
|
|
71,764 |
|
|
|
89,647 |
|
|
|
329 |
|
|
|
0.53 |
% |
Auto individuals |
|
2.50 < 10.0% |
|
B+ to B- |
|
|
4.9 |
% |
|
|
4.9 |
% |
|
|
13,137 |
|
|
|
15,700 |
|
|
|
248 |
|
|
|
2.14 |
% |
|
|
10.0 < 100% |
|
B- to C |
|
|
26.4 |
% |
|
|
26.6 |
% |
|
|
10,082 |
|
|
|
11,557 |
|
|
|
827 |
|
|
|
20.45 |
% |
|
|
100% (default) |
|
D |
|
|
100.0 |
% |
|
|
100.0 |
% |
|
|
625 |
|
|
|
891 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3.9.2. EAD backtest
To test Credit Conversion Factors (CCF), the balance at which transactions defaulted was compared with the regulatory EAD assigned 12 months prior to the
default occurring.
The ratio of estimated EAD to actual EAD, known as the coverage ratio, gives an idea of the accuracy of the EAD estimate.
The following tables and diagrams provide a comparison between estimated EAD and actual EAD for the following
portfolios with committed limits.
|
|
Cards and Loans for Individualised and Standardised Corporates of Santander Spain; |
|
|
Cards and Loans to individuals of Santander Spain; |
|
|
United Kingdom mortgages; and |
|
|
Cards and Credit facilities of Standardised Corporates of Santander Totta. |
The data is broken down by the
percentage utilisation of the facility, as this is the main driver used in estimating CCF and, therefore, in assigning EAD.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures
|
|
139 |
3. CREDIT RISK
∎ |
BACKTEST EAD SPAIN. NON STANDARDISED CORPORATES CREDIT |
∎ |
BACKTEST EAD SPAIN. STANDARDISED CORPORATES CREDIT CARDS |
∎ |
BACKTEST EAD SPAIN. NON STANDARDISED CORPORATES CREDITS |
∎ |
BACKTEST EAD SPAIN. STANDARDISED CORPORATES CREDITS |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Defaulted |
|
|
Allocated |
|
|
Coverage |
|
% Used |
|
balance |
|
|
EAD |
|
|
ratio |
|
0% |
|
|
37 |
|
|
|
55 |
|
|
|
148 |
% |
(0%,20%] |
|
|
46 |
|
|
|
65 |
|
|
|
143 |
% |
(20%,40%] |
|
|
49 |
|
|
|
55 |
|
|
|
113 |
% |
(40%,60%] |
|
|
19 |
|
|
|
26 |
|
|
|
137 |
% |
(60%,90%] |
|
|
39 |
|
|
|
38 |
|
|
|
98 |
% |
>90% |
|
|
78 |
|
|
|
97 |
|
|
|
125 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TOTAL |
|
|
268 |
|
|
|
336 |
|
|
|
126% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Defaulted |
|
|
Allocated |
|
|
Coverage |
|
% Used |
|
balance |
|
|
EAD |
|
|
ratio |
|
0% |
|
|
90 |
|
|
|
193 |
|
|
|
213.5 |
% |
(0%,20%] |
|
|
115 |
|
|
|
157 |
|
|
|
136.8 |
% |
(20%,40%] |
|
|
86 |
|
|
|
81 |
|
|
|
93.2 |
% |
(40%,60%] |
|
|
141 |
|
|
|
109 |
|
|
|
76.9 |
% |
(60%,90%] |
|
|
247 |
|
|
|
272 |
|
|
|
110.1 |
% |
>90% |
|
|
721 |
|
|
|
819 |
|
|
|
113.5 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TOTAL |
|
|
1,400 |
|
|
|
1,631 |
|
|
|
116.3% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Defaulted |
|
|
Allocated |
|
|
Coverage |
|
% Used |
|
balance |
|
|
EAD |
|
|
ratio |
|
[0%,60%] |
|
|
3,941 |
|
|
|
2,802 |
|
|
|
71 |
% |
(60%,80%] |
|
|
1,181 |
|
|
|
1,285 |
|
|
|
109 |
% |
(80%,95%] |
|
|
3,627 |
|
|
|
3,615 |
|
|
|
100 |
% |
>95% |
|
|
181,843 |
|
|
|
199,954 |
|
|
|
110 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TOTAL |
|
|
190,592 |
|
|
|
207,656 |
|
|
|
109 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Defaulted |
|
|
Allocated |
|
|
Coverage |
|
% Used |
|
balance |
|
|
EAD |
|
|
ratio |
|
[0%,60%] |
|
|
1,750 |
|
|
|
1,891 |
|
|
|
108 |
% |
(60%,80%] |
|
|
1,078 |
|
|
|
1,247 |
|
|
|
116 |
% |
(80%,95%] |
|
|
3,254 |
|
|
|
3,210 |
|
|
|
99 |
% |
>95% |
|
|
31,157 |
|
|
|
32,913 |
|
|
|
106 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TOTAL |
|
|
37,239 |
|
|
|
39,261 |
|
|
|
105 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
140 |
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures |
|
|
∎ BACKTEST EAD SPAIN RETAIL CREDIT CARDS
∎ BACKTEST EAD SPAIN. RETAIL CREDITS
∎ BACKTEST EAD PORTUGAL. STANDARDISED CORPORATES CREDIT LINES
∎ BACKTEST EAD PORTUGAL. STANDARDISED CORPORATES CREDIT CARDS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Defaulted |
|
|
Allocated |
|
Coverage |
|
% Used |
|
balance |
|
|
EAD |
|
ratio |
|
0% |
|
|
900 |
|
|
2,500 |
|
|
278 |
% |
(0%,20%] |
|
|
612 |
|
|
693 |
|
|
113 |
% |
(20%,40%] |
|
|
576 |
|
|
567 |
|
|
98 |
% |
(40%,60%] |
|
|
963 |
|
|
932 |
|
|
97 |
% |
(60%,90%] |
|
|
3,594 |
|
|
3,515 |
|
|
98 |
% |
>90% |
|
|
18,862 |
|
|
18,908 |
|
|
100 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
|
25,507 |
|
|
27,115 |
|
|
106% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Defaulted |
|
|
Allocated |
|
Coverage |
|
% Used |
|
balance |
|
|
EAD |
|
ratio |
|
[0%,60%] |
|
|
450 |
|
|
378 |
|
|
84 |
% |
(60%,80%] |
|
|
573 |
|
|
604 |
|
|
105 |
% |
(80%,95%] |
|
|
562 |
|
|
621 |
|
|
110 |
% |
>95% |
|
|
13,959 |
|
|
15,227 |
|
|
109 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
|
15,544 |
|
|
16,830 |
|
|
108 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Defaulted |
|
|
Allocated |
|
Coverage |
|
% Used |
|
balance |
|
|
EAD |
|
ratio |
|
[0%,90%] |
|
|
4 |
|
|
4 |
|
|
98 |
% |
>90 % |
|
|
20 |
|
|
22 |
|
|
107 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TOTAL |
|
|
24 |
|
|
26 |
|
|
105 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Defaulted |
|
|
Allocated |
|
Coverage |
|
% Used |
|
balance |
|
|
EAD |
|
ratio |
|
0% |
|
|
4 |
|
|
15 |
|
|
396 |
% |
(0%,95%] |
|
|
145 |
|
|
186 |
|
|
128 |
% |
>95 % |
|
|
32 |
|
|
31 |
|
|
94 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TOTAL |
|
|
181 |
|
|
232 |
|
|
128 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures
|
|
141 |
3. CREDIT RISK
∎ BACKTEST EAD UK. MORTGAGES
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Defaulted |
|
Allocated |
|
Coverage |
|
Drawn balance |
|
balance |
|
EAD |
|
ratio |
|
0 - 5.650 |
|
76,028 |
|
79,020 |
|
|
104 |
% |
5.650 - 11.300 |
|
6,127 |
|
6,670 |
|
|
109 |
% |
11.300+ |
|
27,796 |
|
46,452 |
|
|
167 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
109,951 |
|
132,142 |
|
|
120% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note: not included mortages without undrawn balance.
|
|
|
|
|
142 |
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures |
|
|
3.9.3. Backtest of expected loss and LGD (Santander Spain)
To compare regulatory Expected Loss with actual losses on the portfolio, a procedure has been devised to compare observed loss figures with estimated losses
under regulatory parameters. This exercise allows us to reach conclusions on the following points:
|
|
Stability of estimated losses over the life of the study. |
|
|
Volatility of the observed losses based on the macroeconomic environment, meaning the extent to which these values exceed estimated losses in periods of economic recession and fall short of the estimates in periods of
expansion. |
Following on from the previous point, it is important to note that study period (2008 to 2017) was largely characterised as
being a period of economic recession, whereas the estimated losses are based on parameters that embrace a longer period in which the years of recession and expansion better reflect the typical life of an economic cycle.
To estimate observed losses for each year under analysis, we have taken average observed losses from recovery processes ended in that year, weighted by the
defaults to have occurred in that same year.
The following tables and graphs show Santander Spains most important portfolios: Personal Mortgages
and Individualised Corporates.
∎ TABLE 66. RETAIL MORTGAGES
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Retail mortgages |
|
Estimated loss |
|
|
Observated loss |
|
2008 |
|
|
0.52 |
% |
|
|
0.21 |
% |
2009 |
|
|
0.56 |
% |
|
|
0.23 |
% |
2010 |
|
|
0.45 |
% |
|
|
0.18 |
% |
2011 |
|
|
0.44 |
% |
|
|
0.28 |
% |
2012 |
|
|
0.40 |
% |
|
|
0.86 |
% |
2013 |
|
|
0.46 |
% |
|
|
0.49 |
% |
2014 |
|
|
0.40 |
% |
|
|
0.62 |
% |
2015 |
|
|
0.47 |
% |
|
|
0.56 |
% |
2016 |
|
|
0.42 |
% |
|
|
0.40 |
% |
2017 |
|
|
0.40 |
% |
|
|
0.26 |
% |
∎ BACKTEST EXPECTED LOSS RETAIL MORTGAGES SPAIN
Estimated losses based on regulatory parameters remain stable in the period under analysis. In the case of
observed losses, the results are more volatile, as expected. Aside from the fluctuations caused by the macroeconomic climate, it is important to note that this comparison is highly sensitive to any one-off or
sporadic collection policies that may be pursued in a given year, where the losses observed in that year can be attributed to default events originating in previous years. This occurred, for instance, in the case of the peak losses observed in 2012.
In the early years of the analysis (2008 to 2011), levels of expected loss exceeded actual observed losses. However, expected losses can be seen to rise
from 2010 onward and exceed estimated losses. This is largely down to the large number of defaults that occurred during the period of economic recession.
Lastly, and for the more recent periods (2016 and 2017), we can observe a certain convergence towards observed average levels of loss, which are even slightly
below estimated losses in 2017, reflecting the general upturn in the countrys economy.
∎ TABLE 67. NON STANDARDISED CORPORATES
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non standardised corporates |
|
Estimated loss |
|
|
Observed loss |
|
2008 |
|
|
1.10 |
% |
|
|
0.97 |
% |
2009 |
|
|
1.13 |
% |
|
|
0.89 |
% |
2010 |
|
|
1.25 |
% |
|
|
1.15 |
% |
2011 |
|
|
1.14 |
% |
|
|
1.56 |
% |
2012 |
|
|
1.40 |
% |
|
|
2.42 |
% |
2013 |
|
|
0.78 |
% |
|
|
2.83 |
% |
2014 |
|
|
0.88 |
% |
|
|
2.29 |
% |
2015 |
|
|
0.79 |
% |
|
|
1.27 |
% |
2016 |
|
|
0.82 |
% |
|
|
1.13 |
% |
2017 |
|
|
0.68 |
% |
|
|
0.85 |
% |
∎ BACKTEST EXPECTED LOSS
NON-STANDARDISED CORPORATES SPAIN
In the case of individualised Corporates, levels of observed losses fluctuate by year but are roughly in line with the
levels of estimated losses based on regulatory parameters. In the first few years of the study (2008 to 2010), observed losses are similar to (slightly below) estimated losses. For following years, observed losses exceed estimated levels, in line
with the worst years of economic crisis. Lastly, in the most recent periods observed (2017), observed losses can be seen to converge towards the estimated values. This is partly down to the improved level of severity that can be seen in the cases
resolved in recent periods and also because levels of default in the last year are better than in previous years.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures
|
|
143 |
3. CREDIT RISK
3.10. Counterparty risk
Chapter 6 of the CRR (Regulation (EU) No 575/2013) describes counterparty credit risk as the risk a counterparty to a transaction could default before the
final settlement of the transactions cash flows. It includes the following transaction types: derivative instruments, repurchase agreements, securities or commodities lending, long settlement transactions and margin lending transactions.
Counterparty risk in Santander Group is controlled using an integrated system that provides real-time information on exposures to any counterparty, product or
maturity and in any Group unit as a percentage of the agreed limits.
For the measurement of exposure (ECR or credit risk equivalent), there are two
methodologies: a Mark to Market (MtM) methodology (replacement cost in the case of derivatives), plus an add-on for potential future exposure, and another methodology for certain regions and some products,
which includes a calculation of exposure using Monte Carlo simulation.
The capital at risk or unexpected loss, i.e. the loss which, once the expected
loss is subtracted, constitutes the economic capital, net of guarantees and recoveries, is also calculated.
The exposures are recalculated at market
close, adjusting all transactions to their new time horizon. The potential future exposure is adjusted and mitigation measures (netting, collateral, etc.) are applied, so that the exposures can be checked on a daily basis against the limits approved
by senior management.
As regards collateral management, derivative transactions subject to collateral agreements are marked to market daily and the
parameters agreed in the collateral agreement are applied, giving an amount of collateral to be called from, or returned to, the counterparty.
The
counterparty that receives the margin call checks the valuation, at which point discrepancies may arise.
A monitoring committee (discrepancies committee)
meets weekly to analyse transactions in which significant discrepancies have been detected. The committee includes representatives from Collateral Management, Market Risk, Wholesale Risk, Risk Approval for Financial Institutions and GCB Counterparty
Risk.
Currently, most collateral is posted and received in cash. However, the current market trend shows that the use of
non-cash collateral is increasing. Santander Group is taking this trend into account in its active collateral management.
Furthermore, any correlation there may be between the increase in exposure to a customer and the customers solvency is controlled by ensuring that the
related derivative transactions are for hedging and not speculative purposes.
In derivatives, where most collateral is in cash, there is practically no
risk of adverse effects arising from correlations between the collateral and the collateral provider. Any adverse effects arising from correlations in non-cash collateral are immaterial since issuances from
the same counterparty and its subsidiaries are excluded from the collateral eligibility policies.
In regard to wrong way risk (WWR), the criterion used by Santander for calculating the credit exposure to
derivatives with specific WWR (i.e. the deterioration in counterparty credit quality is directly correlated to the decline in market value of the underlying) is very conservative, given than the exposure to the derivatives with WWR resembles the
exposure to a basic financing. In very specific exceptions, with the aim of providing incentives for short-term transactions, with customers with a good rating, liquid underlying and which include collateralisation mechanisms in the derivatives, a
decision may be taken to calculate a stressed credit exposure of the derivative.
The Corporate Centre is working to develop a method for measuring and
managing both specific and generic adverse correlation risk and a system of governance.
It is estimated that in the event the Groups credit rating
was downgraded and the Group required to post additional collateral the impact of that collateral would be relatively limited. This is because the Groups credit rating affects only a small percentage of its current collateral agreements. In
the event of a hypothetical one-notch downgrade in the parents credit rating, it is estimated that the resulting impact of the collateral it would have to post would be 209 million euros.
The information in the tables below relates exclusively to exposures subject to counterparty risk. All of the exposure is mark-to-market.
∎ |
TABLE 68. TOTAL EXPOSURE TO COUNTERPARTY RISK |
Millions of Euros
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
31 Dec. 2017 |
|
|
31 Dec. 2016 |
|
Total |
|
|
34,460 |
|
|
|
39,875 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Of which: derivatives |
|
|
23,894 |
|
|
|
26,875 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The above table does not include exposures with central counterparty entities to a sum of 14,680 million Euros.
The following table contains information on the gross positive fair value of the derivative contracts, the potential future exposure, the effect of netting
and collateral agreements, and the final exposure value.
|
|
|
|
|
144 |
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures |
|
|
∎ TABLE 69. DERIVATIVES EXPOSURE*
Millions of Euros
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
31 Dec. 2017 |
|
|
31 Dec. 2016 |
|
Gross positive fair value of contracts (public balance sheet scope) |
|
|
65,780 |
|
|
|
82,420 |
|
Gross positive fair value of contracts (non-public balance
sheet scope) |
|
|
65,836 |
|
|
|
82,498 |
|
Netting benefits |
|
|
48,187 |
|
|
|
61,343 |
|
Netted fair value after netting effect |
|
|
17,649 |
|
|
|
21,155 |
|
Collateral held |
|
|
7,688 |
|
|
|
11,483 |
|
Netted fair value after netting effect and collateral held |
|
|
9,961 |
|
|
|
9,672 |
|
Regulatory net add-on |
|
|
13,932 |
|
|
|
17,203 |
|
EAD |
|
|
23,894 |
|
|
|
26,875 |
|
The net positions of the 10 largest counterparties, after discounting received collateral, account for 35.46% of
the Groups total derivatives exposure.
The following table contains information on the gross positive fair value of the derivative contracts, the
potential future exposure, the effect of netting and collateral agreements, and the final exposure value.
|
|
|
∎ DERIVATIVES EXPOSURE BY PRODUCT |
|
∎ DERIVATIVES EXPOSURE BY CATEGORY |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
∎ DERIVATIVES EXPOSURE BY GEOGRAPHY |
|
∎ DERIVATIVES EXPOSURE BY RATING |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures
|
|
145 |
3. CREDIT RISK
In 2017 derivative transactions were concentrated in counterparties with high credit quality, so that 71% of the
exposure was to counter-parties rated A or better.
The distribution by type of counterparty was 57% institutions and 37% corporates.
As regards the geographic distribution, 34% of the exposure was accounted for by UK counterparties (mainly Santander UKs operations) and, among the
other country groupings, mostly by Spain (17%), rest of Europe (24%), the US (8%) and Latin America (12%).
The following table shows exposure to
counterparty risk based on the calculation methodology employed.
∎ TABLE 70. ANALYSIS OF THE
COUNTERPARTY CREDIT RISK (CCR) EXPOSURE BY APPROACH (CCR1)*
Millions of Euros
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
31 Dec. 2017 |
|
|
|
Notional |
|
|
Replacement cost/Current market value |
|
|
Potential future exposure |
|
|
EEPE |
|
|
Multiplier |
|
|
EAD post CRM |
|
|
RWA |
|
Mark to market |
|
|
|
|
|
|
125,553 |
|
|
|
33,291 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
34,460 |
|
|
|
12,115 |
|
Original exposure |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Standardised approach |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Internal Model Method (for derivatives and SFTs) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Financial collateral simple method (for SFTs) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Financial collateral comprehensive method (for SFTs) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
VaR for SFTs |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12,115 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The following table shows the effects of netting agreements and collateral for exposure to counterparty risk.
∎ TABLE 71. IMPACT OF NETTING AND
COLLATERAL HELD ON EXPOSURE VALUES (CCR5-A)*
Millions of Euros
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
31 Dec. 2017 |
|
|
|
Gross positive fair value or net carrying amount |
|
|
Add-on |
|
|
Netting benefits |
|
|
Netted current credit exposure |
|
|
Collateral held |
|
|
Net credit exposure |
|
Derivatives |
|
|
17,938 |
|
|
|
6,113 |
|
|
|
11,958 |
|
|
|
12,093 |
|
|
|
2,455 |
|
|
|
9,637 |
|
SFTs |
|
|
17,934 |
|
|
|
3,350 |
|
|
|
10,590 |
|
|
|
10,694 |
|
|
|
3,553 |
|
|
|
7,141 |
|
Cross-product netting |
|
|
89,681 |
|
|
|
23,828 |
|
|
|
40,205 |
|
|
|
73,303 |
|
|
|
55,621 |
|
|
|
17,682 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
|
125,553 |
|
|
|
33,291 |
|
|
|
62,754 |
|
|
|
96,090 |
|
|
|
61,630 |
|
|
|
34,460 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
146 |
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures |
|
|
The following table shows exposure to counterparty credit risk (does not include CCPs) by counterparty region,
category and rating, among other information.
∎ TABLE 72. IRB - CCR EXPOSURES BY
PORTFOLIO AND PD SCALE (CCR4)
Millions of Euros
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
31 Dec. 2017 |
|
|
|
|
|
a |
|
|
b |
|
|
c |
|
|
d |
|
|
e |
|
|
f |
|
|
g |
|
BRAZIL |
|
PD scale |
|
EAD post CRM |
|
|
Average PD |
|
|
Number of obligors |
|
|
Average LGD |
|
|
Average maturity |
|
|
RWA |
|
|
RWA density |
|
AIRB. Corporates |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.00 to < 0.15% |
|
|
239 |
|
|
|
0.10 |
% |
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
45.00 |
% |
|
|
2.24 |
|
|
|
76 |
|
|
|
31.83 |
% |
|
|
0.15 to < 0.25% |
|
|
52 |
|
|
|
0.24 |
% |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
45.00 |
% |
|
|
1.16 |
|
|
|
21 |
|
|
|
41.27 |
% |
|
|
0.25 to < 0.50% |
|
|
61 |
|
|
|
0.41 |
% |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
45.00 |
% |
|
|
1.63 |
|
|
|
38 |
|
|
|
62.36 |
% |
|
|
0.50 to < 0.75% |
|
|
32 |
|
|
|
0.68 |
% |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
45.00 |
% |
|
|
1.66 |
|
|
|
26 |
|
|
|
80.99 |
% |
|
|
0.75 to < 2.50% |
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
1.25 |
% |
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
45.00 |
% |
|
|
1.00 |
|
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
93.31 |
% |
|
|
2.50 to < 10.00% |
|
|
6 |
|
|
|
3.19 |
% |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
45.00 |
% |
|
|
0.03 |
|
|
|
7 |
|
|
|
116.84 |
% |
|
|
10.00 to < 100% |
|
|
26 |
|
|
|
13.64 |
% |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
45.00 |
% |
|
|
0.03 |
|
|
|
57 |
|
|
|
218.69 |
% |
|
|
100% (default) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Subtotal |
|
|
|
|
419 |
|
|
|
1.10 |
% |
|
|
11 |
|
|
|
45.00 |
% |
|
|
1.80 |
|
|
|
229 |
|
|
|
54.53 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
|
|
|
419 |
|
|
|
1.10 |
% |
|
|
11 |
|
|
|
45.00 |
% |
|
|
1.80 |
|
|
|
229 |
|
|
|
54.53 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
a |
|
|
b |
|
|
c |
|
|
d |
|
|
e |
|
|
f |
|
|
g |
|
CHILE |
|
PD scale |
|
EAD post CRM |
|
|
Average PD |
|
|
Number of obligors |
|
|
Average LGD |
|
|
Average maturity |
|
|
RWA |
|
|
RWA density |
|
AIRB. Corporates |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.00 to < 0.15% |
|
|
96 |
|
|
|
0.09 |
% |
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
45.00 |
% |
|
|
0.91 |
|
|
|
19 |
|
|
|
20.11 |
% |
|
|
0.15 to < 0.25% |
|
|
41 |
|
|
|
0.24 |
% |
|
|
7 |
|
|
|
45.00 |
% |
|
|
1.33 |
|
|
|
18 |
|
|
|
43.25 |
% |
|
|
0.25 to < 0.50% |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
0.41 |
% |
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
45.00 |
% |
|
|
3.68 |
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
89.02 |
% |
|
|
0.50 to < 0.75% |
|
|
13 |
|
|
|
0.68 |
% |
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
45.00 |
% |
|
|
3.88 |
|
|
|
15 |
|
|
|
112.54 |
% |
|
|
0.75 to < 2.50% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.50 to < 10.00% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.00 to < 100% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
100% (default) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Subtotal |
|
|
|
|
151 |
|
|
|
0.19 |
% |
|
|
18 |
|
|
|
45.00 |
% |
|
|
1.30 |
|
|
|
53 |
|
|
|
34.82 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FIRB. Institutions |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.00 to < 0.15% |
|
|
743 |
|
|
|
0.06 |
% |
|
|
30 |
|
|
|
45.00 |
% |
|
|
1.18 |
|
|
|
146 |
|
|
|
19.65 |
% |
|
|
0.15 to < 0.25% |
|
|
10 |
|
|
|
0.21 |
% |
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
45.00 |
% |
|
|
2.50 |
|
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
50.89 |
% |
|
|
0.25 to < 0.50% |
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
0.37 |
% |
|
|
7 |
|
|
|
45.00 |
% |
|
|
2.50 |
|
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
84.45 |
% |
|
|
0.50 to < 0.75% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.67 |
% |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
45.00 |
% |
|
|
2.50 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
83.72 |
% |
|
|
0.75 to < 2.50% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
1.38 |
% |
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
45.00 |
% |
|
|
2.50 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
117.63 |
% |
|
|
2.50 to < 10.00% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.00 to < 100% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
100% (default) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Subtotal |
|
|
|
|
757 |
|
|
|
0.07 |
% |
|
|
45 |
|
|
|
45.00 |
% |
|
|
1.20 |
|
|
|
155 |
|
|
|
20.44 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
|
|
|
908 |
|
|
|
0.09 |
% |
|
|
63 |
|
|
|
45.00 |
% |
|
|
1.22 |
|
|
|
207 |
|
|
|
22.83 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures
|
|
147 |
3. CREDIT RISK
∎ TABLE 72. IRB - CCR EXPOSURES BY PORTFOLIO AND PD SCALE (CCR4)
Millions of Euros
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
31 Dec. 2017 |
|
|
|
|
|
a |
|
|
b |
|
|
c |
|
|
d |
|
|
e |
|
|
f |
|
|
g |
|
MEXICO |
|
PD scale |
|
EAD post CRM |
|
|
Average PD |
|
|
Number of obligors |
|
|
Average LGD |
|
|
Average maturity |
|
|
RWA |
|
|
RWA density |
|
FIRB. Institutions |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.00 to < 0.15% |
|
|
823 |
|
|
|
0.07 |
% |
|
|
36 |
|
|
|
45.00 |
% |
|
|
2.50 |
|
|
|
261 |
|
|
|
31.67 |
% |
|
|
0.15 to < 0.25% |
|
|
71 |
|
|
|
0.23 |
% |
|
|
10 |
|
|
|
45.00 |
% |
|
|
2.50 |
|
|
|
42 |
|
|
|
59.47 |
% |
|
|
0.25 to < 0.50% |
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
0.39 |
% |
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
45.00 |
% |
|
|
1.01 |
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
52.67 |
% |
|
|
0.50 to < 0.75% |
|
|
0.2 |
|
|
|
0.64 |
% |
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
45.00 |
% |
|
|
2.20 |
|
|
|
0.1 |
|
|
|
86.07 |
% |
|
|
0.75 to < 2.50% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.50 to < 10.00% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.00 to < 100% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
100% (default) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Subtotal |
|
|
|
|
895 |
|
|
|
0.08 |
% |
|
|
53 |
|
|
|
45.00 |
% |
|
|
2.50 |
|
|
|
304 |
|
|
|
33.91 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FIRB. Corporates |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.00 to < 0.15% |
|
|
225 |
|
|
|
0.11 |
% |
|
|
29 |
|
|
|
45.00 |
% |
|
|
2.50 |
|
|
|
81 |
|
|
|
35.92 |
% |
|
|
0.15 to < 0.25% |
|
|
8 |
|
|
|
0.24 |
% |
|
|
11 |
|
|
|
45.00 |
% |
|
|
2.50 |
|
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
56.59 |
% |
|
|
0.25 to < 0.50% |
|
|
30 |
|
|
|
0.41 |
% |
|
|
11 |
|
|
|
45.00 |
% |
|
|
2.50 |
|
|
|
22 |
|
|
|
73.65 |
% |
|
|
0.50 to < 0.75% |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
0.67 |
% |
|
|
17 |
|
|
|
45.00 |
% |
|
|
2.46 |
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
91.69 |
% |
|
|
0.75 to < 2.50% |
|
|
6 |
|
|
|
0.91 |
% |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
45.00 |
% |
|
|
2.50 |
|
|
|
7 |
|
|
|
104.08 |
% |
|
|
2.50 to < 10.00% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.00 to < 100% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
100% (default) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Subtotal |
|
|
|
|
271 |
|
|
|
16.88 |
% |
|
|
69 |
|
|
|
45.00 |
% |
|
|
2.50 |
|
|
|
115 |
|
|
|
42.51 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
|
|
|
1,166 |
|
|
|
10.06 |
% |
|
|
122 |
|
|
|
45.00 |
% |
|
|
2.50 |
|
|
|
419 |
|
|
|
35.91 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
AIRB. Institutions |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.00 to < 0.15% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.15 to < 0.25% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.25 to < 0.50% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.50 to < 0.75% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.75 to < 2.50% |
|
|
10 |
|
|
|
2.41 |
% |
|
|
8 |
|
|
|
45.00 |
% |
|
|
3.78 |
|
|
|
14 |
|
|
|
145.28 |
% |
|
|
2.50 to < 10.00% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.00 to < 100% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
100% (default) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Subtotal |
|
|
|
|
10 |
|
|
|
2.41 |
% |
|
|
8 |
|
|
|
45.00 |
% |
|
|
3.78 |
|
|
|
14 |
|
|
|
145.28 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
AIRB. Corporates |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.00 to < 0.15% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.15 to < 0.25% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.25 to < 0.50% |
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
0.30 |
% |
|
|
75 |
|
|
|
40.83 |
% |
|
|
3.05 |
|
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
53.58 |
% |
|
|
0.50 to < 0.75% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.75 to < 2.50% |
|
|
10 |
|
|
|
1.28 |
% |
|
|
1.533 |
|
|
|
40.83 |
% |
|
|
3.05 |
|
|
|
9 |
|
|
|
91.04 |
% |
|
|
2.50 to < 10.00% |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
5.18 |
% |
|
|
135 |
|
|
|
40.83 |
% |
|
|
3.92 |
|
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
143.43 |
% |
|
|
10.00 to < 100% |
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
24.20 |
% |
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
40.83 |
% |
|
|
3.42 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
244.69 |
% |
|
|
100% (default) |
|
|
0.1 |
|
|
|
100 |
% |
|
|
18 |
|
|
|
40.83 |
% |
|
|
2.10 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Subtotal |
|
|
|
|
17 |
|
|
|
1.63 |
% |
|
|
1.766 |
|
|
|
40.83 |
% |
|
|
3.11 |
|
|
|
14 |
|
|
|
82.43 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
|
|
|
27 |
|
|
|
1.91 |
% |
|
|
1.774 |
|
|
|
42.34 |
% |
|
|
3.35 |
|
|
|
28 |
|
|
|
105.18 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
148 |
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures |
|
|
∎ TABLE 72. IRB - CCR EXPOSURES BY PORTFOLIO AND PD SCALE (CCR4)
Millions of Euros
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
31 Dec. 2017 |
|
|
|
|
|
a |
|
|
b |
|
|
c |
|
|
d |
|
|
e |
|
|
f |
|
|
g |
|
PORTUGAL |
|
PD scale |
|
EAD post CRM |
|
|
Average PD |
|
|
Number of obligors |
|
|
Average LGD |
|
|
Average maturity |
|
|
RWA |
|
|
RWA density |
|
AIRB. Institutions |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.00 to < 0.15% |
|
|
19 |
|
|
|
0.04 |
% |
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
45.00 |
% |
|
|
4.0 |
|
|
|
7 |
|
|
|
37.19 |
% |
|
|
0.15 to < 0.25% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.25 to < 0.50% |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
0.39 |
% |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
45.00 |
% |
|
|
1.0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
52.63 |
% |
|
|
0.50 to < 0.75% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.75 to < 2.50% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.50 to < 10.00% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.00 to < 100% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
100% (default) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Subtotal |
|
|
|
|
20 |
|
|
|
0.05 |
% |
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
45.00 |
% |
|
|
3.91 |
|
|
|
7.53 |
|
|
|
37.67 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
AIRB. Corporates |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.00 to < 0.15% |
|
|
9 |
|
|
|
0.11 |
% |
|
|
8 |
|
|
|
45.01 |
% |
|
|
1.00 |
|
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
52.87 |
% |
|
|
0.15 to < 0.25% |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
0.24 |
% |
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
45.00 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
52.79 |
% |
|
|
0.25 to < 0.50% |
|
|
8 |
|
|
|
0.36 |
% |
|
|
40 |
|
|
|
47.39 |
% |
|
|
2.70 |
|
|
|
6 |
|
|
|
75.58 |
% |
|
|
0.50 to < 0.75% |
|
|
99 |
|
|
|
0.68 |
% |
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
45.00 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
119 |
|
|
|
120.46 |
% |
|
|
0.75 to < 2.50% |
|
|
107 |
|
|
|
2.29 |
% |
|
|
65 |
|
|
|
47.42 |
% |
|
|
4.19 |
|
|
|
174 |
|
|
|
162.93 |
% |
|
|
2.50 to < 10.00% |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
4.79 |
% |
|
|
23 |
|
|
|
47.54 |
% |
|
|
4.11 |
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
140.39 |
% |
|
|
10.00 to < 100% |
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
14.02 |
% |
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
47.54 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
274.07 |
% |
|
|
100% (default) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Subtotal |
|
|
|
|
224 |
|
|
|
1.42 |
% |
|
|
90.00 |
|
|
|
46.25 |
% |
|
|
4.59 |
|
|
|
305 |
|
|
|
136.13 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
|
|
|
244 |
|
|
|
1.31 |
% |
|
|
95 |
|
|
|
46.14 |
% |
|
|
4.54 |
|
|
|
313 |
|
|
|
128.07 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
EAD |
|
|
Average |
|
|
Number of |
|
|
Average |
|
|
Average |
|
|
|
|
|
RWA |
|
UK |
|
|
|
post CRM |
|
|
PD |
|
|
obligors |
|
|
LGD |
|
|
maturity |
|
|
RWA |
|
|
density |
|
AIRB. Institutions |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.00 to < 0.15% |
|
|
4,346 |
|
|
|
0.05 |
% |
|
|
91 |
|
|
|
44.05 |
% |
|
|
2.21 |
|
|
|
1,222 |
|
|
|
9.09 |
% |
|
|
0.15 to < 0.25% |
|
|
385 |
|
|
|
0.21 |
% |
|
|
20 |
|
|
|
44.48 |
% |
|
|
0.94 |
|
|
|
168 |
|
|
|
19.57 |
% |
|
|
0.25 to < 0.50% |
|
|
20 |
|
|
|
0.38 |
% |
|
|
13 |
|
|
|
46.31 |
% |
|
|
2.36 |
|
|
|
17 |
|
|
|
71.37 |
% |
|
|
0.50 to < 0.75% |
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
0.64 |
% |
|
|
7 |
|
|
|
47.96 |
% |
|
|
1.84 |
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
81.27 |
% |
|
|
0.75 to < 2.50% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.50 to < 10.00% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.00 to < 100% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
100% (default) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Subtotal |
|
|
|
|
4,752 |
|
|
|
0.07 |
% |
|
|
131 |
|
|
|
44.10 |
% |
|
|
0.48 |
|
|
|
1,409 |
|
|
|
10.23 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
AIRB. Corporates |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.00 to < 0.15% |
|
|
1,611 |
|
|
|
0.09 |
% |
|
|
56 |
|
|
|
42.51 |
% |
|
|
4.04 |
|
|
|
680 |
|
|
|
19.06 |
% |
|
|
0.15 to < 0.25% |
|
|
185 |
|
|
|
0.24 |
% |
|
|
10 |
|
|
|
46.82 |
% |
|
|
4.69 |
|
|
|
157 |
|
|
|
71.93 |
% |
|
|
0.25 to < 0.50% |
|
|
27 |
|
|
|
0.41 |
% |
|
|
12 |
|
|
|
47.26 |
% |
|
|
1.82 |
|
|
|
18 |
|
|
|
46.34 |
% |
|
|
0.50 to < 0.75% |
|
|
21 |
|
|
|
0.68 |
% |
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
46.63 |
% |
|
|
4.73 |
|
|
|
27 |
|
|
|
166.68 |
% |
|
|
0.75 to < 2.50% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.50 to < 10.00% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.00 to < 100% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
100% (default) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Subtotal |
|
|
|
|
1,845 |
|
|
|
0.11 |
% |
|
|
80.00 |
|
|
|
43.06 |
% |
|
|
0.48 |
|
|
|
882 |
|
|
|
26.42 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
|
|
|
6,597 |
|
|
|
0.08 |
% |
|
|
212.00 |
|
|
|
43.81 |
% |
|
|
2.66 |
|
|
|
2,291 |
|
|
|
13.74 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures
|
|
149 |
3. CREDIT RISK
∎ TABLE 72. IRB - CCR EXPOSURES BY PORTFOLIO AND PD SCALE (CCR4)
Millions of Euros
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
31 Dec. 2017 |
|
|
|
|
|
a |
|
|
b |
|
|
c |
|
|
d |
|
|
e |
|
|
f |
|
|
g |
|
|
|
|
|
EAD post |
|
|
Average |
|
|
Number of |
|
|
Average |
|
|
Average |
|
|
|
|
|
RWA |
|
SAN SPAIN |
|
PD scale |
|
CRM |
|
|
PD |
|
|
obligors |
|
|
LGD |
|
|
maturity |
|
|
RWA |
|
|
density |
|
AIRB. Sovereign |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.00 to < 0.15% |
|
|
175 |
|
|
|
0.03 |
% |
|
|
7 |
|
|
|
40.02 |
% |
|
|
0.68 |
|
|
|
11 |
|
|
|
6.43 |
% |
|
|
0.15 to < 0.25% |
|
|
0.1 |
|
|
|
0.15 |
% |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
40.00 |
% |
|
|
4.68 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
52.72 |
% |
|
|
0.25 to < 0.50% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.50 to < 0.75% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.75 to < 2.50% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.50 to < 10.00% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.00 to < 100% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
100% (default) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Subtotal |
|
|
|
|
175 |
|
|
|
0.03 |
% |
|
|
8 |
|
|
|
40.02 |
% |
|
|
0.69 |
|
|
|
11 |
|
|
|
6.45 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
AIRB. Institutions |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.00 to < 0.15% |
|
|
7,861 |
|
|
|
0.06 |
% |
|
|
474 |
|
|
|
44.55 |
% |
|
|
0.41 |
|
|
|
985 |
|
|
|
12.53 |
% |
|
|
0.15 to < 0.25% |
|
|
408 |
|
|
|
0.23 |
% |
|
|
318 |
|
|
|
44.65 |
% |
|
|
0.23 |
|
|
|
141 |
|
|
|
34.54 |
% |
|
|
0.25 to < 0.50% |
|
|
137 |
|
|
|
0.39 |
% |
|
|
284 |
|
|
|
44.03 |
% |
|
|
0.16 |
|
|
|
59 |
|
|
|
43.45 |
% |
|
|
0.50 to < 0.75% |
|
|
58 |
|
|
|
0.65 |
% |
|
|
33 |
|
|
|
43.41 |
% |
|
|
0.51 |
|
|
|
36 |
|
|
|
63.07 |
% |
|
|
0.75 to < 2.50% |
|
|
510 |
|
|
|
1.38 |
% |
|
|
33 |
|
|
|
42.45 |
% |
|
|
0.33 |
|
|
|
426 |
|
|
|
83.60 |
% |
|
|
2.50 to < 10.00% |
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
4.01 |
% |
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
44.91 |
% |
|
|
0.03 |
|
|
|
7 |
|
|
|
145.89 |
% |
|
|
10.00 to < 100% |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
44.70 |
% |
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
41.90 |
% |
|
|
4.01 |
|
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
257.23 |
% |
|
|
100% (default) |
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
100 |
% |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
39.80 |
% |
|
|
0.03 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
13.68 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Subtotal |
|
|
|
|
8,978 |
|
|
|
0.15 |
% |
|
|
1,149 |
|
|
|
44.42 |
% |
|
|
0.39 |
|
|
|
1,657 |
|
|
|
18.45 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
AIRB. Corporates |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.00 to < 0.15% |
|
|
1,633 |
|
|
|
0.07 |
% |
|
|
247 |
|
|
|
45.00 |
% |
|
|
2.17 |
|
|
|
390 |
|
|
|
23.88 |
% |
|
|
0.15 to < 0.25% |
|
|
269 |
|
|
|
0.23 |
% |
|
|
264 |
|
|
|
34.11 |
% |
|
|
2.51 |
|
|
|
184 |
|
|
|
68.34 |
% |
|
|
0.25 to < 0.50% |
|
|
337 |
|
|
|
0.38 |
% |
|
|
701 |
|
|
|
32.34 |
% |
|
|
2.39 |
|
|
|
261 |
|
|
|
77.37 |
% |
|
|
0.50 to < 0.75% |
|
|
197 |
|
|
|
0.65 |
% |
|
|
298 |
|
|
|
35.19 |
% |
|
|
3.41 |
|
|
|
211 |
|
|
|
107.23 |
% |
|
|
0.75 to < 2.50% |
|
|
76 |
|
|
|
1.22 |
% |
|
|
989 |
|
|
|
17.89 |
% |
|
|
2.52 |
|
|
|
78 |
|
|
|
102.43 |
% |
|
|
2.50 to < 10.00% |
|
|
180 |
|
|
|
4.15 |
% |
|
|
212 |
|
|
|
33.63 |
% |
|
|
4.86 |
|
|
|
299 |
|
|
|
166.81 |
% |
|
|
10.00 to < 100% |
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
16.73 |
% |
|
|
23 |
|
|
|
26.00 |
% |
|
|
3.48 |
|
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
196.63 |
% |
|
|
100% (default) |
|
|
21 |
|
|
|
100 |
% |
|
|
104 |
|
|
|
0.30 |
% |
|
|
4.14 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0.03 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Subtotal |
|
|
|
|
2,715 |
|
|
|
1.26 |
% |
|
|
2,838 |
|
|
|
39.76 |
% |
|
|
2.53 |
|
|
|
1,428 |
|
|
|
52.60 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
AIRB. Retail |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.00 to < 0.15% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.15 to < 0.25% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.25 to < 0.50% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.50 to < 0.75% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.75 to < 2.50% |
|
|
19 |
|
|
|
0.99 |
% |
|
|
595 |
|
|
|
29.00 |
% |
|
|
0.54 |
|
|
|
6 |
|
|
|
31.22 |
% |
|
|
2.50 to < 10.00% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.00 to < 100% |
|
|
14 |
|
|
|
11.59 |
% |
|
|
722 |
|
|
|
40.00 |
% |
|
|
2.45 |
|
|
|
9 |
|
|
|
64.48 |
% |
|
|
100% (default) |
|
|
7 |
|
|
|
100 |
% |
|
|
112 |
|
|
|
40.00 |
% |
|
|
4.94 |
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
13.75 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Subtotal |
|
|
|
|
40 |
|
|
|
21.73 |
% |
|
|
1,429 |
|
|
|
34.75 |
% |
|
|
1.97 |
|
|
|
16 |
|
|
|
39.89 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
|
|
|
11,908 |
|
|
|
0.48 |
% |
|
|
5,424 |
|
|
|
43.26 |
% |
|
|
0.89 |
|
|
|
3,112 |
|
|
|
26.13 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
150 |
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures |
|
|
∎ TABLE 72. IRB - CCR EXPOSURES BY PORTFOLIO AND
PD SCALE (CCR4)
Millions of Euros
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
31 Dec. 2017 |
|
|
|
|
|
a |
|
|
b |
|
|
c |
|
|
d |
|
|
e |
|
|
f |
|
|
g |
|
POPULAR |
|
PD scale |
|
EAD post CRM |
|
|
Average PD |
|
|
Number of obligors |
|
|
Average LGD |
|
|
Average maturity |
|
|
RWA |
|
|
RWA density |
|
FIRB. Institutions |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.00 to < 0.15% |
|
|
131 |
|
|
|
0.10 |
% |
|
|
24 |
|
|
|
45.00 |
% |
|
|
2.50 |
|
|
|
54 |
|
|
|
41.46 |
% |
|
|
0.15 to < 0.25% |
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
0.20 |
% |
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
45.00 |
% |
|
|
2.50 |
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
49.47 |
% |
|
|
0.25 to < 0.50% |
|
|
17 |
|
|
|
0.39 |
% |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
45.00 |
% |
|
|
2.50 |
|
|
|
11 |
|
|
|
65.80 |
% |
|
|
0.50 to < 0.75% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.75 to < 2.50% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.50 to < 10.00% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.51 |
% |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
45.00 |
% |
|
|
2.50 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
129.56 |
% |
|
|
10.00 to < 100% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
100% (default) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Subtotal |
|
|
|
|
150 |
|
|
|
0.13 |
% |
|
|
29 |
|
|
|
45.00 |
% |
|
|
2.50 |
|
|
|
66 |
|
|
|
44.29 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FIRB. Corporates |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.00 to < 0.15% |
|
|
0.4 |
|
|
|
0.15 |
% |
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
45.00 |
% |
|
|
1.27 |
|
|
|
0.1 |
|
|
|
28.34 |
% |
|
|
0.15 to < 0.25% |
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
0.21 |
% |
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
45.00 |
% |
|
|
1.90 |
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
41.27 |
% |
|
|
0.25 to < 0.50% |
|
|
17 |
|
|
|
0.40 |
% |
|
|
12 |
|
|
|
45.00 |
% |
|
|
2.40 |
|
|
|
11 |
|
|
|
65.20 |
% |
|
|
0.50 to < 0.75% |
|
|
0.1 |
|
|
|
0.57 |
% |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
45.00 |
% |
|
|
0.24 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
49.47 |
% |
|
|
0.75 to < 2.50% |
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
0.88 |
% |
|
|
10 |
|
|
|
45.00 |
% |
|
|
2.18 |
|
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
80.30 |
% |
|
|
2.50 to < 10.00% |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
2.53 |
% |
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
45.00 |
% |
|
|
2.50 |
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
129.86 |
% |
|
|
10.00 to < 100% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
100% (default) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Subtotal |
|
|
|
|
24 |
|
|
|
0.49 |
% |
|
|
31 |
|
|
|
45.00 |
% |
|
|
2.29 |
|
|
|
15 |
|
|
|
64.91 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
|
|
|
173 |
|
|
|
0.18 |
% |
|
|
60 |
|
|
|
45.00 |
% |
|
|
2.47 |
|
|
|
82 |
|
|
|
47.10 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
AIRB. Corporates |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.00 to < 0.15% |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
0.12 |
% |
|
|
19 |
|
|
|
32.26 |
% |
|
|
1.50 |
|
|
|
0.2 |
|
|
|
15.39 |
% |
|
|
0.15 to < 0.25% |
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
0.19 |
% |
|
|
28 |
|
|
|
34.10 |
% |
|
|
1.45 |
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
21.83 |
% |
|
|
0.25 to < 0.50% |
|
|
10 |
|
|
|
0.35 |
% |
|
|
48 |
|
|
|
32.11 |
% |
|
|
1.38 |
|
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
34.45 |
% |
|
|
0.50 to < 0.75% |
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
0.60 |
% |
|
|
32 |
|
|
|
32.63 |
% |
|
|
0.78 |
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
40.04 |
% |
|
|
0.75 to < 2.50% |
|
|
7 |
|
|
|
1.50 |
% |
|
|
54 |
|
|
|
32.38 |
% |
|
|
1.44 |
|
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
61.13 |
% |
|
|
2.50 to < 10.00% |
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
3.96 |
% |
|
|
21 |
|
|
|
32.07 |
% |
|
|
2.63 |
|
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
105.22 |
% |
|
|
10.00 to < 100% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
100% (default) |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
100 |
% |
|
|
8 |
|
|
|
40.74 |
% |
|
|
1.48 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1.13 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Subtotal |
|
|
|
|
27 |
|
|
|
4.11 |
% |
|
|
211 |
|
|
|
32.75 |
% |
|
|
1.44 |
|
|
|
12 |
|
|
|
43.82 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
AIRB. Retail |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.00 to < 0.15% |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
0.08 |
% |
|
|
147 |
|
|
|
34.95 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.1 |
|
|
|
6.04 |
% |
|
|
0.15 to < 0.25% |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
0.20 |
% |
|
|
181 |
|
|
|
36.07 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.1 |
|
|
|
12.03 |
% |
|
|
0.25 to < 0.50% |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
0.41 |
% |
|
|
139 |
|
|
|
36.45 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.2 |
|
|
|
19.03 |
% |
|
|
0.50 to < 0.75% |
|
|
0.4 |
|
|
|
0.60 |
% |
|
|
76 |
|
|
|
34.54 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.1 |
|
|
|
22.31 |
% |
|
|
0.75 to < 2.50% |
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
1.46 |
% |
|
|
285 |
|
|
|
36.26 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
33.24 |
% |
|
|
2.50 to < 10.00% |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
4.75 |
% |
|
|
130 |
|
|
|
33.85 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
39.98 |
% |
|
|
10.00 to < 100% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
12.21 |
% |
|
|
12 |
|
|
|
39.56 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
57.61 |
% |
|
|
100% (default) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Subtotal |
|
|
|
|
7 |
|
|
|
1.49 |
% |
|
|
970 |
|
|
|
35.51 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
25.13 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
|
|
|
35 |
|
|
|
3.55 |
% |
|
|
1,181 |
|
|
|
33.34 |
% |
|
|
1.13 |
|
|
|
14 |
|
|
|
39.82 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures
|
|
151 |
3. CREDIT RISK
∎ TABLE 72. IRB - CCR EXPOSURES BY PORTFOLIO AND PD SCALE (CCR4)
Millions of Euros
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
USA |
|
PD scale |
|
EAD post CRM |
|
|
Average PD |
|
|
Number of obligors |
|
|
Average LGD |
|
|
Average maturity |
|
|
RWA |
|
|
RWA density |
|
AIRB. Corporates |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.00 to < 0.15% |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
0.06 |
% |
|
|
6 |
|
|
|
45.00 |
% |
|
|
1.29 |
|
|
|
0.2 |
|
|
|
17.00 |
% |
|
|
0.15 to < 0.25% |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
0.24 |
% |
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
45.00 |
% |
|
|
1.00 |
|
|
|
0.3 |
|
|
|
39.00 |
% |
|
|
0.25 to < 0.50% |
|
|
7 |
|
|
|
0.41 |
% |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
45.00 |
% |
|
|
1.08 |
|
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
55.00 |
% |
|
|
0.50 to < 0.75% |
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
0.68 |
% |
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
45.00 |
% |
|
|
4.49 |
|
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
121.00 |
% |
|
|
0.75 to < 2.50% |
|
|
11 |
|
|
|
1.15 |
% |
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
45.00 |
% |
|
|
1.25 |
|
|
|
10 |
|
|
|
94.00 |
% |
|
|
2.50 to < 10.00% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.00 to < 100% |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
24.33 |
% |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
45.00 |
% |
|
|
1.21 |
|
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
272.00 |
% |
|
|
100% (default) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Subtotal |
|
|
|
|
22 |
|
|
|
1.38 |
% |
|
|
14 |
|
|
|
45.00 |
% |
|
|
1.43 |
|
|
|
18 |
|
|
|
81.63 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
|
|
|
22 |
|
|
|
1.38 |
% |
|
|
14 |
|
|
|
45.00 |
% |
|
|
1.43 |
|
|
|
18 |
|
|
|
81.63 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The following table shows the value adjustment for counterparty credit risk (Credit Value Adjustment or CVA),
while differentiating between the standardised approach and the advanced approach.
∎
TABLE 73. CREDIT VALUATION ADJUSTMENT (CVA) CAPITAL CHARGE (CCR2)
Millions of Euros
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
31 Dec. 2017 |
|
|
|
Exposure value |
|
|
RWA |
|
Total portfolios subject to the Advanced Method |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(i) VaR component (including the 3×multiplier) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(ii) Stressed VaR component (including the 3×multiplier) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
All portfolios subject to the Standardised Method |
|
|
13,166 |
|
|
|
2,240 |
|
Based on Original Exposure Method |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total subject to the CVA capital charge |
|
|
13,166 |
|
|
|
2,240 |
|
*Figures applying 1 year floor. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Since the close of this year, a 1-year floor is being considered in all
operations (regardless of whether these operations are collateralized or not). This change implies an increase in the maturity parameter, for which the calculated RWA is increased.
Credit derivatives activity
Santander Group uses credit
derivatives to hedge lending transactions, as an agent for customers trading in financial markets, and in its own trading operations. The Groups credit derivatives activity is small compared to that of its peers and is conducted within a sound
environment of internal controls and operational risk minimisation.
Credit derivatives risk is controlled through a broad set of limits, including value
at risk (VaR), nominal value per rating grade, credit spread sensitivity per rating grade and name, recovery rate sensitivity and correlation sensitivity.
Jump-to-default risk limits are set by individual name, geographical area, sector and liquidity.
|
|
|
|
|
152 |
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures |
|
|
The following tables show the notional amount of the perfectly hedged credit derivatives that are used for risk
mitigation in the capital calculation and the exposure of the hedged transactions, broken down by exposure category.
∎ TABLE 74. CREDIT DERIVATIVES HEDGE
UNDER IRB
Millions of Euros
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
31 Dec. 2017 |
|
|
|
EAD of hedged transactions |
|
|
Notional amount of credit derivative hedges |
|
Institutions |
|
|
1,603 |
|
|
|
3,403 |
|
Corporates |
|
|
1,071 |
|
|
|
1,405 |
|
Securitisation positions or exposures |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
|
2,674 |
|
|
|
4,808 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
∎ TABLE 75. COUNTERPARTY RISK. CREDIT DERIVATIVE CLASSIFICATION. BOUGHT PROTECTION
Millions of Euros
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Bought protection. 31 Dec. 2017 |
|
|
Bought protection. 31 Dec. 2016 |
|
Portfolio type |
|
CDS |
|
|
TRS |
|
|
CDS |
|
|
TRS |
|
Banking book |
|
|
|
|
|
|
521 |
|
|
|
156 |
|
|
|
615 |
|
Trading book |
|
|
13,019 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
19,828 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
|
13,019 |
|
|
|
521 |
|
|
|
19,985 |
|
|
|
615 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
∎ TABLE 76. COUNTERPARTY RISK. CREDIT DERIVATIVE CLASSIFICATION. SOLD PROTECTION
Millions of Euros
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sold protection. 31 Dec. 2017 |
|
|
Sold protection 31 Dec. 2016 |
|
Portfolio type |
|
CDS |
|
|
CDS |
|
Banking book |
|
|
|
|
|
|
30 |
|
Trading book |
|
|
12,117 |
|
|
|
18,999 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
|
12,117 |
|
|
|
19,029 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures
|
|
153 |
3. CREDIT RISK
The following table shows the impact of the credit derivatives used as mitigation techniques in RWAs.
∎ TABLE 77. EFFECT ON RWA OF CREDIT DERIVATIVES USED AS CRM TECHNIQUES (CR7)*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
31 Dec. 2017 |
|
|
|
Pre-credit derivatives RWAs |
|
|
Actual RWAs |
|
Exposures under Foundation IRB |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Central governments or central banks |
|
|
28 |
|
|
|
28 |
|
Institutions |
|
|
4,482 |
|
|
|
4,145 |
|
Corporates - SME |
|
|
5,581 |
|
|
|
5,581 |
|
Corporates - Specialised Lending |
|
|
6,474 |
|
|
|
6,474 |
|
Corporates - Other |
|
|
26,252 |
|
|
|
26,222 |
|
Exposures under Advanced IRB |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Central governments or central banks |
|
|
686 |
|
|
|
686 |
|
Institutions |
|
|
4,945 |
|
|
|
4,842 |
|
Corporates - SME |
|
|
18,554 |
|
|
|
18,554 |
|
Corporates - Specialised Lending |
|
|
11,300 |
|
|
|
11,300 |
|
Corporates - Other |
|
|
40,834 |
|
|
|
40,834 |
|
Retail - Secured by real estate SME |
|
|
11,281 |
|
|
|
11,281 |
|
Retail - Secured by real estate nonSME |
|
|
37,038 |
|
|
|
37,038 |
|
Retail - Qualifying revolving |
|
|
4,141 |
|
|
|
4,141 |
|
Retail - Other SME |
|
|
7,918 |
|
|
|
7,918 |
|
Retail - Other non-SME |
|
|
19,226 |
|
|
|
19,226 |
|
Equity IRB |
|
|
15,755 |
|
|
|
15,755 |
|
Other non credit-obligation assets |
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
|
214,495 |
|
|
|
214,025 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3.11. Credit risk mitigation techniques
Santander Group applies various forms of credit risk mitigation based on customer type and product type, among other factors. As we will see below, some are
inherent in specific operations (such as real estate collateral) while others apply to a series of transactions (such as netting and collateral).
The
various mitigation techniques can be grouped into the following categories:
3.11.1. Netting policies and processes
Netting involves offsetting gains and losses on multiple transactions of the same type under the umbrella of a master agreement such as ISDA or similar (CSA,
OSLA, ISMA, GMRA, etc.).
Market gains and losses on derivative transactions entered into with a given counterparty are offset against one another, so
that if the counterparty defaults, the settlement figure is a single net amount, rather than a large number of positive and negative amounts relating to the individual transactions entered into with that counterparty.
An important feature of a master netting agreement is that it entails a single legal obligation, encompassing
all the transactions covered by the agreement. This is what makes it possible to offset the risks (calculation methodology explained in chapter 3.10) of all the transactions covered by the agreement with a given counterparty.
3.11.2. Collateral management and valuation policies and processes
Collateral is property pledged by a customer or third party to secure the guaranteed obligation.
Collateral assets may be:
|
|
Financial: cash, security deposits, gold, etc. |
|
|
Non-financial: real estate (residential or commercial), movable property. |
For risk approval purposes, repayment capacity matters most during the decision-making process, although the Group may still insist on any collateral or
personal guarantees it deems appropriate. Only collateral that meets the minimum qualitative requirements specified in the Basel agreements is taken into account for regulatory capital calculation purposes.
|
|
|
|
|
154 |
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures |
|
|
The different types of security will be:
1. Pledge guarantee / financial assets: debt securities, equity instruments or other financial assets received as security.
A very significant type of collateral is the financial collateral, which consists of instruments with economic value and high liquidity that are deposited or
transferred by one party in favour of another in order to guarantee or reduce any counterparty credit risk arising from portfolios of risk-bearing transactions between the two.
There are many different types of collateral arrangement, but whatever form the collateral may take, the ultimate aim, as in netting, is to reduce
counterparty risk.
Transactions backed by collateral are marked to market periodically (usually daily) and the parameters defined in the collateral
agreement are applied to the net result, so as to obtain an amount of collateral (usually cash) to be called from, or returned to, the counterparty.
The
table below shows the reasonable value of collaterals applied in counterparty risk mitigation:
∎ TABLE 78. COMPOSITION OF
COLLATERAL FOR EXPOSURES TO COUNTERPARTY CREDIT RISK (CCR5-B)
Millions of Euros
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
31 Dec. 2017 |
|
|
|
Collateral used in derivative transactions |
|
|
Collateral used in SFTs |
|
|
|
Fair value of collateral received |
|
|
Fair value of posted collateral |
|
|
Fair value of collateral |
|
|
Fair value of |
|
|
|
Segregated |
|
|
Unsegregated |
|
|
Segregated |
|
|
Unsegregated |
|
|
received |
|
|
posted collateral |
|
Cash - domestic currency |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
5,087 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
-4,624 |
|
|
|
14,100 |
|
|
|
23,121 |
|
Cash - other currencies |
|
|
17 |
|
|
|
6,221 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,168 |
|
|
|
5,604 |
|
|
|
9,053 |
|
Domestic sovereign debt |
|
|
|
|
|
|
584 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
-169 |
|
|
|
28,238 |
|
|
|
25,419 |
|
Other sovereign debt |
|
|
|
|
|
|
110 |
|
|
|
79 |
|
|
|
-558 |
|
|
|
14,537 |
|
|
|
7,424 |
|
Government agency debt |
|
|
|
|
|
|
9 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Corporate bonds |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,774 |
|
|
|
4,835 |
|
Shares |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12,523 |
|
|
|
1,917 |
|
Other collateral |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
|
19 |
|
|
|
12,011 |
|
|
|
79 |
|
|
|
-3,183 |
|
|
|
77,776 |
|
|
|
71,769 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2. Real estate mortgage charge: real estate assets in transactions secured with a mortgage charge,
whether ordinary or for the maximum amount. Assets are periodically revalued to reflect actual market values for the different types of property. This reappraisal process meets all the requirements prescribed by the regulator.
3. Other security interests: guarantees over property other than those just described.
When applying mitigation techniques, Santander Group adheres to the minimum requirements established by European regulations and the Groups own credit
and capital frameworks and implementing regulations, especially the Policy for Managing Guarantees. Briefly, these involve monitoring:
|
|
|
Legal certainty. Collateral and guarantees must be legally enforceable and realisable.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures
|
|
155 |
3. CREDIT RISK
|
|
There must be no substantial positive correlation between the counterparty and the value of the collateral. |
|
|
All collateral and guarantees must be correctly documented. |
|
|
The methodologies used for each mitigation technique must be documented. |
|
|
Methodologies must be monitored, tracked and controlled at regular intervals. |
The following table shows the
fair value of the collateral used to mitigate counterparty risk.
∎ TABLE 79. CREDIT DERIVATIVES EXPOSURES
(CCR6)
Millions
of Euros
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
31 Dec. 2017 |
|
|
|
Protection |
|
|
Protection |
|
|
|
bought |
|
|
sold |
|
Notionals |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Single-name credit default swaps |
|
|
6,662 |
|
|
|
3,557 |
|
Index credit default swaps |
|
|
8,671 |
|
|
|
8,532 |
|
Total return swaps |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Credit options |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other credit derivatives |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total notionals |
|
|
15,333 |
|
|
|
12,088 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fair values |
|
|
-296 |
|
|
|
265 |
|
Positive fair value (asset) |
|
|
7 |
|
|
|
266 |
|
Negative fair value (liability) |
|
|
-296 |
|
|
|
-1 |
|
Note: This information only includes Spain (parent company) and UK as this kind of operation is exclusive to these
countries.
3.11.3. Personal guarantees and credit derivatives
A personal guarantee is an agreement that makes one person liable for another persons obligations as before the Group. Examples include sureties,
guarantees, stand-by letters of credit etc. Only personal guarantees provided by persons who meet the minimum requirements established by the supervisor can be recognised for capital calculation purposes.
Credit derivatives are financial instruments that are used mainly to hedge credit risk. By buying protection from a third party the Bank transfers the risk of
the issuer of the underlying instrument. Credit derivatives are over-the-counter (OTC) instruments, meaning they are not traded on an exchange. Credit derivatives for
hedging (mainly credit default swaps) are arranged with top-tier financial institutions. Specifically, approximately 83,5% of operations were accounted for by 15 credit institutions, all of them with a BBB+
rating or better (81,8% with an A- rating or better) and one entity with BBB on the Standard & Poors scale.
In compliance with one of the transparency recommendations originally issued by the Basel Committee, the distribution of personal guarantees and credit
derivatives for the corporates, banks, non-financial institutions and sovereigns segments by rating grade is shown below.
∎ TABLE 80. GUARANTEES BY EXTERNAL RATING
Millions of Euros
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
31 Dec. 2017 |
|
|
|
Exposures |
|
|
Exposures not |
|
|
|
in default |
|
|
default |
|
AAA/AA |
|
|
|
|
|
|
27 |
|
A |
|
|
|
|
|
|
7,032 |
|
BBB |
|
|
|
|
|
|
13,075 |
|
BB |
|
|
6 |
|
|
|
3,663 |
|
B |
|
|
35 |
|
|
|
241 |
|
Rest |
|
|
58 |
|
|
|
247 |
|
Unrated |
|
|
|
|
|
|
57 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
|
99 |
|
|
|
24,341 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exposures |
|
|
Exposures not |
|
|
|
in default |
|
|
default |
|
AAA/AA |
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,084 |
|
A |
|
|
|
|
|
|
807 |
|
BBB |
|
|
|
|
|
|
34 |
|
BB |
|
|
|
|
|
|
6 |
|
B |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Rest |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unrated |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,931 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exposures |
|
|
Exposures not |
|
|
|
in default |
|
|
default |
|
AAA/AA |
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,042 |
|
A |
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,420 |
|
BBB |
|
|
|
|
|
|
188 |
|
BB |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
B |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Rest |
|
|
|
|
|
|
2 |
|
Unrated |
|
|
|
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,652 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exposures |
|
|
Exposures not |
|
|
|
in default |
|
|
default |
|
AAA/AA |
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,749 |
|
A |
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,942 |
|
BBB |
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,282 |
|
BB |
|
|
|
|
|
|
139 |
|
B |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Rest |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unrated |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
|
|
|
|
|
13,112 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
156 |
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures |
|
|
3.11.4. Hedged exposure by type of guarantee
The tables below show the original hedged exposure by collateral type and exposure category for cases where the collateral could be used to reduce capital
requirements.
∎ TABLE 81. CREDIT RISK MITIGATION TECHNIQUES - OVERVIEW (CR3)
Millions of Euros.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
31 Dec. 2017 |
|
|
|
Exposures unsecured Carrying amount |
|
|
Exposures to be secured |
|
|
Exposures secured by collateral |
|
|
Exposures secured by financial guarantees |
|
|
Exposures secured by credit derivatives |
|
Total IRB exposures (after CCFs) |
|
|
274,866 |
|
|
|
315,207 |
|
|
|
311,335 |
|
|
|
3,872 |
|
|
|
|
|
of which: default |
|
|
13,358 |
|
|
|
11,081 |
|
|
|
11,011 |
|
|
|
70 |
|
|
|
|
|
Total STD exposures |
|
|
815,007 |
|
|
|
4,197 |
|
|
|
2,383 |
|
|
|
1,814 |
|
|
|
|
|
of which: default |
|
|
9,708 |
|
|
|
8 |
|
|
|
8 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
∎ TABLE 82. IRB APPROACH. CREDIT RISK MITIGATION TECHNIQUES: CREDIT DERIVATIVES AND
PERSONAL GUARANTEES
Millions of Euros
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
31 Dec. 2017 |
|
|
31 Dec. 2016 |
|
Original exposures covered by different
guarantee types and risk categories |
|
Financial guarantees |
|
|
Personal guarantees |
|
|
Financial guarantees |
|
|
Personal guarantees |
|
IRB approach |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Central administrations and banks |
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,901 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,894 |
|
Institutions |
|
|
|
|
|
|
13,425 |
|
|
|
151 |
|
|
|
9,596 |
|
Corporates |
|
|
3,999 |
|
|
|
24,275 |
|
|
|
4,582 |
|
|
|
21,038 |
|
Retail |
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,429 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
270 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
|
3,999 |
|
|
|
41,030 |
|
|
|
4,733 |
|
|
|
32,799 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3.11.5. Central counterparty exposure
The following tables show central counterparty exposure following risk mitigation techniques.
Santander Group does not have a specific policy on treating limits and collaterals at central counterparty entities. For more information on both management
policies please consult the relevant sections in this document (3.10 Counterparty risk) and the Annual Report.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures
|
|
157 |
3. CREDIT RISK
∎ TABLE 83.
EXPOSURES TO CENTRAL COUNTERPARTIES (CCPS) (CCR8)
Millions of Euros
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
31 Dec. 2017 |
|
|
|
EAD (post-CRM) |
|
|
RWA |
|
Exposures to QCCPs (total) |
|
|
14,680 |
|
|
|
557 |
|
Exposures for trades at QCCPs (excluding initial margin and default fund contributions); of
which |
|
|
13,883 |
|
|
|
541 |
|
(i) OTC derivatives |
|
|
4,885 |
|
|
|
98 |
|
(ii) Exchange-traded derivatives |
|
|
381 |
|
|
|
8 |
|
(iii) Securities financing transactions |
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
|
|
(iv) Netting sets where cross-product netting has been approved |
|
|
8,611 |
|
|
|
435 |
|
Segregated initial margin |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-segregated initial margin |
|
|
3,849 |
|
|
|
77 |
|
Pre-funded default fund contributions |
|
|
398 |
|
|
|
313 |
|
Alternative calculation of own funds requirements for exposures |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exposures to non-QCCPs (total) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* For
standardised information, the exposure for trades at QCCPs includes the non-segregated initial margin |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
158 |
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures
|
|
159 |
4 SECURITISATIONS 4.1. Basic theoretical considerations on securitisation 161 4.2. Securitisation accounting policies 162 4.3.
Management of Santander Groups securitisation activities 162 4.3.1. Santander Groups securitisation objectives and management 162 4.3.2. Role of Santander Group in the securitisation activity 162 4.3.3. Inherent risks of Santander
Groups securitisation activity 164 4.3.4. Securitisation activity in Santander Group 164
4. Securitisations
4.1. Basic theoretical considerations on securitisation
At Santander Group, securitisation is given the treatment stipulated in chapter five of the CRR. In assessing the characteristics of a transaction to determine
whether it involves securitisation and must therefore be treated as per said chapter, both the legal form and the economic substance of the transaction are taken into consideration.
In accordance with the CRR, the following concepts will be interpreted having regard to the regulatory definitions given below:
Securitisation: financial transaction or mechanism that takes the credit risk associated with an exposure or pool of exposures and divides it up into
tranches with the following characteristics:
a. |
Payments in the transaction or mechanism are dependent upon the performance of the securitised exposure or pool of exposures. |
b. |
The subordination of tranches determines the distribution of losses during the life of the transaction or mechanism. |
Securitisation position: an exposure to a securitisation. For these purposes, the providers of credit risk protection with respect to positions in a
given securitisation are considered to hold positions in that securitisation.
Tranche: contractually established segment of the credit risk
associated with an exposure or pool of exposures such that each position in the segment entails a risk of credit loss greater or less than a position of the same amount in each other such segment, without taking into account credit protection
provided by third parties directly to the holders of positions in the segment or in the other segments. For these purposes, all securitisation positions either form a part of a tranche or constitute a tranche themselves. Accordingly, the following
types of tranches can be defined:
|
|
|
First-loss tranche: this tranche is given a weighting of 1.250%.
|
|
|
Mezzanine tranche: this is the tranche, other than the first-loss tranche, that ranks below the most senior position in the securitisation and below any position in the
securitisation assigned a credit rating of 1 in the case of securitisations under the standardised approach or a rating of 1 or 2 in the case of securitisations under the IRB approach. |
|
|
Senior tranche: any tranche that is neither a first-loss nor a mezzanine tranche. Within the senior tranche, the super senior tranche is the top tranche in the priority of
payments, without taking into account for these purposes any amounts owed under interest rate or currency derivatives, brokerage charges or similar payments. |
Traditional securitisation: a securitisation involving the economic transfer of the securitised exposures to a securitisation special purpose entity
(SSPE) that issues securities. This can be accomplished by the transfer of ownership of the securitised exposures from the originator or through sub-participation, which, for these purposes, includes the
subscription of mortgage participation certificates, mortgage transfer certificates and similar securities by the SSPE. The securities issued by the SPV do not represent payment obligations of the originator.
Synthetic securitisation: type of securitisation whereby the transfer of risk is achieved by the use of credit derivatives or guarantees and the
exposures being securitised remain exposures of the originator.
Re-securitisation: type of securitisation
whereby the risk associated with a pool of underlying exposures is divided into tranches and at least one of the underlying exposures is a securitisation position.
Asset-backed commercial paper (ABCP) programme: a programme of securitisations in which the securities issued predominantly take the form of commercial
paper maturing within one year or less.
Investing institution: any institution or party other than the originator or sponsor who maintains a
securitisation position.
Originator: means an entity which:
a. |
itself or through related entities, directly or indirectly, was involved in the original agreement which created the obligations or potential obligations of the debtor or potential debtor giving rise to the exposure
being securitised; or |
b. |
purchases a third partys exposures for its own account and then securitises them. |
Sponsor:
institution other than the originator that establishes and manages an asset-backed commercial paper programme, or other securitisation scheme that purchases exposures from third-party entities and to which liquidity or credit facilities or other
credit enhancements are generally granted.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures
|
|
161 |
4. SECURITISATIONS
4.2. Securitisation accounting policies
The rule for derecognising securitised assets is the same as the standard that generally applies when derecognising financial assets. The accounting treatment
of transfers of financial assets depends on the extent to which the risks and rewards associated with the transferred assets are transferred to third parties:
1. |
Where substantially all the risks and rewards are transferred to third parties, e.g. in asset securitisations in which the transferor neither retains subordinated debt nor grants any credit enhancement to the new
holders, the transferred financial assets are derecognised and any rights or obligations retained or created in the transfer are recognised simultaneously. The result is recognised in the accounts. |
2. |
Where substantially all the risks and rewards associated with the transferred financial asset are retained (as in securitisations in which subordinated debt or some other type of credit enhancements are retained that
absorb substantially all of the expected losses for the transferred asset or the probable variation of its net cash flows), the transferred financial asset is not derecognised and continues to be measured by the same criteria as before the transfer.
The following is also recognised in the accounts: |
|
a. |
An associated financial liability in an amount equal to the consideration received, thereafter measured at amortised cost, unless the requirements for classification as liabilities at fair value through profit or loss
are met, in which case it is measured at fair value. |
|
b. |
The income from the financial asset that has been transferred but not derecognised and any expense incurred on the new financial liability, without netting. |
3. |
Where substantially all the risks and rewards associated with the transferred financial asset are neither transferred nor retained, e.g. in securitisations in which the transferor takes on subordinated debt or some
other type of credit enhancement for a portion of the transferred asset and thus significantly but not substantially reduces its exposure to the variation in the present value of future net cash flows, the following distinction is made:
|
|
a. |
Where the transferor does not retain control, the transferred financial asset is derecognised and any right or obligation retained or created in the transfer is recognised. |
|
b. |
Where the transferor retains control of the transferred financial asset, it continues to recognise the transferred financial asset on its balance sheet for an amount equal to its exposure to possible changes in value
and recognises a financial liability associated with the transferred financial asset. The net amount of the transferred asset and associated liability is the amortised cost of the rights and obligations retained, if the transferred asset is measured
at amortised cost, or the fair value of the rights and obligations retained, if the transferred asset is measured at fair value.
|
Accordingly, financial assets are only derecognised when the rights to the cash flows they generate expire or
when substantially all the inherent risks and rewards have been transferred to third parties and when substantially all the risks and rewards are neither transferred nor retained but control of the assets is transferred.
There have been no changes with respect to the previous year in the methods, assumptions and key data used to assess securitised exposures.
There is no specific accounting treatment for synthetic securitisations or assets awaiting securitisation.
4.3. Management of Santander Groups securitisation activity
4.3.1. Santander Groups securitisation objectives and management
Through its securitisation activity Santander Group aims to:
|
|
Manage and diversify its credit risk: securitisation transactions and the subsequent sale of the securitisation bonds in the market serve to reduce the credit risk concentrations that can arise naturally from the
Groups commercial activity. The effective transfer of risks achieved through these transactions enables the Group to optimise its credit risk exposure and contributes to value creation by reducing the Banks need to retain own funds.
|
|
|
Obtain liquidity: securitisation enables the Group to mobilise its balance sheet by transforming illiquid assets into liquid assets and obtain wholesale funding by selling or collateralising those transformed assets.
Also, the retained securitisation positions can be used as collateral for discounting at the ECB. |
|
|
Diversify funding sources: the liquidity obtained from securitisation allows the Group to diversify its funding sources in terms of duration and product. |
|
|
Optimise capital consumption: five new securitisations were originated in 2017, all involving a significant transfer of risk. |
Each year, based on the liquidity plan and taking into account certain prudential limits on raising short-term market funding, Santander Group establishes an
yearly issue and securitisation plan for each subsidiary/ global business. This task is carried out by financial management.
4.3.2. Role of Santander
Group in the securitisation activity
Santander Groups role in the securitisation process is mainly that of originator of the underlying assets
being securitised. Nevertheless, in addition to originating the underlying payments, the Group also plays a role in servicing the loans and granting subordinated loans. It also acts as counterparty, when needed, to the interest rate swap agreement
for the SSPE that acquires the loans.
Santander Group also acts as an investor, acquiring positions in SSPEs originated by
non-Group entities and/or retaining a portion of the positions originated by the Bank itself.
|
|
|
|
|
162 |
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures |
|
|
Santander Group is sponsor of a securitisation transaction whose underlying consists of loans granted by various
financial institutions to SSPEs of mortgage-backed bonds to cover the reserve fund.
Santander Group also structures and places its own securitisations,
as it does for third parties, and leads and promotes new structures in different jurisdictions for both funding and risk transfer purposes. This activity is situated in the context of a revival of securitisation as a tool for channelling credit to
the real economy, with a special focus on SMEs.
The following diagram depicts the geographical distribution of Santander Groups securitisation
activity as of 31 December 2017.
∎ |
DISTRIBUTION OF THE GROUPS SECURITISATION FUNCTION AND DISTRIBUTION BY COUNTRY OF ORIGINATION OR INVESTMENT POSITION |
|
|
|
Note: the information on the securitisation positions of the investment and trading portfolio of Santander Group is included. In originator activity, Rest includes Austria (0.3%), the Netherlands (0.3%), Norway (0.3%), Poland
(0.6%) and Sweden (0.5%). |
|
Note: the information on the securitisation positions of the investment and trading portfolio of Santander Group is included. In investor activity, Rest includes Luxembourg (0.1%), Austria (0.2%), Finland (0.1%), Ireland
(0.2%), Mexico (0.2%), the Netherlands (0.4%), Norway (0.3%), Poland (0.2%), Sweden (0.1%) and Brazil (0.2%). |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures
|
|
163 |
4. SECURITISATIONS
As indicated in the graph, originator activity accounts for more than 90% of Santander Group securitisation
activity, with investment activity accounting for 9.52% and sponsoring accounting for 0.06% (the latter being concentrated in Spain).
88% of the volume
of securitisations originated by Santander Group is concentrated Spain, the United States, Germany and the United Kingdom.
On the investment side, 93% of
acquisitions of investment positions are concentrated in the United Kingdom (55%) and Spain (38%) as shown in the next graph.
Furthermore, regarding the
distribution of positions by country from the debtor, it can be seen that 59.79% of the final risk is in Spain, 12.83% is in the United Kingdom (because the positions that are invested from the United Kingdom are located in the same), 12.39% in
Germany and the rest are essentially distributed throughout Europe, as it can be seen in the investor activity graph on the previous page:
∎ |
GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF INVESTMENT ACTIVITY BY COUNTRY OF THE END DEBTOR OF THE TRANSACTION |
4.3.3. Inherent risks of Santander Groups securitisation activity
While securitisation offers advantages in terms of lower funding costs and better risk management, it exposes investors to certain inherent risks. Santander
Group is not exposed to any additional risk by acting as originator or sole investor in any given SSPE. In fact, doing so reduces liquidity risk by transforming illiquid assets (originated loans) into liquid assets (securitisation bonds). When
Santander Group acts as originator and as one of the investors in the issue, it is subject to the following risks:
|
|
Credit risk: the risk that borrowers will fail to meet their contractual obligations in due time and form, with the consequent impairment of the underlying assets backing the securitisation positions. Credit risk
is assessed by external credit rating agencies, which assign ratings to the securitisation positions. At Santander Group, the maximum exposure in the banking book is limited by rating (AAA, AA, A, BBB, BB) and by type of underlying. In addition, the
Group continuously monitors published data on default of the underlying, credit quality of the originator and mandatory minimum ratios and ratings in the structure, as well as data on granularity, geographical distribution and type of underlying.
|
|
|
Pre-payment risk: the risk of early repayment of all or part of the assets underlying the securitisation, so that the securitisation positions mature before the contractual
maturity date of the underlyings. The calculation of the average life, return and duration of the securitisation positions is subject, among other things, to assumptions about the rate at which the underlying loans will be prepaid, which may vary.
This risk is practically non-existent at Santander Group as the contractual maturity of the securities issued is usually longer than that of any underlying.
|
|
|
Basis risk: this risk arises when there is a mismatch between the interest rates or maturities of the securitised assets and those of the securitisation positions. At Santander Group this risk is usually hedged
with swaps. |
|
|
Exchange rate risk: comes into play in securitisations where the securitised assets and the securitisation positions are denominated in a different currencies. At Santander Group, the risk arising from the
currency mismatch between the underlying and the issue is usually hedged in the structure via a swap. The risk to PnL assumed in non-euro bonds is managed by the Active Credit Portfolio Management (ACPM) area.
|
|
|
Liquidity risk: is diminished through the securitisation process, whereby naturally illiquid assets are transformed into debt securities that can be traded on exchanges. In some securitisations, however, such as
those which issue commercial paper, liquidity risk is still significant and is manifested in the need to cover potential timing mismatches between interest payments on the underlying assets and payments of interest on the securities. At Santander
Group this risk tends to be very small and is mitigated by liquidity lines included in the structure. The liquidity risk associated with bond positions is also managed by establishing maximum holding periods. |
4.3.4. Securitisation activity at Santander Group
Santander Group originated five securitisations in 2017 with the aim of achieving a significant transfer of risk.
Furthermore, Santander Group originates and holds positions in traditional securitisation funds whose underlying portfolios are composed mainly of mortgages,
consumer loans and corporate loans. The Group is also the originator of five synthetic securitisation funds (three originated in 2017) whose underlying assets comprise project finance loans refinancing two funds in one case; loans to SMEs in two of
the cases; loans to corporates in one other case; and commercial mortgage loans in the last case.
For each of these traditional structures, and no matter
the underlying product, Santander Group is awarded a rating by one or more of the following external rating agencies: Standard & Poors, Moodys, Fitch, DBRS and Scope. Where a traditional securitisation is placed on the market,
the Group obtains ratings from at least two of those agencies. For two of the synthetic securitisations, two external ratings have been requested.
As for
investment activity, Santander Group holds positions in securitisation funds originated by entities outside Santander Group whose underlying assets mainly comprise corporate loans, SME loans and mortgages As Santander Group limits its maximum
exposure by rating (AAA,AA, A, BBB, BB), it does not commonly employ hedging techniques to mitigate the risk.
Monitoring changes in associated risk:
|
|
Securitisation positions originated: periodic monitoring is the responsibility of the different securitisation fund managers (Trustees/ Management companies) that prepare regular reports containing an update of the
rating performance of the bonds underlying portfolios. |
|
|
Inverse securitisation positions: published NPL metrics (90+, default, recoveries) and prepayments are monitored regularly using specialised software, which additionally checks whether the established rating-based
limits are being met. |
|
|
|
|
|
164 |
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures |
|
|
The processes mentioned above serve to monitor changes in credit and market risks of both securitisation and re-securitisation exposures.
The performance of the underlying assets particularly affects the duration of the tranches
and it is unlikely that this will affect the principal bearing in mind the high levels of subordination and continuous monitoring.
The following tables
show the distribution, by type of underlying asset, of the securitisation positions issued and repurchased by Santander Group as originator, as investor and as sponsor as of 31 December 2017, in both the banking book and trading portfolio.
As of 31 December 2017, there are no assets awaiting securitisation.
The following table shows new securitisations by type of securitisation and type of exposure being securitised.
∎ TABLE 84. SECURITISATION POSITIONS
PURCHASED OR RETAINED.
BANKING BOOK
Million of Euros
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
31 dec. 2017 |
|
|
31 dec. 2016 |
|
|
|
Originator |
|
|
Investor |
|
|
Sponsor |
|
|
Originator |
|
|
Investor |
|
|
Sponsor |
|
|
|
Issued positions |
|
|
Retained positions |
|
|
Purchased positions |
|
|
Purchased positions |
|
|
Issued positions |
|
|
Retained positions |
|
|
Purchased positions |
|
|
Purchased positions |
|
Traditional securitisations |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Residential mortgages |
|
|
30,976 |
|
|
|
23,974 |
|
|
|
4,066 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
37,552 |
|
|
|
23,285 |
|
|
|
1,667 |
|
|
|
|
|
Commercial mortgages |
|
|
75 |
|
|
|
36 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Credit cards |
|
|
468 |
|
|
|
468 |
|
|
|
117 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
400 |
|
|
|
|
|
Finance leases |
|
|
2,713 |
|
|
|
1,231 |
|
|
|
38 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,224 |
|
|
|
391 |
|
|
|
97 |
|
|
|
|
|
Loans to corporates or to SMEs treated as corporates |
|
|
3,510 |
|
|
|
2,722 |
|
|
|
1,008 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7,198 |
|
|
|
6,181 |
|
|
|
3,262 |
|
|
|
|
|
Consumer loans |
|
|
44,351 |
|
|
|
21,413 |
|
|
|
411 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
41,707 |
|
|
|
14,606 |
|
|
|
185 |
|
|
|
|
|
Receivables |
|
|
3,449 |
|
|
|
3,449 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,156 |
|
|
|
2,156 |
|
|
|
93 |
|
|
|
|
|
Mortgage covered bonds |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
54 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
110 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Others |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
374 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
518 |
|
|
|
|
|
Resecuritisations |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Residential mortgages |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
14 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Commercial mortgages |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loans to corporates or to SMEs treated as corporates |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Others |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
40 |
|
|
|
123 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
20 |
|
|
|
40 |
|
Synthetic securitisations |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Residential mortgages |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Commercial mortgages |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loans to corporates or corporates-SMEs |
|
|
2,954 |
|
|
|
2,717 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,381 |
|
|
|
1,278 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consumer loans |
|
|
3,936 |
|
|
|
3,688 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Others |
|
|
2,293 |
|
|
|
2,003 |
|
|
|
326 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,622 |
|
|
|
1,192 |
|
|
|
294 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
|
94,725 |
|
|
|
61,701 |
|
|
|
6,399 |
|
|
|
40 |
|
|
|
93,089 |
|
|
|
49,088 |
|
|
|
6,536 |
|
|
|
40 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures
|
|
165 |
4. SECURITISATIONS
The following table shows the exposure of all securitisations in the banking book, distinguishing between
wholesale and retail underlying.
∎ TABLE 85. SECURITISATION EXPOSURES
IN THE BANKING BOOK (SEC1)
Millions of Euros
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
31 Dec. 2017 |
|
|
|
|
|
Bank acting as originator |
|
|
Bank acting as sponsor |
|
|
Bank acting as investor |
|
|
|
|
|
Traditional |
|
|
Synthetic |
|
|
Subtotal |
|
|
Traditional |
|
|
Synthetic |
|
|
Subtotal |
|
|
Traditional |
|
|
Synthetic |
|
|
Subtotal |
|
|
|
Retail (total) |
|
|
45,855 |
|
|
|
3,688 |
|
|
|
49,543 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,594 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,594 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Residential mortgages |
|
|
23,974 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
23,974 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,066 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,066 |
|
|
|
Credit card |
|
|
468 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
468 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
117 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
117 |
|
|
|
Other retail exposures |
|
|
21,413 |
|
|
|
3,688 |
|
|
|
25,101 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
411 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
411 |
|
|
|
Resecuritisation |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Wholesales (total) |
|
|
7,438 |
|
|
|
4,720 |
|
|
|
12,158 |
|
|
|
40 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
40 |
|
|
|
1,479 |
|
|
|
326 |
|
|
|
1,805 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Corporate loans |
|
|
510 |
|
|
|
935 |
|
|
|
1,445 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
360 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
360 |
|
|
|
Commercial mortgage |
|
|
36 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
36 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Finance leases and receivables |
|
|
1,231 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,231 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
38 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
38 |
|
|
|
Other wholesale exposures |
|
|
5,661 |
|
|
|
3,785 |
|
|
|
9,445 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,076 |
|
|
|
326 |
|
|
|
1,402 |
|
|
|
Resecuritisation |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
40 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
40 |
|
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
|
53,293 |
|
|
|
8,408 |
|
|
|
61,701 |
|
|
|
40 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
40 |
|
|
|
6,074 |
|
|
|
326 |
|
|
|
6 399 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* |
The securitisation portfolio has been considered as a whole (positions bought and retained). |
The previous table shows that regardless of the role played by the Bank, the securitisation portfolio is
predominantly focused on retail.
|
|
|
|
|
166 |
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures |
|
|
Meanwhile, the following table shows the distribution of the trading portfolio, where we can see a large
concentration in mortgage securitisations.
∎
TABLE 86. SECURITISATION POSITIONS PURCHASED OR RETAINED. TRADING PORTFOLIO
Millions of Euros
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
31 dec. 2017 |
|
|
31 dec. 2016 |
|
|
|
Originator |
|
|
Investor |
|
|
Sponsor |
|
|
Originator |
|
|
Investor |
|
|
Sponsor |
|
|
|
Retained |
|
|
Purchased |
|
|
Purchased |
|
|
Retained |
|
|
Purchased |
|
|
Purchased |
|
Cartera ABS |
|
positions |
|
|
positions |
|
|
positions |
|
|
positions |
|
|
positions |
|
|
positions |
|
Traditional securitisations |
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
93 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8 |
|
|
|
47 |
|
|
|
17 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Residential mortgages |
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
42 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7 |
|
|
|
40 |
|
|
|
|
|
Loans to corporates or to SMEs treated as corporates |
|
|
|
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
Consumer loans |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
50 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
6 |
|
|
|
|
|
Others |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
17 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Resecuritisations |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Securitisation positions |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Correlation portfolio |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Synthetic baskets |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
93 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
8 |
|
|
|
47 |
|
|
|
17 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note: The mark to market of the positions has been included in the trading book.
Investment positions in the trading portfolio are continuously monitored to identify any significant changes.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures
|
|
167 |
4. SECURITISATIONS
Additionally, the table below shows the exposure of all securitisations in the trading portfolio, but on this
occasion, distinguishing between wholesale and retail underlyings.
∎ TABLE 87. SECURITISATION EXPOSURES
IN THE TRADING BOOK (SEC2)
Millions of Euros
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
31 Dec. 2017 |
|
|
|
|
|
Bank acting as originator |
|
|
Bank acting as sponsor |
|
|
Bank acting as investor |
|
|
|
|
|
Traditional |
|
|
Synthetic |
|
|
Subtotal |
|
|
Traditional |
|
|
Synthetic |
|
|
Subtotal |
|
|
Traditional |
|
|
Synthetic |
|
|
Subtotal |
|
|
|
Retail (total) |
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
93 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
93 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Residential mortgages |
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
42 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
42 |
|
|
|
Credit card |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other retail exposures |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
51 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
51 |
|
|
|
Resecuritisation |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Wholesales (total) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Corporate loans |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Commercial mortgage |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Finance leases and receivables |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other wholesale exposures |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Resecuritisation |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Correlation portfolios |
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
93 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
93 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
168 |
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures |
|
|
The following table shows securitisations originated by Santander Group with the highest outstanding balance as
of 31 December 2017.
∎ |
TABLE 88. INVENTORY OF ORIGINATED SECURITISATIONS WITH LARGEST OUTSTANDING BALANCE |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance issued 31 Dec. 2017 |
|
|
Repurchased balance 31 Dec. 2017 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
On-balance sheet exposures |
|
|
|
|
Securitisation fund |
|
TYPE |
|
Senior tranches |
|
|
Mezzanine tranches |
|
|
First-loss tranches |
|
|
Senior tranches |
|
|
Mezzanine tranches |
|
|
First-loss tranches |
|
|
Off-balance- sheet exposures |
|
RMBS Santander 3 |
|
Residential mortgages |
|
|
3,538 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,882 |
|
|
|
3,538 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,882 |
|
|
|
|
|
FTA Santander 2 |
|
Receivables |
|
|
2,280 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,169 |
|
|
|
2,280 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,169 |
|
|
|
|
|
Star 2016-1 |
|
Consumer loans |
|
|
3,076 |
|
|
|
200 |
|
|
|
50 |
|
|
|
3,076 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
50 |
|
|
|
|
|
SC Germany Auto 2014-2 |
|
Consumer loans |
|
|
2,895 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
135 |
|
|
|
2,895 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
135 |
|
|
|
|
|
Langton securities |
|
Residential |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008 SPV |
|
mortgages |
|
|
1,926 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
728 |
|
|
|
1,926 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
728 |
|
|
|
|
|
IM GBP Empresas VII |
|
Loans to corporates or to SMEs treated as corporates |
|
|
1,825 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
729 |
|
|
|
1,825 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
729 |
|
|
|
|
|
RMBS Santander 4 |
|
Residential mortgages |
|
|
1,800 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
738 |
|
|
|
1,304 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
738 |
|
|
|
|
|
RMBS Santander 2 |
|
Residential mortgages |
|
|
1,673 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
798 |
|
|
|
1,673 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
798 |
|
|
|
|
|
Renew project finance clo 2017-1 |
|
Other assets |
|
|
1,646 |
|
|
|
527 |
|
|
|
120 |
|
|
|
1,646 |
|
|
|
357 |
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
Holmes master issuer |
|
Residential |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PLC 2000 SPV |
|
mortgages |
|
|
1,729 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
437 |
|
|
|
157 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
437 |
|
|
|
157 |
|
SC Germany Auto 2016-2 |
|
Consumer loans |
|
|
1,440 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
75 |
|
|
|
1,440 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
75 |
|
|
|
|
|
Auto ABS French Loans Master |
|
Consumer loans |
|
|
1,101 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
133 |
|
|
|
1,101 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
133 |
|
|
|
|
|
Santander |
|
Residential |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
hipotecario 3 |
|
mortgages |
|
|
188 |
|
|
|
786 |
|
|
|
251 |
|
|
|
188 |
|
|
|
710 |
|
|
|
243 |
|
|
|
15 |
|
Golden Bar Stand Alone 2016-1 |
|
Consumer loans |
|
|
902 |
|
|
|
143 |
|
|
|
78 |
|
|
|
902 |
|
|
|
143 |
|
|
|
78 |
|
|
|
|
|
RED ONE |
|
Loans to corporates or to SMEs treated as corporates |
|
|
863 |
|
|
|
101 |
|
|
|
70 |
|
|
|
863 |
|
|
|
72 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
GoldenBar2015-1 |
|
Consumer loans |
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sant prime auto issuances notes trust 2017-C |
|
Consumer loans |
|
|
829 |
|
|
|
133 |
|
|
|
38 |
|
|
|
829 |
|
|
|
95 |
|
|
|
13 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures
|
|
169 |
4. SECURITISATIONS
Provided below is a breakdown of all securitisations in the banking book together with its corresponding capital
consumption arranged by RW interval (risk weight) and calculation method employed when Santander Group acts as originator or sponsor.
∎ |
TABLE 89. SECURITISATION EXPOSURES IN THE BANKING BOOK AND ASSOCIATED REGULATORY CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS (BANK ACTING AS ORIGINATOR OR SPONSOR) (SEC3)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
31 Dec. 2017 |
|
|
|
Value of the exposure (by RW interval) |
|
|
Value of the exposure (by regulator method) |
|
|
RWA (by regulator method) |
|
|
Capital requirement after ceiling |
|
|
|
<= 20% RW |
|
|
> 20% to 50% RW |
|
|
> 50% to 100% RW |
|
|
> 100% to 1,250% RW |
|
|
1,250% RW |
|
|
IRB RBA |
|
|
IRB SFA |
|
|
SA |
|
|
1,250% |
|
|
IRB RBA |
|
|
IRB SFA |
|
|
SA |
|
|
1,250% |
|
|
IRB RBA |
|
|
IRB SFA |
|
|
SA |
|
|
1,250% |
|
Total exposure |
|
|
12,831 |
|
|
|
235 |
|
|
|
343 |
|
|
|
76 |
|
|
|
49 |
|
|
|
5,793 |
|
|
|
4,907 |
|
|
|
2,810 |
|
|
|
24 |
|
|
|
745 |
|
|
|
708 |
|
|
|
963 |
|
|
|
300 |
|
|
|
60 |
|
|
|
57 |
|
|
|
77 |
|
|
|
24 |
|
Traditional securitisation |
|
|
4,706 |
|
|
|
188 |
|
|
|
174 |
|
|
|
9 |
|
|
|
49 |
|
|
|
3,790 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,312 |
|
|
|
24 |
|
|
|
436 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
629 |
|
|
|
300 |
|
|
|
35 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
50 |
|
|
|
24 |
|
Of which, securitisation |
|
|
4,706 |
|
|
|
148 |
|
|
|
173 |
|
|
|
9 |
|
|
|
49 |
|
|
|
3,749 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,312 |
|
|
|
24 |
|
|
|
410 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
629 |
|
|
|
300 |
|
|
|
33 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
50 |
|
|
|
24 |
|
Of which, retail underlying |
|
|
4,706 |
|
|
|
148 |
|
|
|
173 |
|
|
|
9 |
|
|
|
49 |
|
|
|
3,749 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,312 |
|
|
|
24 |
|
|
|
410 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
629 |
|
|
|
300 |
|
|
|
33 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
50 |
|
|
|
24 |
|
Of which, wholesale underlying |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Of which, resecuritisation |
|
|
|
|
|
|
40 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
40 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
26 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Of which, preference |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Of which, non-preference |
|
|
|
|
|
|
40 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
40 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
26 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Synthetic securitisation |
|
|
8,125 |
|
|
|
46 |
|
|
|
169 |
|
|
|
67 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,003 |
|
|
|
4,907 |
|
|
|
1,498 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
309 |
|
|
|
708 |
|
|
|
334 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
25 |
|
|
|
57 |
|
|
|
27 |
|
|
|
|
|
Of which, securitisation |
|
|
8,125 |
|
|
|
46 |
|
|
|
169 |
|
|
|
67 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,003 |
|
|
|
4,907 |
|
|
|
1,498 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
309 |
|
|
|
708 |
|
|
|
334 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
25 |
|
|
|
57 |
|
|
|
27 |
|
|
|
|
|
Of which, retail underlying |
|
|
3,638 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
50 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,126 |
|
|
|
562 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
443 |
|
|
|
112 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
35 |
|
|
|
9 |
|
|
|
|
|
Of which, wholesale underlying |
|
|
4,487 |
|
|
|
46 |
|
|
|
169 |
|
|
|
17 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,003 |
|
|
|
1,781 |
|
|
|
935 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
309 |
|
|
|
266 |
|
|
|
222 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
25 |
|
|
|
21 |
|
|
|
18 |
|
|
|
|
|
Of which, resecuritisation |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Of which, preference |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Of which, non-preference |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
170 |
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures |
|
|
∎ |
TABLE 90. SECURITISATION EXPOSURES IN THE BANKING BOOK AND ASSOCIATED REGULATORY CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS (BANK ACTING AS INVESTOR) (SEC4)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
31 Dec. 2017 |
|
|
|
Value of the exposure (by RW interval) |
|
|
Value of the exposure (by regulator method) |
|
|
RWA (by regulator method) |
|
|
Capital requirement after ceiling |
|
|
|
<= 20% RW |
|
|
> 20% to 50% RW |
|
|
> 50% to 100% RW |
|
|
> 100% toa 1,250% RW |
|
|
1250% RW |
|
|
IRB RBA |
|
|
IRB SFA |
|
|
SA |
|
|
1,250% |
|
|
IRB RBA |
|
|
IRB SFA |
|
|
SA |
|
|
1250% |
|
|
IRB RBA |
|
|
IRB SFA |
|
|
SA |
|
|
1,250% |
|
Total exposure |
|
|
5,617 |
|
|
|
537 |
|
|
|
246 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
6,039 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
360 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
729 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
233 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
58 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
19 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
Traditional securitisation |
|
|
5,447 |
|
|
|
381 |
|
|
|
245 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
5,714 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
360 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
655 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
233 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
52 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
19 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
Of which, securitisation |
|
|
5,442 |
|
|
|
381 |
|
|
|
245 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
5,708 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
360 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
654 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
233 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
52 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
19 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
Of which, resecuritisation |
|
|
4,424 |
|
|
|
73 |
|
|
|
97 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,594 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
496 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
40 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Of which, preference |
|
|
1,018 |
|
|
|
308 |
|
|
|
148 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
1,114 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
360 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
157 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
233 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
13 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
19 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
Of which, non-preference |
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Of which, preference |
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Of which, non-preference |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Synthetic securitisation |
|
|
169 |
|
|
|
156 |
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
326 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
74 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Of which, securitisation |
|
|
169 |
|
|
|
156 |
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
326 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
74 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Of which, retail underlying |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Of which, wholesale underlying |
|
|
169 |
|
|
|
156 |
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
326 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
74 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Of which, resecuritisation |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Of which, preference |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Of which, non-preference |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The previous table reflects that nearly 95% of the securitisations in which Santander Group invests belong to
entities where capital requirements are calculated under the advanced IRB models. This is mainly the case of Santander Spain and Santander UK. On the other hand, the standardised approach is relevant in the US and Mexico.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures
|
|
171 |
4. SECURITISATIONS
Finally, in its securitisation activity, both as originator and as investor, Santander Group complies with the
economic interest retention required under chapter five of CRR and with the control policy and procedure requirements for all SPVs created after January 1, 2011. Accordingly, for all securitisation originated since January 1, 2011,
Santander Group:
|
|
Constantly retains a net economic interest of no less than 5%. |
|
|
Makes available to investors all the necessary information to ensure the risks of the investment are fully known before purchase and to allow the performance of the investment to be monitored on a regular basis. This
information includes details of the risk criteria applied to the securitised exposures, which in all cases are the same as for the non-securitised exposures in the originators balance sheet.
|
Similarly, for investor positions in securitisations originated since January 1, 2011, Santander Group:
|
|
Carries out due diligence to ensure that the investment risks are known before purchase and to be able to monitor the performance of the investment on a regular basis. |
|
|
Checks that the originator of the securitisations retains a net economic interest of no less than 5%. |
As
Santander Group complies with these requirements, no capital surcharge is applied.
Santander Groups securitisation activity during 2017
Out of the total issues carried out in 2017, Santander Group retains 35% of the securitisation positions.
The accompanying table gives a breakdown of initial balance of the securitisation positions issued and retained by Santander Group in 2017 on their date of
origination.
∎ |
TABLE 91. INITIAL BALANCE OF SECURITISATION FUNDS IN 2017, BY TYPE OF SECURITISED ASSET |
Millions of Euros
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
31 dec. 2017 |
|
|
31 dec. 2016 |
|
Type of underlying asset |
|
Securitised exposures at the origination date |
|
|
Repurchased balance |
|
|
Securitised exposures at the origination date |
|
|
Repurchased balance |
|
Traditional securitisations |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Residential mortgages |
|
|
805 |
|
|
|
161 |
|
|
|
960 |
|
|
|
296 |
|
Credit Cards |
|
|
519 |
|
|
|
468 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Leasing |
|
|
2,380 |
|
|
|
895 |
|
|
|
640 |
|
|
|
230 |
|
Loans to corporates or to SMEs treated as corporates |
|
|
510 |
|
|
|
510 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consumer loans |
|
|
14,475 |
|
|
|
2,238 |
|
|
|
18,156 |
|
|
|
7,708 |
|
Synthetic securitisations |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loans to corporates or SMEs |
|
|
1,962 |
|
|
|
1,820 |
|
|
|
1,166 |
|
|
|
536 |
|
Others |
|
|
2,293 |
|
|
|
2,003 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TOTAL |
|
|
22,944 |
|
|
|
8,095 |
|
|
|
20,922 |
|
|
|
8,771 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This originator activity was concentrated in Spain (26.92%) and the United States (53.35%). The new
securitisations originated during 2017 are summarized in the accompanying table. For further information, see Appendix VIII, which includes the list of special purpose vehicles within the scope of regulatory consolidation.
In 2017, Santander Group originated 27 securitisations whose underlying portfolios comprised consumer loans (67.9% of total issues), loans to companies or
SMEs (10.8%), other assets (10%), leasing (5,6%), residential mortgages (3,5%) and credit cards (2,3%). More detail about this securitisations is provided by the following table:
|
|
|
|
|
172 |
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures |
|
|
∎ |
TABLE 92. LIST OF NEW SECURITISATIONS ORIGINATED IN 2017, ORGANISED BY COUNTRY AND ORIGINATING INSTITUTION AND ORDERED BY INITIAL ISSUE VOLUME
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name of securitisation |
|
Type of underlying asset |
|
Originator |
|
Initial issue |
|
|
Country |
|
IM GBP Leasing 3 |
|
Consumer loans |
|
BANCO POPULAR |
|
|
1,100,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
Renew project finance CLO 2017-1 |
|
Other assets |
|
BANCO SANTANDER |
|
|
2,293,393 |
|
|
|
|
|
FT Pymes magdalena |
|
Loans to corporates
or to SMEs treated as
corporates |
|
BANCO SANTANDER |
|
|
950,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
FTA-Prado IV |
|
Residential mortgages |
|
UCI |
|
|
390,000 |
|
|
|
Spain |
|
FTA-Prado V |
|
Residential mortgages |
|
UCI |
|
|
415,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
IM GBP Consumo I |
|
Loans to corporates
or to SMEs treated as
corporates |
|
BANCO POPULAR |
|
|
510,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
Wizink Master credit cards |
|
Credit cards |
|
BANCO POPULAR |
|
|
518,800 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,177,193 |
|
|
|
26.92 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SC Germany Auto 2017-1 |
|
Consumer loans |
|
SC GERMANY |
|
|
600,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
SC Germany Consumer 2017-1 |
|
Consumer loans |
|
SC GERMANY |
|
|
850,000 |
|
|
|
Germany |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,450,000 |
|
|
|
6.32 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SCF RAHOITUSPALVELUT KIMI VI DAC |
|
Consumer loans |
|
SC NORDICS |
|
|
699,492 |
|
|
|
Nordics |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
699,492 |
|
|
|
3.05 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Auto ABS French LT Leases Master |
|
Consumer loans |
|
PSA FRANCE |
|
|
350,000 |
|
|
|
France |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
350,000 |
|
|
|
1.53 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
HCUK Auto Funding 2017-1Ltd |
|
Consumer loans |
|
HYUNDAI CAPITAL
UK LTD |
|
|
169,066 |
|
|
|
|
|
HCUK Auto Funding 2017-2ltd |
|
Consumer loans |
|
HYUNDAI CAPITAL
UK LTD |
|
|
169,066 |
|
|
|
|
|
Motor 2017-1PLC |
|
Consumer loans |
|
SC UK |
|
|
674,912 |
|
|
|
UK |
|
Red One |
|
Loans to corporates
or to SMEs treated as
corporates |
|
ABBEY NATIONAL TREASURY
SERVICES PLC |
|
|
1,012,446 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,025,489 |
|
|
|
8.83 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DRIVE Auto Receivables Trust 2017-1 |
|
Consumer loans |
|
SC USA |
|
|
1,152,898 |
|
|
|
|
|
DRIVE Auto Receivables Trust 2017-2 |
|
Consumer loans |
|
SC USA |
|
|
984,284 |
|
|
|
|
|
DRIVE Auto Receivables Trust 2017-3 |
|
Consumer loans |
|
SC USA |
|
|
1,279,706 |
|
|
|
|
|
Santander Drive Auto Receivables Trust 2017-1 |
|
Consumer loans |
|
SC USA |
|
|
1,020,608 |
|
|
|
|
|
Santander Drive Auto Receivables Trust 2017-2 |
|
Consumer loans |
|
SC USA |
|
|
1,253,794 |
|
|
|
|
|
Santander Drive Auto Receivables Trust 2017-3 |
|
Consumer loans |
|
SC USA |
|
|
909,862 |
|
|
|
|
|
Santander Drive Auto Receivables Trust 2017-A |
|
Consumer loans |
|
SC USA |
|
|
1,119,235 |
|
|
|
USA |
|
Santander Drive Auto Receivables Trust 2017-B |
|
Consumer loans |
|
SC USA |
|
|
1,136,519 |
|
|
|
|
|
Santander Retail Auto Lease Trust 2017-A |
|
Leasing |
|
SC USA |
|
|
1,279,706 |
|
|
|
|
|
SANT Prime Auto Issuances Notes Trust 2017-A |
|
Consumer loans |
|
SC USA |
|
|
555,966 |
|
|
|
|
|
SANT Prime Auto Issuances Notes Trust 2017-B |
|
Consumer loans |
|
SC USA |
|
|
425,940 |
|
|
|
|
|
SANT Prime Auto Issuances Notes Trust 2017-C |
|
Consumer loans |
|
SC USA |
|
|
1,123,163 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12,241,681 |
|
|
|
53.35 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
|
22,943,855 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures
|
|
173 |
5 MARKET RISK 5.1. Activities subject to market risk 175 5.2. Trading 175 5.2.1. Value at risk 175 5.2.2. Stressed VaR 177 5.2.3.
Incremental risk charge 178 5.2.4. Stress testing 178 5.2.5. Backtesting (MR4) 179 5.2.6. Internal validation of the 183 models 5.3. Structural market risk 185 5.4. Equity investments and 185 capital instruments not included in the trading book
5. Market risk
5.1. Activities subject to market risk
The measurement, control and monitoring of market risk extends to all operations exposed to changes in market prices. This risk arises from changes in the risk
factors (interest rate, exchange rate, equities, credit spread, commodity prices and the volatility of each of these factors) and from the liquidity risk of the various products and markets in which Santander Group operates.
The activities are segmented according to the purpose of the risk taking:
a) |
Trading: includes financial services for customers and trading and the taking of positions, mainly in fixed-income, equities and currency products. |
b) |
Structural risks: these are composed of the market risks inherent in the balance sheet, not including the trading portfolio, namely: |
|
|
|
Structural interest rate risk: this risk arises from mismatches in the maturities and repricing of all the balance sheet assets and liabilities. |
|
|
|
Structural foreign exchange risk (hedges of results): foreign currency risk arising from the currency in which investments in the consolidated and non-consolidated companies are
made (structural exchange rate). This category also includes the positions taken to hedge the foreign currency risk on future results generated in currencies other than the euro (hedges of results). |
|
|
|
Structural equity risk: this includes equity investments in non-consolidated financial and non-financial companies, and the available-for-sale portfolios of equity positions.
|
5.2. Trading activity
The basic metric used to control market risk in trading operations at Santander Group in 2017 was value at risk (VaR). VaR measures the maximum expected loss
for a given confidence level and time horizon.
VaR is used because it is easy to calculate and because it provides a good reference for the level of risk
incurred. Other measures are also used to give greater control over the risks in the markets in which the Group operates.
One of these other measures is
scenario analysis, which consists of defining alternative behaviours for various financial variables and determining the impact on results when these scenarios are applied to the Groups activities. The scenarios may replicate past events (such
as crises) or, conversely, they may describe plausible scenarios unrelated to past events. At least three types of scenarios are defined: plausible, severe and extreme. Together with VaR, these three types of scenario provide a much more complete
understanding of the risk profile.
In line with the principle of business unit independence, the Market Risk area monitors positions daily, both at the
level of the individual unit and globally, exhaustively controlling for changes in portfolios so as to detect any incidents and correct them immediately. Preparing a daily income statement is an excellent risk indicator because it helps to identify
the impact that changes in financial variables have had on the portfolios.
Lastly, derivatives and credit management activities, being atypical, are
controlled daily using specific measures. In the case of derivatives, controls are conducted of sensitivity to fluctuations in the price of the underlying (delta and gamma), volatility (vega) and time (theta). For credit management activities,
measures such as spread sensitivity, jump-to-default and exposure concentrations by rating level are all systematically reviewed.
5.2.1. Value at Risk
Santander Groups VaR
calculation methodology consists of historical simulation with a 99% confidence level and a one-day horizon for internal risk management, and a ten-day horizon when
calculating own funds market risk. Statistical adjustments are made to enable swift and efficient incorporation of the most recent events affecting the levels of risk assumed. Currently, all units use historical simulation with full revaluation,
except for Market Risk Spain, which, while using this methodology for certain portfolios, applies historical simulation using a Taylor series approximation for the bulk of its portfolios.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures
|
|
175 |
5. MARKET RISK
The Group uses a two-year window, or 520 daily readings, backwards in
time from the VaR calculation reference date. Two figures are calculated each day, one by applying an exponential decline factor that gives a smaller weighting to the earliest readings, and another with uniform weightings for all observations. The
reported VaR is the higher of these two figures.
At the end of December 2017, Santander Group had authorisation from the Bank of Spain to use the
internal market risk model for calculating regulatory capital in the trading portfolios of the Spain, Chile, Portugal, United Kingdom and Mexico units.
The Groups aim is to gradually extend this approval to the other units that have a trading portfolio, in line with the gradual implementation plan
submitted to Banco de Espańa. The total regulatory capital figure using the internal model is calculated as the linear sum of the individual regulatory capital figures of the units that have Banco de España approval, that is, without
considering diversification between units.
At year-end 2017, VaR by region was as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
UK |
|
2017 |
|
|
2016 |
|
|
Variation |
|
VaR (10 days 99%) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1 |
|
Maximum |
|
|
13.4 |
|
|
|
10.1 |
|
|
|
32.96 |
% |
2 |
|
Average |
|
|
9.2 |
|
|
|
6.4 |
|
|
|
44.63 |
% |
3 |
|
Minimum |
|
|
6.7 |
|
|
|
4.1 |
|
|
|
63.65 |
% |
4 |
|
End of period |
|
|
9.4 |
|
|
|
8.0 |
|
|
|
18.21 |
% |
Stressed VaR (10 days 99%) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5 |
|
Maximum |
|
|
76.7 |
|
|
|
50.5 |
|
|
|
51.94 |
% |
6 |
|
Average |
|
|
51.9 |
|
|
|
33.4 |
|
|
|
55.63 |
% |
7 |
|
Minimum |
|
|
33.4 |
|
|
|
17.4 |
|
|
|
91.54 |
% |
8 |
|
End of period |
|
|
73.3 |
|
|
|
37.8 |
|
|
|
94.13 |
% |
Incremental Risk Charge (99.9%) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9 |
|
Maximum |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10 |
|
Average |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11 |
|
Minimum |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12 |
|
End of period |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
∎ TABLE 93. VaR, STRESSED VaR AND IRC BY GEOGRAPHY (MR3)
Millions of Euros
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Spain |
|
2017 |
|
|
2016 |
|
|
Variation |
|
VaR (10 days 99%) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1 |
|
Maximum |
|
|
37.6 |
|
|
|
62.3 |
|
|
|
-39.62 |
% |
2 |
|
Average |
|
|
20.1 |
|
|
|
24.6 |
|
|
|
-18.44 |
% |
3 |
|
Minimum |
|
|
13.0 |
|
|
|
15.4 |
|
|
|
-15.86 |
% |
4 |
|
End of period |
|
|
18.1 |
|
|
|
23.5 |
|
|
|
-23.05 |
% |
Stressed VaR (10 days 99%) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5 |
|
Maximum |
|
|
142.0 |
|
|
|
104.6 |
|
|
|
35.76 |
% |
6 |
|
Average |
|
|
81.2 |
|
|
|
69.4 |
|
|
|
17.07 |
% |
7 |
|
Minimum |
|
|
60.3 |
|
|
|
46.5 |
|
|
|
29.63 |
% |
8 |
|
End of period |
|
|
82.1 |
|
|
|
65.2 |
|
|
|
25.86 |
% |
Incremental Risk Charge (99.9%) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9 |
|
Maximum |
|
|
516.9 |
|
|
|
413.2 |
|
|
|
25.10 |
% |
10 |
|
Average |
|
|
360.5 |
|
|
|
253.3 |
|
|
|
42.35 |
% |
11 |
|
Minimum |
|
|
136.6 |
|
|
|
139.7 |
|
|
|
-2.19 |
% |
12 |
|
End of period |
|
|
136.6 |
|
|
|
301.4 |
|
|
|
-54.67 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Chile |
|
2017 |
|
|
2016 |
|
|
Variation |
|
VaR (10 days 99%) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1 |
|
Maximum |
|
|
15.6 |
|
|
|
11.7 |
|
|
|
33.66 |
% |
2 |
|
Average |
|
|
8.4 |
|
|
|
6.3 |
|
|
|
33.28 |
% |
3 |
|
Minimum |
|
|
4.7 |
|
|
|
2.2 |
|
|
|
109.04 |
% |
4 |
|
End of period |
|
|
12.4 |
|
|
|
6.8 |
|
|
|
81.48 |
% |
Stressed VaR (10 days 99%) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5 |
|
Maximum |
|
|
25.7 |
|
|
|
21.6 |
|
|
|
19.24 |
% |
6 |
|
Average |
|
|
17.3 |
|
|
|
11.5 |
|
|
|
50.31 |
% |
7 |
|
Minimum |
|
|
8.9 |
|
|
|
4.7 |
|
|
|
88.62 |
% |
8 |
|
End of period |
|
|
19.9 |
|
|
|
11.9 |
|
|
|
67.24 |
% |
Incremental Risk Charge (99.9%) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9 |
|
Maximum |
|
|
13.9 |
|
|
|
9.7 |
|
|
|
43.06 |
% |
10 |
|
Average |
|
|
6.4 |
|
|
|
6.2 |
|
|
|
3.11 |
% |
11 |
|
Minimum |
|
|
1.5 |
|
|
|
3.4 |
|
|
|
-54.19 |
% |
12 |
|
End of period |
|
|
1.5 |
|
|
|
0.7 |
|
|
|
107.49 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
176 |
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mexico |
|
2017 |
|
|
2016 |
|
|
Variation |
|
VaR (10 days 99%) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1 |
|
Maximum |
|
|
19.8 |
|
|
|
27.4 |
|
|
|
-27.86 |
% |
2 |
|
Average |
|
|
14.0 |
|
|
|
11.6 |
|
|
|
20.62 |
% |
3 |
|
Minimum |
|
|
8.8 |
|
|
|
7.1 |
|
|
|
23.94 |
% |
4 |
|
End of period |
|
|
17.3 |
|
|
|
18.2 |
|
|
|
-5.31 |
% |
Stressed VaR (10 days 99%) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5 |
|
Maximum |
|
|
38.3 |
|
|
|
36.9 |
|
|
|
3.89 |
% |
6 |
|
Average |
|
|
26.3 |
|
|
|
22.5 |
|
|
|
17.30 |
% |
7 |
|
Minimum |
|
|
14.0 |
|
|
|
15.7 |
|
|
|
-11.24 |
% |
8 |
|
End of period |
|
|
21.5 |
|
|
|
21.4 |
|
|
|
0.44 |
% |
Incremental Risk Charge (99.9%) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9 |
|
Maximum |
|
|
33.7 |
|
|
|
61.8 |
|
|
|
-45.38 |
% |
10 |
|
Average |
|
|
23.0 |
|
|
|
42.1 |
|
|
|
-45.30 |
% |
11 |
|
Minimum |
|
|
7.5 |
|
|
|
17.9 |
|
|
|
-58.22 |
% |
12 |
|
End of period |
|
|
7.5 |
|
|
|
19.8 |
|
|
|
-62.37 |
% |
|
|
|
|
Portugal |
|
2017 |
|
|
2016 |
|
|
Variation |
|
VaR (10 days 99%) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1 |
|
Maximum |
|
|
0.05 |
|
|
|
0.09 |
|
|
|
-40.09 |
% |
2 |
|
Average |
|
|
0.03 |
|
|
|
0.03 |
|
|
|
-1.67 |
% |
3 |
|
Minimum |
|
|
0.01 |
|
|
|
0.01 |
|
|
|
-16.00 |
% |
4 |
|
End of period |
|
|
0.02 |
|
|
|
0.02 |
|
|
|
-11.27 |
% |
Stressed VaR (10 days 99%) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5 |
|
Maximum |
|
|
0.10 |
|
|
|
0.06 |
|
|
|
67.73 |
% |
6 |
|
Average |
|
|
0.04 |
|
|
|
0.03 |
|
|
|
55.47 |
% |
7 |
|
Minimum |
|
|
0.01 |
|
|
|
0.01 |
|
|
|
74.70 |
% |
8 |
|
End of period |
|
|
0.03 |
|
|
|
0.02 |
|
|
|
27.31 |
% |
Incremental Risk Charge (99.9%) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9 |
|
Maximum |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10 |
|
Average |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11 |
|
Minimum |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12 |
|
End of period |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By way of a summary, the Groups average VaR for the trading business in 2017 was 21.5 million euros, despite the
continued high volatility caused by Europes sovereign debt crisis. Also, it could be said that the Groups trading risk profile was low in comparison to other similar financial groups. Dynamic management of risk enables Santander Group to
adopt changes in strategy to unlock opportunities in an uncertain environment.
5.2.2. Stressed VaR
The methodology for calculating stressed VaR is the same as that used to calculate VaR, but with two differences:
|
|
|
Historical window for observing factors: in the stressed VaR calculation a window of 260 data readings is used, instead of the 520 used for computing the ordinary VaR measurement.
|
|
|
|
Unlike the method used for the ordinary VaR calculation, stressed VaR is not obtained as the higher of the uniformly weighted percentile and the exponentially weighted percentile; instead, the uniformly weighted
percentile is used directly. |
All other aspects of the methodology and inputs for calculating the stressed VaR are the same as for the VaR.
When determining the observation period, Methodology has analysed the history of a subset of market risk factors picked on the basis of an expert
analysis of the most significant positions in the books. The scope considered comprises the treasury departments for which there was approval by Banco de España for the use of the internal model at 31 December 2017: Spain, United
Kingdom, Chile, Portugal and Mexico.
The windows currently used to calculate stressed VaR are:
∎ |
TABLE 94. STRESS WINDOW |
|
|
|
|
|
Periodos |
Spain |
|
25/03/2008 - 25/03/2009 |
UK |
|
14/07/2008 - 01/07/2009 |
Chile |
|
25/03/2009 - 07/04/2010 |
Brazil |
|
01/09/2008 - 31/08/2009 |
Mexico |
|
23/09/2008 - 05/10/2009 |
Portugal |
|
17/03/2015 - 17/03/2016 |
These stress windows are regularly reviewed, and a daily check is run on the validity of the window to compare both VaR and
stressed VaR. This check may determine that an analysis is required of the loss and gain vectors used to calculate the VaR values in order to determine the positions and market movement that made VaR exceed stressed VaR over a continuous period of
time.
The aim of the analysis is to identify and attempt to separate the causes of the exceptions into two basic categories:
|
|
|
Market movements: it may be necessary to review the window. |
|
|
|
Significant changes in the composition of the portfolio: in this case an analysis will need to be conducted with the Business department so as to ascertain whether the new positions will be permanent, or if they
are one-off transactions, and thus decide whether the window should be reviewed. |
If the analysis of
the exceptions of percentile VaR with respect to stressed VaR reveals that the current window used to calculate daily VaR covers a period with greater market volatility than the stress window used to calculate stressed VaR, then the stress window
will be reviewed.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures
|
|
177 |
5. MARKET RISK
5.2.3. Incremental Risk Charge
Following the recommendations of the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision and applicable regulations, an additional metric is calculated in relation to the
credit risk inherent in the trading portfolios: the incremental risk charge (IRC).
The IRC is intended to measure both rating migration risk and any
incremental default risk that is not captured by VaR through changes in credit spreads. The IRC metric is calculated, where applicable, for public and private fixed-income bonds, bond derivatives and credit
derivatives.
The method used to calculate the IRC, which is essentially similar to that applied to the credit risk of
non-trading portfolio exposures, is based on the Merton structural model, which dictates that the default event occurs when the assets of a company fall below a certain level of its debts. This internally
developed model comprises direct measurements on the distribution queues of losses caused by the different credit events it contemplates, i.e. default risk and migration of credit quality subject to a confidence interval of 99.9% and a capital
horizon of one year for all positions. The assumed liquidity horizon coincides with the one-year capital horizon, there being no other liquidity horizons of less than one year. The IRC calculation methodology
uses a loss distribution generated via Monte Carlo simulation, using two transition matrices; one for corporate issues and the other for sovereign issues. The transition matrices used in the IRC model are based on the historical probabilities of
transition, published by the rating agencies. These probabilities are processed to remove the Non-rated category and adjusted to include the internally estimated probability of default. This calibration
process is run once a year to incorporate the latest information. The model does not assume the periodical renewal of positions (roll-over); rather a model of constant positions along the one-year capital and
liquidity horizon, which consists of maintaining the same positions along this horizon independently of the maturity of each of them.
It is a corporate
model that incorporates the portfolios from the different regions in which the IRC has been approved to calculate independent IRC figures.
5.2.4.
Stress testing
Various types of stress test scenarios are currently applied:
|
|
VaR scenarios: market variables are simulated within three and six standard deviations either side of the mean. These scenarios help define a portfolios risk profile. |
|
|
Historical scenarios: scenarios are constructed on the basis of relevant historical events and are used to forecast maximum losses that would occur were these events to repeat themselves. |
|
|
Severe crisis scenarios: extreme scenarios based on movements in market variables that have no known historical precedent. |
|
|
Plausible scenarios: another alternative is to conduct the stress test using scenarios based on expectations of future market performance. These expectations are based on scenarios that are not as extreme as the
stressed scenarios. |
When defining the scenarios in which the portfolios are to be tested a distinction is drawn between the
following:
|
|
Global scenarios: affecting all units. These are defined globally and each unit is responsible for calculating the movements of the variables that apply to them. |
|
|
Abrupt crisis: ad hoc scenario with sudden market jolts. Rising interest rate curves, steep drops in stock markets, strong dollar appreciation against all other currencies, spikes in volatility and in lending
spreads. |
|
|
Subprime crisis: historical scenario of the crisis triggered in the market on the heels of the subprime mortgage crisis in the United States. The analysis seeks to capture the impact on results of the liquidity
crunch in the markets. The scenarios will have two different time horizons: 1 day and 10 days. Both scenarios posit plunges in stock markets, interest rate declines in the core markets and increases in emerging markets, and dollar appreciation
against all other currencies. |
|
|
Adverse scenario: this reflects the systemic risks currently considered the greatest threats to banking stability in the European Union. Events occurring in this scenario take account of increases in global bond
yields along with an incremental fall in the creditworthiness of countries with low demand; stagnation of political reforms jeopardising the sustainability of public finances and a lack of the adjustments necessary to maintain reasonable market
funding. |
|
|
Reverse stress test scenarios: those scenarios that can compromise the Banks ongoing viability. Here, the potential vulnerabilities of the business are identified, along with hidden risks and interactions
between the different risk factors. |
These inverse scenarios start from a known stress result (such as non-compliance with certain ratios relating to capital, liquidity or capital adequacy) and from there they identify the extreme scenarios in which the movements of the market variables can cause those events that
compromise the viability of the business.
|
|
Forward-looking scenarios: where the aim is to anticipate possible negative consequences of changes in market variables and come up with options to prevent the ensuing impacts. They help to detect signs of change
in the positioning of portfolios and provide better support for decision-making. |
A consolidated monthly stress test is prepared, under the
supervision of the global market risk committee, with explanations of the main variations in the results for the different scenarios and units. An alert mechanism is also in place, so that when a scenario returns a loss that is high by historical
standards or in terms of the capital consumed by the portfolio in question, the relevant business head is notified.
The stress test is performed by
applying the same methodologies for all sub-portfolios covered by the internal market risk model.
|
|
|
|
|
178 |
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures |
|
|
The table below shows the results as of 31 December 2017, broken down by risk factor (interest rate,
equities, foreign currency, credit spread, commodities and the volatility for each), in a scenario in which volatility equivalent to six standard deviations in a normal distribution is applied. The scenario is defined by taking for each risk factor
the change that produces the highest potential loss in the global portfolio.
∎ |
TABLE 95. STRESS SCENARIO: MAXIMUM VOLATILITY (WORSE CASE) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017 |
|
|
2016 |
|
|
|
Interest rate |
|
|
Equities |
|
|
Foreign currency |
|
|
Credit spread |
|
|
Com- modities |
|
|
Total |
|
|
Interest rate |
|
|
Equities |
|
|
Foreign currency |
|
|
Credit spread |
|
|
Com- modities |
|
|
Total |
|
TOTAL TRADING |
|
|
-32.5 |
|
|
|
-8.7 |
|
|
|
-5.3 |
|
|
|
-18.7 |
|
|
|
0.0 |
|
|
|
-65.2 |
|
|
|
-100.5 |
|
|
|
-3.1 |
|
|
|
-10.3 |
|
|
|
-10.0 |
|
|
|
-0.1 |
|
|
|
-124.0 |
|
Europe |
|
|
-10.3 |
|
|
|
-3.3 |
|
|
|
-1.9 |
|
|
|
-18.2 |
|
|
|
0.0 |
|
|
|
-33.7 |
|
|
|
-14.7 |
|
|
|
-1.2 |
|
|
|
-2.9 |
|
|
|
-9.2 |
|
|
|
-0.1 |
|
|
|
-28.1 |
|
Latin America |
|
|
-21.0 |
|
|
|
-5.4 |
|
|
|
-3.0 |
|
|
|
0.0 |
|
|
|
0.0 |
|
|
|
-29.4 |
|
|
|
-74.8 |
|
|
|
-1.9 |
|
|
|
-6.8 |
|
|
|
0.0 |
|
|
|
0.0 |
|
|
|
-83.5 |
|
USA |
|
|
-0.1 |
|
|
|
0.0 |
|
|
|
-0.3 |
|
|
|
0.0 |
|
|
|
0.0 |
|
|
|
-0.4 |
|
|
|
-7.5 |
|
|
|
0.0 |
|
|
|
-0.5 |
|
|
|
0.0 |
|
|
|
0.0 |
|
|
|
-8.0 |
|
Global Activities |
|
|
-0.1 |
|
|
|
0.0 |
|
|
|
0.0 |
|
|
|
-0.5 |
|
|
|
0.0 |
|
|
|
-0.6 |
|
|
|
-0.1 |
|
|
|
0.0 |
|
|
|
0.0 |
|
|
|
-0.8 |
|
|
|
0.0 |
|
|
|
-0.9 |
|
Asia |
|
|
-1.0 |
|
|
|
0.0 |
|
|
|
-0.1 |
|
|
|
0.0 |
|
|
|
0.0 |
|
|
|
-1.1 |
|
|
|
-3.4 |
|
|
|
0.0 |
|
|
|
-0.1 |
|
|
|
0.0 |
|
|
|
0.0 |
|
|
|
-3.5 |
|
The stress test reveals that the economic loss suffered by Santander Group in its trading portfolios, in terms
of the mark to market (MtM) result, would be, if the stress movements defined in the scenario materialised in the market, 65 million euros. This loss would be concentrated in Europe (in the following order: interest rates, credit spread and
equities) and Latin America (in the following order: interest rates, exchange rates and equities).
5.2.5. Backtesting (MR4)
The general aim of backtesting is to verify the accuracy of the Value at Risk (VaR) calculation model. In other words, whether to accept or reject the model
used to estimate the maximum loss on a portfolio with a given level of confidence, over a certain period of time.
Backtesting is analysed at local level
by the local market risk control units. The market risk consolidation unit is responsible for backtest reporting at consolidated level. It is important to note that the backtesting methodology is applied identically to all the sub-portfolios covered by the internal market risk model.
The backtesting exercise consists of comparing the VaR
forecasts, given a certain confidence level and time horizon, with the actual losses incurred over a time horizon equal to the VaR time horizon.
Three
types of backtesting have been defined:
|
|
|
Clean backtesting: the daily VaR is compared with the results obtained without taking into consideration intraday results or the changes in the positions of the portfolio. This method is used to check the
accuracy of the individual models used for valuing and measuring the risks of various positions.
|
|
|
|
Dirty backtesting: the daily VaR is compared with the net results for the day, including the results of intraday operations and results from fees and commissions. |
|
|
|
Dirty backtesting without mark-ups or fees: the daily VaR is compared with the net results for the day, including the results of intraday operations but excluding those
generated by mark-ups and fees. This seeks to provide an idea of the intraday risk undertaken by the Groups treasury departments. |
In order to calibrate and control the effectiveness of the internal market risk measurement and management systems, Santander Group regularly performed the
required benchmark tests and analyses throughout 2017, with the conclusion that the model was reliable.
Number of exceptions
An exception occurs whenever the losses or gains observed in a day exceed the VaR estimate. The number (or percentage) of exceptions recorded is one of the
most intuitive indicators for establishing a models accuracy.
The confidence level for the VaR calculation is a measure of the number of exceptions
expected to occur in a given time window. For example, if the daily VaR is calculated with a confidence level of 99%, the percentiles of interest are the 1st and the 99th percentiles of the P&L distribution, so we should expect 2% of exceptions
during the days studied (1% due to excess profit and 1% due to excess loss).
If there are significantly more, or fewer, exceptions, this may be (but is
not necessarily) a sign of problems in the VaR model employed. With the observed P&L and estimated VaR data it is possible to construct a hypothesis test to check the validity of the VaR/P&L relationship.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures
|
|
179 |
5. MARKET RISK
Time between exceptions
The confidence level for the VaR is also a measure of the number of days that can be expected to elapse between successive exceptions. For instance, if the
daily VaR is calculated at 99% confidence (1st and 99th percentiles), we may expect a mean time of approximately 50 days between exceptions.
Similarly to
what was explained in relation to the frequency of exceptions, hypothesis-testing can be done based on the time between exceptions as a means of validating the VaR model.
Breadth between exceptions
Whereas the VaR predicts with
a certain probability the risk that is assumed, the average excess (or expected shortfall) is a predictor, for that probability, of the average loss once the VaR has been exceeded. This study should be included when analysing the backtesting report
in order to obtain the size of the potential losses that exceed the VaR level.
Daily VaR/P&L relationship
To validate the VaR model, it is not enough to analyse the number and type of exceptions that occur in a given time frame. Other indicators must be observed in
order to ensure the models consistency. One such indicator is the daily VaR/P&L relationship. This relationship is defined as follows:
|
|
|
The P&L figure, as a percentage of VaR, on all the days on which there are no exceptions (losses or gains). |
|
|
|
Calculation of the arithmetic mean of these figures. |
The percentage should be close to a value determined by
the VaR confidence level, because the higher the chosen confidence level, the higher the VaR estimate (and the smaller the P&L results as a percentage of that estimate).
If the percentage observed is much higher than expected, the risk is being underestimated, and the model should be reviewed. If the observed percentage is
significantly larger than expected, the risk is being underestimated and the model should be reviewed. Conversely, if the percentage is significantly smaller, then the risk is being overestimated and the VaR model should be adjusted. The latter
outcome may be desirable, however, if the aim is to maintain conservative risk estimates.
The following diagram shows the annual backtest at the end of
December 2017 for each unit with internal model approval:
|
|
|
|
|
180 |
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures
|
|
181 |
5. MARKET RISK
|
|
|
|
|
182 |
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures |
|
|
The table below shows the number of exceptions at 31 December 2017 for the units with internal model
approval:
TABLE 96. EXCEPTIONS AT UNITS WITH INTERNAL MODEL
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exceptions |
|
|
Model Status |
|
Spain |
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
Valid |
|
United Kingdom |
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
Valid |
|
Chile |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
Valid |
|
Portugal |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
Valid |
|
Mexico |
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
Valid |
|
The exception in Spain on 19 May was down to movements in the swap curve spread and the depreciation of the Brazilian
real, while the exception of 7 September was down to changes in the rates curves mainly on account of German debt.
The 18 April exception in
the United Kingdom was caused by changes in the interest rate market due to a combination of general elections in the UK, inflation levels and Brexit. The 14 and 22 December exceptions ocurred due to movements in the cross currency curves.
Meanwhile, the exception in Portugal on 19 May was down to movements in the currency market largely relating to the dollar and the Brazilian real.
Valuation adjustments
The fair value of a financial
instrument is calculated using the appropriate valuation model. Valuation adjustments may be needed, however, when no market quotations are available for price comparison purposes.
Sources of risk include uncertain model parameters, illiquid issuers of underlying assets, poor quality market data or unavailable risk factors (sometimes the
best alternative is to use limited models with controllable risk). In such situations, calculating and applying adjustments to the valuation is a common practice in the industry. It is done by Santander to take account of the sources of model risk
described below:
|
|
|
For fixed-income markets, examples of model risk include correlation between fixed-income indices, the absence of modelling of stochastic
basis spreads, calibration risk and modelling volatility. Other sources of risk arise from the estimation of market data. |
|
|
|
In equity markets, examples of model risk include modelling the forward skew and the impact of stochastic interest rates, correlation and multi-curve modelling. |
Risk may also derive from managing hedges of digital payments, callables and barriers. Also relevant are risk sources that arise from the estimation of market
data such as dividends and correlations for quanto options and composites on baskets.
|
|
|
For specific financial instruments pegged to home mortgage loans guaranteed by financial institutions in the United Kingdom (which are regulated and partly financed by the government) and derivatives on underlying
property assets, the Halifax House Price Index (HPI)
|
is the main input. In these cases, the assumptions include estimates regarding the future
growth and volatility of the HPI, the mortality rate and implicit credit spreads.
|
|
|
Inflationary markets are exposed to model risk due to uncertainty regarding modelling of the correlation structure between different inflation rates (consumer price indices). Another source of risk may arise from the bid-offer spread of inflation-linked swaps. |
|
|
|
Currency markets are exposed to model risk in their modelling of forward skew and the impact of modelling stochastic interest rates and correlation for multi-asset instruments. Risk may also arise from market data, due
to the existence of specific illiquid foreign exchange pairs. |
5.2.6. Internal validation of the models
GLOBAL [PFE (REC), CVA, DVA and IRC]
Santander Group
currently uses an advanced model based on Monte Carlo simulations and an analytical model for calculating potential exposure to counterparty credit risk - PFE (REC). In Spain, Mexico and Portugal and at the US subsidiary (Santander New York Branch)
and Santander Bank North America (SBNA), the two models coexist (mixed model), whereas the other units only use the analytical model.
A development and
validation project was approved in 2017 to replace the existing aggregation systems. The project will be deployed from 2018 onward.
With regard to
corporate CVA and DVA models, which take the expected positions of the PFE (REC) models, the recurring validation process currently in progress is due to finish in early 2018.
Meanwhile, the recurring validation process for the model of calculating regulatory capital for issuer risk (Incremental Risk Charge) was completed in April
2017 and various change recommendations on the existing model have been reviewed. These relate to improvements on the way migration losses are calculated and also on the use of regulatory LGDs and enhancing the granularity of the spread matrices
employed.
The objectives of Internal Validation for 2018 will be focused on:
|
|
|
Recurring validation of REC, CVA/DVA metrics. |
|
|
|
Monitoring of the recommendations associated with the models. |
GLOBAL [setting of price of Front XVA]
Work continued throughout 2017 on the process of developing and validating products and improvements to Quantia environment Framework (QeF) for the
construction of the Mark-to-Future bucket. This model is one of the main inputs when calculating valuation adjustments (XVA).
The objectives of Internal Validation for 2018 will focus on validating the metrics of the new aggregation engine to be developed from 2018 onward.
GLOBAL [setting of fixed income prices by Front Office]
In 2017, the Group continued to work on validating market input models (volatility for indices and interest rate curves) and model input models.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures
|
|
183 |
5. MARKET RISK
Further progress was also made in validating the FVAs for Bermuda Swaptions and the validation documentation for
native Murex models was improved.
Last but not least, various improvements and new developments were made to the
in-house models (accreting Bermudas and callable repos) and to the treatment of negative rates on products pegged to different indices.
The objectives of Internal Validation for 2018 will be focused on:
|
|
|
Validating native and in-house models for Murex and new Fair Value Adjustment models and payoffs. |
|
|
|
Validating most sophisticated models for management and valuation adjustments. |
GLOBAL [setting of FX price
by Front Office]
The Group continued its process of validating market inputs models in 2017 and meanwhile the validation documentation for the native
Murex models was improved and the new implementation of local volatility models was validated.
The objectives of Internal Validation for 2018 will be
focused on:
|
|
|
Validating input models and new pay-offs. |
|
|
|
Validating most sophisticated models for management and valuation adjustments. |
GLOBAL [setting of Equity
and Inflation prices by Front Office]
In 2017, the Group continued to work on validating market input models (volatility for indices and single
stocks, dividends, repo rates, inflation volatility curves and surfaces) and model input models.
Improvements were also made to the validation
documentation for the native Murex models.
Last but not least, we have various improvements and new developments in relation to in-house models (quanto options and baskets with an FX component, improvements to products valued using a scholastic volatility model and to self-cancelling products) and the treatment of negative rates on hybrid
interest rate models.
The objectives of Internal Validation for 2018 will be focused on:
|
|
|
Validating new payoffs. |
|
|
|
Validating more sophisticated models for management and valuation adjustments. |
GLOBAL [setting of Risk
price]
In September 2017, work got under way to roll out the remediation plan to adjust pricers for AIRe with a greater level of materiality. This
plan will continue to be implemented in 2018.
Dashboard [VaR and SVaR]
In 2017, work continued on the quarterly validation dashboard for the Market VaR and SVaR models of Spain, UK, Brazil, Mexico, Chile and Portugal. The
dashboard incorporates a number of key indicators used to monitor the quality of models, namely the SVaR/VaR ratio, the number of backtesting exceptions, the degree of consistency of P&L Front - Risks and the publication use test. These
indicators are included in recurring validations, and the early monitoring thereof, constitutes proactive control of models functioning.
SPAIN [VaR and SVaR]
Recurring validation of the VaR and SVaR models for Spain was completed in 2017. The main recommendations are essentially to continue improving the consistency
of the P&Ls for Murex and AIRe while increasing the quality controls for the market data time series.
Further tests were run during this validation
processes. These tests are based on a review of p-values and the validity of VaR re-scaling assumptions.
The Group also completed validation exercises based on hypothetical portfolios intended to identify weaknesses in the models.
It also reviewed a number of proposed changes for improving the VaR and SVaR models. These consist of capturing new cross and higher-order sensitivities for
those portfolios whose VaR is calculated through a Taylor approximation and defining and implementing various models to capture the risks that have yet to be capture (Risks not in Model).
Meanwhile, Santander Group has validated the Fair Value Adjustments (FVA) models for liquidity in equities, along with various specific concentration FVA
models.
The objectives of Internal Validation for 2018 will be focused on:
|
|
|
Validating market data models (curves, surfaces, dividends, etc.). |
|
|
|
Validating new improvements deriving from new regulatory requirements. |
|
|
|
Validating new FVA models. |
CHILE [VaR and SVaR]
In December 2017, the recurring validation of internal VaR and SVaR models was completed for Chile. The main recommendations consist of continuing to improve
MtM and P&L reconciliations, implementing a framework for calculating Risks not in VaR and continuing to improve model documentation, particularly when it comes to the set of risk factors employed in calculating P&L and their inclusion in
the VaR calculation.
The objectives of Internal Validation for 2018 will be focused on:
|
|
|
Validating market data models (curves, surfaces, dividends, etc.). |
|
|
|
Validation of improvements deriving from new regulatory requirements. |
PORTUGAL [VaR and SVaR]
In December 2017, the recurring validation of internal VaR and SVaR models was completed for Portugal. The main recommendations resulting from the process
include the need to continue increasing the level of detail of model documentation, especially in relation to market data proxies.
The objectives of
Internal Validation for 2018 will be focused on:
|
|
|
Validating market data models (curves, surfaces, dividends, etc.). |
|
|
|
Validation of improvements deriving from new regulatory requirements. |
|
|
|
|
|
184 |
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures |
|
|
MEXICO [VaR and SVaR]
In October 2017, the recurring validation of internal VaR and SVaR models was completed for Mexico. The main recommendations resulting from the process include
the need to continue increasing the level of detail of model documentation, especially in relation to market data proxies, while also increasing quality controls for market data time series.
The objectives of Internal Validation for 2018 will be focused on:
|
|
|
Validating market data models (curves, surfaces, dividends, etc.). |
|
|
|
Validation of improvements deriving from new regulatory requirements. |
UNITED KINGDOM [VaR, SVaR and RNIV]
The recurring validation of the VaR and SVaR models and of the Risk not in VaR (RNIV) at Santander UK is due to be completed in early 2018.
The objectives of Internal Validation for 2018 will be focused on:
|
|
|
Validating market data models (curves, surfaces, dividends, etc.). |
|
|
|
Validation of improvements deriving from new regulatory requirements. |
5.3. Structural market risk
Structural risk is defined as risk caused by management of different balance sheet items. This risk includes both losses from price changes affecting available-for-sale and held-to-maturity portfolios (banking book), and losses arising from
management of assets and liabilities carried at amortised cost of Santander Group.
Specifically, structural risk measures the probability of losses in
different balance sheet figures deriving from a change in the levels of different market variables, specifically interest exchange rates.
The principles
governing the control of structural risk at Santander Group are as follows:
|
|
|
Autonomy in management, whereby each entity autonomously manages its balance sheet structure and its capital. |
|
|
|
Control and supervision, which means control and oversight mechanisms of risks must exist. |
|
|
|
Using like-for-like and aggregatable metrics. |
|
|
|
Using like-for-like and documented methodologies. |
|
|
|
Setting and limits and ensuring these are can adjusted accordingly. |
|
|
|
Consolidating information for adequate management of the Groups structural risks. |
|
|
|
Adjusting to the global regulatory environment. |
5.4. Equity investments and capital instruments not included in the trading book
This section provides definitions of investments in associates and
available-for-sale equity instruments, as well as the associated accounting policies and measurement methods. Information is also provided on the amounts of those equity
instruments not included in the trading portfolio.
Investments in associates are those stakes affording Santander Group significant influence, but not
control or joint control. This capacity is usually observed with 20% or more of the voting power at the investee.
Equity instruments classified as
available for sale are equity instruments issued by entities other than subsidiaries, associates and jointly controlled entities, provided those instruments have not been classified as financial assets/liabilities held for trading or other financial
assets at fair value through profit or loss.
Investments in associates are recognised at cost and are periodically tested for impairment.
Equity instruments classified as available-for-sale assets are measured and
recorded at fair value, with changes in fair value being recognised in equity under valuation adjustments, unless there is evidence of impairment, in which case the impairment loss would be recognised in the income statement.
Equity instruments whose fair value cannot be reliably measured are carried at acquisition cost, less any impairment losses.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures
|
|
185 |
5. MARKET RISK
∎ |
TABLE 97. AVAILABLE-FOR-SALE CAPITAL INSTRUMENTS |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
31 Dec. 2017 |
|
|
|
Carrying value |
|
|
Fair value |
|
|
Valuation adjustement |
|
Quoted |
|
|
1,890 |
|
|
|
1,890 |
|
|
|
829 |
|
Investment funds |
|
|
815 |
|
|
|
815 |
|
|
|
57 |
|
Unquoted |
|
|
1,541 |
|
|
|
330 |
|
|
|
122 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TOTAL |
|
|
4,246 |
|
|
|
3,035 |
|
|
|
1,008 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For more information about the available for sale capital instruments portfolio, please consult notes 2.d.iii
and 8 in the 2017 Auditors Report and Annual Accounts.
∎ |
TABLE 98. AVAILABLE-FOR-SALE EQUITY INSTRUMENTS. CONSOLIDATED GROSS VALUATION ADJUSTMENTS |
|
|
|
|
|
Prior-year balance |
|
|
1,511 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revaluation gains and losses |
|
|
-365 |
|
Amounts transferred to income: |
|
|
-138 |
|
Of which, from sales |
|
|
-156 |
|
Of which, from impairment |
|
|
18 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current-year balance |
|
|
1,008 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
For more information about the available for sale capital instruments portfolio, please consult note 29.d in the 2017
Auditors Report and Annual Accounts.
With respect to holdings accounted for using the equity method at year-end 2017,
the amounts for associates and jointly controlled entities were EUR 4,537 million and EUR 289 million respectively.
There are also investments
in Group entities totalling EUR 1,816 million which in the public perimeter are accounted for using the full consolidation method.
The Group tests
these investments for impairment on a regular basis. No evidence of significant impairment was found in 2017.
|
|
|
|
|
186 |
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures
|
|
187 |
6 OPERATIONAL RISK
6. Operational risk
6.1 Definition and objectives
The Groups objective when it comes to controlling and managing operational risk is to identify, measure/assess, monitor, control, mitigate and
communicate the risk. Santander Group expressly recognises that while a certain volume of expected operational losses may indeed arise, unexpected severe losses as the result of failures in business controls are unacceptable.
The following progress was made in 2017 on the path towards these objectives: improvements to the operational risk control and management model as we migrate
towards advanced models with the roll-out of the AORM programme (Advanced Operational Risk Management) and a management technology tool (Heracles); integrated implementation across the entire organisation of
the new risk control and self-assessment process to better appraise and manage the mitigation of operational risks via the initial lines of defence; use of internal operational risk models for economic capital and risk appetite; better monitoring of
the Groups main risks using new appetite metrics (e.g. unauthorised trading) and a system cascading down to business units; and implementation of the advanced cyber-risk function and application of new mitigation measures.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures
|
|
189 |
7 OTHER RISKS AND INTERNAL CONTROL 7.1. Liquidity risk and funding 191 7.2. Compliance and conduct risk 193 7.3. Capital risk 194 7.4.
Santander Groups 194 internal control model 7.4.1. Description of Santander 194 Groups internal control model 7.4.2. Documentation and updating 195 7.4.3. Assessment and integration in 196 management
7. Other risks and internal control
7.1. Liquidity risk and funding
Liquidity risk entails the potential losses that may be incurred by an entity as a result of its inability to secure funding on the market and/or the higher
borrowing costs of new sources of finance.
The aim of liquidity risk management is to guarantee that funds shall be available at the right time and cost
to enable the entity to meet obligations and carry out its operations.
Risk profile:
|
|
|
Management of liquidity and funding is an essential component of business strategy. |
|
|
|
The liquidity and funding model is decentralised, and is based on autonomous subsidiaries responsible for covering their own liquidity needs. |
|
|
|
Needs arising from business activity in the medium/long term must be funded by medium-term and long-term instruments. |
|
|
|
A large proportion of customer deposits from an essentially retail banking balance sheet. |
|
|
|
Diversification of sources of wholesale funding in terms of instruments/investors, markets/currencies and timelines. |
|
|
|
Limited calls on short-term wholesale funding. |
|
|
|
Availability of a sufficient liquidity reserve, including a discount capacity with central banks to be used in adverse situations. |
For information on unencumbered assets (article 443 of the CRR), please see chapter 4 > Consolidated Financial Report > Liquidity and Funding Risk
Management, on the 2017 Annual Report.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures
|
|
191 |
7. OTHER RISKS AND INTERNAL CONTROL
The table below shows quantitative information of LCR which complements Article 435(1)(f) of Regulation (EU) No
575/2013:
∎ TABLE 99. LCR DISCLOSURE TEMPLATE*
Millions of Euros
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total unweighted value |
|
|
Total weighted value |
|
Quarter ending on
(31-12-2017) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of data points used in the calculation of averages |
|
|
12 |
|
|
|
12 |
|
High-quality liquid assets |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1 |
|
Total high-quality liquid assets (HQLA) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
183,745 |
|
Cash outflows |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2 |
|
Retail deposits and deposits from small business customers, of which: |
|
|
431,521 |
|
|
|
30,856 |
|
3 |
|
Stable deposits |
|
|
291,603 |
|
|
|
14,573 |
|
4 |
|
Less stable deposits |
|
|
139,855 |
|
|
|
16,221 |
|
5 |
|
Unsecured wholesale funding |
|
|
186 |
|
|
|
87 |
|
6 |
|
Operational deposits (all counterparties) and deposits in networks of cooperative banks |
|
|
51,072 |
|
|
|
11,958 |
|
7 |
|
Non-operational deposits (all counterparties) |
|
|
128,452 |
|
|
|
68,292 |
|
8 |
|
Unsecured debt |
|
|
6,412 |
|
|
|
6,412 |
|
9 |
|
Secured wholesale funding |
|
|
|
|
|
|
7,200 |
|
10 |
|
Additional requirements |
|
|
160 |
|
|
|
36 |
|
11 |
|
Outflows related to derivative exposures and other collateral requirements |
|
|
20,837 |
|
|
|
19,428 |
|
12 |
|
Outflows related to loss of funding on debt products |
|
|
1,193 |
|
|
|
1,193 |
|
13 |
|
Credit and liquidity facilities |
|
|
137,534 |
|
|
|
15,276 |
|
14 |
|
Other contractual funding obligations |
|
|
7,303 |
|
|
|
6,675 |
|
15 |
|
Other contingent funding obligations |
|
|
72,831 |
|
|
|
6,016 |
|
16 |
|
TOTAL CASH OUTFLOWS |
|
|
|
|
|
|
51 |
|
Cash inflows |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
17 |
|
Secured lending (eg reverse repos) |
|
|
53,750 |
|
|
|
2,710 |
|
18 |
|
Inflows from fully performing exposures |
|
|
47,861 |
|
|
|
30,902 |
|
19 |
|
Other cash inflows |
|
|
11,920 |
|
|
|
10,239 |
|
EU-19a |
|
(Difference between total weighted inflows and total weighted outflows arising from transactions in third countries where there are transfer restrictions or which are denominated in
non-convertible currencies) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
EU-19b |
|
(Excess inflows from a related specialised credit institution) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
20 |
|
TOTAL CASH INFLOWS |
|
|
114 |
|
|
|
44 |
|
EU-20a |
|
Fully exempt inflows |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
EU-20b |
|
Inflows Subject to 90% Cap |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
EU-20c |
|
Inflows Subject to 75% Cap |
|
|
99,089 |
|
|
|
43,851 |
|
21 |
|
Liquidity buffer |
|
|
|
|
|
|
183,745 |
|
22 |
|
Total net cash outflows |
|
|
|
|
|
|
129,455 |
|
23 |
|
Liquidity coverage ratio (%) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
142 |
% |
* |
Information calculated as the consolidated LCR simple averages of month-end observations over the twelve months of 2017. |
A description of the degree of centralisation of liquidity management and interaction between the
groups units: The Group has adopted a decentralised financing model through a structure of autonomous subsidiaries that are self-sufficient when it comes to liquidity. Each subsidiary is responsible for covering the liquidity needs arising
from its current and future business, either through deposits captured from its customers in its area of influence or through recourse to the wholesale markets in which it operates, within a framework of management and supervision coordinated at
Group level. Therefore, each subsidiary manages and monitors its
own LCR ratio, ensuring that it remains at all times within the limits specifically established for that
subsidiary. These individual limits are more stringent than regulatory requirements and are reflected in the risk appetite of each subsidiary.
This
financing model has proven itself to be highly effective during times of high market stress, since it effectively prevents problems at one division from impacting the borrowing capacity of other areas and therefore of the Group as a whole; this
being a definite threat in the case of centralised financing models.
|
|
|
|
|
192 |
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures |
|
|
The LCR ratio shown here is essentially the sum of the individual ratios at each Group unit, stripping out any one-off intra-group transactions.
Concentration of funding and liquidity sources:
To ensure sound liquidity management, the Group seeks to diversify its sources of wholesale financing, meaning diversification by instrument, investor, market,
currency and terms. The Groups model relies on its presence in major markets, affording it a large degree of diversification. Since most Group units are commercially-oriented, they obtain a large part of their funding from deposits secured
from retail customers, which are inherently more stable than wholesale sources of funding.
In view of all these considerations, there is no significant
risk of concentration of funding. Even so, the Group is continuing to implement metrics and limits to control any concentration of funding sources.
Derivative exposures and potential collateral calls:
Most transactions with derivatives carried out by Group entities are subject to collateral contracts covering the market value of those transactions. Group
units include liquidity risk involving the impact of an adverse market scenario leading to changes in the market values of those derivatives and therefore generating additional liquidity needs due to the need to post collateral in their
LCR ratio using the historical look-back approach, in which the most significant net change in 30 days over the preceding 24 months is calculated and then added as further liquidity needs.
Currency mismatch in the LCR:
Santander Group prepares
its consolidated LCR ratio for each of its significant currencies, which reflect the regions in which the Groups different units operate: US dollar (USD), pound sterling (GBP), Brazilian real (BRL), Mexican peso (MXN) and Chilean peso (CLP).
Individually, each of the entities draws up its own LCR ratio for its significant currency. The main risk here comes from the positions held in Latin American countries, where the local currencies are not directly convertible. Therefore, the
positions held in foreign currency are monitored closely; a process that includes currency-specific stress scenarios.
Other items in the LCR
calculation that are not captured in the LCR disclosure template but that the institution considers relevant for its liquidity profile:
Santander
Groups consolidated ratio is largely shaped by the individual ratios of its three main units: Santander Parent, Santander UK and Santander Brazil. These units acquire most of their funding from retail deposits, which are much more stable
liabilities that generate potentially fewer outflows from the LCR ratio. Most cash outflows from the LCR ratio stem from wholesale funding, which is considerably more unstable, although the Group typically minimises and diversifies the maturities.
Meanwhile, the Group has a high quality stock of liquid assets; approximately 90% on average of its assets under the LCR numerator are Tier 1. This is because the units asset portfolios mainly comprise the public debt of the
countries in which the Group operates or countries with a good credit rating.
7.2. Compliance and conduct risk
According to the configuration of lines of defence at Santander Group, especially within the compliance and conduct function, primary responsibility for
management of this functions risks lies with the first line of defence, jointly with the business units that directly originate those risks and the compliance and conduct function. The function is managed by allocating compliance activities or
tasks to this first line of defence, or is carried out directly by compliance and conduct. The compliance and conduct function comprises all matters related to regulatory compliance, anti-money laundering and counter-terrorist financing, product
governance and consumer protection, as well as reputational risk.
The compliance function fosters adherence by Santander Group to rules, supervisory
requirements and principles and values of good conduct by setting standards, discussing, advising and reporting in the interests of employees, customers, shareholders and the wider community.
Santander Groups risk appetite in this area essentially takes the form of a statement of zero appetite for risks of this type, with the clear objective
of minimising any economic, regulatory or reputational impact on Santander Group. To this end, units are systematically monitored through a common methodology that establishes a number of compliance risk indicators and assessment matrices that are
prepared for each local unit. With this objective in mind, the risk appetite was developed and implemented across the Group units within the established perimeter. The annual process of preparing the risk appetite was completed in late 2017 with the
aim of verifying that the current model is fit for measuring the functions risk appetite. Here, the corporate thresholds for certain indicators were lowered so as to provide a truer view and to show proper alignment with the functions
strategy and risk tolerance. These adjustments were approved by the relevant committees and passed on to the units concerned .
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures
|
|
193 |
7. OTHER RISKS AND INTERNAL CONTROL
7.3 Capital risk
Capital risk means the risk of Santander Group not having a sufficient quantity or quality of capital to fulfil its internal business targets, regulatory
requirements, or market expectations.
As the second line of defence, the capital risk function controls and supervises first line activities mainly
through the following processes:
|
|
|
Supervision of capital planning and adequacy for all component elements (balance sheet, income statement, risk-weighted assets and available capital). |
|
|
|
Continuous supervision of capital measurements at Santander Group. |
The function aims to provide complete and
regular monitoring of capital risk by verifying that capital coverage and adequacy reflect the risk profile of Santander Group.
Capital risk control
revolves around the capital management model in place at Santander Group, which brings together different processes such as capital planning and adequacy and the resulting implementation and monitoring of the budget, along with the continuous
measurement of capital and reporting and disclosure of information on capital, as shown below:
7.4. Santander Groups internal control model
7.4.1. Description of Santander Groups internal control model
Santander Groups internal control model (ICM) comprises processes and procedures by senior management and the rest of the Groups employees to
provide reasonable assurance that the goals set by Santander Group, including goals regarding control of corporate strategy, effectiveness and efficiency of operations, reliability of financial reporting and compliance with applicable laws and
regulations, are actually met.
Santander Groups ICM complies with all legal and regulatory requirements and is in accordance with the guidelines
set by the Committee of Sponsoring Organisations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) on its last Framework published in 2013 (Internal Control Integrated Framework) and the Framework for Internal Control Systems in Banking Organisations issued by the
Bank for International Settlements (BIS) in Basel.
The Groups internal control model is based on the following principles:
1. Culture of senior management control and supervision. This culture is embodied in the following aspects:
|
|
|
The board of directors takes ultimate responsibility for ensuring that an adequate and effective internal control system is in place and is kept up to date. |
|
|
|
Senior management is responsible for establishing appropriate internal control policies, and ensuring they are put into effect and monitored. |
|
|
|
The board of directors and senior management are responsible for making all levels of the organisation aware of the importance of internal control. All employees of the organisation involved in internal control
processes must have clearly defined responsibilities. |
2. Identification and assessment of the control environment. The Groups
internal control system ensures that all the necessary controls to achieve objectives are properly identified and assessed, and that new controls are assessed on a continuous basis.
3. Establishment of adequate controls and separation of functions. A clear structure of control and allocation of responsibilities has been
established and control functions are an intrinsic part of the organisations business and support activities, ensuring sufficient separation of functions to avoid any conflict of responsibilities.
4. Reporting and communication. The Groups procedures and systems ensure accurate and comprehensible reporting and communication.
5. Monitoring of the control system. In addition to the continuous review of business and operations, control activities undergo regular
assessments, the conclusions of which are reported to senior management and the board, along with any matters for special monitoring.
Proper
documentation of the Groups ICM is a vital component for achieving these objectives. To that end, those responsible for the
|
|
|
|
|
194 |
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures |
|
|
organisational structure use a standard methodology to describe their processes through documentation on tasks
and controls.
Controls that must be documented in the ICM are identified on the basis of senior managements knowledge and understanding of the
business and operational processes, taking into account both criteria of proportions and also qualitative criteria relating to the nature, complexity or actual structure of the business.
Santander Group has a catalogue of theoretical controls in order to guarantee the sufficiency and completeness of the internal controls established by the
different functions involved in relation to the Groups control model.
7.4.2. Documentation and updating
The following are some of the main features of Santander Groups ICM documentation:
|
|
|
The documentation of the corporate model involves every member of the organisation with control responsibilities, through a framework of direct responsibilities that are individually assigned. |
|
|
|
Internal control is a decentralised process and is therefore managed at the Groups various units. A corporate unit also coordinates all Group units and provides general criteria and guidelines for standardising
documentation of procedures, tests for assessing controls, classification criteria for potential deficiencies and regulatory adaptations. |
|
|
|
The documented model is broad and therefore includes not only activities related to the generation of consolidated financial reporting, but also any other procedures carried out in the business and support areas of each
entity which, while they may have no direct impact on accounting, could nevertheless give rise to losses or risks in the event of incidents, errors, infringements of regulations and/or fraud. |
|
|
|
The ICM is a forward-looking model and evolves by adapting to the reality of the Groups business and support activities at any given time, clearly identifying any risks that might prevent the achievement of goals
and the controls that mitigate such risks. |
|
|
|
It includes detailed descriptions of transactions, criteria for assessing the functioning of controls and the conclusions of an assessment of their functioning. |
All the ICM documentation at each Group company is stored in a corporate computer application. This application allows processes, risks and controls to be
consulted and updated by users in real time, and reviewed by external auditors or supervisory bodies. It also serves as a support tool for the internal control model assessment and certification process, automatically ensuring the models
integrity.
The chart below shows documentation and responsibilities within the Groups internal control model:
∎ |
SANTANDER GROUPS INTERNAL CONTROL MODEL STRUCTURE |
Keeping descriptions of processes (tasks and controls) and identifying the persons responsible for them up to
date is a key aspect of Santander Groups ICM.
In 2017 Santander Groups ICM documentation evolved to meet the new regulatory requirements
affecting banks procedures and to reflect the changes in the organisation, including changes to the businesses and operational processes and changes to the Groups organisational and corporate structure.
The ICM is not only documented and updated at the business units; it is also key to identifying, documenting and assessing the risks
and controls associated with operational processes outsourced to Santander Group companies.
ICM documentation and its assessment process support compliance with certain regulatory measures such as SOx, Fatca, the Criminal Liability of Legal Entities,
Dodd-Frank or Volcker, among others.
Ultimately, the ICM is examined by the Groups auditor, who reports to the audit committee and issues an
opinion on the effectiveness of the internal controls applied to the generation of financial reporting in the consolidated financial statements of Santander Group as of 31 December 2017.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures
|
|
195 |
7. OTHER RISKS AND INTERNAL CONTROL
The corporate scope of Santander Groups ICM also imposes an obligation to constantly ensure that those
involved in the ICM at all levels of the organisation are kept up to date, coordinated and trained as appropriate. The corporate coordination team organises online and classroom training activities and keeps the methodology up to date, and sends
proper instructions to Group entities.
7.4.3. Assessment and integration in management Santander Group has an assessment and certification process
for reviewing the performance of the ICM and the effectiveness of the established controls, processes and activities. This process starts with an assessment of the control activities by those responsible for them. Based on the conclusions of this
first assessment, the various sub-processes, processes and activities related to the generation of financial information are certified. Once all these certifications have been analysed, the CEO, CFO and
Controller certify the effectiveness of the ICM as a whole.
In 2017, the Group worked to integrate the operational risk control and
self-assessment (RCSA) with the process for assessing and certifying the control model. Combining both processes makes the exercise more efficient, consistent and robust and enables the certification process to be brought fully within the
Groups risk management.
The annual exercise identifies and assesses the criticality of the risks and the effectiveness of the controls in place
across Santander Group.
Moreover, the system that supports the integrated risk control and self-assessment exercise also integrates relevant information
from other instruments used to manage operational risk: loss events and the readings of indicators tracked by the specialised first and second lines of defence functions.
|
|
|
|
|
196 |
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures
|
|
197 |
8 REMUNERATION POLICIES 8.1. Relevant information contained 199 in other documents 8.2. Remuneration policy applicable 199 to categories
of staff that may have a significant impact on the risk profile of Santander Group 8.3. Main characteristics of the 200 criteria for identifying categories of staff that may have a material impact on the risk profile of Santander Group 8.4. Specific
features of the 201 remuneration policy applicable to Identified Staff members 8.5. Application of the remuneration 202 policy for the Identified Staff in 2017 8.6. Total remuneration of the 203 Identified Staff in 2017 8.7. Remuneration policy for
2018 206 and following years
8. Remuneration policies
8.1. Relevant information contained in other documents
The 2017 remuneration committee report, which is published alongside the notice of the 2018 General Shareholders Meeting, describes:
|
|
|
The functions of the committee regarding the remuneration of directors, members of senior management and other executives whose work could have a significant impact on the Groups risk profile. |
|
|
|
The composition of the committee, directors attendance at meetings, the involvement of board members on other committees, the approximate time dedicated to each function and how the committee operates.
|
|
|
|
The remuneration policy for both executive and non-executive board members and the corporate governance principles regulating the subject of remuneration. |
|
|
|
The 2017 remuneration policy for directors and senior management, focusing especially on variable remuneration and how it was applied in the year. |
The board of directors is responsible for approving director and senior management remuneration, as well as the core payment terms of other executives or
employees who, while not belonging to senior management, take on risks, carry out control functions (i.e. internal audit, risk management and compliance) or who receive global remuneration that places them in the same remuneration bracket as senior
management and employees who take on risk and whose professional activities may have a significant impact on the Groups risk profile (all of these together with the senior management and the Companys board of directors comprise the so-called Identified Staff).
Furthermore, the committee report also includes the following Pillar 3
significant information:
|
|
|
The decision making process for setting the remuneration policy of directors, senior managers and the core elements of the remuneration of the identified staff. |
|
|
|
The basic features of the different compensation policies.
|
|
|
|
Information on the criteria applied for assessing the metrics that determine director and senior management variable remuneration and their adjustment according to risk, as well as the results of director metrics.
|
|
|
|
The deferral policy and other conditions linked to the payment of variable remuneration, including the application of malus and clawback provisions. |
8.2. Remuneration policy applicable to categories of staff that may have a significant impact on the risk profile of
Santander Group
Santander Group has specific guidelines in its remuneration policy in regard to those professionals qualified as material risk
takers. These guidelines contain:
|
|
|
The principles and criteria that determine which people have a material impact on the Groups risk profile, based on Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 604/2014 of 4 March 20141 , as indicated below.
|
|
|
|
The specifics that modify the general remuneration policy for its application to this staff, taking into account all applicable rules and European Banking Authority (EBA) guidelines are described below.
|
|
|
|
The general mandate to apply the Groups general remuneration policy, as adapted in each case so as to comply with local regulatory requirements and recommendations issued by supervisory bodies. |
The remuneration of the identified staff in 2017 is in line with the criteria set out in the Groups remuneration policy.
Note 1: The Identified Staff have
been defined in accordance with Spanish Law 10/2014, of 26 June, on the regulation, supervision and solvency of credit institutions, (Law 10/2014), which transposed into Spanish law Directive 2013/36/EU of the European Parliament and of the
Council of 26 June 2013, on access to the activity of credit institutions and the prudential supervision of credit institutions and investment firms (Directive CRD IV). Article 32.1 of Law 10/2014 defines this group as consisting of those
staff members whose professional activities have a significant impact on the risk profile of the institution, its group, parent company or subsidiaries (Identified Staff). That definition derives from article 92(2) of Directive CRD IV
and has been implemented by Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 604/2014 supplementing Directive 2013/36/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council with regard to regulatory technical standards with respect to qualitative and appropriate
quantitative criteria to identify categories of staff whose professional activities have a material impact on an institutions risk profile (the Delegated Regulation).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures
|
|
199 |
8. REMUNERATION POLICIES
8.3. Main characteristics of the criteria for identifying categories of staff that may have a material impact
on the risk profile of Santander Group
The identified members of the firm have been defined according to the provisions of Law 10/2014, of 26 June, on
the restructuring, supervision and solvency of credit institutions, (Law 10/2014 or LOSS), transposing into Spanish law the text of Directive 2013/36/EU of the European Parliament and Council of 26 June 2013 on access to the activity of credit
institutions and the prudential supervision of credit institutions and investment firms (CRD IV).
In accordance with that established in the LOSS,
professionals that may have a material impact on the banks risk profile will be deemed to include senior management, employees that assume risks, employees that exercise control functions, and all employees that receive global remuneration
that includes them in the same remuneration bracket as senior management and employees that assume risks. In addition to the previous definition, European legislation, through the publication of Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 604/2014, of
4 March, supplementing CRD IV with regard to regulatory technical standards with respect to qualitative and appropriate quantitative criteria to identify categories of staff whose professional activities have a material impact on an
institutions risk profile (hereinafter, Delegated Regulation 604/2014), has established a closed list of specific criteria that entities must take into consideration in the identification process.
The Group has implemented the quantitative and qualitative criteria provided in the regulation in order to determine the members of the identified staff and
has further supplemented these criteria with additional internal criteria. The following persons generally qualify as identified staff based on this set of criteria:
|
|
|
Based on qualitative criteria, staff members who work at a material business unit, such as: |
|
|
|
Members of management, executive or supervisory committees. |
|
|
|
The first line of the unit. |
|
|
|
Heads of material business sub-units in that country or business. |
|
|
|
Heads of risk, audit and compliance and their direct superiors. |
|
|
|
Heads of legal or tax advisory services, audit, budget, human resources, compensation and technology and operations.
|
|
|
|
Members of senior risk committees, executives with powers to approve risk proposals and those responsible for making significant risk proposals. |
|
|
|
Traders authorised to take substantial positions in market risk. |
|
|
|
Members of the new products committee. |
|
|
|
By quantitative criteria: |
|
|
|
Executives receiving total remuneration of over 500 thousand euros in 2017. |
|
|
|
Executives whose remuneration falls within the top 0.3% band at the Group or in their country. |
|
|
|
Executives who in the past year earned more than the member of the identified staff collective who earned the least remuneration, factoring in the business positions identified in the qualitative criteria.
|
|
|
|
Based on internal criteria: |
|
|
|
Executives with significant responsibility for representing the Group at non-material units. |
|
|
|
Executives with a given level of credit or market risk responsibility at certain non-material units. |
Additional criteria has also been defined in order to identify and classify the units at which the above criteria is applied. These criteria are based on
simple and widely recognised parameters, such as capital and gross income, and refiect the relative importance of each identified unit that has an impact on the risk profile of Santander Group.
Current legislation, best practices and market trends are taken into account when defining the proportionality standards. These apply to both the relative
importance of the units, as well as the different degrees of responsibility of the positions occupied by the individuals, and facilitate its implementation.
According to it, the identified staff comprised 1,255 executives across Santander Group at year-end 2017, accounting for approximately 0.62% of total staff.
|
|
|
|
|
200 |
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures |
|
|
8.4. Specific features of the remuneration policy applicable to Identified Staff members
In general:
|
|
|
Fixed remuneration must represent a significant proportion of total compensation. |
|
|
|
In no event may variable remuneration exceed 200% of fixed remuneration, or 100% of fixed remuneration at independent control units. |
Variable remuneration will typically comprise:
|
|
|
An incentive to be received partly in cash and partly in shares or other eligible financial instruments. Payment of this incentive is deferred for a period of three to five years (up to seven years in the United
Kingdom). |
|
|
|
Performance measurement elements in line with the strategy and long-term interests of shareholders. These elements, which are both short term and, for certain categories, long term oriented, take into consideration
quantitative and qualitative criteria that reflect the entitys results, return, capital performance, conduct in respect of customers and quality of the services provided thereto, risk management and compliance with legislation.
|
|
|
|
Malus and clawback clauses, which are triggered in situations in which there is poor financial performance of either, the bank as a whole, a specific division or area thereof, or the exposure generated. Following
factors should, at least, be taken into account: |
|
(i) |
Significant failures in risk management by the bank, or by a business or risk control unit. |
|
(ii) |
An increase in capital requirements at the bank or one of its business units not planned at the time that exposure was generated. |
|
(iii) |
Regulatory penalties or legal convictions for events that might be attributable to the unit or staff responsible for them. Likewise, failure to comply with the Banks internal codes of conduct. |
|
(iv) |
Improper conduct, whether individual or collective. Negative effects deriving from the marketing of unsuitable products and the liability of persons or bodies making such decisions will be considered especially
significant. |
|
|
|
Ban on hedging deferred or retained shares or instruments and on transferring these in the twelve months following their delivery.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures
|
|
201 |
8. REMUNERATION POLICIES
8.5. Application of the remuneration policy for the Identified Staff in 2017
The total remuneration package for positions involving control functions must be competitive within the market in order to attract sufficiently qualified and
experienced employees to the position. The individual objectives of these positions must be pegged solely to the performance of the control function rather than business results. Performance of the control function must be assessed by staff members
who are independent of the supervised business units.
The remuneration policy and the essential remuneration conditions of the individuals who belong to
the Identified Staff have been approved by the Groups board of directors on a proposal from the remuneration committee. The human resources function, jointly with the risk and
compliance functions of each Group company, have duly confirmed that this policy and their remuneration
practices comply with applicable law and regulations. The board risk committee supervises the remuneration policy and large-impact remuneration schemes so as to ensure that they are suitably aligned with risk management.
With regard to variable remuneration, the essential elements include:
|
|
Metrics for determining the variable remuneration of the senior management and other top executives. These metrics are also used to determine the variable remuneration of other members of the Identified Staff and are
described in section 3 of the report of the remuneration committee. |
|
|
Deferral percentages and periods for the Identified Staff based on their category: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Percentage paid immediately |
|
|
Deferred percentage |
|
|
Deferral period * |
|
Executive directors and members of the material risk takers group with total variable
remuneration of ³ 2.7 million Euros.(**) |
|
|
40 |
% |
|
|
60 |
% |
|
|
5 years |
|
Executive vice-presidents and country heads of countries accounting for at least 1% of the
Groups economic capital and other members of the material risk takers with total variable remuneration of over ³ 1.7 million Euros (< 2.7 million Euros). (**) |
|
|
50 |
% |
|
|
50 |
% |
|
|
5 years |
|
Other members belonging to the material risk takers |
|
|
60 |
% |
|
|
40 |
% |
|
|
3 years |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* |
Up to 7 years in certain jurisdictions. |
|
|
|
Pegging a part of the deferred amounts to fulfilment of multi-year objectives for executive directors, senior management and other executives based on their category. These metrics are described in section 2.3 of the
report of the remuneration committee. |
|
|
|
The suitability of financial instruments used for the portion of deferred remuneration in financial instruments: use of shares in Banco Santander S.A. or in any of its listed subsidiaries (such as Brazil, Chile, Mexico
and Santander Consumer USA) or equivalent instruments (Poland); as well as the ratio between different instruments. |
|
|
|
Defining the events that might trigger the application of malus and clawback provisions on the variable remuneration accruing in 2017. These events, which apply to all members of the Identified Staff, are described
above in this chapter. |
|
|
|
No discount is applied to deferred variable remuneration when calculating the ratio of variable to fixed components.
|
In addition to the general scheme of variable remuneration metrics, Global Corporate Banking (GCB) follows a
model that is widely applied across all regions in which the division operates. The model provides remuneration for achieving results using a partial pay-out system, pegging variable remuneration to the
divisions ordinary net profit, including provisions and other assimilated costs, as well as the previously established budgetary objectives. The model includes the same categories of metrics including capital, risks and customers
as those used for the senior management, although they may be adapted accordingly to the needs and requirements of the individual business.
|
|
|
|
|
202 |
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures |
|
|
8.6. Total remuneration of the Identified Staff in 2017
The following table shows the total remuneration of the Identified Staff in 2017:
∎ |
TABLE 100. TOTAL REMUNERATION |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017 |
|
|
2016 |
|
Identified staff |
|
Admin. Executives |
|
|
Other senior managers5 |
|
Rest of staff6 |
|
Total |
|
|
Admin. Executives |
|
Other senior managers5 |
|
Rest of staff6 |
|
Total |
|
Number of persons |
|
|
4 |
|
|
19 |
|
1,232 |
|
|
1,255 |
|
|
4 |
|
18 |
|
1,108 |
|
|
1,130 |
|
Total fixed remuneration1 |
|
|
14,923 |
|
|
36,222 |
|
408,761 |
|
|
459,907 |
|
|
14,661 |
|
32,503 |
|
357,112 |
|
|
404,276 |
|
Total remuneration2;3 |
|
|
16,495 |
|
|
34,084 |
|
364,213 |
|
|
414,792 |
|
|
14,893 |
|
31,608 |
|
344,890 |
|
|
391,391 |
|
Payable immediately |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In cash |
|
|
3,699 |
|
|
8,786 |
|
111,404 |
|
|
123,888 |
|
|
3,339 |
|
8,126 |
|
104,829 |
|
|
116,294 |
|
in instruments4 |
|
|
3,699 |
|
|
8,786 |
|
109,634 |
|
|
122,118 |
|
|
3,339 |
|
8,126 |
|
103,904 |
|
|
115,370 |
|
Deferred payment |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In cash |
|
|
4,549 |
|
|
8,256 |
|
71,588 |
|
|
84,393 |
|
|
4,107 |
|
7,678 |
|
68,079 |
|
|
79,864 |
|
in instruments4 |
|
|
4,549 |
|
|
8,256 |
|
71,588 |
|
|
84,393 |
|
|
4,107 |
|
7,678 |
|
68,079 |
|
|
79,864 |
|
Payments for new contracts |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total guaranteed remuneration |
|
|
|
|
|
2,800 |
|
5,062 |
|
|
7,862 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
7,345 |
|
|
7,345 |
|
Number of beneficiaries |
|
|
|
|
|
1 |
|
10 |
|
|
11 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
10 |
|
|
10 |
|
1. |
Includes fixed salary and supplements, attendance fees and by law-stipulated allotments for executive directors, as well as benefits (including pensions classified as fixed in
nature). |
2. |
The variable remuneration of the executive directors and the rest of senior management does not include 2.824 thousand in variable component pensions; the variable remuneration of other employees does not
include 10.935 thousand in buyouts or sign on amounts. The variable remuneration components subject to local regulations amounting to 847 thousand Euros are also not included in any of the categories. |
3. |
Variable remuneration is included at its fair value. Fair value has been determined on the date it was awarded, based on an expert assessment report and taking account of different possible scenarios for the performance
of the different variables set out in the plan during the measurement periods. |
4. |
The following charts show the distribution of instruments according to the companies of the Santander Group to which they correspond. |
5. |
This column includes the remuneration of the members of senior management (excluding executive directors) as of 31 December 2017. |
6. |
This column includes the remuneration of senior management who resigned their duties during 2017. |
The
following table shows the distribution of deferred instruments among qualifying Santander Group companies:
∎ |
THE DISTRIBUTION OF THE DEFERRAL INSTRUMENTS ACCORDING TO THE COMPANY |
|
OF SANTANDER GROUP TO WHICH THEY CORRESPOND IS THE FOLOWING: |
|
|
|
The total amount of severance payments and other benefits associated with contract termination, including lump-sum early retirement payments, awarded during the year to members of the
Identified Staff amounted to 30 million euros for a total of 33 people with an average time spent in the company of 13 years. No severance payments have been made to executive directors active in 2017. The maximum amount of a single pay item
amounted to 4.370 million Euros. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures
|
|
203 |
8. REMUNERATION POLICIES
The breakdown of total remuneration by area of activity is as follows:
∎ |
TABLE 101. REMUNERATION BY ACTIVITY AREA |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Admin. Executives |
|
|
Non- executive directors |
|
|
Investment banking |
|
|
Commercial Banking |
|
|
Asset Management |
|
|
Corporate functions |
|
|
Independent control functions |
|
|
Other |
|
|
Total |
|
No. of persons |
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
10 |
|
|
|
263 |
|
|
|
643 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
98 |
|
|
|
237 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,255 |
|
Top-Management |
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
7 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7 |
|
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
23 |
|
Rest of Identified Staff |
|
|
|
|
|
|
10 |
|
|
|
262 |
|
|
|
636 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
91 |
|
|
|
233 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,232 |
|
Total remuneration |
|
|
31,419 |
|
|
|
3,470 |
|
|
|
211,519 |
|
|
|
404,819 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
90,607 |
|
|
|
132,865 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
874,699 |
|
Top-Management |
|
|
31,419 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,296 |
|
|
|
23,260 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
29,162 |
|
|
|
14,587 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
101,725 |
|
Rest of Identified Staff |
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,470 |
|
|
|
208,223 |
|
|
|
381,558 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
61,445 |
|
|
|
118,278 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
772,975 |
|
Areas fix/variable average ratio |
|
|
132 |
% |
|
|
0 |
% |
|
|
127 |
% |
|
|
91 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
85 |
% |
|
|
71 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
95 |
% |
The investment banking area includes those professionals that give support to businesses related to wholesale
banking (Global Corporate Banking).
The commercial banking area covers all customer banking businesses, including all their supported teams in the
diverse geographies, whether they are local management of the related local units or other categories.
The independent control function includes all
functions related to risk management, internal audit, compliance or accounting and financial control, as well as others associated to the control of regulatory capital requirements.
Corporate functions include employees involved in both the corporate support areas (such as human resources, technology and operations, communication, general
secretariat, strategy, finance planning, etc.) as well as executive directors.
The sum of variable components in 2017 for each member of the Identified
Staff did not exceed the limit established in each case for 2017, which was either 100% or 200% when authorised by the General Shareholders Meeting. Specifically, the ratio of variable components of remuneration to fixed components for the
entire Identified Staff collective was 95% and the limits prescribed for each component were duly observed in all cases.
The following table shows the
remuneration schemes for Identified Staff members in which the right to receive shares originated in previous years and for which the vesting targets and/or conditions were fulfilled in 2017 or are pending fulfilment.
|
|
|
|
|
204 |
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures |
|
|
∎ TABLE 102. VESTED RIGHTS
Thousands of Euros
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017 |
|
|
2016 |
|
Other remuneration entitlement from
previous years: Consolidated and unpaid
to be consolidated from 2018 |
|
Admin. Executives |
|
|
Other senior managers |
|
|
Other employees |
|
|
Total |
|
|
Admin. Executives |
|
|
Other senior managers |
|
|
Other employees |
|
|
Total |
|
Cash |
|
|
979 |
|
|
|
2,417 |
|
|
|
54,400 |
|
|
|
57,796 |
|
|
|
2,129 |
|
|
|
4,412 |
|
|
|
40,078 |
|
|
|
46,619 |
|
Number of Santander shares |
|
|
201,713 |
|
|
|
500,884 |
|
|
|
7,698,915 |
|
|
|
8,401,512 |
|
|
|
400,871 |
|
|
|
802,981 |
|
|
|
5,723,755 |
|
|
|
6,927,607 |
|
Number of Santander Brazil shares |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,120,698 |
|
|
|
2,120,698 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,590,399 |
|
|
|
2,590,399 |
|
Number of Santander Chile shares |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
27,895,424 |
|
|
|
27,895,424 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
26,352,098 |
|
|
|
26,352,098 |
|
Number of Santander Mexico shares |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,529,930 |
|
|
|
1,529,930 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
925,072 |
|
|
|
925,072 |
|
Number of Santander Poland shares* |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,289 |
|
|
|
2,289 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,723 |
|
|
|
5,723 |
|
Number of Santander Consumer USA |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
55,916 |
|
|
|
55,916 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
30,873 |
|
|
|
30,873 |
|
* |
An instrument of Santander Poland (Zachodni WBK) has a value equal to one share of the company. |
∎ TABLE 103. UNVESTED RIGHTS
Thousands of Euros
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017 |
|
|
2016 |
|
Other remuneration entitlement
from previous years:
Non-consolidated and unpaid (to be
consolidated from 2018) |
|
Admin. Executives |
|
|
Other senior managers |
|
|
Other employees |
|
|
Total |
|
|
Admin. Executives |
|
|
Other senior managers |
|
|
Other employees |
|
|
Total |
|
Cash |
|
|
2,473 |
|
|
|
5,667 |
|
|
|
83,031 |
|
|
|
91,171 |
|
|
|
3,685 |
|
|
|
6,592 |
|
|
|
54,329 |
|
|
|
64,606 |
|
Number of Santander shares |
|
|
1,095,768 |
|
|
|
2,126,614 |
|
|
|
21,327,509 |
|
|
|
24,549,891 |
|
|
|
854,314 |
|
|
|
1,502,293 |
|
|
|
8,616,127 |
|
|
|
10,972,734 |
|
Number of Santander Brazil shares |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,291,971 |
|
|
|
2,291,971 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,654,296 |
|
|
|
3,654,296 |
|
Number of Santander Chile shares |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
73,881,690 |
|
|
|
73,881,690 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
34,492,583 |
|
|
|
34,492,583 |
|
Number of Santander Mexico shares |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,431,283 |
|
|
|
3,431,283 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,328,889 |
|
|
|
1,328,889 |
|
Number of Santander Poland shares* |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,581 |
|
|
|
4,581 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,121 |
|
|
|
6,121 |
|
Number of Santander Consumer USA |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
96,191 |
|
|
|
96,191 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
71,132 |
|
|
|
71,132 |
|
* |
An instrument of Santander Poland (Zachodni WBK) has a value equal to one share of the company. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures
|
|
205 |
8. REMUNERATION POLICIES
The following table shows remuneration by salary band for members of the Identified Staff across the entire
Group.
∎ |
TABLE 104. REMUNERATION BY SALARY BAND |
|
|
|
|
|
Salary band |
|
No. of persons |
|
1.0 - 1.5 |
|
|
73 |
|
1.5 - 2.0 |
|
|
32 |
|
2.0 - 2.5 |
|
|
18 |
|
2.5 - 3.0 |
|
|
13 |
|
3.0 - 3.5 |
|
|
7 |
|
3.5 - 4.0 |
|
|
6 |
|
4.0 - 4.5 |
|
|
4 |
|
4.5 - 5.0 |
|
|
1 |
|
5.0 - 6.0 |
|
|
3 |
|
6.0 - 7.0 |
|
|
1 |
|
7.0 - 8.0 |
|
|
1 |
|
8.0 - 9.0 |
|
|
1 |
|
9.0 - 10.0 |
|
|
|
|
10.0 - 11.0 |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
|
161 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
* |
Does not include the deferred part of the 2017 incentive subject to multi-year objectives, the performance and attainment of which will be reviewed at the end of 2019. Payment will be made from 2021 onward, but may be
zero, depending on the extent to which the objectives have been met. Notes 5 and 47 of the Group´s annual report contain further information on how the plan works, and amount of the deferred remuneration.
|
8.7. Remuneration policy for 2018 and following years
The 2018 remuneration policy for directors is described in section 2.5 of the report issued by the remuneration committee. The main principles of the policy,
along with the fixed and variable remuneration components and the variable remuneration policy for members of the Identified Staff, will follow the rules and procedures for executive directors as set out in the report just mentioned. In particular,
as regards the variable remuneration policy:
|
|
|
The existence of a single incentive, which will be determined by a set of quantitative and qualitative metrics. |
|
|
|
Short-term metrics, which include customer, capital, risk and profitability elements. |
|
|
|
Long-term metrics for senior managers: earnings per share, total shareholder return and capital ratio (fully-loaded CET1). |
|
|
|
Part payment in cash and in shares or other instruments. |
|
|
|
Continued-employment, malus and clawback provisions. |
|
|
|
Other conditions, such as the ban on hedging and transferring shares in the twelve months following their delivery. |
Deferral periods for members of the
Identified Staff will be as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017 |
|
|
2016 |
|
|
|
Percentage paid immediately |
|
|
Deferred percentage |
|
|
Deferral period* |
|
|
Percentage paid immediately |
|
|
Deferred percentage |
|
|
Deferral period* |
|
Executive directors and members of the material risk takers of the group with total target
variable remuneration of ³ 2.7 million Euros. (**) |
|
|
40 |
% |
|
|
60 |
% |
|
|
5 years |
|
|
|
40 |
% |
|
|
60 |
% |
|
|
5 years |
|
Executive vice-presidents and country heads of countries accounting for at least 1% of the
Groups economic capital and other members of the material risk takers with total target variable remuneration of over ³ 1.7 million Euros (< 2.7 million Euros). (**) |
|
|
50 |
% |
|
|
50 |
% |
|
|
5 years |
|
|
|
50 |
% |
|
|
50 |
% |
|
|
5 years |
|
Other members belonging to the material risk takers |
|
|
60 |
% |
|
|
40 |
% |
|
|
3 years |
|
|
|
60 |
% |
|
|
40 |
% |
|
|
3 years |
|
* |
Up to 7 years in certain jurisdictions. |
** |
Variable remuneration not denominated in Euros is calculated using the average closing exchange rates in the fifteen trading sessions immediately prior to the Friday, exclusive, of the week before the date on which the
board of directors agrees the variable remuneration of the Banks executive directors for 2017. |
|
|
|
|
|
206 |
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures
|
|
207 |
APPENDICES
9 APPENDICES I. CRR Mapping 209 II. List of tables 218 III. Glossary 220 Appendices available on the Santander Group website: IV.
Outline of the differences in the scopes of consolidation entity by entity (Table LI3) V. Reconciliation public balance sheet /non-public balance sheet VI. Capital instruments main features template
VII. Transitional own funds disclosure template VIII. List of specialised management companies (SPVs) IX. Leverage ratio (LRSum, LRCom and LRSpl tables) X. Amount of institution-specific countercyclical capital buffer APPENDICES
208
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures
|
|
|
|
|
208 |
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures |
|
|
Appendix I CRR Mapping
The following table links the CRRs articles on divulging information (Part 8) to the various sections of the document that provide the information
required. The Location column specifies the section of Pillar 3 or other public document in which the information is dealt with, in whole or in part. This information may be distributed throughout the document on a piecemeal basis.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Article |
|
Brief Description |
|
2017 Pillar 3 |
|
Tables |
|
Annual Report 2017 Location |
431. |
|
Scope of disclosures requirements |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
431.1 |
|
Requirement to publish Pillar 3 disclosures. |
|
Information with Prudential Relevance Santander Group website |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
431.2 |
|
Firms with permission to use specific operational risk methodologies must disclose operational risk information. |
|
Information with Prudential Relevance Santander Group website |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
431.3 |
|
Institution must have a policy covering the frequency of disclosures, their verification, comprehensiveness and appropriateness., as well as policies for assuring the overall comprehension of their risk profile by market
participants. |
|
Sections 1.2.3 and 1.2.4 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
431.4 |
|
Explanation of SMEs ratings decision upon request. |
|
Section 3.3 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
432. |
|
Non-material, proprietary or confidential information |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
432.1 |
|
Institutions may omit information that is not material if certain conditions are respected. |
|
N/A Sections 1.2.1 and 1.2.3 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
432.2 |
|
Institutions may omit information that is proprietary or confidential if certain conditions are respected. |
|
N/A Section 1.2.3 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
432.3 |
|
Where 432.2 applies this must be stated in the disclosures, and more general information must be disclosed. |
|
N/A |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
432.4 |
|
Use of 432.1, 432.2 or 432.3 is without prejudice to scope of liability for failure to disclose material information. |
|
N/A |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
433. |
|
Frequency of disclosure |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
433 |
|
Disclosures must be published on an annual basis at a minimum, and more frequently if necessary. |
|
Section 1.2.3 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
434. |
|
Means of disclosure |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
434.1 |
|
To include all disclosures in one appropriate medium, or provide clear cross-references to the synonymus information in the other media. |
|
Chapter 1.2.2 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
434.2 |
|
Disclosures made under other requirements (e.g. accounting, listing) can be used to satisfy Pillar 3 requirements, if appropriate. |
|
Chapter 1.2.2 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
435. |
|
Risk management objectives and policies |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
435.1 |
|
Disclose information on: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
435.1.a |
|
The strategies and processes to manage risks. |
|
Chapters 3, 4.3, 5, 6 and Chapter 7 |
|
|
|
5. Risk Management report. B. Risk Control
and Management Model. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures
|
|
209 |
APPENDICES
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Article |
|
Brief Description |
|
2017 Pillar 3 |
|
Tables |
|
Annual Report 2017 Location |
435.1.b |
|
Structure and organization of the risk management function. |
|
Chapters 3, 4.3, 5, 6 and Chapter 7 |
|
|
|
5. Risk Management report. B. Risk Control
and Management Model. |
|
|
|
|
|
435.1.c |
|
Risk reporting and measurement systems. |
|
Chapters 3, 4.3, 5, 6 and Chapter 7 |
|
|
|
5. Risk Management report. B. Risk Control
and Management Model. |
|
|
|
|
|
435.1.d |
|
Hedging and mitigating risk - policies, strategies and processes. |
|
3.11 Credit risk mitigation techniques 5.2.6 Internal Validation of the Models |
|
|
|
5. Risk Management report. C.1.4.1. Credit
risk by activity in the financial markets. C.1.5.4. Decisions on operations. |
|
|
|
|
|
435.1.e |
|
A declaration of adequacy of risk management arrangements approved by the Board. |
|
3.11 Credit risk mitigation techniques 5.2.6 Internal Validation of the Models |
|
|
|
5. Risk Management report. B. Risk Control
and Management Model. C. Risk profile. |
|
|
|
|
|
435.1.f |
|
Inclusion of a concise risk statement approved by the Board. |
|
3.11 Credit risk mitigation techniques 5.2.6 Internal Validation of the Models |
|
|
|
5. Risk Management report. B. Risk Control
and Management Model. C. Risk profile. |
|
|
|
|
|
435.2 |
|
Information on governance arrangements, including information on Board composition and recruitment, and risk committees. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
435.2.a |
|
Number of directorships held by Board members. |
|
|
|
|
|
3. Corporate Governance Report |
|
|
|
|
|
435.2.b |
|
Recruitment policy for the selection of Board members, their actual knowledge, skills and expertise. |
|
|
|
|
|
3. Corporate Governance Report |
|
|
|
|
|
435.2.c |
|
Policy on diversity of Board membership, objectives, and achievement status. |
|
|
|
|
|
3. Corporate Governance Report |
|
|
|
|
|
435.2.d |
|
Existence of a dedicated risk committee, and number of meetings during the year. |
|
|
|
|
|
3. Corporate Governance Report 5. Risk Management report. |
|
|
|
|
|
435.2.e |
|
Description of the information flow on risk to the Board. |
|
|
|
|
|
3. Corporate Governance Report 5. Risk Management report. |
|
|
|
|
|
436. |
|
Scope of application of the requirements |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
436 |
|
Institutions shall disclose the following information regarding the scope of application of the requirements of this Regulation in accordance with Directive 2013/36/EU: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
436.a |
|
Name of institution to which the requirements of this Regulation applies. |
|
Section 1.2.1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
436.b |
|
Difference in the basis of consolidation for accounting and prudential purposes, briefly describing entities that are:
(i) fully consolidated; (ii) proportionally consolidated;
(iii) deducted from own funds; (iv) neither consolidated nor
deducted. |
|
Sections 1.2.1, 1.2.5 and 1.2.6 |
|
Table 2 (LI1) Table 3 (LI2) LI3 (Appendix IV) Appendix V |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
436.c |
|
Impediments to transfer of own funds between parent and subsidiaries. |
|
Section 2.1.3 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
436.d |
|
Capital shortfalls in any subsidiaries outside the scope of consolidation. |
|
N/A: Section 1.2.1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
436.e |
|
The circumstance of making use of articles on derogations from:
a) Prudential requirements; or b) Liquidity requirements for
individual subsidiaries/entities. |
|
Section 1.2.1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
210 |
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Article |
|
Brief Description |
|
2017 Pillar 3 |
|
|
Tables |
|
Annual Report 2017 Location |
|
437. Own funds |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
437.1 |
|
Institutions shall disclose the following information regarding their own funds: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
437.1.a |
|
a full reconciliation of Common Equity Tier 1 items, Additional Tier 1 items, Tier 2 items and filters and deductions applied pursuant to Articles 32 to 35, 36, 56, 66 and 79 to own funds of the institution and the balance sheet in
the audited financial statements of the institution. |
|
|
Section 2.2.1 |
|
|
Tables 7 -8 Appendix VII |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
437.1.b |
|
Description of the main features of the Common Equity Tier 1 and Additional Tier 1 instruments and Tier 2 instruments issued by the institution. |
|
|
Section 2.2.1 |
|
|
Appendix VI Appendix VII |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
437.1.c |
|
Full terms and conditions of all Common Equity Tier 1, Additional Tier 1 and Tier 2 instruments. |
|
|
Section 2.2.1 |
|
|
Appendix VI |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
437.1.d |
|
Disclosure of the nature and amounts of the following: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
437.1.d.i |
|
Each prudential filter applied pursuant to Articles 32 to 35; |
|
|
|
|
|
Appendix VII |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
437.1.d.ii |
|
Each deduction made pursuant to Articles 36, 56 and 66; |
|
|
|
|
|
Appendix VII |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
437.1.d.iii |
|
Items not deducted in accordance with Articles 47, 51, 56, 66 and 79. |
|
|
|
|
|
Appendix VII |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
437.1.e |
|
Description of all restrictions applied to the calculation of own funds in accordance with this Regulation and the instruments, prudential filters and deductions to which those restrictions apply. |
|
|
Section 2.2.1 |
|
|
Appendix VII |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
437.1.f |
|
Explanation of the calculation basis of the disclosed capital ratios estimated using elements of own funds determined, on a basis other than that laid down in this Regulation. |
|
|
N/A |
|
|
Appendix VII |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
438. Capital requirements |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
438 |
|
Institutions shall disclose the following information regarding the compliance by the institution with the requirements laid down in Article 92 of this Regulation and in Article 73 of Directive 2013/36/EU: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
438.a |
|
Summary of the institutions approach to assessing adequacy of capital levels. |
|
|
Section 2.1 y 2.3 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
438.b |
|
Result of ICAAP on demand from authorities. |
|
|
Section 2.1.5 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
438.c |
|
Capital requirements for each Standardised approach credit risk exposure class. |
|
|
Section 2.2.2 2.2.2.1.3 |
|
|
Tables 10-12 Tables 27-29 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
438.d |
|
Capital requirements for each Internal Ratings Based Approach credit risk exposure class. |
|
|
Section 2.2.2 2.2.2.1.1 |
|
|
Tables 10-26 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
438.e |
|
Capital requirements for market risk or settlement risk. |
|
|
Section 2.2.2 Section 2.2.2.3 |
|
|
Table 10 (OV1) Tables 39-44 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
438.f |
|
Capital requirements for operational risk, separately for the Basic Indicator Approach, the Standardised Approach, and the Advanced Measurement Approaches as applicable. |
|
|
Section 2.2.2 Section 2.2.2.4 |
|
|
Table 10 (OV1) Table 45 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
438 last
paragraph |
|
Requirement to disclose specialised lending exposures and equity exposures in the banking book falling under the simple risk weight approach. |
|
|
Section 2.2.2.1 |
|
|
Table 22 and 23 (CR10) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures
|
|
211 |
APPENDICES
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Article |
|
Brief Description |
|
2017 Pillar 3 |
|
|
Tables |
|
Annual Report
2017 Location |
439. Exposure to counterparty credit risk |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
439 |
|
Institutions shall disclose the following information regarding the institutions exposure to counterparty credit risk as referred to in Part Three, Title II, Chapter 6: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
439.a |
|
Description of process to assign internal capital and credit limits to CCR exposures. |
|
|
Section 3.10 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
439.b |
|
Discussion of policies for securing collateral and establishing credit reserves. |
|
|
Section 3.10 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
439.c |
|
Discussion of management of wrong-way risk exposures. |
|
|
Section 3.10 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
439.d |
|
Disclosure of collateral to be provided (outflows) in the event of a ratings downgrade. |
|
|
Section 3.10 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
439.e |
|
Derivation of net derivative credit exposure. |
|
|
Section 3.10 |
|
|
Table 70 (CCR1), Table 71 (CCR-5A) Table 73 (CCR2) Table 78 (CCR5-B) Table 83 (CCR8) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
439.f |
|
Exposure values for mark-to-market, original exposure, standardised and internal model methods. |
|
|
Section 3.10 |
|
|
Table 70 (CCR1) Table 73 (CCR2) Table 83 (CCR8) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
439.g |
|
Notional value of credit derivative hedges and distribution of current credit exposure by type of exposure. |
|
|
Section 3.10 |
|
|
Table 79 (CCR6) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
439.h |
|
Notional amounts of credit derivative transactions. |
|
|
Section 3.10 |
|
|
Table79 (CCR6) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
439.i |
|
Estimate of alpha, if applicable. |
|
|
N/A |
|
|
Table 70 (CCR1) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
440. Capital buffers |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
440 |
|
Disclosure of the following information in relation to its compliance with the requirement for a countercyclical capital buffer referred to in Title VII, Chapter 4 of Directive 2013/36/EU: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
440.a |
|
Geographical distribution of credit exposures relevant for the calculation of countercyclical capital buffer. |
|
|
Section 2.1.5 |
|
|
Appendix X |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
440.b |
|
Amount of the specific countercyclical capital buffer. |
|
|
Section 2.1.5 |
|
|
Appendix X |
|
|
|
|
|
441. Indicators of global systemic importance |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
441 |
|
Disclosure of the indicators of global systemic importance. |
|
|
Section 2.1.5.1 |
|
|
Tables 5-6 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
442. Credit risk adjustments |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
442 |
|
Institutions shall disclose the following information regarding the institutions exposure to credit risk and dilution risk: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
442.a |
|
Definitions, for accounting purposes, of past due and impaired exposures. |
|
|
Section 3.2 |
|
|
|
|
5. Risk Management report. C.1.2.4. Non-performing loans and provisions. |
|
|
|
|
|
442.b |
|
Description of the approaches adopted for calculating specific and general credit risk adjustments. |
|
|
Section 3.2 |
|
|
|
|
5. Risk Management report. C.1.2.4. Non-performing loans and provisions. |
|
|
|
|
|
442.c |
|
Disclosure of pre-CRM EAD by exposure class. |
|
|
Section 3.2 |
|
|
Table 50 (CR1-A) Table 51 (CRB-B) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
442.d |
|
Disclosure of pre-CRM EAD by geography and exposure class. |
|
|
Section 3.2 |
|
|
Table 53 (CRB-C) |
|
5. Risk Management report. C.1.2.2. Main
figures in 2017. |
|
|
|
|
|
442.e |
|
Disclosure of pre-CRM EAD by industry and exposure class. |
|
|
Section 3.2 |
|
|
Table 54 (CRB-D) |
|
5. Risk Management report. C.1.2.2. Main
figures in 2017. |
|
|
|
|
|
212 |
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Article |
|
Brief Description |
|
2017 Pillar 3 |
|
|
Tables |
|
Annual Report
2017 Location |
442.f |
|
Disclosure of pre-CRM EAD by residual maturity and exposure class. |
|
|
Section 3.2 |
|
|
Table 55 (CRB-E) |
|
|
442.g. (i-iii) |
|
Breakdown of impaired, past due, specific and general credit risk adjustments, and impairment charges for the period, by industry. |
|
|
Section 3.2 |
|
|
Table 50 (CR1-A)
Table 56 (CR1-B) table 58
(CR1-E) |
|
5. Risk Management report. C.1.2.2.
Main figures in 2017. |
442.h |
|
Impaired and past due exposures, broken down by geographical area, and the amounts of specific and general credit risk adjustments related to each geographical area. |
|
|
Section 3.2 |
|
|
Table 50 (CR1-A)
Table 56 (CR1-B) Table 57
(CR1-C) |
|
5. Risk Management report. C.1.2.2. Main
figures in 2017. |
442.i.(i-v) |
|
Reconciliation of changes in specific and general credit risk adjustments for impaired exposures. |
|
|
Section 3.2 |
|
|
Table 58 (CR1-E)
Table 59 (CR2-B) Table 60
(CR2-B) |
|
|
442 last
paragraph |
|
Specific credit risk adjustments recorded to income statement are disclosed separately. |
|
|
Section 3.2 |
|
|
Table 58 (CR1-E)
Table 59 (CR2-B) Table 60
(CR2-B) |
|
|
443. Unencumbered assets |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
443 |
|
Disclosures of unencumbered assets. |
|
|
Section 7.1 |
|
|
|
|
4. Economic and Financial Review Consolidated financial Report: Liquidity and funding risk management |
444. Use of ECAIs |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
444 |
|
For institutions calculating the risk-weighted exposure amounts in accordance with Part Three, Title II, Chapter 2, the following information shall be disclosed for each of the exposure classes specified in Article 112: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
444.a |
|
Names of the ECAIs used in the calculation of Standardised approach risk-weighted assets and reasons for any changes. |
|
|
Section 2.2.2.1.3 |
|
|
|
|
|
444.b |
|
Exposure classes associated with each ECAI. |
|
|
Section 2.2.2.1.3 |
|
|
|
|
|
444.c |
|
Description of the process used to transfer credit assessments to non-trading book items. |
|
|
N/A Section 2.2.2.1.3 |
|
|
|
|
|
444.d |
|
Mapping of external rating to credit quality steps (CQS). |
|
|
Section 2.2.2.1.1 Section 2.2.2.1.3 |
|
|
Tables 14-20 (Table CR6) |
|
|
444.e |
|
Exposure value pre and post-credit risk mitigation, by CQS. |
|
|
Section 2.2.2.1.3 Section 3.2 |
|
|
Tables 27 (CR5) and 28 (CCR3)
Table 51 |
|
|
445. Exposure to market risk |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
445 |
|
Disclosure of position risk, large exposures exceeding limits, FX, settlement and commodities risk. |
|
|
Section 2.2.2.3 |
|
|
Table 43 (MR1) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
446. Operational risk |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
446 |
|
Scope of approaches used to calculate operational risk. |
|
|
Section 2.2.2.4 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
447. Exposures in equities not included in the trading book |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
447 |
|
Institutions shall disclose the following information regarding the exposures in equities not included in the trading book: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
447.a |
|
Differentiation of exposures based on their objectives and an overview of accounting techniques and valuation methodologies used. |
|
|
Section 5.4 |
|
|
Tables 97 and 98 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
447.b |
|
The balance sheet value, the fair value and, for those exchange-traded, a comparison to the market price where it is materially different from the fair value. |
|
|
Section 5.4 |
|
|
Tables 97 and 98 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
447.c |
|
The types, nature and amounts of exchange-traded exposures, private equity exposures in sufficiently diversified portfolios, and other exposures. |
|
|
Section 5.4 |
|
|
Tables 97 and 98 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
447.d |
|
Cumulative realised gains or losses arising from sales and liquidations in the period. |
|
|
Section 5.4 |
|
|
Tables 97 and 98 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
447.e |
|
Total unrealised gains or losses, the total latent revaluation gains or losses, and any of these amounts included in the original or additional own funds. |
|
|
Section 5.4 |
|
|
Tables 97 and 98 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures
|
|
213 |
APPENDICES
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Article |
|
Brief Description |
|
2017 Pillar 3 |
|
|
Tables |
|
|
Annual Report
2017 Location |
448. Exposure to interest rate risk on positions not included in the trading
book |
|
|
|
448 |
|
Institutions shall disclose the following information on their exposure to interest rate risk on positions not included in the trading book: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
448.a |
|
Nature of the interest rate risk and the key assumptions, and frequency of measurement of the interest rate risk. |
|
|
Section 5.3 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
5. Risk Management report. C.2.3.
Structural balance sheet risks. |
|
|
|
|
|
448.b |
|
Variation in earnings, economic value or other relevant measure used by the bank for upward and downward rate shocks according to the banks method for measuring the interest rate risk, broken down by currency. |
|
|
Section 5.3 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
5. Risk Management report. C.2.3. Structural
balance sheet risks. |
|
|
|
|
449. Exposure to securitisation positions |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
449 |
|
Institutions calculating risk weighted exposure amounts in accordance with Part Three, Title II, Chapter 5 or own funds requirements in accordance with Article 337 or 338 shall disclose the following information, where relevant,
separately for their trading and non-trading book: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
449.a |
|
Objectives in relation to securitisation activity. |
|
|
Section 4.3.1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
449.b |
|
Nature of other risks in securitised assets, including liquidity. |
|
|
Section 4.3.3 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
449.c |
|
Risks in re-securitisation activity stemming from seniority of underlying securitisations and ultimate underlying assets. |
|
|
Section 2.2.2.2 Section 4.3.4 |
|
|
|
Tables 33-34 and 36-38 Tables 84-87 and 89-90 |
|
|
|
449.d |
|
Roles played by the institution in the securitisation process. |
|
|
Section 4.3.2 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
449.e |
|
Extent of the institutions involvement in each of the securitisation roles |
|
|
Sections 4.3.2. and 4.3.4 |
|
|
|
Tables 32-36 Tables 84-87 |
|
|
|
449.f |
|
Processes in place to monitor changes in credit and market risks of securitisation exposures, and how the processes differ for re-securitisation exposures. |
|
|
Section 4.3.4 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
449.g |
|
Description of the institutions policies with respect to hedging and unfunded protection, and identification of material hedge counterparties, by relevant type of risk exposure. |
|
|
N/A Section 3.11 |
|
|
|
N/A Table 3 |
|
|
|
449.h |
|
Approaches to the calculation of risk-weighted assets for securitisations mapped to types of exposures. |
|
|
Section 2.2.2.2 |
|
|
|
Tables 32-36 |
|
|
|
449.i |
|
Types of SSPEs used to securitise third-party exposures as a sponsor. |
|
|
Section 2.2.2.2 Sections 4.3.2 and 4.3.4 |
|
|
|
Tables 32-36 Tables 84-87
Appendix VIII |
|
|
|
449.j |
|
A summary of the institutions accounting policies for securitisation activities, including: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
449.j.i |
|
Whether the transactions are treated as sales or financings; |
|
|
Section 4.2 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
449.j.ii |
|
The recognition of gains on sales; |
|
|
Section 4.2 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
449.j.iii |
|
The methods, key assumptions, inputs and changes from the previous period for valuing securitisation positions; |
|
|
Section 4.2 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
449.j.iv |
|
The treatment of synthetic securitisations if not covered by other accounting policies; |
|
|
Section 4.2 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
449.j.v |
|
How assets awaiting securitisation are valued and whether they are recorded in the institutions non-trading book or the trading book; |
|
|
Section 4.2 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
449.j.vi |
|
Policies for recognising liabilities on the balance sheet for arrangements that could require the institution to provide financial support for securitised assets; |
|
|
Section 4.2 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
449.k |
|
Names of ECAIs used for securitisations and type. |
|
|
Section 4.3.4 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
449.l |
|
Full description of Internal Assessment Approach. |
|
|
N/A Section 2.2.2.2 |
|
|
|
Table 10 (OV1) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
449.m |
|
Explanation of significant changes in quantitative disclosures, since the last reporting period. |
|
|
Sections 2.2.2.2 and 4.3.4 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
449.n |
|
As appropriate, separately for the Banking and trading book securitisation exposures: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
449.n.i |
|
Amount of outstanding exposures securitised; |
|
|
Sections 2.2.2.2 and 4.3.4 |
|
|
|
Tables 32-38 Tables 84-87 and 89-90 |
|
|
|
449.n.ii |
|
On balance sheet securitisation retained or purchased, and off balance sheet exposures; |
|
|
Section 2.2.2.2 |
|
|
|
Tables 32-34 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
214 |
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Article |
|
Brief Description |
|
2017 Pillar 3 |
|
|
Tables |
|
|
Annual Report 2017 Location |
|
449.n.iii |
|
Amount of assets awaiting securitisation; |
|
|
N/A Section 4.3.4 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
449.n.iv |
|
Early amortisation treatment, aggregate drawn exposures and capital requirements for securitised facilities; |
|
|
N/A Section 4.3.3 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
449.n.v |
|
Deducted or 1,250%-weighted securitisation positions; |
|
|
Section 2.2.2.2 Section 4.3.4 |
|
|
|
Tables 33-35 Tables 89-90 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
449.n.vi |
|
Summary of the securitisation activity of the current period. |
|
|
Section 2.2.2.2 Section 4.3.4 |
|
|
|
Tables 32-38 Tables 84-92 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
449.o |
|
Banking and trading book securitisations: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
449.o.i |
|
Retained and purchased positions and associated capital requirements, broken down by risk-weight bands; |
|
|
Section 2.2.2.2 Section 4.3.4 |
|
|
|
Tables 33-35 Tables 89-90 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
449.o.ii |
|
Retained and purchased re-securitisation positions before and after hedging and insurance; exposure to financial guarantors broken down by guarantor credit worthiness. |
|
|
N/A: non-representative amount Section 2.2.2.2 Section 4.3.4 |
|
|
|
Tables 33-34 and 36-38 Tables 84-87 and 89-90 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
449.p |
|
Impaired assets and recognised losses related to banking book securitisations, by exposure type. |
|
|
Section 2.2.2.2 |
|
|
|
Table 37 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
449.q |
|
Exposure and capital requirements for trading book securitisations, separated into traditional and synthetic, and exposure type. |
|
|
Section 2.2.2.2 Section 4.3.4 |
|
|
|
Tables 35,86 and 87 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
449.r |
|
Whether the institution has provided non-contractual financial support to securitisation vehicles. |
|
|
N/A |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
450. Remuneration policy |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
450 |
|
Remuneration disclosures (Material Risk Takers): |
|
|
Section 8 |
|
|
|
Tables 100-104 |
|
|
|
Remuneration Committee report. |
|
|
|
|
|
451. Leverage |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
451.(a,b) |
|
Leverage ratio, and breakdown of the total exposure measures, including the reconciliation to financial statements. |
|
|
Section 2.2.3 |
|
|
|
Tables 46 y 47 Appendix IX |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
451.c |
|
If applicable, the total amount of the derecognized fiduciary items. |
|
|
N/A |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
451.(d,e) |
|
Description of the processes used to manage the risk of excessive leverage, and factors that impacted the leverage ratio during the year. |
|
|
Section 2.2.3 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
452. Use of the IRB Approach to credit risk |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
452 |
|
Institutions calculating the risk-weighted exposure amounts under the IRB Approach shall disclose the following information: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
452.a |
|
Permission for use of the IRB approach from the competent authority. |
|
|
Section 2.2.2.1.2 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
452.b |
|
Explanation and review of: |
|
|
Sections 2.2.2.1.1, 3.3 and 3.9 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
452.b.i |
|
Structure of internal rating systems and relation between internal and external ratings; |
|
|
Sections 2.2.2.1.1, 3.3 and 3.9 |
|
|
|
Tables 14-23 (Tables CR6 and CR10) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
452.b.ii |
|
Use of internal ratings for purposes other than capital requirement calculations; |
|
|
Section 3.5 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
452.b.iii |
|
Management and recognition of credit risk mitigation process; |
|
|
Section 3.6 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
452.b.iv |
|
Controls mechanisms for rating systems; |
|
|
Section 3.7 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
452.c.(i-v) |
|
Description of ratings processes for each IRB asset class, provided separately. |
|
|
Sections 2.2.2.1.1 and 3.4 |
|
|
|
Table 14 Tables 15 and 19 Tables 16,20 and 22 Table 17
Table 23 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
452.d |
|
Exposure values by IRB exposure class, separately for Advanced and Foundation IRB. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tables 14-23 (Tables CR6 and CR10) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
452.e. (i-iii) |
|
For each exposure class, disclosed separately by obligor grade, institutions shall disclose: total exposure, separating loans and undrawn exposures where applicable, and exposure-weighted average risk weight. |
|
|
Section 2.2.2.1.1 |
|
|
|
Tables 14-23 (Tables CR6 and CR10) (On and Off Balance and EAD) (RWA Density) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
452.f |
|
For retail exposure classes, same disclosures as under article 452.e, by risk grade. |
|
|
Section 2.2.2.1.1 |
|
|
|
Table 17 (On and Off Balance and EAD) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures
|
|
215 |
APPENDICES
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Article |
|
Brief Description |
|
2017 Pillar 3 |
|
Tables |
|
Annual Report 2017 Location |
452.g |
|
Actual specific risk adjustments for the period and explanation of changes. |
|
Section 2.2.2.1.1 Section 3.1 |
|
Tables 14-20 and 50 |
|
|
452.h |
|
Description of the factors that impacted on the loss experience in the preceding period. |
|
Section 2.2.2.1.1 Section 2.2.2.1.3 Sections 3.8 and 3.10 |
|
Tables 14-23 (Tables CR6 and CR10) Tables 27 y 28 |
|
|
452.i |
|
Analysis of the historical estimates of losses against actual losses in each exposure, to help assess the performance of the rating system over a sufficient period. |
|
Section 3.9 |
|
Table 65 (CR9) |
|
|
452.j |
|
For all IRB exposure classes: |
|
|
|
Table 21 |
|
|
452.j.(i-ii) |
|
Where applicable, PD and LGD by each country where the bank operates. |
|
Section 2.2.2.1.1 |
|
Table 21 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
453. Use of credit risk mitigation techniques |
|
|
|
|
|
|
453 |
|
Institutions applying credit risk mitigation techniques shall disclose the following information: |
|
Sections 3.6, 3.11 |
|
|
|
|
453.a |
|
Use of on and off-balance sheet netting. |
|
Sections 3.6, 3.11.1 y 3.11.2 |
|
|
|
5. Risk Management report. C.1.5.4. Decision-making on transactions |
453.b |
|
How collateral valuation is managed. |
|
Sections 3.6, 3.11.1 y 3.11.2 |
|
|
|
5. Risk Management report. C.1.5.4. Decision-making on transactions |
453.c |
|
Description of types of collateral used by the institution. |
|
Sections 3.6, 3.11.1 y 3.11.2 |
|
|
|
5. Risk Management report. C.1.5.4. Decision-making on transactions |
453.d |
|
Main types of guarantor and credit derivative counterparty, creditworthiness. |
|
Sections 3.6, 3.11.1 y 3.11.2 |
|
|
|
|
453.e |
|
Market or credit risk concentrations within risk mitigation exposures. |
|
Sections 3.6, 3.11.1, 3.11.2 y 3.11.3 |
|
Table 81 |
|
|
453.f |
|
Standardised or Foundation IRB Approach, exposure value covered by eligible collateral. |
|
Section 3.2 and 3.11.4 |
|
Table 51 (CR4) Table 81 (CR3) |
|
|
453.g |
|
Exposures covered by guarantees or credit derivatives. |
|
Section 3.2, 3.10 and 3.11.4 |
|
Table 51 (CR4) Table 77 (CR7) Table 81 (CR3) |
|
|
|
454. Use of the Advanced Measurement Approaches to operational risk |
454 |
|
Description of the use of insurance or other risk transfer mechanisms to mitigate operational risk. |
|
N/A Section 2.2.2 Section 2.2.2.4 |
|
Table 10 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
455. Use of Internal Market Risk Models |
|
|
|
|
|
|
455 |
|
Institutions calculating their capital requirements in accordance with Article 363 shall disclose the following information: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
455.a |
|
For each sub-portfolio covered: |
|
Section 2.2.2.3 y 5.2 |
|
|
|
|
455.a.i |
|
Disclosure of the characteristics of the market risk models used; |
|
Section 2.2.2.3 y 5.2 |
|
|
|
|
455.a.ii |
|
Disclosure of the methodologies used to measure incremental default and migration risk; |
|
Section 2.2.2.3 y 5.2 |
|
|
|
|
455.a.iii |
|
Descriptions of stress tests applied to the portfolios; |
|
Section 2.2.2.3 y 5.2.4 |
|
|
|
|
455.a.iv |
|
Methodology for back-testing and validating the models. |
|
Section 2.2.2.3, 5.2.5 and 5.2.6 |
|
|
|
|
455.b |
|
Scope of permission for use of the models. |
|
Sections 2.2.2.1.2 and 2.2.2.3 |
|
Table 25 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
216 |
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Article |
|
Brief Description |
|
2017 Pillar 3 |
|
Tables |
|
Annual Report
2017 Location |
455.c |
|
Policies and processes to determine trading book classification, and to comply with prudential valuation requirements. |
|
Section 5.2 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
455.d. |
|
High/Low/Mean values over the year of VaR, |
|
Section 5.2.1 |
|
Table 93 (MR3) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(i-iii) |
|
SVaR and incremental risk charge. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
455.e |
|
The elements of the own fund calculation. |
|
Sections 2.2.1 and 2.2.2.3 |
|
Tables 10 (OV1), 40, 41 (MR2-A) and 42 (MR2-B) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
455.f |
|
Weighted average liquidity horizons for each sub-portfolio covered by internal models. |
|
Sections 5.2.2, 5.2.3, and 5.2.4 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
455.g |
|
Comparison of end-of-day value-at-risk (VaR) measures compared with one-day changes in the portfolios value. |
|
Section 5.2.5 |
|
Graph MR4 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures
|
|
217 |
APPENDICES
Appendix II List of tables
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Num. |
|
Name |
|
Page |
|
|
|
CHAPTER 1. INTRODUCTION |
|
|
|
|
Table 1 |
|
Transparency enhancements |
|
|
15 |
|
Table 2 |
|
Differences between accounting and regulatory scopes of consolidation and mapping of financial statements categories with regulatory risk categories (LI1) |
|
|
17 |
|
Table 3 |
|
Main sources of differences between regulatory exposure amounts and carrying values in financial statements (LI2) |
|
|
18 |
|
|
|
CHAPTER 2. CAPITAL |
|
|
|
|
Table 4 |
|
Main capital figures and capital adequacy ratios |
|
|
25 |
|
Table 5 |
|
Indicators for systemically important institutions |
|
|
32 |
|
Table 6 |
|
Global systemically important institutions |
|
|
32 |
|
Table 7 |
|
Reconciliation of accounting capital with regulatory capital |
|
|
34 |
|
Table 8 |
|
Eligible capital |
|
|
34 |
|
Table 9 |
|
Regulatory capital. Changes |
|
|
35 |
|
Table 10 |
|
Overview of RWAs (OV1) |
|
|
37 |
|
Table 11 |
|
Capital requirements for credit risk |
|
|
38 |
|
Table 12 |
|
Capital requirements by geographical region |
|
|
39 |
|
Table 13 |
|
RWA flow statement of credit risk exposures under IRB (CR8) |
|
|
40 |
|
Table 14 |
|
AIRB approach. Central banks and central governments (CR6) |
|
|
41 |
|
Table 15 |
|
AIRB approach. Institutions (CR6) |
|
|
42 |
|
Table 16 |
|
AIRB approach. Corporates (CR6) |
|
|
43 |
|
Table 17 |
|
AI RB approach. Retail portfolios (CR6) |
|
|
44 |
|
Table 18 |
|
FIRB approach. Sovereign (CR6) |
|
|
45 |
|
Table 19 |
|
FIRB approach. Institutions (CR6) |
|
|
46 |
|
Table 20 |
|
FIRB approach. Corporates (CR6) |
|
|
47 |
|
Table 21 |
|
Exposures and parameters by segment and geography |
|
|
48 |
|
Table 22 |
|
Specialised lending (CR10) |
|
|
49 |
|
Table 23 |
|
Equities (CR10) |
|
|
50 |
|
Table 24 |
|
List of authorised IRB models by legal entity |
|
|
54 |
|
Table 25 |
|
List of authorised IMA models by legal entity |
|
|
54 |
|
Table 26 |
|
Breakdown of exposure by approach to calculating capital employed |
|
|
55 |
|
Table 27 |
|
Standardised approach (including a breakdown of exposures post conversion factor and post mitigation techniques) (CR5) |
|
|
64 |
|
Table 28 |
|
Standardised approach CCR exposures by regulatory portfolio and risk (CCR3) |
|
|
65 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Num. |
|
Name |
|
Page |
|
Table 29 |
|
RWs of securitisations for the standardised approach |
|
|
66 |
|
Table 30 |
|
RWs of securitisations with long- term rating (RBA-IRB approach) |
|
|
67 |
|
Table 31 |
|
RWs of securitisations with short- term rating (RBA-IRB approach) |
|
|
67 |
|
Table 32 |
|
Breakdown of repurchased positions in SSPEs with risk transfer, distributed by function and approach used |
|
|
68 |
|
Table 33 |
|
Aggregate amount of securitisation positions purchased and retained with risk transfer. Banking book IRB approach |
|
|
70 |
|
Table 34 |
|
Aggregate amount of securitisation positions purchased and retained with risk transfer. Investment portfolio standardised approach |
|
|
71 |
|
Table 35 |
|
Agregate amount of securitisation positions purchased and retained. Trading book |
|
|
72 |
|
Table 36 |
|
Securitisation positions purchased and retained with risk transfer by exposure type in the banking book |
|
|
73 |
|
Table 37 |
|
Securitisation structures with risk transfer |
|
|
74 |
|
Table 38 |
|
Securitisation structures without risk transfer |
|
|
75 |
|
Table 39 |
|
Regulatory capital requirements for market risk |
|
|
75 |
|
Table 40 |
|
Capital requirements for market risk. Internal model |
|
|
76 |
|
Table 41 |
|
Market risk under IMA approach (MR2-A) |
|
|
77 |
|
|
|
RWA flow statements of market risk |
|
|
|
|
Table 42 |
|
exposures under IMA (MR2-B) |
|
|
77 |
|
Table 43 |
|
Market risk under standardised approach (MR1) |
|
|
78 |
|
Table 44 |
|
Capital requirements for market risk. Standardised approach* |
|
|
78 |
|
Table 45 |
|
Changes in capital requirements for operational risk |
|
|
80 |
|
Table 46 |
|
Leverage ratio |
|
|
81 |
|
Table 47 |
|
Leverage ratio details |
|
|
81 |
|
Table 48 |
|
Available economic capital |
|
|
82 |
|
Table 49 |
|
RoRAC and value creation |
|
|
84 |
|
|
|
CHAPTER 3. CREDIT RISK |
|
|
|
|
Table 50 |
|
Credit quality of exposures by exposure classes and instruments (CR1-A) |
|
|
92 |
|
Table 51 |
|
Credit risk exposure and CRM effects (Standardised and IRB approach) (CR4) |
|
|
93 |
|
Table 52 |
|
Net amount of exposures (CRB-B) |
|
|
94 |
|
Table 53 |
|
Geographical breakdown of exposures (CRB-C) |
|
|
95 |
|
Table 54 |
|
Concentration of exposures by industry or counterparty type (CRB-D) |
|
|
96 |
|
Table 55 |
|
Maturity of exposures (CRB-E) |
|
|
97 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
218 |
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Num. |
|
Name |
|
Page |
|
Table 56 |
|
Credit quality of exposures by industry or counterparty type (CR1-B) |
|
|
98 |
|
Table 57 |
|
Credit quality of exposures by geography (CR1-C) |
|
|
99 |
|
Table 58 |
|
Non-performing and forborne exposures (CR1-E) |
|
|
99 |
|
Table 59 |
|
Changes in stock of general and specific credit risk (CR2-A) |
|
|
100 |
|
Table 60 |
|
Changes in stock of non-performing and impaired loans and debt securities (CR2-B) |
|
|
101 |
|
Table 61 |
|
Ageing of past-due exposures (CR1-D) |
|
|
101 |
|
Table 62 |
|
Mapping of internal ratings and PD |
|
|
102 |
|
Table 63 |
|
IRB parameters model by region |
|
|
105 |
|
Table 64 |
|
Key figures of credit risk arising from activity with customers |
|
|
121 |
|
Table 65 |
|
IRB approachBacktesting of PD per exposure class (CR9) |
|
|
131 |
|
Table 66 |
|
Retail mortgages |
|
|
143 |
|
Table 67 |
|
Non-standardised companies |
|
|
143 |
|
Table 68 |
|
Total exposure to counterparty risk |
|
|
144 |
|
Table 69 |
|
Derivatives exposure |
|
|
145 |
|
Table 70 |
|
Analysis of the counterparty credit risk (CCR) exposure by approach (CCR1) |
|
|
146 |
|
Table 71 |
|
Impact of netting and collateral held on exposure values (CCR5-A) |
|
|
146 |
|
Table 72 |
|
IRBCCR exposures by portfolio and PD scales (CCR4) |
|
|
147 |
|
Table 73 |
|
Credit valuation adjustment (CVA) capital charge (CCR2) |
|
|
152 |
|
Table 74 |
|
Credit derivative hedge under IRB |
|
|
153 |
|
Table 75 |
|
Counterparty risk. Credit derivative classification. Bought protection |
|
|
153 |
|
Table 76 |
|
Counterparty risk. Credit derivative classification. Sold protection |
|
|
153 |
|
Table 77 |
|
Effect on RWA of credit derivatives used as CRM techniques (CR7) |
|
|
154 |
|
Table 78 |
|
Composition of collateral for exposures to counterparty credit risk (CCR5-B) |
|
|
155 |
|
Table 79 |
|
Credit derivatives exposures (CCR6) |
|
|
156 |
|
Table 80 |
|
Guarantees by external rating |
|
|
156 |
|
Table 81 |
|
Credit risk mitigation techniques - Overview (CR3) |
|
|
157 |
|
Table 82 |
|
IRB approach. Credit risk mitigation techniques: credit derivatives and personal guarantees |
|
|
157 |
|
Table 83 |
|
Exposures to central counterparties (CCPS) (CCR8) |
|
|
158 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Num. |
|
Name |
|
Page |
|
|
|
CHAPTER 4. SECURITISATIONS |
|
|
|
|
Table 84 |
|
Securitisation positions purchased or retained. Banking book |
|
|
165 |
|
Table 85 |
|
Securitisation exposures in the banking book (SEC1) |
|
|
166 |
|
Table 86 |
|
Securitisation positions purchased or retained. Trading portfolio |
|
|
167 |
|
Table 87 |
|
Securitisatioin exposures in the trading book (SEC2) |
|
|
168 |
|
Table 88 |
|
Inventory of originated securitisations with largest outstanding balance |
|
|
169 |
|
Table 89 |
|
Securitisation exposures in the banking book and associated regulatory capital requirements (Bank acting as originator or sponsor) (SEC3) |
|
|
170 |
|
Table 90 |
|
Securitisation exposures in the banking book and associated regulatory capital requirements (Bank acts as an investor) (SEC4) |
|
|
171 |
|
Table 91 |
|
Initial balance of securitisation funds in 2017, by type of securitised asset |
|
|
172 |
|
Table 92 |
|
List of new securitisations originated in 2017, organised by country and originating institution and ordered by initial issue volume |
|
|
173 |
|
|
|
CHAPTER 5. MARKET RISK |
|
|
|
|
Table 93 |
|
VaR, Stressed VaR and IRC by geography (MR3) |
|
|
176 |
|
Table 94 |
|
Stress window |
|
|
177 |
|
Table 95 |
|
Stress scenario: Maximum volatility (worst case) |
|
|
179 |
|
Table 96 |
|
Exceptions at units with internal model |
|
|
183 |
|
Table 97 |
|
Available-for-sale capital instruments |
|
|
186 |
|
Table 98 |
|
Available-for-sale equity instruments. Consolidated gross valuation adjustments |
|
|
186 |
|
|
|
CHAPTER 7. OTHER RISKS AND INTERNAL CONTROL |
|
|
|
|
Table 99 |
|
LCR disclosure template |
|
|
192 |
|
|
|
CHAPTER 8. REMUNERATION POLICIES |
|
|
|
|
Table 100 |
|
Total remuneration |
|
|
203 |
|
Table 101 |
|
Remuneration by activity area |
|
|
204 |
|
Table 102 |
|
Vested rights |
|
|
205 |
|
Table 103 |
|
Unvested rights |
|
|
205 |
|
Table 104 |
|
Remuneratio by salary band |
|
|
206 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures
|
|
219 |
APPENDICES
Appendix III Glossary
AMA (Advanced Measurement Approach): an operational risk measurement technique set forth in Basel capital
adequacy norms, based on an internal modelling methodology.
Advanced IRB approach: all the credit risk parameters are estimated internally by the
entity, including the CCFs for calculating the EAD.
AQR (Asset Quality Review): asset quality review exercise performed by the European Central
Bank.
Asset liability management (ALM): a series of techniques and procedures to ensure correct decision-making on investments and funding at the
entity, taking into consideration the interrelation between the various on- balance-sheet and off-balance-sheet items.
Asset securitisation: a financial mechanism that consists of converting certain assets into fixed-income
securities that can be traded on a secondary securities market.
ARM: Advanced Risk Management.
AT1 (Additional Tier 1): capital which consists primarily of hybrid instruments.
Back-testing: the use of historical data to monitor the performance of the risk models.
Basel III: a set of amendments to the Basel II regulations published in December 2010, scheduled to take effect in January 2013 and to be gradually
implemented until January 2019.
Basic IRB approach: all the risk parameters are determined by the regulator except for the probability of default,
which is estimated internally by the bank. The CCFs required to calculate EAD are determined by the regulator.
BIS: Bank for International
Settlements.
BCBS: Basel Committee on Banking Supervision.
BRRD (Bank Recovery and Resolution Directive): approved in 2014, the BRRD establishes the framework for the recovery and resolution of banks with the
objective of minimising the costs for taxpayers.
CBE 3/2008: Bank of Spain Circular of 22 May 2008 on the calculation and control of minimum
capital requirements.
CBE 9/2010: Bank of Spain Circular of 22 December 2010 amending Circular 3/2008.
CBE 4/2004: Bank of Spain Circular of 22 December 2004 on public and confidential financial
reporting standards and model financial statement forms.
CBE 2/2016: Bank of Spain Circular of 2 February 2016 on the supervision and
solvency of credit institutions, which completes the adaptation to Spanish law of Directive 2013/36/EU and Regulation (EU) No 575/2013. The new Circular repeals Bank of Spain Circular 3/2008 to credit institutions on the determination and control of
minimum own funds (except the parts referred to in Circular 5/2008 regarding the regime established therein) and section 11 of Bank of Spain Circular 2/2014.
CCoB (Conservation Buffer): a capital buffer equal to 2.5% of risk-weighted assets (and comprised fully of high-quality liquid assets) to absorb losses
generated from the business.
CCyB (Counter Cyclical Buffer): a buffer whose objective is to mitigate or prevent cyclical risks arising from
excessive credit growth at aggregate level. Accordingly, the CCB is designed to build up capital buffers during expansionary phases with a dual objective: to enhance the solvency of the banking system and to stabilise the credit cycle.
CCAR (Comprehensive Capital Analysis Review): a framework introduced by the Federal Reserve to review the capital planning and adaptation processes of
the main US financial institutions.
CCP (Central Counterparty Clearing House): entity defined in article 2.1 of Regulation (EU) no. 648/2012.
CET1 (Common Equity Tier 1): the highest quality capital of a bank.
CoCos (Contingent Convertible Bonds): debt securities that are convertible into capital if a specified event occurs.
Common equity: a capital measure that considers, among other components, ordinary shares, the share premium and retained profits. It does not include
preference shares.
Concentration risk: the risk of loss due to large exposures to a small number of debtors to which the entity has lent money.
Confidence level: in the context of value at risk (VaR) and economic capital, this is the level of probability that the actual loss will not
exceed the potential loss estimated by value at risk or economic capital.
Counterparty credit risk: the risk that a counterparty will default on a
derivatives contract before its maturity. The risk could arise from derivatives transactions in the trading portfolio or the banking
|
|
|
|
|
220 |
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures |
|
|
portfolio and, as with other credit exposures, it is subject to a credit limit.
CCF (Credit conversion factor): a conversion factor used for converting off-balance-sheet credit risk balances
into credit exposure equivalents. Under the AIRB approach Santander Group applies the CCFs in order to calculate the EAD value of the items representing contingent liabilities and commitments.
Credit default swap: a derivatives contract that transfers the credit risk of a financial instrument from the buyer (who receives the credit
protection) to the seller (who guarantees the solvency of the instrument).
Credit risk: the risk that customers are unable to meet their
contractual payment obligations. Credit risk includes default, country and settlement risk.
Credit risk mitigation: a technique for reducing the
credit risk of a transaction by applying coverage such as personal guarantees or collateral.
CRM (Comprehensive Risk Measure): the estimate of
risk in the correlation trading portfolio.
CSP: Commercial strategic plan.
ECAI: External Credit Assessment Institution, such as Moodys Investors Service, Standard & Poors Ratings Group and Fitch Group.
ECB Supervisory Board: the body which undertakes the planning and execution of the ECBs supervisory tasks, carrying out preparatory work and
making proposals for decisions for approval by the ECB Governing Board.
ECB Governing Council: the main decision-making body of the ECB,
consisting of all members of the Executive Board and the governors of the national central banks of the Euro area countries.
Economic capital: the
figure that demonstrates to a high degree of certainty the quantity of capital resources that Santander Group needs at a given point in time to absorb unexpected losses arising from its current exposure.
EDTF (Enhanced Disclosure Task Force): task force that issues recommendations to enhance the transparency of financial institution disclosures to the
market.
ESRB (European Systemic Risk Board): the body that has been charged with macroprudential supervision of the financial system in the
European Union in order to contribute to preventing or mitigating to systemic risks to financial stability.
EPS (earnings per share): an indicator used to measure a companys profitability over a specified
period of time. EPS is calculated by dividing the companys profit for the period by the number of shares comprising its share capital.
ERWM:
Enterprise Wide Risk Management.
CRR (Capital Requirements Regulation) and CRD IV (Capital Requirements Directive): directive and regulation
transposing the Basel II framework into European Union law.
CVA (Credit Valuation Adjustment): the difference between the value of the risk-free
portfolio and the true portfolio value, taking into account counterparty risk.
Default risk: the risk that counterparties will not meet their
contractual payment obligations.
Derivatives: financial instruments that derive their value from one or more underlying assets, e.g. bonds or
currencies.
DLGD (Downturn LGD): the LGD estimated in adverse economic conditions.
D-SIIs: Domestic Systemically Important Institutions.
DTA: deferred tax assets.
EBA: European Banking
Authority. Created in 2010, it entered into operation in 2011. The EBA acts as a coordinator between the national entities responsible for safeguarding values such as the stability of the financial system, transparency of markets and financial
products, and the protection of bank customers and investors.
EL (Expected loss): a regulatory calculation of the average amount expected to be
lost on an exposure, using a 12-month time horizon. EL is calculated by multiplying probability of default (a percentage) by exposure at default (an amount) and LGD (a percentage).
Exposure: the gross amount that the entity could lose if the counterparty is unable to meet its contractual payment obligations, without taking into
consideration any guarantees, credit enhancements or credit risk mitigation transactions.
EAD (Exposure at Default): the amount that the entity
could lose in the event of counterparty default.
FEVE: Spanish acronym for firmas en vigilancia especial, that is, companies on
special watch.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures
|
|
221 |
APPENDICES
FSB (Financial Stability Board): international institution that monitors and makes recommendations on the
global el financial system.
Fully-Loaded: denotes full compliance with Basel III solvency requirements (which become mandatory in 2019).
GHOS (Group of Governors and Heads of Supervision): supervisory body of the Basel Committee.
Global rating tools: these assign a rating to each customer using a quantitative or automatic module.
G-SIB (Global Systemically Important Bank) or SIFI (Systemically Important Financial Institution): financial
institutions which, because of their size, complexity and systemic interconnectedness, if allowed to fail could cause major disruptions to the financial system and economic activity.
HQLA: High Quality Liquid Assets.
HVCRE: High
Volatility Commercial Real Estate.
ICAAP: internal capital adequacy assessment process.
IFRS: International Financial Reporting Standards.
ILAAP (Internal Liquidity Adequacy Assessment Process): process for the identification, measurement, management and control of liquidity implemented by
the entity in compliance with article 86 of Directive 2013/36/EU.
Implicit LGD: this is used to back-test the regulatory LGD estimates. It is
based on taking NPLMV as proxy for the Observed Loss, and then dividing the Observed Loss by the PD gives an implicit or observed LGD that can be compared to the regulatory LGD.
Interest rate risk: exposure of the banks financial position to adverse movements in interest rates. Acceptance of this risk is a normal part of
the banking business and can be a source of significant returns and creation of shareholder value.
Internal ratings-based approach (IRB): an
approach based on internal ratings for the calculation of risk-weighted exposures.
Internal validation: a
pre-requisite for the supervisory validation process. A sufficiently independent specialised unit of the entity obtains an expert opinion on the adequacy of the internal models for the relevant internal and
regulatory purposes, and issues a conclusion on their usefulness and effectiveness.
IRRBB: Interest Rate Risk in the Banking Book.
IRC (Incremental Risk Charge): an estimate of the credit risk associated with unsecuritised positions in
the trading book.
IRP: This report, titled Pillar III Disclosures in the English version. (the acronym is for the Spanish Informe de Relevancia
Prudencial).
ISDA (International Swaps and Derivatives Association):
OTC derivative transactions between financial institutions are usually carried out under a master agreement established by this organisation which details the
definitions and general terms and conditions of the contract.
ITS: Implementing Technical Standards.
JST (Joint Supervisory Team): one of the main forms of cooperation between the ECB and the national supervisors.
LCR (Liquidity Coverage Ratio): a ratio that ensures that a bank has an adequate stock of unencumbered high quality liquid assets that can be
converted, easily and immediately, into cash in private markets, to meet its liquidity needs for a 30 calendar day liquidity stress scenario.
LDP:
low-default portfolio.
Leverage Ratio: a complementary (non-risk
based) regulatory capital measure that attempts to guarantee banks financial resilience. The ratio is calculated by dividing eligible Tier 1 capital by exposure.
Liquidity risk: the risk that Santander Group might be unable to meet all its payment obligations when they fall due or might only be able to meet them
at an excessive cost.
LGD (Loss Given Default): the portion of EAD not recovered at the end of the loan recovery process. It is equal to 1 minus
the recovery rate (i.e.: LGD = 1 - recovery rate). The definition of loss used to estimate LGD must be a definition of economic loss, not an accounting loss.
LTV (Loan to value): amount of credit extended / value of guarantees and collateral.
MDA: Maximum Distributable Amount.
Mark-to-market approach: in regulatory terms, an approach for calculating the value of the credit risk exposure of counterparty derivatives (present market value plus a
margin, i.e. the amount that takes into consideration the potential future increase in market value).
Market risk: the risk arising from
uncertainty regarding changes in market prices and rates (including interest rates, share prices, exchange rates and commodity prices), the correlations between them and their levels of volatility.
|
|
|
|
|
222 |
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures |
|
|
MPE (Multiple Point of Entry): a resolution approach based on multiple points of entry.
Model validation: the process of assessing the effectiveness of a credit risk model using a pre-defined set of
criteria, such as the models discriminatory power, the appropriateness of the inputs and expert opinions.
MREL (Minimum Requirement of Eligible
Liabilities): the final loss absorption requirement established in European legislation for institutions based on an assessment of their resolution plans.
Netting: a banks ability to reduce its credit risk exposure by setting off the value of its rights against its obligations with the same
counterparty.
Non-standardised customers: customers who have been assigned a risk analyst due to the risk
assumed. This category includes wholesale banking customers, financial institutions and certain enterprises in retail banking.
NSFR (Net Stable
Funding Ratio): a ratio designed to ensure a bank has a balanced balance sheet structure, in which stable funding requirements are funded by stable liabilities.
Operational risk: the risk of incurring losses with regard to employees, contractual specifications and documentation, technology, infrastructure
failures and disasters, projects, external influences and customer relations. This definition includes legal and regulatory risk but does not include business and reputational risk.
Over-the-counter (OTC):
off-exchange, that is, trading done between two parties (in derivatives, for example) without the supervision of an organised exchange.
Phased-In: refers to compliance with current solvency requirements bearing in mind the transitional period for
Basel III implementation.
Pillar 1 Minimum Capital Requirements: the part of the New Basel Capital Accord that establishes the minimum regulatory
capital requirements for credit, market and operational risk.
Pillar 2: Supervisory Review Process: an internal capital adequacy assessment
process reviewed by the supervisor with possible additional capital requirements for risk that are not included in Pillar I and the use of more sophisticated methodologies than Pillar I.
Pillar 3: Market Discipline: this pillar is designed to complete the minimum capital requirements and the supervisory review process and, accordingly,
enhance market discipline through the regulation of public disclosure by the entities.
Point-in-time (PIT) PD: the probability of default at a particular
point in time or in particular state of the economic cycle.
Probability of default (PD): this represents the likelihood that a customer or a transaction will fall
into default. It is the probability that an event (the default) will occur within a given time horizon.
QIS (Quantitative Impact Study): ad-hoc requests by the EBA for studies analysing and calibrating the impact of new changes in regulation.
Qualifying
central counterparty (QCCP): a central counterparty that has either been authorised under article 14 of Regulation (EU) no. 648/2012, or been recognised under article 25 of said Regulation.
Rating: the result of the objective assessment of the counterparties future economic situation based on current characteristics and assumptions.
The methodology for assigning the ratings depends largely on the type of customer and the available data. A wide range of methodologies for assessing credit risk is applied, such as expert systems and econometric methods.
RDL: Royal Decree Law.
Risk appetite: the amount
and type of risks considered reasonable to assume in the execution of its business strategy, so that Santander Group can maintain its ordinary activity in the event of unexpected circumstances. Severe scenarios are taken into account that could have
a negative impact on the levels of capital, liquidity, profitability and/or the share price.
Risk limits: approval tools for certain risk types
and levels.
Risk-weighted assets (RWA): calculated by assigning a level of risk, expressed as a percentage (risk weighting), to an exposure in
accordance with the relevant rules under the standardised approach or the IRB approach.
RoRAC: return on risk-adjusted capital.
RoRWA: Return on risk weighted assets.
RTS:
Regulatory Technical Standards.
RWA density: ratio that compares institutions total weighted assets and their total balance sheet, and can
be interpreted as an average relative risk measure -according to regulatory criteria- of a banks overall operations.
SFT (Securities Financing
Transactions): any transaction where securities are used to borrow cash, or vice versa. They mostly include repurchase agreements (repos), securities lending activities and sell/ buy-back transactions.
Slotting Criteria: an approach used for calculating risk weights for specialised lending exposures, which consists of mapping the internal ratings
to five supervisory categories, each with its own specific risk weight.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures
|
|
223 |
APPENDICES
SRB (Single Resolution Board): the single resolution authority, which is the second pillar of the Banking
Union after the Single Supervisory Mechanism.
SRB: Systemic Risk Buffer applicable to G-SIBs.
Special-purpose vehicle (SPV): a company created for the sole purpose of acquiring certain assets or derivative exposures and of issuing liabilities
that are associated solely with these assets or exposures.
SRF: Single Resolution Fund.
SRM: Single Resolution Mechanism.
SREP (Supervisory
Review and Evaluation Process): a review of the systems, strategies, processes and mechanisms applied by credit institutions and of their risks.
SSM (Single Supervisory System): the system of banking supervision in Europe. It comprises the ECB and the competent supervisory authorities of the
participating EU countries.
Standardised approach: an approach for calculating credit risk capital requirements under Pillar I of Basel II. Under
this approach, the risk weightings used in the capital calculation are determined by the regulator.
Standardised customers: customers which have
not been expressly assigned a risk analyst. This category generally includes individuals, individual entrepreneurs and retail banking enterprises not classified as non-standardised customers.
Stress testing: used to describe various techniques for measuring the potential vulnerability to exceptional but plausible events.
Stressed VaR: measures the level of risk in stressed historical or simulated market situations.
Synthetic securitisation: transactions that involve a basket of credit swap agreements and bonds serving
as collateral. They are called synthetic as rather than containing physical bonds, they carry credit derivatives, also known as synthetic contracts.
Through-the-cycle (TTC) PD: probability of default adjusted to a full economic cycle. It may be taken as a long-term average of the point-in-time PD.
Tier 1: core capital less hybrid instruments.
Tier 2: supplementary capital instruments, mainly subordinated debt and general loan loss allowances, which contribute to the robustness of financial
institutions.
TLAC (Total Loss Absorbency Capacity): an additional requirement to the minimum capital requirements set out in the Basel III
framework for the absorption of total losses and effecting a recapitalisation that minimises any impact on financial stability, ensures the continuity of critical functions and avoids exposing taxpayers to losses. This requirement is applicable to
all G-SIBs.
TLTRO: Targeted Longer-Term Refinancing Operations.
TRIM: Targeted Review of Internal Models.
TSR (Total
Shareholder Return): relative performance of total shareholder returns. An indicator of the returns obtained by owners of a company over a period of one year on capital provided to the company.
Unexpected loss: unexpected losses (not covered by allowances) must be covered by capital.
VaR (Value at Risk): estimate of the potential losses that could arise in risk positions as a result of movements in market risk factors within a given
time horizon and for a specific confidence level.
|
|
|
|
|
224 |
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017 Pillar 3 Disclosures
|
|
225 |
SIGNATURE
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by
the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Banco Santander, S.A. |
|
|
|
|
Date: February 20, 2018 |
|
|
|
By: |
|
/s/ José García Cantera |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name: José García Cantera |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title: Chief Financial Officer |